数学用マークアップ言語 (MathML) ヴァージョン 4.0
Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) Version 4.0

W3C初期草案
W3C First Public Working Draft

この文書についてのより詳細な情報
More details about this document
この文書のヴァージョン:
This version:
https://www.w3.org/TR/2022/WD-mathml4-20220908/
最新公開ヴァージョン:
Latest published version:
https://www.w3.org/TR/mathml4/
最新の編集者草案:
Latest editor's draft:
https://w3c.github.io/mathml/
履歴:
History:
https://www.w3.org/standards/history/mathml4
Commit history
編集者:
Editor:
David Carlisle (NAG(訳注:ニューメリカルアルゴリズムグループ))
David Carlisle (NAG)
以前の編集者:
Former editors:
Patrick Ion
Patrick Ion
Robert Miner (故人)
Robert Miner (deceased)
意見:
Feedback:
GitHub w3c/mathml (pull requests, new issue, open issues)
最新のMathML勧告
Latest MathML Recommendation
https://www.w3.org/TR/MathML/

概要
Abstract

この仕様書は, 数学用マークアップ言語, MathMLを定義しています. MathMLは数学表記を記述したり, その構造と意味をうまく再現したりするマークアップ言語です. MathMLの目標は, [HTML]が文章に対してできるようにしたように, 数学をインターネット上で提供したり, 受け取ったり, 処理できたりするようにすることです.

This specification defines the Mathematical Markup Language, or MathML. MathML is a markup language for describing mathematical notation and capturing both its structure and content. The goal of MathML is to enable mathematics to be served, received, and processed on the World Wide Web, just as [HTML] has enabled this functionality for text.

このマークアップ言語MathMLの仕様書は本来, MathMLの描画ソフトウェアや編集ツール, もしくは入出力のプロトコルにMathMLを利用して通信するソフトウェアの, 開発もしくは実装をしている人々を読者として想定しています. この仕様書は, ユーザーガイドではなく参照用の文書です.

This specification of the markup language MathML is intended primarily for a readership consisting of those who will be developing or implementing renderers or editors using it, or software that will communicate using MathML as a protocol for input or output. It is not a User's Guide but rather a reference document.

MathMLは, 数学表記と数学の内容の両方をコード化するのに利用できます. 約38のMathMLタグが抽象的な表記構造については説明しており, 他の約170のMathMLタグが式の意図している意味を明確に特定する方法を提供しています. さらに続く章では, どのようにMathMLのコンテント要素とプレゼンテーション要素が相互に作用するか, どのようにMathML描画ソフトウェアが実装されブラウザと相互に作用するか論じています. 最後に, この文書は, 数学で利用される特別な文字の問題, それらの文字のMathMLでの処理, ユニコードでの存在, フォントの関係について取り組んでいます.

MathML can be used to encode both mathematical notation and mathematical content. About thirty-eight of the MathML tags describe abstract notational structures, while another about one hundred and seventy provide a way of unambiguously specifying the intended meaning of an expression. Additional chapters discuss how the MathML content and presentation elements interact, and how MathML renderers might be implemented and should interact with browsers. Finally, this document addresses the issue of special characters used for mathematics, their handling in MathML, their presence in Unicode, and their relation to fonts.

MathMLは人が読める言語ですが, MathMLを書く人は典型的に, 数式編集ツールや変換ソフトウェア, また, MathMLを生成する他の特別なソフトウェアを利用するでしょう. 様々なヴァージョンのそういったMathMLソフトウェアが存在し, 無料で利用できるソフトウェアも商用ソフトウェアも両方あり, さらにたくさんのソフトウェアが開発中です.

While MathML is human-readable, authors typically will use equation editors, conversion programs, and other specialized software tools to generate MathML. Several versions of such MathML tools exist, both freely available software and commercial products, and more are under development.

MathMLは元来XMLアプリケーションとして仕様が定められており, この仕様書の例のほとんどはXMLの構文を想定しています. 他の構文も利用可能で, 中でも[HTML]はHTMLの中のMathMLの構文を定めています. 特に注意書きが無い場合, この仕様書の例は有効なHTMLの構文でもあります.

MathML was originally specified as an XML application and most of the examples in this specification assume that syntax. Other syntaxes are possible, most notably [HTML] specifies the syntax for MathML in HTML. Unless explicitly noted, the examples in this specification are also valid HTML syntax.

この文章の位置付け
Status of This Document

この節では, 公表された時点でのこの文書の位置付けについて述べます. 最新のW3Cの公表した文書のリストやこの技術報告書の最新版は, W3C技術報告書の索引(http://www.w3.org/TR/)で見ることができます.

This section describes the status of this document at the time of its publication. A list of current W3C publications and the latest revision of this technical report can be found in the W3C technical reports index at https://www.w3.org/TR/.

MathMLについての公式な議論やインターネット上の数学に関するW3Cを通じた対応における課題については, 数学作業部会の公式なメーリングリスト (履歴一覧)で交わされています. 寄付をされたい場合, 題名にsubscribeという語句を記入してwww-math-request@w3.orgにメールを送付して下さい. あるいは, この仕様書のGitHubリポジトリに課題を報告して下さい.

Public discussion of MathML and issues of support through the W3C for mathematics on the Web takes place on the public mailing list of the Math Working Group (list archives). To subscribe send an email to www-math-request@w3.org with the word subscribe in the subject line. Alternatively, report an issue at this specification's GitHub repository.

この文書の発展についての全ての議論は, I. 変更点で見つけられるでしょう.

A fuller discussion of the document's evolution can be found in I. Changes.

節の中には, 省略されていて, より詳細を見るために展開できるものもあります. 次のボタンは, そのような全ての節を展開するために利用できるでしょう.

Some sections are collapsed and may be expanded to reveal more details. The following button may be used to expand all such sections.

この文書は, 数学作業部会によって, 勧告工程に従って, 初期草案として発行されました.

This document was published by the Math Working Group as a First Public Working Draft using the Recommendation track.

初期草案としての発行は, W3Cおよびその会員による支持を意味していません.

Publication as a First Public Working Draft does not imply endorsement by W3C and its Members.

この文書は草案であり, いつでも他の文書によって更新されたり, 置き換えられたり, 使われなくなったりするかもしれません. 作業の経過によらず, この文書を掲載することが不適当になります.

This is a draft document and may be updated, replaced or obsoleted by other documents at any time. It is inappropriate to cite this document as other than work in progress.

この文書は, W3C特許指針の下で運営している作業部会によって作成されました. W3Cは, この作業部会の成果に関連して作成された特許開示の公開一覧を管理しています. この一覧のページは, 特許を開示する場合の指示書きを含んでいます. 特許について実際に生じている情報を持っている方は, その情報が本質的な主張(訳注:当該日本語訳では"Essential Claim"の日本語訳に"本質的な主張"を当てていますが, "Essential Claim"という用語はW3C特許指針で定義された用語です.)に当たると思われる場合, W3C特許指針の第6節に従って必ずその情報を開示して下さい.

This document was produced by a group operating under the W3C Patent Policy. W3C maintains a public list of any patent disclosures made in connection with the deliverables of the group; that page also includes instructions for disclosing a patent. An individual who has actual knowledge of a patent which the individual believes contains Essential Claim(s) must disclose the information in accordance with section 6 of the W3C Patent Policy.

この文書は, 2021年11月2日版のW3C手続き文書により決定されました.

This document is governed by the 2 November 2021 W3C Process Document.

課題の要約
Issue summary

1. 導入
Introduction

この節は規範ではありません.

This section is non-normative.

1.1 数学とその表記
Mathematics and its Notation

数学とその表記は, 何百年も, 何千年にもわたって発展してきました. 経験豊かな読者に向けて, 数学表記は, 膨大な情報を速やかに, そして簡潔に伝えます. 一方で, その表記の記号や取り決めは, 表現された数学の意味に関する構造や意味そのものと深く調和しているにも関わらず, 表記と意味は同一ではありません. 意味に関する記号や構造は, それらの表記と微妙に異なっています.

Mathematics and its notations have evolved over several centuries, or even millennia. To the experienced reader, mathematical notation conveys a large amount of information quickly and compactly. And yet, while the symbols and arrangements of the notations have a deep correspondence to the semantic structure and meaning of the mathematics being represented, the notation and semantics are not the same. The semantic symbols and structures are subtly distinct from those of the notation.

したがって, 数学の伝統的な描画された表記とその意味する内容の両方を表現できるマークアップ言語が必要です. 伝統的な描画は, 目が見える読者にとっては利用しやすいですが, マークアップ言語は, アクセシビリティにも対応しなければなりません. 意味に関する形式は, 様々な計算の目的に対応しなければなりません. 両方の形式が, 初等教育から学術研究までの全ての教育水準に適合すべきです.

Thus, there is a need for a markup language which can represent both the traditional displayed notations of mathematics, as well as its semantic content. While the traditional rendering is useful to sighted readers, the markup language must also support accessibility. The semantic forms must support a variety of computational purposes. Both forms should be appropriate to all educational levels from elementary to research.

1.2 概要
Overview

MathMLは, 数学を記述するためのマークアップ言語です. MathMLは, 単独または他のXMLの中で用いられるときはXML構文を使用し, HTML文書の中で用いられるときはHTML構文を使用します. 概念的に, MathMLは, 2つの主なマークアップの系統から成ります. プレゼンテーションマークアップは, 数式を表示するために使用されます. そして, コンテントマークアップは, 数学の意味を伝えるために使用されます. これらの2つの系統は, 他の外部の表現と一緒に, 並列のマークアップを使用して混在させることもできます.

MathML is a markup language for describing mathematics. It uses XML syntax when used standalone or within other XML, or HTML syntax when used within HTML documents. Conceptually, MathML consists of two main strains of markup: Presentation markup is used to display mathematical expressions; and Content markup is used to convey mathematical meaning. These two strains, along with other external representations, can be combined using parallel markup.

この仕様書は, 次のもので構成されます. 2. MathMLの基礎は, プレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップに共通する基礎について論じています. 3. プレゼンテーションマークアップ4. コンテントマークアップは, それぞれプレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップについて網羅しています. 5. MathMLに注釈を付けるは, どのようにマークアップに注釈を付けてもよいか, 特にアクセシビリティのためにどうするのか, また, どのようにプレゼンテーションマークアップやコンテントマークアップや他の書式が混在してもよいのかについて論じています. 6. ホスト環境との相互作用は, どのようにMathMLがアプリケーションソフトウェアと相互作用するかに取り組んでいます. 最後に, 特別な記号についての議論や文字, 実体, フォントに関する課題は, 7. 文字, 実体, フォントの中で示しています.

This specification is organized as follows: 2. MathML Fundamentals discusses Fundamentals common to Presentation and Content markup; 3. Presentation Markup and 4. Content Markup cover Presentation and Content markup, respectively; 5. Annotating MathML discusses how markup may be annotated, particularly for accessibility, as well as how Presentation, Content and other formats may be combined; 6. Interactions with the Host Environment addresses how MathML interacts with applications; Finally, a discussion of special symbols, and issues regarding characters, entities and fonts, is given in 7. Characters, Entities and Fonts.

1.3 MathMLコアとの関係
Relation to MathML Core

MathMLの仕様書は, 2つの層で開発されています. MathMLコア ([MathMLコア])は, ウェブブラウザで数学を描画する際の正確な細部に焦点を当てることで, (ほとんどの)プレゼンテーションマークアップを網羅しています. 完全なMathML, すなわちこの仕様書は, 第一に4. コンテントマークアップでコンテントMathMLを定義することでMathMLコアを拡張しています. この仕様書は, 追加の属性, 要素, 属性のより強化された構文から成る, プレゼンテーションMathMLの拡張も定義しています. それらの拡張は, 従来のMathMLとの互換性のために, また, 3.1.7 式の改行, 3.6 初等数学, MathMLコアレベル1に含まれていない他の側面を網羅するために定義されました. ただし, それらの側面は, MathMLコアの将来版に組み入れられるかもしれません.

The specification of MathML is developed in two layers. MathML Core ([MathML-Core]) covers (most of) Presentation Markup, with the focus being the precise details of displaying mathematics in web browsers. MathML Full, this specification, extends MathML Core primarily by defining Content MathML, in 4. Content Markup. It also defines extensions to Presentation MathML consisting of additional attributes, elements or enhanced syntax of attributes. These are defined for compatibility with legacy MathML, as well as to cover 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions, 3.6 Elementary Math and other aspects not included in level 1 of MathML Core but which may be incorporated into future versions of MathML Core.

この仕様書は, MathMLコアとその拡張の両方を網羅しています. 両方に共通の機能はで示され、一方, 拡張はで示されています.

This specification covers both MathML Core and its extensions; features common to both are indicated with , whereas extensions are indicated with .

このことは, 完全なMathMLがMathMLコアの適切な上位集合であることを意図しています. さらに, 何らかの有効なMathMLコアは有効な完全なマークアップと見なされることを意図しています. また, MathMLコアに適合した実装とは別の, 完全なMathMの拡張の一部または全部を実装したものは, 引き続きMathMLコアの適合した実装と見なされるべきであることを意図しています.

It is intended that MathML Full is a proper superset of MathML Core. Moreover, it is intended that any valid Core Markup be considered as valid Full Markup as well. It is also intended that an otherwise conforming implementation of MathML Core, which also implements parts or all of the extensions of MathML Full, should continue to be considered a conforming implementation of MathML Core.

1.4 MathMLメモ
MathML Notes

これらの2つの仕様書に加えて, 数学作業部会は, 規範的でないMathMLにおけるメモを開発しています. その文書は, MathMLを利用する際の最良の慣例を理解するのを助ける, 追加の例や情報を含んでいます.

In addition to these two specifications, the Math WG group has developed the non-normative Notes on MathML that contains additional examples and information to help understand best practices when using MathML.

2. MathMLの基礎
MathML Fundamentals

2.1 MathML構文と文法
MathML Syntax and Grammar

2.1.1 一般的に考慮すべき点
General Considerations

MathMLの基本となる‘構文’は, XML構文を用いて定義されていますが, 番号付きのツリー構造をコード化できる他の構文も利用可能です. 特にHTML処理プログラムは, MathMLと一緒に利用されるかもしれません. この構文の上に, 要素が現れる順番やどのように要素がお互いの中に含まれるかといった要素に示された決まり, また, 属性の値についての追加の構文上の決まりとなる‘文法’を重ねます. それらの決まりは, この仕様書で定義されており, A. MathMLの処理のRelaxNGスキーマ[RELAXNGスキーマ]により書かれています. 他の書式に由来する構文, DTD(文書型宣言), XMLスキーマ[XMLスキーマ]も提供されています.

The basic ‘syntax’ of MathML is defined using XML syntax, but other syntaxes that can encode labeled trees are possible. Notably the HTML parser may also be used with MathML. Upon this, we layer a ‘grammar’, being the rules for allowed elements, the order in which they can appear, and how they may be contained within each other, as well as additional syntactic rules for the values of attributes. These rules are defined by this specification, and formalized by a RelaxNG schema [RELAXNG-SCHEMA] in A. Parsing MathML. Derived schema in other formats, DTD (Document Type Definition) and XML Schema [XMLSchemas] are also provided.

MathMLの文字セットは, 使用されている構文で認められている何らかのユニコード[ユニコード]から構成されています. ([XML]または[HTML]の例を参照して下さい.) 数学でのユニコードの利用については, 7. 文字, 実体, フォントで論じています.

MathML's character set consists of any Unicode characters [Unicode] allowed by the syntax being used. (See for example [XML] or [HTML].) The use of Unicode characters for mathematics is discussed in 7. Characters, Entities and Fonts.

続く節では, MathML文法の一般的な側面について論じたり, 属性の値で利用される構文について説明しています.

The following sections discuss the general aspects of the MathML grammar as well as describe the syntaxes used for attribute values.

2.1.2 MathMLと名前空間
MathML and Namespaces

XML名前空間[名前空間]は, URIによって特定された名前の集合です. MathML名前空間に対するURIは次のとおりです.

An XML namespace [Namespaces] is a collection of names identified by a URI. The URI for the MathML namespace is:

http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML

MathMLのXMLシリアル化(訳注:"名前を一意に定める機能"を意図)を利用した場合に名前空間を宣言するには, xmlns属性を利用するか, もしくはxmlns接頭辞で始まる属性を利用します.

To declare a namespace when using the XML serialisation of MathML, one uses an xmlns attribute, or an attribute with an xmlns prefix.

<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
  <mrow>...</mrow>
</math>

xmlns属性を接頭辞として利用する場合, 他の要素と属性を, 特定の名前空間と明確に結び付けるのに利用できる接頭辞を宣言します. XML構文を使用するHTMLに埋め込まれたMathMLの場合, 次のように利用するでしょう.

When the xmlns attribute is used as a prefix, it declares a prefix which can then be used to explicitly associate other elements and attributes with a particular namespace. When embedding MathML within HTML using XML syntax, one might use:

<body xmlns:m="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
  ...
  <m:math><m:mrow>...</m:mrow></m:math>
  ...
</body>

HTMLは同じ方法で名前空間を拡張することに対応しておらず, HTML処理プログラムは, HTML, SVG, MathML名前空間について元々組み込まれている情報のみを持っています. xmlns属性は, 単に通常の属性として扱われます. したがって, MathMLのHTMLシリアル化を利用する場合, 接頭辞の付いた要素名は使用してはなりません. xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"がmath要素で使用されるかもしれませんが, HTML処理プログラムは, それを無視します. MathMLの式がXML処理プログラムやHTML処理プログラムで処理される文脈の中にあるような場合, 最大限の互換性を確かなものにするために次の形式を利用すべきです.

HTML does not support namespace extensibility in the same way, the HTML parser has in-built knowledge of the HTML, SVG and MathML namespaces. xmlns attributes are just treated as normal attributes. Thus when using the HTML serialisation of MathML, prefixed element names must not be used. xmlns=http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML may be used on the math element, it will be ignored by the HTML parser. If a MathML expression is likely to be in contexts where it may be parsed by an XML parser or an HTML parser, it SHOULD use the following form to ensure maximum compatibility:

<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
  ...
</math>

2.1.3 子要素と引数
Children versus Arguments

概念上は, 単独の引数しか持たないプレゼンテーション要素がありますが, 便利なように任意の数を持つように書かれてきました. その場合, 省略されたmrowが疑問にあった要素の引数としてふるまう子要素を囲っています. 3.1.3.1 省略された<mrow>を参照して下さい.

There are presentation elements that conceptually accept only a single argument, but which for convenience have been written to accept any number of children; then we infer an mrow containing those children which acts as the argument to the element in question; see 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s.

MathML仕様書の至るところにある要素それぞれに与えられた要素の構文の詳細な議論において, 必要な引数の数と引数の順番, 他の内容についての制約について指定されています. この情報は, 3.1.3 必要な引数でプレゼンテーション要素に対して一覧にされています.

In the detailed discussions of element syntax given with each element throughout the MathML specification, the number of arguments required and their order, as well as other constraints on the content, are specified. This information is also tabulated for the presentation elements in 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

2.1.4 MathMLと描画
MathML and Rendering

[MathMLコア]のウェブプラットフォームでの実装は, その仕様書の中で指定された詳細な配置の決まりに従うべきです.

Web Platform implementations of [MathML-Core] should follow the detailed layout rules specified in that document.

この文書は, プレゼンテーションMathMLを描画する特定の方法を推奨しているのみです(すなわち, 必須とはしていません). これは, 媒体依存の描画やCSSに基づくウェブプラットフォームを使用しない実装を認めるためです.

This document only recommends (i.e., does not require) specific ways of rendering Presentation MathML; this is in order to allow for medium-dependent rendering and for implementations not using the CSS based Web Platform.

2.1.5 MathML属性の値
MathML Attribute Values

MathML要素は, 要素の意味または効果を詳細に特定する値と一緒に属性を使用します. 属性の名前は, この文書の中では等幅フォントで示します. 属性の意味や利用可能な値は, 各要素の仕様の中で説明します. この節で説明する構文の表記は, 利用可能な値を指定するのに使用されます.

MathML elements take attributes with values that further specialize the meaning or effect of the element. Attribute names are shown in a monospaced font throughout this document. The meanings of attributes and their allowed values are described within the specification of each element. The syntax notation explained in this section is used in specifying allowed values.

2.1.5.1 MathML仕様書で使われる構文表記
Syntax notation used in the MathML specification

属性の値についてMathMLで指定された構文を説明するのに, 次に示す慣習と表記がこの文書のほとんどの属性に使用されます.

To describe the MathML-specific syntax of attribute values, the following conventions and notations are used for most attributes in the present document.

表記
Notation
何と一致するか
What it matches
符号無し整数
unsigned-integer
[MathMLコア]で定義された, 最初の文字がハイフンマイナス文字(-)でもプラス記号(+)でもない整数
As defined in [MathML-Core], an integer, whose first character is neither U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) nor U+002B PLUS SIGN (+).
正の整数
positive-integer
符号無し整数の文字列, ただし, 単に"0"(U+0030)のみから成るものは除く, 正の整数を表す
An unsigned-integer not consisting solely of "0"s (U+0030), representing a positive integer
整数
integer
必須でない"-"(U+002D), それに続く符号無し整数, 整数を表す
an optional "-" (U+002D), followed by an unsigned-integer, and representing an integer
符号無し数
unsigned-number
[CSS-VALUES-3]で定義された値, 最初の文字がハイフンマイナス文字(-)でもプラス記号(+)でもない, 10進数で終わる数(有理数の型)を表す
value as defined in [CSS-VALUES-3] number, whose first character is neither U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) nor U+002B PLUS SIGN (+), representing a non-negative terminating decimal number (a type of rational number)

number
必須でない接頭辞"-"(U+002D), それに続く符号無し数, 10進数で終わる数(有理数の型)を表す
an optional prefix of "-" (U+002D), followed by an unsigned number, representing a terminating decimal number (a type of rational number)
文字
character
単独の空白でない文字
a single non-whitespace character
文字列
string
任意の空で無い有限の文字の文字列
an arbitrary, nonempty and finite, string of characters
長さ
length
長さ, 後で説明, 2.1.5.2 長さの値の属性
a length, as explained below, 2.1.5.2 Length Valued Attributes
名前付き長さ
namedlength
名前付き長さ, 名前付き長さ, 2.1.5.2 長さの値の属性の中で説明
a named length, namedspace, as explained in 2.1.5.2 Length Valued Attributes

color
色, [CSS-Color-3]で指定された構文を使用
a color, using the syntax specified by [CSS-Color-3]
id 文書の中で唯一である識別子, XML勧告[XML]の名前の構文を満足しなければならない
an identifier, unique within the document; must satisfy the NAME syntax of the XML recommendation [XML]
参照先のid
idref
文書の中の他の要素を参照する識別子, XML勧告[XML]の名前の構文を満足しなければならない
an identifier referring to another element within the document; must satisfy the NAME syntax of the XML recommendation [XML]
URI 統一資源識別子[RFC3986]. 属性の値は, 何らかの一連のXML文字で与えられた, 何らかのURIとして構文の中で分類されることに注意して下さい. URLとして文字列を利用する必要のあるシステムは, URLで認められていない文字を, HHが16進数のバイト値である%HHというパーセントエンコードを利用して, UTF-8文字コードのバイトでコード化しなければなりません. これは, そのような属性値をIRIとして, もっと一般にLEIRIとして解釈することを確かにします. [IRI]を参照して下さい.
a Uniform Resource Identifier [RFC3986]. Note that the attribute value is typed in the schema as anyURI which allows any sequence of XML characters. Systems needing to use this string as a URI must encode the bytes of the UTF-8 encoding of any characters not allowed in URI using %HH encoding where HH are the byte value in hexadecimal. This ensures that such an attribute value may be interpreted as an IRI, or more generally a LEIRI, see [IRI].
太字+下線付き
italicized word
それぞれの属性について文章で説明された値, 2.1.5.3 属性の既定値参照, (注釈:原文では斜体となっているものを日本語訳では太字+下線付きで記載)
values as explained in the text for each attribute; see 2.1.5.3 Default values of attributes
"文字列"
"literal"
引用符で囲まれた記号, 属性値の中に文字通り現れる(例えば"+"または'+')
quoted symbol, literally present in the attribute value (e.g. "+" or '+')

上で述べられている‘型’は, 文字列を除いて, 次に示す演算子を使用して混合した様式に組み合せることができます. 全ての属性値は, 記述されている文書の中で一重(')または二重(")引用符によって境界を決めなければなりません. この仕様書では, 二重引用符が文字列の式を記述するのによく使用されることに注意して下さい. 例としては, 上の表の5行目の"-"です.

The ‘types’ described above, except for string, may be combined into composite patterns using the following operators. The whole attribute value must be delimited by single (') or double (") quotation marks in the marked up document. Note that double quotation marks are often used in this specification to mark up literal expressions; an example is the "-" in line 5 of the table above.

下の表でfは上の表で述べた型を意味します. 組み合せる演算子は, 優先度の高いものから低いものの順で示しています.

In the table below a form f means an instance of a type described in the table above. The combining operators are shown in order of precedence from highest to lowest:

表記
Notation
何と一致するか
What it matches
( f ) fと同じ
same as f
f ? 0または1つのf
an optional instance of f
f * 空白文字で区切られた0以上のf
zero or more instances of f, with separating whitespace characters
f + 空白文字で区切られた1つ以上のf
one or more instances of f, with separating whitespace characters
f1 f2 ... fn 空白文字で区切られていないfiそれぞれの一連のもの
one instance of each form fi, in sequence, with no separating whitespace
f1, f2, ..., fn (コンマでなく)空白文字で区切られたfiそれぞれの一連のもの
one instance of each form fi, in sequence, with separating whitespace characters (but no commas)
f1 | f2 | ... | fn 指定されたのfiどれか1つ
any one of the specified forms fi

ここで使用する表記は, MathMLの基本となる構文(A. MathMLの処理)として利用されるRelaxNGの構文表記の書式です.

The notation we have chosen here is in the style of the syntactical notation of the RelaxNG used for MathML's basic schema, A. Parsing MathML.

ソフトウェアの中には空白の標準化が一貫していないものもあるので, 最大の相互運用性のためには, 属性値の部分部分を区切るのに単独の空白文字のみを使用するのが賢明です. さらに, 属性値の中の最初と最後の空白は避けるべきです.

Since some applications are inconsistent about normalization of whitespace, for maximum interoperability it is advisable to use only a single whitespace character for separating parts of a value. Moreover, leading and trailing whitespace in attribute values should be avoided.

ほとんどの数値の属性に対して, 表現可能な属性値の値の一部のみがふさわしい値です. それ以外の値は, 他で指定されていない限りエラーにはなりませんが, その代わり(描画ソフトウェア次第で)認められている範囲の最も近い値に切り上げられたり切り捨てられたりします. 認められている値の範囲は描画ソフトウェアに依存してもよいですし, MathMLでは指定していません.

For most numerical attributes, only those in a subset of the expressible values are sensible; values outside this subset are not errors, unless otherwise specified, but rather are rounded up or down (at the discretion of the renderer) to the closest value within the allowed subset. The set of allowed values may depend on the renderer, and is not specified by MathML.

属性値の構文の説明の中の数値の値が, 例えば整数といったマイナス記号('-')が認められていると宣言されている場合, 負の値がふさわしくない状況で使用されたとしても構文エラーにはなりません. その代わり, 値は処理ソフトウェアによって前の段落で説明したように扱われるべきです. 明確なプラス記号('+')は, (引用符で囲まれた'+'または"+"として)構文で明確に示されていない限り, 数値の値の一部としては認められません. また, プラス記号の存在は(それぞれの属性で認められると文書化されていても)属性の値の意味を変えてしまうでしょう.

If a numerical value within an attribute value syntax description is declared to allow a minus sign ('-'), e.g., number or integer, it is not a syntax error when one is provided in cases where a negative value is not sensible. Instead, the value should be handled by the processing application as described in the preceding paragraph. An explicit plus sign ('+') is not allowed as part of a numerical value except when it is specifically listed in the syntax (as a quoted '+' or "+"), and its presence can change the meaning of the attribute value (as documented with each attribute which permits it).

2.1.5.2 長さの値の属性
Length Valued Attributes

ほとんどのプレゼンテーション要素は, 大きさ, 間隔, またはそれらに類似した特性に対して使用する, 長さを表わす値を受け入れる属性を持っています. [MathMLコア]は, [CSS-VALUES-3]で定義された<長さや百分率>の構文における長さしか受け入れません. 完全なMathMLは, 次の名前付き長さも受け入れることで, 長さの構文を拡張しています.

Most presentation elements have attributes that accept values representing lengths to be used for size, spacing or similar properties. [MathML-Core] accepts lengths only in the <length-percentage> syntax defined in [CSS-VALUES-3]. MathML Full extends length syntax by accepting also a namedspace being one of:

正の空白
Positive space
負の空白
Negative space

Value
veryverythinmathspace negativeveryverythinmathspace ±1/18 em
verythinmathspace negativeverythinmathspace ±2/18 em
thinmathspace negativethinmathspace ±3/18 em
mediummathspace negativemediummathspace ±4/18 em
thickmathspace negativethickmathspace ±5/18 em
verythickmathspace negativeverythickmathspace ±6/18 em
veryverythickmathspace negativeveryverythickmathspace ±7/18 em

加えて, mpaddedの属性は, 中身の元々の大きさを示す(通常のCSS単位の代わりをする)3つの疑似添え字height, depth, widthを認めています.

In addition, the attributes on mpadded allow three pseudo-units, height, depth and width (taking the place of one of the usual CSS units) denoting the original dimensions of the content.

MathML 3は, 単位無しの数字として指定される長さの非推奨の利用も認めていました. この利用は, 参照する値の倍数として解釈されていました. この形式は, MathML 4では無効と見なされます.

MathML 3 also allowed a deprecated usage with lengths specified as a number without a unit. This was interpreted as a multiple of the reference value. This form is considered invalid in MathML 4.

2.1.5.2.1 単位についての追加の注意点
Additional notes about units

ここで, 相対的な単位の2つの追加の側面について明らかにしておかなければなりません. 1つは, 要素の中には, 3.4 添え字の配置要素またはmmfracといった, 暗黙のうちにそれらの引数の内いくつかのフォントの大きさをより小さく切り替えるものがあることです. 同様に, mstyleは現在のフォントの大きさを明確に変更するために利用できます. そのような場合, それらの要素の中のemexの効果的な値は, 外側とは異なるでしょう. 2つ目の点は, 属性値で利用されるemexの有効な値は, 現在のフォントの大きさの変更に影響されるであろうことです. よって, mathsizescriptlevelといった現在のフォントの大きさに影響する属性は, 他の長さの値を持つ属性が評価される前に処理されなければなりません.

Two additional aspects of relative units must be clarified, however. First, some elements such as 3.4 Script and Limit Schemata or mfrac implicitly switch to smaller font sizes for some of their arguments. Similarly, mstyle can be used to explicitly change the current font size. In such cases, the effective values of an em or ex inside those contexts will be different than outside. The second point is that the effective value of an em or ex used for an attribute value can be affected by changes to the current font size. Thus, attributes that affect the current font size, such as mathsize and scriptlevel, must be processed before evaluating other length valued attributes.

2.1.5.3 属性の既定値
Default values of attributes

MathML属性に対する既定値は, 一般にこの文書の特定の要素の詳細な説明で一緒に示されています. 要素の属性の表で装飾されていない文字で示された既定値は文字列の値ですが, 下線付き太字(注釈:原文では斜体となっているものを日本語訳では下線付き太字で記載)で示された例のときは既定値がどのように計算されるかという説明です.

Default values for MathML attributes are, in general, given along with the detailed descriptions of specific elements in the text. Default values shown in plain text in the tables of attributes for an element are literal, but when italicized are descriptions of how default values can be computed.

継承すると述べられている既定値は, 3.3.4 書式の変更 <mstyle>で述べられている描画環境から引き継がれます. または, (個別に説明されている)いくつかの場合, 周囲を囲んでいる要素の他の属性の値やそれらの値の一部から引き継がれます. 使用される値は, やろうと思えば, いつも明確に指定しておくことができる値でしょう. その値は, 同じ要素の内容や属性には依存せず, 環境にのみ依存します. (しかしながら, それが何を意味しているのか, いつ使われるのかというと, それらの属性や内容に依存します.)

Default values described as inherited are taken from the rendering environment, as described in 3.3.4 Style Change <mstyle>, or in some cases (which are described individually) taken from the values of other attributes of surrounding elements, or from certain parts of those values. The value used will always be one which could have been specified explicitly, had it been known; it will never depend on the content or attributes of the same element, only on its environment. (What it means when used may, however, depend on those attributes or the content.)

自動と述べられている既定値は, MathML描画ソフトウェアによって, 良質な描画を提供するであろう方法に従って計算されます. どのように計算されるかは, 通常MathML仕様書では指定していません. 計算される値は, やろうと思えば, いつも明確に指定しておくことができる値でしょう. ただし, その値は, 通常は要素の内容や, もしかすると要素が描画される文脈に依存するでしょう.

Default values described as automatic should be computed by a MathML renderer in a way which will produce a high-quality rendering; how to do this is not usually specified by the MathML specification. The value computed will always be one which could have been specified explicitly, had it been known, but it will usually depend on the element content and possibly on the context in which the element is rendered.

属性の表に現れた既定値の他の下線付き太字(注釈:原文では斜体となっているものを日本語訳では下線付き太字で記載)の説明は, それぞれの属性ごとに説明しています.

Other italicized descriptions of default values which appear in the tables of attributes are explained individually for each attribute.

XMLの開始タグの中の属性値の周りに必要とされる一重引用符や二重引用符は, それぞれの要素の属性値の構文の表では示されませんが, この文書の例の中の属性値の周りには付けますし, 示されたコードの部分部分は正しいです.

The single or double quotes which are required around attribute values in an XML start tag are not shown in the tables of attribute value syntax for each element, but are around attribute values in examples in the text, so that the pieces of code shown are correct.

一般に, 継承されたり, 自動で計算されたりする属性を指定しなかった場合の効果がどうなるか, 検証する仕組みがMathMLにはないことに注意して下さい. inherited(訳注:"継承")またはautomatic(訳注:"自動")という言葉を明確に示すことは, 効果がなく一般に認められません. さらに, mstyle要素(3.3.4 書式の変更 <mstyle>)は, その子要素の表示属性の既定値を変更するために使うことができます.

Note that, in general, there is no mechanism in MathML to simulate the effect of not specifying attributes which are inherited or automatic. Giving the words inherited or automatic explicitly will not work, and is not generally allowed. Furthermore, the mstyle element (3.3.4 Style Change <mstyle>) can even be used to change the default values of presentation attributes for its children.

これらの既定値は, 属性が提供されていないときのMathMLソフトウェアの挙動についても述べていることに注意して下さい. それらの挙動は, ときどきDTDに基づいた仕様書によって委任されているXML処理プログラムによって埋め込まれる値を明確にはしていません.

Note also that these defaults describe the behavior of MathML applications when an attribute is not supplied; they do not indicate a value that will be filled in by an XML parser, as is sometimes mandated by DTD-based specifications.

一般に, 文書全体の特性, または少なくとも大きな文書のその節の特性であると思われている, 数々のMathML描画の特性があります. 例としては, mathsize(数学のフォントの大きさ, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性参照), または積分や総和といった演算子の添え字に設定された挙動(例えば, movablelimitsまたはdisplaystyle), もしくは行の途中での式の改行(例えば, linebreakstyle)があるでしょう. そのような属性は, 3.2 素子要素の中の様々な要素で見られます. これらの値は, 要素を含んでいる範囲の何かから継承されると思われるでしょう. ちょうど上で継承自動の場合のMathML属性の既定値の設定について書いたとおりです. MathMLを描画する際の挙動についての汎用的な既定値を設定する第三者の資源である, MathML演算子辞書があります. 既定値の例はB. 演算子辞書で提供しています. このことは3.2.5.6.1 演算子辞書でも論じられており, 例は3.2.5.2.1 辞書に基づく属性で示しています.

In general, there are a number of properties of MathML rendering that may be thought of as overall properties of a document, or at least of sections of a large document. Examples might be mathsize (the math font size: see 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements), or the behavior in setting limits on operators such as integrals or sums (e.g., movablelimits or displaystyle), or upon breaking formulas over lines (e.g. linebreakstyle); for such attributes see several elements in 3.2 Token Elements. These may be thought to be inherited from some such containing scope. Just above we have mentioned the setting of default values of MathML attributes as inherited or automatic; there is a third source of global default values for behavior in rendering MathML, a MathML operator dictionary. A default example is provided in B. Operator Dictionary. This is also discussed in 3.2.5.6.1 The operator dictionary and examples are given in 3.2.5.2.1 Dictionary-based attributes.

2.1.6 全てのMathML要素で利用される属性
Attributes Shared by all MathML Elements

それぞれの要素に対して特別に説明されている属性に加え, 次の表の属性が全ての要素で利用できます. xml:langといたXML名前空間の属性や, 通常は無視されるMathMLとは別の名前空間の属性も利用できます.

In addition to the attributes described specifically for each element, the attributes in the following table are allowed on every MathML element. Also allowed are attributes from the xml namespace, such as xml:lang, and attributes from namespaces other than MathML, which are ignored by default.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
id id 無し
none
リンク, 相互参照, 並列のマークアップに対応するために, 要素と結び付けられた唯一の識別子を確立します. xref5.2.9 並列のマークアップを参照して下さい.
Establishes a unique identifier associated with the element to support linking, cross-references and parallel markup. See xref and 5.2.9 Parallel Markup.
xref 参照先のid
idref
無し
none
文書の中の他の要素を参照します. id5.2.9 並列のマークアップを参照して下さい.
References another element within the document. See id and 5.2.9 Parallel Markup.
class 文字列
string
無し
none
要素を[CSS21]を利用して書式の種類の集合と結び付けます. MathMLとCSSの相互作用の議論については, 6.5 MathMLと一緒にCSSを利用するを参照して下さい.
Associates the element with a set of style classes for use with [CSS21]. See 6.5 Using CSS with MathML for discussion of the interaction of MathML and CSS.
style 文字列
string
無し
none
書式情報を[CSS21]を利用して要素と結び付けます. MathMLとCSSの相互作用の議論については, 6.5 MathMLと一緒にCSSを利用するを参照して下さい.
Associates style information with the element for use with [CSS21]. See 6.5 Using CSS with MathML for discussion of the interaction of MathML and CSS.
href URI 無し
none
要素を特定のURIへのハイパーリンクとして確立するために利用できます.
Can be used to establish the element as a hyperlink to the specified URI.

全てのMathMLプレゼンテーション要素は, 意図を指定するのを手助けするintent属性とarg属性を受け入れます. これらの属性は, 5.1 intent属性でより詳細に説明されています.

All MathML presentation elements accept intent and arg attributes to support specifying intent. These are more fully described in 5.1 The intent attribute.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
intent intentの式
intent expression
無し
none
intent属性は, 5.1 intent属性でより詳細に説明されています. この属性は, プレゼンテーション要素において, 式の意図している意味についての情報を示したり, 主に音声や点字のアクセシビリティに配慮した表現を導入したりするのに使用されるでしょう.
The intent attribute is more fully described in 5.1 The intent attribute. It may be used on presentation elements to give information about the intended meaning of the expression, mainly for guiding audio or braille accessible renderings.
arg 名前
name
無し
none
arg属性は, 5.1 intent属性でより詳細に説明されています. この属性は, 祖先要素のintentの式から参照する要素に名前を付けるのに使用されるでしょう.
The arg attribute is more fully described in 5.1 The intent attribute. It may be used to name an element to be referenced from an intent expression on an ancestor element.

また, ほとんどのプレゼンテーション素子要素で利用できるMathML属性の一覧については, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性も参照して下さい.

See also 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements for a list of MathML attributes which can be used on most presentation token elements.

属性otherは, 他の名前空間の属性の利用が望ましいことから非推奨(D.3 指定されていないデータのための属性)となっています.

The attribute other is deprecated (D.3 Attributes for unspecified data) in favor of the use of attributes from other namespaces.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
other 文字列
string
無し
none
非推奨, ただしMathML1.0では利用されていました.
DEPRECATED but in MathML 1.0.

2.1.7 入力された空白を縮小する
Collapsing Whitespace in Input

MathMLにおいて, 空白はXMLのように単純な空白, タブ, 改行, 復帰, すなわち, それぞれ16進数のユニコードの文字コードU+0020, U+0009, U+000A, U+000Dの文字を意味します. [XML]の第3節の空白の説明も参照して下さい.

In MathML, as in XML, whitespace means simple spaces, tabs, newlines, or carriage returns, i.e., characters with hexadecimal Unicode codes U+0020, U+0009, U+000A, or U+000D, respectively; see also the discussion of whitespace in Section 2.3 of [XML].

MathMLは素子要素の外にある空白を無視します. 空白ではない文字はそこでは認められません. 素子要素の中の空白は, <cs>を除いて, 次のように標準化されます. 内容の最初と最後の全ての空白は取り除かれ, 要素の内容の途中の空白は正当に縮小され, すなわち, 1文字以上の空白の文字列は, 1文字の空白(U+0020, よく空白文字と呼ばれる)に置き換えられます.

MathML ignores whitespace occurring outside token elements. Non-whitespace characters are not allowed there. Whitespace occurring within the content of token elements, except for <cs>, is normalized as follows. All whitespace at the beginning and end of the content is removed, and whitespace internal to content of the element is collapsed canonically, i.e., each sequence of 1 or more whitespace characters is replaced with one space character (U+0020, sometimes called a blank character).

例えば, <mo> ( </mo><mo>(</mo>に等しく, また,

For example, <mo> ( </mo> is equivalent to <mo>(</mo>, and

 <mtext>
Theorem
1:
 </mtext>
Theorem 1:

は, <mtext>Theorem 1:</mtext>または<mtext>Theorem&#x20;1:</mtext>に等しいです.

is equivalent to <mtext>Theorem 1:</mtext> or <mtext>Theorem&#x20;1:</mtext>.

素子の最初と最後の空白文字をコード化したり, または単独の空白でない空白文字列をコード化したりしようとする場合, それらを無視させないには, 改行しない空白U+00A0(またはnbsp), もしくは取り除かれることのない他の記述されない文字を使用しなければなりません. 例えば, 上のmtext要素の利用と下の例を比べるとします.

Authors wishing to encode white space characters at the start or end of the content of a token, or in sequences other than a single space, without having them ignored, must use non-breaking space U+00A0 (or nbsp) or other non-marking characters that are not trimmed. For example, compare the above use of an mtext element with

 <mtext>
&#x00A0;<!--nbsp-->Theorem &#x00A0;<!--nbsp-->1:
 </mtext>
 Theorem  1:

最初の例は, Theoremの前に何も無く, Theorem1:の間にユニコードの空白文字があり, 1:の後に何も無いように描画されます. 2番目の例では, 単独の空白がTheoremの前に描画され, 2つの空白である, ユニコードの空白文字1つとユニコードの改行しない空白文字1つが1:の前に描画され, 1:の後に何も描画されません.

When the first example is rendered, there is nothing before Theorem, one Unicode space character between Theorem and 1:, and nothing after 1:. In the second example, a single space character is to be rendered before Theorem; two spaces, one a Unicode space character and one a Unicode no-break space character, are to be rendered before 1:; and there is nothing after the 1:.

xml:space属性の値はこの状況では関係ないことに注意して下さい. なぜなら, XML処理プログラムは素子の中の空白をMathML処理プログラムに渡すためです. 空白を取り除いたり, 縮小したりすることは, MathMLの処理で必要とされています.

Note that the value of the xml:space attribute is not relevant in this situation since XML processors pass whitespace in tokens to a MathML processor; it is the requirements of MathML processing which specify that whitespace is trimmed and collapsed.

素子要素mi, mn, mo, ms, mtext, ci, cn, cs, csymbol, annotationの中身の外側の空白については, 空白の実体のみを含むことができるmtextではなく, mspace要素が使われるべきです.

For whitespace occurring outside the content of the token elements mi, mn, mo, ms, mtext, ci, cn, cs, csymbol and annotation, an mspace element should be used, as opposed to an mtext element containing only whitespace entities.

2.2 一番上の<math>要素
The Top-Level <math> Element

MathMLは, 唯一の一番上のルート要素であるmath要素を指定しています. math要素は, 文書の中のMathMLマークアップの各要素を包み込みます. 全ての他のMathMLの内容は, mathの中に含まれなければなりません. 言い換えれば, 全ての有効なMathMLの式は外側の<math>タグで包まれています. math要素はいつもMathMLの式の一番外側の要素です. あるmath要素が他のmath要素を含んでいたらエラーになります. これらの考慮すべき点は, 切り取り貼り付けといった操作のように, ソフトウェア間で式が受け渡されるときにも適用されます. 6.3 MathMLを受け渡すを参照して下さい.

MathML specifies a single top-level or root math element, which encapsulates each instance of MathML markup within a document. All other MathML content must be contained in a math element; in other words, every valid MathML expression is wrapped in outer <math> tags. The math element must always be the outermost element in a MathML expression; it is an error for one math element to contain another. These considerations also apply when sub-expressions are passed between applications, such as for cut-and-paste operations; see 6.3 Transferring MathML.

math要素は, 任意の数の子要素を含むことができます. それらの要素は, 通常mrow要素に含まれているかのように描画されます.

The math element can contain an arbitrary number of child elements. They render by default as if they were contained in an mrow element.

2.2.1 属性
Attributes

math要素は, 2.1.6 全てのMathML要素で利用される属性で指定した共通の属性を含め, 3.3.4 書式の変更 <mstyle>で設定できる全ての属性を持ちます. 特に, 文章全体の方向を設定するdir属性を持っています. math要素は, 普通, 方向を指定するのに最も利用しやすい場所にあります(詳しい議論については3.1.5 方向参照). math要素におけるdir属性の既定値はltrであることに注意して下さい(ただし, dir属性を持つことができる全ての他の要素に継承される場合にです). これは, 方向の概念を持たない以前のMathML2.0との互換性を提供するためです. また, mstyleや他のプレゼンテーション要素と同じ意味合いでmathbackground属性を持ちます. この属性は, 属性の既定値を指定するというより, むしろ全体の描画領域の背景色を指定します(3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学書式属性参照).

The math element accepts any of the attributes that can be set on 3.3.4 Style Change <mstyle>, including the common attributes specified in 2.1.6 Attributes Shared by all MathML Elements. In particular, it accepts the dir attribute for setting the overall directionality; the math element is usually the most useful place to specify the directionality (see 3.1.5 Directionality for further discussion). Note that the dir attribute defaults to ltr on the math element (but inherits on all other elements which accept the dir attribute); this provides for backward compatibility with MathML 2.0 which had no notion of directionality. Also, it accepts the mathbackground attribute in the same sense as mstyle and other presentation elements to set the background color of the bounding box, rather than specifying a default for the attribute (see 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements).

これらの属性に加えて, math要素は次の属性を持ちます.

In addition to those attributes, the math element accepts:

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
display "block" | "inline" inline
囲っているMathMLの式が, 縦に分けられたblock(領域)(ディスプレイ形式), または隣接した文章に揃えられるinline(インライン形式)のどちらで描画されるべきか指定します(TEXの一般的な呼び方にならってディスプレイ形式, インライン形式と訳しています). display=blockの場合, displaystyletrueで初期化されます. 一方, display=inlineの場合, displaystylefalseで初期化されます. どちらの場合でも, scriptlevelは0で初期化されます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevel参照). さらに, math要素が大きな文書の中に埋め込まれた場合, blockのmath要素は文書の形式にふさわしい領域要素として(典型的に新しい縦の領域として)扱われるべきで, 一方, inlineのmath要素は行の一部として(典型的に実際に標準の文書の中の一連の言葉であるかのように)扱われるべきです. 特に, この属性は間隔の取り方や改行に影響します. 例えば, inlineのmath要素の中に空白や改行を挿入したり, 何らかの直接の区切りを挿入したりすべきではありません. display属性が無い場合, 描画プログラムが文脈に沿って適切な値に初期化するのは自由です.
specifies whether the enclosed MathML expression should be rendered as a separate vertical block (in display style) or inline, aligned with adjacent text. When display=block, displaystyle is initialized to true, whereas when display=inline, displaystyle is initialized to false; in both cases scriptlevel is initialized to 0 (see 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel). Moreover, when the math element is embedded in a larger document, a block math element should be treated as a block element as appropriate for the document type (typically as a new vertical block), whereas an inline math element should be treated as inline (typically exactly as if it were a sequence of words in normal text). In particular, this applies to spacing and linebreaking: for instance, there should not be spaces or line breaks inserted between inline math and any immediately following punctuation. When the display attribute is missing, a rendering agent is free to initialize as appropriate to the context.
maxwidth 長さ
length
利用可能な幅
available width
改行のために使用する最大の幅を指定します. 既定値は, 周囲を囲っている環境で利用可能な最大の幅です. この属性値を決められない場合, 描画ソフトウェアは描画できる無限の幅であると仮定すべきです.
specifies the maximum width to be used for linebreaking. The default is the maximum width available in the surrounding environment. If that value cannot be determined, the renderer should assume an infinite rendering width.
overflow "linebreak" | "scroll" | "elide" | "truncate" | "scale" linebreak
式が利用可能な幅に収まるには長過ぎる状況で, 望ましい扱い方を指定します. 後の議論を参照して下さい.
specifies the preferred handing in cases where an expression is too long to fit in the allowed width. See the discussion below.
altimg URI 無し
none
埋め込まれたMathMLに対応していない利用者のプログラムの代替手段として, 表示する画像を参照するURIを提供します.
provides a URI referring to an image to display as a fall-back for user agents that do not support embedded MathML.
altimg-width 長さ
length
altimgの幅
width of altimg
画像を拡大・縮小させることが必要な場合のaltimgを表示する幅を指定します. altimg-heightを参照して下さい.
specifies the width to display altimg, scaling the image if necessary; see altimg-height.
altimg-height 長さ
length
altimgの高さ
height of altimg
画像を拡大・縮小させることが必要な場合のaltimgを表示する高さを指定します. 属性altimg-widthaltimg-heightの一方だけが与えられた場合, 画像はアスペクト比を保ったまま, 拡大・縮小されます. 属性がどちらも与えられない場合, 画像は元の大きさのまま表示されるべきです.
specifies the height to display altimg, scaling the image if necessary; if only one of the attributes altimg-width and altimg-height are given, the scaling should preserve the image's aspect ratio; if neither attribute is given, the image should be shown at its natural size.
altimg-valign 長さ | "top" | "middle" | "bottom"
length
0ex
隣接する行の中の要素に対する縦方向の位置揃えを指定します. altimg-valignの正の値は画像の下端を現在の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)から上にずらし, 負の値は下にずらします. 値"top"は画像の上端を隣接する行の中の要素の上端に合わせます. "center"は画像の中心を隣接する行の中の要素の中心に合わせます. "bottom"は画像の下端を隣接する行の中の要素の下端(必ずしも欧文ベースラインでなくて良い)に合わせます. この属性は, display=inlineの場合のみ効果があります. 既定値では, 画像の下端が欧文ベースラインに揃うことになります.
specifies the vertical alignment of the image with respect to adjacent inline material. A positive value of altimg-valign shifts the bottom of the image above the current baseline, while a negative value lowers it. The keyword "top" aligns the top of the image with the top of adjacent inline material; "center" aligns the middle of the image to the middle of adjacent material; "bottom" aligns the bottom of the image to the bottom of adjacent material (not necessarily the baseline). This attribute only has effect when display=inline. By default, the bottom of the image aligns to the baseline.
alttext 文字列
string
無し
none
埋め込まれたMathMLまたは画像に対応していない利用者のプログラムの代替手段として, 代替の文字列を提供します.
provides a textual alternative as a fall-back for user agents that do not support embedded MathML or images.
cdgroup URI 無し
none
このmath要素の中のcsymbol, annotation, annotation-xml要素のOpenMathコンテント辞書の位置の基となるCDの目録として働くCDグループファイルを指定します. 4.2.3 コンテントマークアップの記号 <csymbol>を参照して下さい. cdgroup属性が何も明確に指定されていない場合, このmath要素に埋め込まれた文書形式は, 基となるCDを決める方法を提供してもよいです. そうでない場合, システムは基となるCDを決めなければなりません. 特定の情報がない場合, http://www.openmath.org/cdcsymbol, annotation, annotation-xml要素の基となるCDと仮定されます. この属性は, OpenMath協会が管理している標準のCDの集合を基としたCDです.
specifies a CD group file that acts as a catalogue of CD bases for locating OpenMath content dictionaries of csymbol, annotation, and annotation-xml elements in this math element; see 4.2.3 Content Symbols <csymbol>. When no cdgroup attribute is explicitly specified, the document format embedding this math element may provide a method for determining CD bases. Otherwise the system must determine a CD base; in the absence of specific information http://www.openmath.org/cd is assumed as the CD base for all csymbol, annotation, and annotation-xml elements. This is the CD base for the collection of standard CDs maintained by the OpenMath Society.

大きさの調整が不可能または失敗した場合(例えば, 式が利用可能な幅に収まるのに長過ぎる場合), overflow属性は, 描画ソフトウェアに処理する方法を提案するのに提供されます. 利用可能な値は次のとおりです.

In cases where size negotiation is not possible or fails (for example in the case of an expression that is too long to fit in the allowed width), the overflow attribute is provided to suggest a processing method to the renderer. Allowed values are:


Value
意味
Meaning
"linebreak" 式は複数の行に分割されるでしょう. より詳しい議論は3.1.7 式の改行を参照して下さい.
TThe expression will be broken across several lines. See 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions for further discussion.
"scroll" 数式の大きな完全な表示の一部を見せるウィンドウを提供します. 見せる部分の位置を別の場所に動かすことができるように, 必要なら水平または鉛直のスクロールバーがウィンドウに加えられます.
The window provides a viewport into the larger complete display of the mathematical expression. Horizontal or vertical scroll bars are added to the window as necessary to allow the viewport to be moved to a different position.
"elide" 残った部分がウィンドウに収まるのに必要なだけ, 一部を取り除いて表示を省略します. 例えば, 大きい多項式は, 最初と最後の項とその間に+ ... +を付けて表示されるかもしれません. 進歩した描画ソフトウェアは, 省略された範囲を拡大・縮小する機能を提供するかもしれません.
The display is abbreviated by removing enough of it so that the remainder fits into the window. For example, a large polynomial might have the first and last terms displayed with + ... + between them. Advanced renderers may provide a facility to zoom in on elided areas.
"truncate" 右と下の端を切り詰めることで表示を省略します. 見る人に切り詰めたことをそれとなく示すことが推奨されます.
The display is abbreviated by simply truncating it at the right and bottom borders. It is recommended that some indication of truncation is made to the viewer.
"scale" 数式を表示するのに使われているフォントを, ウィンドウに式全体が収まるように選びます. フォントの変更は式が大き過ぎる場合しか起こりません. 必要以上にウィンドウが大きい場合, 式は標準の大きさで大きなウィンドウの中に描画されます.
The fonts used to display the mathematical expression are chosen so that the full expression fits in the window. Note that this only happens if the expression is too large. In the case of a window larger than necessary, the expression is shown at its normal size within the larger window.

3. プレゼンテーションマークアップ
Presentation Markup

3.1 導入
Introduction

この章は, 数学表記の配置構造を説明するために利用可能な, MathMLのプレゼンテーション要素についての仕様を定めています.

This chapter specifies the presentation elements of MathML, which can be used to describe the layout structure of mathematical notation.

ほとんどのプレゼンテーションマークアップは, [MathMLコア]に含まれます. その仕様書は, ウェブブラウザで表示する際の, コアの一部である要素や属性を表示する, 正確な方法について助言するものです. ウェブブラウザ以外では, MathMLプレゼンテーション要素は, 媒体に依存した描画と個別の書式の選択を認めるために, 描画の特定の方法を提案するのみ(すなわち, 必要としない)です. ブラウザに基づかない描画ソフトウェアは, その描画方法が理解できる限り, 独自の配置の決まりを使用するのは自由です.

Most of Presentation Markup is included in [MathML-Core]. That specification should be consulted for the precise details of displaying the elements and attributes that are part of core when displayed in web browsers. Outside of web browsers, MathML presentation elements only suggest (i.e. do not require) specific ways of rendering in order to allow for medium-dependent rendering and for individual preferences of style. Non browser-based renderers are free to use their own layout rules as long as the renderings are intelligible.

プレゼンテーション要素で使用される名前は, それらの視覚的な配置を連想させます. しかしながら, 数学表記は, 新しい概念が開発されるたびに, 再利用されて来た長い歴史を持ちます. そのため, mfracといった要素は, 実際のところ分数でなくてもよく, intent属性が音声表現の情報を提供するのに使われるべきです.

The names used for presentation elements are suggestive of their visual layout. However, mathematical notation has a long history of being reused as new concepts are developed. Because of this, an element such as mfrac may not actually be a fraction and the intent attribute should be used to provide information for auditory renderings.

この章は, 全てのプレゼンテーション要素と属性を, 利用方法を明確にするであろう例と一緒に説明しています.

This chapter describes all of the presentation elements and attributes of MathML along with examples that might clarify usage.

3.1.1 プレゼンテーションMathMLの構造
Presentation MathML Structure

プレゼンテーション要素は, 題名, 節, 段落が人間に近い水準で文章の構造をうまく再現したのと概ね同じ方法で, 数学表記の構文構造を表現するためのものです. このため, 識別子と演算子から成る単独の行はよく, 単独のmrow要素ではなく, 幾重にも入れ子になったmrow要素として表現されるでしょう. 例えば, x+a/bは典型的に次のように表されます.

The presentation elements are meant to express the syntactic structure of mathematical notation in much the same way as titles, sections, and paragraphs capture the higher-level syntactic structure of a textual document. Because of this, a single row of identifiers and operators will often be represented by multiple nested mrow elements rather than a single mrow. For example, x+a/b typically is represented as:

<mrow>
  <mi> x </mi>
  <mo> + </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi> a </mi>
    <mo> / </mo>
    <mi> b </mi>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
x + a / b

同様に, 上付き添え字は, ただ前の文字に続くというよりは, 基を構成している式全体にくっつけられます. この構造は, 特に画面の幅といった描画環境の詳細を文章の著者が前もって分からない場合に, 数学のより良質な描画を可能にします. また, この構造は, 表現された数学構造の自動解釈を大いに楽にします.

Similarly, superscripts are attached to the full expression constituting their base rather than to the just preceding character. This structure permits better-quality rendering of mathematics, especially when details of the rendering environment, such as display widths, are not known ahead of time to the document author. It also greatly eases automatic interpretation of the represented mathematical structures.

ある特定の文字は, 伝統的な表現において他の記号と同じように描画されたり, 表示されないように表現されたりする識別子や演算子に名前を付けるのに使用されます. 例えば, 文字U+2146, U+2147, U+2148は, それぞれ微分記号d, 自然対数の底e, 虚数iを表し, 単純な変数として使用される同じ文字とは意味的に異なります. 同様に, 文字U+2061, U+2062, U+2063, U+2064は, 関数の適用, 見えない掛ける, 見えない区切り記号, 見えないプラスを表します. それらは, 通常表示されませんが, 視覚的な間隔や改行に影響してもよい重要な情報を表現しており, 異なる音声表現を持ってもよいです. したがって, 著者は, 適用できる場合はいつでも, それらの文字(または, 対応する実体)を使用すべきです.

Certain characters are used to name identifiers or operators that in traditional notation render the same as other symbols or are rendered invisibly. For example, the characters U+2146, U+2147 and U+2148 represent differential d, exponential e and imaginary i, respectively and are semantically distinct from the same letters used as simple variables. Likewise, the characters U+2061, U+2062, U+2063 and U+2064 represent function application, invisible times, invisible comma and invisible plus . These usually render invisibly but represent significant information that may influence visual spacing and linebreaking, and may have distinct spoken renderings. Accordingly, authors should use these characters (or corresponding entities) wherever applicable.

MathML実体の完全な一覧は[実体]で説明しています.

The complete list of MathML entities is described in [Entities].

3.1.2 この章で使用する用語
Terminology Used In This Chapter

プレゼンテーション要素は2つの種類に分けられます. 素子要素は個々の記号, 名前, 数字, 番号等を表します. 配置要素は部分部分から式を構築し, 要素のみを内容として持つことができます. 配置要素はさらに一般的な配置要素, 添え字の配置要素, 表のような配置要素, 初等数学の配置要素に分けられます. また, これらの配置要素と共にだけ用いられる若干の空要素もあります.

The presentation elements are divided into two classes. Token elements represent individual symbols, names, numbers, labels, etc. Layout schemata build expressions out of parts and can have only elements as content. These are subdivided into General Layout, Script and Limit, Tabular Math and Elementary Math schemata. There are also a few empty elements used only in conjunction with certain layout schemata.

数式の中の個々の記号はMathML素子要素(例えば, <mn>24</mn>)として表されるべきです. 主要なMathML素子要素の種類は, 識別子(mi, 例えば, 変数や関数名), 数字(mn), 演算子(mo, かっこといった囲い文字やコンマといった区切り文字を含む)です. また, 数学の意味より美しさを優先するための, 文章や空白を表すのに使用される素子要素や, 数式処理システムとの互換性のために文字列を表す要素もあります.

All individual symbols in a mathematical expression should be represented by MathML token elements (e.g., <mn>24</mn>). The primary MathML token element types are identifiers (mi, e.g. variables or function names), numbers (mn), and operators (mo, including fences, such as parentheses, and separators, such as commas). There are also token elements used to represent text or whitespace that has more aesthetic than mathematical significance and other elements representing string literals for compatibility with computer algebra systems.

配置要素は, 分数や添え字付きの式といった大きい式を, 小さい式から構築する方法を指定しています. 配置要素の子要素は, 配置要素の引数とも呼ばれます. 上記の定義の結果として, 配置要素の中身は, 厳密に0個以上の引数となる要素が連なったものから構成されます.

The layout schemata specify the way in which sub-expressions are built into larger expressions such as fraction and scripted expressions. Layout schemata attach special meaning to the number and/or positions of their children. A child of a layout schema is also called an argument of that element. As a consequence of the above definitions, the content of a layout schema consists exactly of a sequence of zero or more elements that are its arguments.

3.1.3 必要な引数
Required Arguments

ここで説明する要素の多くは, 特定の数(たいてい1個, または2個, または3個)の引数を必要とします. 後で示す要素の構文の詳細な説明において, 必要な引数の数は, 暗黙のうちに様々な位置にある引数に対して与えられた名前によって示唆されています. 要素の中にはわずかに, 個々の要素に応じて説明される引数の数や型といった追加の決まりを持っているものもあります。例えば, 要素の中には0個以上の一連の引数を受け入れるものもあり, そのことは, それらの要素に引数が結局無くてもよいことを認めています.

Many of the elements described herein require a specific number of arguments (always 1, 2, or 3). In the detailed descriptions of element syntax given below, the number of required arguments is implicitly indicated by giving names for the arguments at various positions. A few elements have additional requirements on the number or type of arguments, which are described with the individual element. For example, some elements accept sequences of zero or more arguments — that is, they are allowed to occur with no arguments at all.

描画される空白をコード化しているMathML要素は, それらが現れた場所の要素の引数と見なされることに注意して下さい. そのような空白に似た要素の適切な利用に関する議論については, 3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>を参照して下さい.

Note that MathML elements encoding rendered space do count as arguments of the elements in which they appear. See 3.2.7 Space <mspace/> for a discussion of the proper use of such space-like elements.

3.1.3.1 省略された<mrow>
Inferred <mrow>s

次の一覧で示す 1* の引数を必要としている要素(msqrt, mstyle, merror, mpadded, mphantom, menclose, mtd, mscarry, math)は, 概念上は単独の引数を受け入れますが, 実際のところ任意の数の子要素を受け入れます. 子要素の数が0個の場合, もしくは1個より大きい場合, それらの要素は, それらの中身を全ての子要素から形作られる単独の省略されたmrowとして扱い, そのmrowを引数として扱います.

The elements listed in the following table as requiring 1* argument (msqrt, mstyle, merror, mpadded, mphantom, menclose, mtd, mscarry, and math) conceptually accept a single argument, but actually accept any number of children. If the number of children is 0 or is more than 1, they treat their contents as a single inferred mrow formed from all their children, and treat this mrow as the argument.

例えば,

For example,

<msqrt>
  <mo> - </mo>
  <mn> 1 </mn>
</msqrt>
- 1

は次のように扱われます.

is treated as if it were

<msqrt>
  <mrow>
    <mo> - </mo>
    <mn> 1 </mn>
  </mrow>
</msqrt>
- 1

この機能は, MathMLのデータが, その機能がなければ必要となるたくさんのmrow要素を含まなくてもよいように(著者が同様に必要となるたくさんのmrow要素を省略してもよいように)します.

This feature allows MathML data not to contain (and its authors to leave out) many mrow elements that would otherwise be necessary.

3.1.3.2 必要な引数の表
Table of argument requirements

便利なように, それぞれの要素の引数がいくつ必要かと, 個々の引数の役割が確立している場合の役割について, 表で示します. 1* という引数の数は上で述べた省略されたmrowを意図しています. math要素はプレゼンテーション要素ではありませんが, 完全に網羅できるように下の表に挙げています.

For convenience, here is a table of each element's argument count requirements and the roles of individual arguments when these are distinguished. An argument count of 1* indicates an inferred mrow as described above. Although the math element is not a presentation element, it is listed below for completeness.

要素
Element
必要な引数の数
Required argument count
引数の役割(場所によって異なる場合)
Argument roles (when these differ by position)
mrow 0以上
0 or more
mfrac 2 分子 分母
numerator denominator
msqrt 1*
mroot 2 基となる式 指数
base index
mstyle 1*
merror 1*
mpadded 1*
mphantom 1*
mfenced 0以上
0 or more
menclose 1*
msub 2 基となる式 下付き添え字
base subscript
msup 2 基となる式 上付き添え字
base superscript
msubsup 3 基となる式 下付き添え字 上付き添え字
base subscript superscript
munder 2 基となる式 下側添え字
base underscript
mover 2 基となる式 上側添え字
base overscript
munderover 3 基となる式 下側添え字 上側添え字
base underscript overscript
mmultiscripts 1以上
1 or more
基となる式 (下付き添え字 上付き添え字)* [<mprescripts/> (前置の下付き添え字 前置の上付き添え字)*]
base (subscript superscript)* [<mprescripts/> (presubscript presuperscript)*]
mtable 0以上の行
0 or more rows
0以上のmtrまたはmlabeledtr要素
0 or more mtr or mlabeledtr elements
mlabeledtr 1以上
1 or more
番号と0以上のmtd要素
a label and 0 or more mtd elements
mtr 0以上
0 or more
0以上のmtd要素
0 or more mtd elements
mtd 1*
mstack 0以上
0 or more
mlongdiv 3以上
3 or more
除数 被除数 (msrow | msgroup | mscarries | msline)*
divisor result dividend (msrow | msgroup | mscarries | msline)*
msgroup 0以上
0 or more
msrow 0以上
0 or more
mscarries 0以上
0 or more
mscarry 1*
maction 1以上
1 or more
actiontype属性に依存する
depend on actiontype attribute
math 1*

3.1.4 特別な挙動の要素
Elements with Special Behaviors

ある特定のMathMLプレゼンテーション要素は, ある文脈の中で特別な挙動を示します. そのような特別な挙動については, 後で述べる詳細な要素の説明で論じます. しかしながら, 便利なように特別な挙動の大変重要な種類について, いくつかここで挙げます.

Certain MathML presentation elements exhibit special behaviors in certain contexts. Such special behaviors are discussed in the detailed element descriptions below. However, for convenience, some of the most important classes of special behavior are listed here.

ある特定の要素は空白のようだと見なされます. これらの要素は3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>で定義されています. この定義は, mo要素(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>)の提案されている描画の決まりに影響を与えます.

Certain elements are considered space-like; these are defined in 3.2.7 Space <mspace/>. This definition affects some of the suggested rendering rules for mo elements (3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>).

ある特定の要素, 例えばmsupは, その最初の引数である演算子を装飾することができます. これらの要素は, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>の中で一覧にされています. その節は, 正確に装飾された演算子を定義し, それらが引き伸ばされた演算子に対する, 提案された描画の決まりにどのように影響するか説明しています.

Certain elements, e.g. msup, are able to embellish operators that are their first argument. These elements are listed in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>, which precisely defines an embellished operator and explains how this affects the suggested rendering rules for stretchy operators.

3.1.5 方向
Directionality

ほとんどの読者に知られた表記において, 全体的な配置と文章のような記号は, 両方とも左から右(LTR)に整えられています. しかし, 導入部分で示唆したように, ヘブライ語で書かれた数学, またはモロッコやペルシャといった地域の数学は全体の配置は変わりませんが, (たいていヘブライ語またはアラビア語の)埋め込まれた記号は右から左(RTL)で書かれています. さらに, アラビア語を話す世界のほとんどは, 表記は完全に右から左(RTL)で整えられています. そのため, 上付き添え字は上に付いていますが, 基の部分の右側ではなく左側に付いています.

In the notations familiar to most readers, both the overall layout and the textual symbols are arranged from left to right (LTR). Yet, as alluded to in the introduction, mathematics written in Hebrew or in locales such as Morocco or Persia, the overall layout is used unchanged, but the embedded symbols (often Hebrew or Arabic) are written right to left (RTL). Moreover, in most of the Arabic speaking world, the notation is arranged entirely RTL; thus a superscript is still raised, but it follows the base on the left rather than the right.

そのため, MathML 3.0は, 2つの別々の方向, 素子要素の中の文章や記号の方向と配置要素で表現される数式全体の方向が存在することを認めています. この2つの側面について次で論じます.

MathML 3.0 therefore recognizes two distinct directionalities: the directionality of the text and symbols within token elements and the overall directionality represented by Layout Schemata. These two facets are discussed below.

注意
Note

おそらく, ここに縦方向の言語に対する若干の議論を加える必要があります(なお, 現在, それらへの対応は行われておりません).

Probably need to add a little discussion of vertical languages here (and their current lack of support)

3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向
Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas

数式に対する全体の方向, 基本的に配置要素の方向は, 全体を囲っているmath要素(2.2 一番上の<math>要素参照)のdir属性によって指定されます. 既定値はltrです. dir=rtlが用いられる場合, 配置はヨーロッパの慣例的な配置に対して単純に鏡のような形になります. つまり, 字下げ等は変わりませんが, 配置の向きは右から左になります.

The overall directionality for a formula, basically the direction of the Layout Schemata, is specified by the dir attribute on the containing math element (see 2.2 The Top-Level <math> Element). The default is ltr. When dir=rtl is used, the layout is simply the mirror image of the conventional European layout. That is, shifts up or down are unchanged, but the progression in laying out is from right to left.

例えば, 右から左(RTL)の配置においては, 上付き添え字と下付き添え字は, 基となる式の左に現れます. 根号は右に, 基となる式の左端まで続く上の横線を伴って現れます. 方向に依存する要素に対する配置の詳細については, 要素の説明で述べます. その説明の中で, 前に来ると後ろに来るというの用語は, 方向に依存して用いられる式の横側を指定するのに使われます. 前に来るは左から右(LTR)では左を意味しますが, 右から左(RTL)では右を意味します. 他の場合の左と右という用語は, 左と右を意味すると想定して問題ないでしょう.

For example, in a RTL layout, sub- and superscripts appear to the left of the base; the surd for a root appears at the right, with the bar continuing over the base to the left. The layout details for elements whose behavior depends on directionality are given in the discussion of the element. In those discussions, the terms leading and trailing are used to specify a side of an object when which side to use depends on the directionality; i.e. leading means left in LTR but right in RTL. The terms left and right may otherwise be safely assumed to mean left and right.

全体の方向は通常mathによって設定されますが, mrow要素またはmstyle要素のdir属性を利用して個々の式の部分について切り替えてもよいです. 指定されない限り, 全ての要素はそれらを囲っている要素の方向を継承します.

The overall directionality is usually set on the math, but may also be switched for an individual subexpression by using the dir attribute on mrow or mstyle elements. When not specified, all elements inherit the directionality of their container.

3.1.5.2 素子要素における双方向の配置
Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements

文字の方向は, 文字を含むことができるMatthML要素(mtext, mo, mi, mn, ms)の方向と見なすことになり, その文字のユニコードの特性によって決められます. 全体として左から右(LTR)もしくは右から左(RTL)の文字を含んでいる素子要素は, 与えられた方向にまっすぐに表示されます. 右から左(RTL)のアラビア語と左から右(LTR)の数字が混合しているといった具合に方向が混合され複雑な状況にある場合, ユニコードの双方向のアルゴリズム[Bidi]が適用されます. このアルゴリズムは, どのように同じ方向の文字の並びを処理するか, どのように文字の並びを並べるのか(並べ直すのか)を指定します. 基となる, もしくは初期の方向は, 上で述べた全体の方向(3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向)によって決められ, 弱い方向の文字(訳注:周囲の文字の方向に左右される文字で例えばかっこ"(")をどのように扱うのか, どのように並びを入れ子にするのかに影響します. (そのため, dir属性は素子要素でごく稀に必要となる初期の方向を指定することができます.) 素子要素と一緒に現れる何らかのmglyph要素やmalignmark要素は, 効果的に中立で並びに影響がありません.

The text directionality comes into play for the MathML token elements that can contain text (mtext, mo, mi, mn and ms) and is determined by the Unicode properties of that text. A token element containing exclusively LTR or RTL characters is displayed straightforwardly in the given direction. When a mixture of directions is involved, such as RTL Arabic and LTR numbers, the Unicode bidirectional algorithm [Bidi] should be applied. This algorithm specifies how runs of characters with the same direction are processed and how the runs are (re)ordered. The base, or initial, direction is given by the overall directionality described above (3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas) and affects how weakly directional characters are treated and how runs are nested. (The dir attribute is thus allowed on token elements to specify the initial directionality that may be needed in rare cases.) Any mglyph or malignmark elements appearing within a token element are effectively neutral and have no effect on ordering.

注意すべき重要なことは, 双方向のアルゴリズムはそれぞれの素子要素の内容に独立して適用されることです. それぞれの素子要素は文字の独立した並びです.

The important thing to notice is that the bidirectional algorithm is applied independently to the contents of each token element; each token element is an independent run of characters.

ユニコードや文字列の考慮されるべき他の機能は, ‘鏡文字化’と‘字形の整形’です. ユニコード文字の中には, 右から左(RTL)の文脈の中での表現で鏡文字にできることが示されているものもあります. すなわち, その文字は, 鏡文字にされたり, 対応する文字で置換されたりしたかのように描かれます. よって, 始めのかっこ‘(’は, 右から左(RTL)では‘)’と表わされます. 逆に斜線(/ U+002F)は, 鏡文字にできるとされていません. よって, 行の中の割り算で反転させた斜線を表示させたいアラビア語の著者は, はっきりと反転した斜線(\ U+005C)か, 反転した割算の斜線(U+2215)といった代替文字を使用すべきです.

Other features of Unicode and scripts that should be respected are ‘mirroring’ and ‘glyph shaping’. Some Unicode characters are marked as being mirrored when presented in a RTL context; that is, the character is drawn as if it were mirrored or replaced by a corresponding character. Thus an opening parenthesis, ‘(’, in RTL will display as ‘)’. Conversely, the solidus (/ U+002F) is not marked as mirrored. Thus, an Arabic author that desires the slash to be reversed in an inline division should explicitly use reverse solidus (\ U+005C) or an alternative such as the mirroring DIVISION SLASH (U+2215).

加えて, アラビア語と混ぜた文字や一連の文字を一緒にした綴り文字といった, 書道のような文字は外観が変わります. これらの文字は美しさと同じように読みやすさに重要な影響があるので, 可能な限りそういった形の整形を適用することが重要です. 方向のような字形の整形は, それぞれの素子要素の内容に個別に適用されます.

Additionally, calligraphic scripts such as Arabic blend, or connect sequences of characters together, changing their appearance. As this can have a significant impact on readability, as well as aesthetics, it is important to apply such shaping if possible. Glyph shaping, like directionality, applies to each token element's contents individually.

ヘブライ文字で表現される超限数に対し, アルファベットのよく似たコードポイントではなく, MathMLではU+2135-U+2138のコードポイント(アレフ記号, べト記号, ギメル記号, ダレット記号)が使用されるべきことに注意して下さい. それらのコードポイントは, 強い(訳注:周囲の文字の方向に左右されない)左から右の文字です.

Note that for the transfinite cardinals represented by Hebrew characters, the code points U+2135-U+2138 (ALEF SYMBOL, BET SYMBOL, GIMEL SYMBOL, DALET SYMBOL) should be used in MathML, not the alphabetic look-alike code points. These code points are strong left-to-right.

3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevel
Displaystyle and Scriptlevel

いわゆる‘ディスプレイ形式の’式は, それら自身が行の中に現れる場合は, 典型的にインライン形式の式より大きな縦の空間を使用します. それらの式は, 隣接する行へ侵入するのではなく, 付近の文章と調和すべきです. 例えば, ディスプレイ形式の総和において, 添え字は総和記号の上下に置かれますが, それらがインライン形式で現れた場合, 添え字は下付き添え字や上付き添え字の位置に現れます. 同じような理由で, 下付き添え字または上付き添え字, 入れ子になった分数やその他の構築要素は, 典型的に数式の主要な部分より小さく表示されます. MathMLは暗黙のうちに各々のプレゼンテーション要素と, より広々とした縦の配置を適用するかどうかを表すdisplaystyleとや, 要素の中身を書く際の大きさの水準を表すscriptlevelとを結びつけます.

So-called ‘displayed’ formulas, those appearing on a line by themselves, typically make more generous use of vertical space than inline formulas, which should blend into the adjacent text without intruding into neighboring lines. For example, in a displayed summation, the limits are placed above and below the summation symbol, while when it appears inline the limits would appear in the sub- and superscript position. For similar reasons, sub- and superscripts, nested fractions and other constructs typically display in a smaller size than the main part of the formula. MathML implicitly associates with every presentation node a displaystyle and scriptlevel reflecting whether a more expansive vertical layout applies and the level of scripting in the current context.

これらの値は, math要素によってdisplay属性に従って初期化されます. それらの値は, 様々な添え字の配置要素や, 典型的にdisplaystyleをfalseに設定し, 引数の一部もしくは全部のscriptlevelを増大させるmfracmroot要素によって自動的に調整されます. (使用される特定の決まりについては, それぞれの要素の説明を参照して下さい.) また, それらの値は, mstyle要素のdisplaystyle属性やscriptlevel属性, またはmtable要素のdisplaystyle属性をはっきりと経由して設定されるでしょう. 他の全ての状況において, それらの値は要素の親要素から継承されます.

These values are initialized by the math element according to the display attribute. They are automatically adjusted by the various script and limit schemata elements, and the elements mfrac and mroot, which typically set displaystyle false and increment scriptlevel for some or all of their arguments. (See the description for each element for the specific rules used.) They also may be set explicitly via the displaystyle and scriptlevel attributes on the mstyle element or the displaystyle attribute of mtable. In all other cases, they are inherited from the node's parent.

displaystyleは式を配置するのに使われる縦の空間の量に影響します. trueの場合, ディスプレイ形式のより広々した配置が使用され, 一方, falseの場合, インライン形式のより密な配置が使用されます. displaystyleは第一に, mo要素のlargeopmovablelimitsの解釈に影響を与えます. しかしながら, より洗練された描画ソフトウェアが, より密に, もしくはより粗く描画するのに, これらの属性を利用するかは自由です.

The displaystyle affects the amount of vertical space used to lay out a formula: when true, the more spacious layout of displayed equations is used, whereas when false a more compact layout of inline formula is used. This primarily affects the interpretation of the largeop and movablelimits attributes of the mo element. However, more sophisticated renderers are free to use this attribute to render more or less compactly.

主要なscriptlevelの効果は, フォントの大きさを制御することです. 典型的に, scriptlevelが高いほどフォントの大きさが小さくなります. (視覚的でない表現ソフトウェアは, その媒体に応じた類似した方法でフォントの大きさに対応するでしょう.) scriptlevelが変更されるたびに, 自動的であっても明示的であっても, そのフォントの大きさはscriptsizemultiplierの値に, scriptlevel変更回数の乗数を掛けたものになります. ただし, scriptlevelの変更によるフォントの大きさの変更は, 読めないくらい文字が小さくなるのを防ぐために, scriptminsizeより下の値にならないようにすべきです. scriptsizemultiplierの既定値は1/2の平方根であり, 一方, scriptminsizeの既定値は8ポイントです. これらの値はmstyle要素によって変更されるかもしれません. 3.3.4 書式の変更<mstyle>を参照して下さい. mstyle要素のscriptlevel属性は, フォントの大きさを増大させることになる負の値も含め, scriptlevelの利用できる任意の値を認めていることに注意して下さい.

The main effect of scriptlevel is to control the font size. Typically, the higher the scriptlevel, the smaller the font size. (Non-visual renderers can respond to the font size in an analogous way for their medium.) Whenever the scriptlevel is changed, whether automatically or explicitly, the current font size is multiplied by the value of scriptsizemultiplier to the power of the change in scriptlevel. However, changes to the font size due to scriptlevel changes should never reduce the size below scriptminsize to prevent scripts becoming unreadably small. The default scriptsizemultiplier is approximately the square root of 1/2 whereas scriptminsize defaults to 8 points; these values may be changed on mstyle; see 3.3.4 Style Change <mstyle>. Note that the scriptlevel attribute of mstyle allows arbitrary values of scriptlevel to be obtained, including negative values which result in increased font sizes.

scriptlevelによるフォントの大きさの変更は, 要素の‘外側’から課されていると見なされるべきです. このことは, scriptlevelの効果はmfracの子要素である素子要素において, 明確なmathsize(3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性参照)の前に適用されることを意味します. よって, mathsizeは効果的にscriptlevelを上書きできます. ただし, scriptlevelの変更はemの長さ(2.1.5.2 長さの値の属性参照)の意味に影響する現在のフォントの大きさを変更するので, scriptlevelは効果が上書きされる場合であっても影響があります. mathsizescriptminsizeによって影響されないので, 効果を上書きするフォントの大きさの変更は, scriptminsizeより小さくすることができることにも注意して下さい.

The changes to the font size due to scriptlevel should be viewed as being imposed from ‘outside’ the node. This means that the effect of scriptlevel is applied before an explicit mathsize (see 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements) on a token child of mfrac. Thus, the mathsize effectively overrides the effect of scriptlevel. However, that change to scriptlevel changes the current font size, which affects the meaning of an em length (see 2.1.5.2 Length Valued Attributes) and so the scriptlevel still may have an effect in such cases. Note also that since mathsize is not constrained by scriptminsize, such direct changes to font size can result in scripts smaller than scriptminsize.

現在のフォントの大きさを直接変更することは, CSSによる場合でも, mathsize(3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性参照)による場合であっても, scriptlevelに何の影響もないことに注意して下さい.

Note that direct changes to current font size, whether by CSS or by the mathsize attribute (see 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements), have no effect on the value of scriptlevel.

TEXの\displaystyle, \textstyle, \scriptstyle, \scriptscriptstyleはそれぞれ, displaystylescriptlevelの組合せtrue0, false0, false1, false2に相当します. よってmathdisplay=blockは\displaystyleに, display=inlineは \textstyleに相当します.

TEX's \displaystyle, \textstyle, \scriptstyle, and \scriptscriptstyle correspond to displaystyle and scriptlevel as true and 0, false and 0, false and 1, and false and 2, respectively. Thus, math's display=block corresponds to \displaystyle, while display=inline corresponds to \textstyle.

3.1.7 式の改行
Linebreaking of Expressions

3.1.7.1 改行の制御
Control of Linebreaks

MathMLは, 過度に長い式をいくつかの行に分割するために, 自動と手動(強制的)両方の式の改行の対応を提供しています. 全てのそのような改行は, mrow(省略されたmrowを含む. 3.1.3.1 省略された<mrow>参照)またはmfencedの中で行われます. 改行は典型的にmo要素の場所や, 従来との互換性からmspace要素の場所で行われます. 描画ソフトウェアは, 隣接したmi要素の間, または素子要素の中といった他の箇所で自動で改行することを選ぶかもしれません. MathMLはそのような改行を指定する手段を提供していませんが, 描画ソフトウェアがそのような場所で改行することを選ぶのであれば, そのような場所でも効果のある字下げの属性によって次の行を字下げすべきです.

MathML provides support for both automatic and manual (forced) linebreaking of expressions to break excessively long expressions into several lines. All such linebreaks take place within mrow (including inferred mrow; see 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s) or mfenced. The breaks typically take place at mo elements and also, for backwards compatibility, at mspace. Renderers may also choose to place automatic linebreaks at other points such as between adjacent mi elements or even within a token element such as a very long mn element. MathML does not provide a means to specify such linebreaks, but if a renderer chooses to linebreak at such a point, it should indent the following line according to the indentation attributes that are in effect at that point.

囲っているmath要素がoverflow=linebreakで, 描画エンジンが式全体を表示するのに十分な空間がないと判断したとき, 自動の改行が起こります. よって利用可能な幅が描画ソフトウェアに知られていなければなりません. 書式の特性のように, 改行の特性はMathML要素が存在する環境から継承されるとしています. 幅が決められなかった場合, 無限の幅であると見なされます. mtableの中で各列はいくらか幅を持っています. この幅は属性として指定され, 内容によって決まります. この幅は, 改行のためには行全体の幅として使われるべきで, mtableの各要素は必要に応じて幅を持っています.

Automatic linebreaking occurs when the containing math element has overflow=linebreak and the display engine determines that there is not enough space available to display the entire formula. The available width must therefore be known to the renderer. Like font properties, one is assumed to be inherited from the environment in which the MathML element lives. If no width can be determined, an infinite width should be assumed. Inside of an mtable, each column has some width. This width may be specified as an attribute or determined by the contents. This width should be used as the line wrapping width for linebreaking, and each entry in an mtable is linewrapped as needed.

課題304: MathML 4で非推奨となる可能性のあるプレゼンテーションMathMLの一部
Issue 304: Potential presentation MathML items to deprecate in MathML 4
(mspaceの@linebreak)
(mspace's @linebreak)

強制的な改行は, mo要素またはmspace要素のlinebreak=newlineを利用して指定されます. 自動と手動の改行は, 両方とも同じ数式の中で起こっても良いです.

Forced linebreaks are specified by using linebreak=newline on an mo or mspace element. Both automatic and manual linebreaking can occur within the same formula.

mfrac, msqrt, mroot, mencloseの中の式や様々な添え字の要素の自動的な改行は不要です. 描画ソフトウェアは, それらの要素の中に強制的な改行がある場合, その改行を無視しても良いです.

Automatic linebreaking of subexpressions of mfrac, msqrt, mroot and menclose and the various script elements is not required. Renderers are free to ignore forced breaks within those elements if they choose.

mo要素や, 場合によってはmspace要素の属性は, 改行や次の行の字下げを制御します. 制御可能な改行の性質は次のとおりです.

Attributes on mo and possibly on mspace elements control linebreaking and indentation of the following line. The aspects of linebreaking that can be controlled are:

  • 場所 ― 属性は, 特定の演算子や空白での改行が望ましいか, 特に改行が必要か禁止か決めます. これらの属性は, mo要素やmspace要素でのみ設定できます. (3.2.5.2.2 改行の属性を参照して下さい.)

    Where — attributes determine the desirability of a linebreak at a specific operator or space, in particular whether a break is required or inhibited. These can only be set on mo and mspace elements. (See 3.2.5.2.2 Linebreaking attributes.)

  • 演算子の表示/位置 ― 改行されたときに, 属性は, 行の最後か, 次の行の最初か, その両方の場所か, どこに演算子が現れるべきか決めます. これらの属性は, mo要素で設定されるか, mstyle要素またはmath要素から継承されるかします. (3.2.5.2.2 改行の属性を参照して下さい.)

    Operator Display/Position — when a linebreak occurs, determines whether the operator will appear at the end of the line, at the beginning of the next line, or in both positions; and how much vertical space should be added after the linebreak. These attributes can be set on mo elements or inherited from mstyle or math elements. (See 3.2.5.2.2 Linebreaking attributes.)

  • 字下げ ― 属性は, 次の行を前の行のどこかと揃えるための字下げすを含め, 改行に続く行の字下げの方法を決めます. これらの属性は, mo要素で設定されるか, mstyle要素またはmath要素から継承されるかします. (3.2.5.2.3 改行の属性を参照して下さい.)

    Indentation — determines the indentation of the line following a linebreak, including indenting so that the next line aligns with some point in a previous line. These attributes can be set on mo elements or inherited from mstyle or math elements. (See 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes.)

math要素が行の中の文脈で現れたとき, math要素は文章の描画エンジンによって段落を描くどんな決まりを用いられようと, その決まりに従うでしょう. そのような決まりは必然的にこの仕様書の対象外です. 代わりに, math要素のoverflow属性の値を用いるでしょう. (2.2.1 属性を参照して下さい.)

When a math element appears in an inline context, it may obey whatever paragraph flow rules are employed by the document's text rendering engine. Such rules are necessarily outside of the scope of this specification. Alternatively, it may use the value of the math element's overflow attribute. (See 2.2.1 Attributes.)

3.1.7.2 改行の例
Examples of Linebreaking

次に示す例は, 強制的な改行と強制的な位置揃えを明確にしています.

The following example demonstrates forced linebreaks and forced alignment:

<mrow>
 <mrow> <mi>f</mi> <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo> <mo>(</mo> <mi>x</mi> <mo>)</mo> </mrow>
 <mo id='eq1-equals'>=</mo>
 <mrow>
  <msup>
   <mrow> <mo>(</mo> <mrow> <mi>x</mi> <mo>+</mo> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mo>)</mo> </mrow>
   <mn>4</mn>
  </msup>
  <mo linebreak='newline' linebreakstyle='before'
      indentalign='id' indenttarget='eq1-equals'>=</mo>
  <mrow>
   <msup> <mi>x</mi> <mn>4</mn> </msup>
   <mo id='eq1-plus'>+</mo>
   <mrow> <mn>4</mn> <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo> <msup> <mi>x</mi> <mn>3</mn> </msup> </mrow>
   <mo>+</mo>
   <mrow> <mn>6</mn> <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo> <msup> <mi>x</mi> <mn>2</mn> </msup> </mrow>
   <mo linebreak='newline' linebreakstyle='before'
       indentalignlast='id' indenttarget='eq1-plus'>+</mo>
   <mrow> <mn>4</mn> <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo> <mi>x</mi> </mrow>
   <mo>+</mo>
   <mn>1</mn>
  </mrow>
 </mrow>
</mrow>

次のように表示されます.

This displays as

example with equal and plus signs aligned

indentalignlastの既定値はindentalignなので, 上の例ではindentalignindentalignlastの場所で使うことができることに注意して下さい. また, linebreakstyle='before'が既定値なのでその値を指定する必要もないです.

Note that because indentalignlast defaults to indentalign, in the above example indentalign could have been used in place of indentalignlast. Also, the specifying linebreakstyle='before' is not needed because that is the default value.

3.1.8 プレゼンテーション要素の概要
Summary of Presentation Elements

3.1.8.1 素子要素
Token Elements
mi 識別子
identifier
mn 数字
number
mo 演算子, かっこ, 区切り
operator, fence, or separator
mtext 文章
text
mspace 空白
space
ms 文字列
string literal

これらに加えて, mglyph要素が, 標準でない記号を画像として表現するのに, 素子要素と一緒に使用されてもよいです.

Additionally, the mglyph element may be used within Token elements to represent non-standard symbols as images.

3.1.8.2 一般的な配置要素
General Layout Schemata
mrow 水平に任意の数の式をまとめる
group any number of sub-expressions horizontally
mfrac 2つの式から分数を構成する
form a fraction from two sub-expressions
msqrt 平方根(指数無しの根号)を構成する
form a square root (radical without an index)
mroot 特定の指数の根を構成する
form a radical with specified index
mstyle 書式を変更する
style change
merror 処理前のエラーメッセージ構文を囲む
enclose a syntax error message from a preprocessor
mpadded 周囲の余白を調整する
adjust space around content
mphantom 大きさを保ったまま見えなくする
make content invisible but preserve its size
mfenced かっこの組で囲む
surround content with a pair of fences
menclose 割り算の筆算の記号のような引き伸ばした記号で囲う
enclose content with a stretching symbol such as a long division sign
3.1.8.3 添え字の配置要素
Script and Limit Schemata
msub 下付き添え字を基となる式に付け加える
attach a subscript to a base
msup 上付き添え字を基となる式に付け加える
attach a superscript to a base
msubsup 下付き添え字と上付き添え字の組を基となる式に付け加える
attach a subscript-superscript pair to a base
munder 下側添え字を基となる式に付け加える
attach an underscript to a base
mover 上側添え字を基となる式に付け加える
attach an overscript to a base
munderover 下側添え字と上側添え字の組を基となる式に付け加える
attach an underscript-overscript pair to a base
mmultiscripts 前置の添え字やテンソル添え字を基となる式に付け加える
attach prescripts and tensor indices to a base
3.1.8.4 表と行列
Tables and Matrices
mtable 表や行列
table or matrix
mlabeledtr 表や行列の, 行番号や数式の番号と一緒に用いる行
row in a table or matrix with a label or equation number
mtr 表や行列の行
row in a table or matrix
mtd 表や行列の要素
one entry in a table or matrix
maligngroupmalignmark 位置揃えの記号
alignment markers
3.1.8.5 初等数学の配置
Elementary Math Layout
mstack 揃えられた文字列の縦の並び
columns of aligned characters
mlongdiv 除数や商を加えたmsgroupに類似したまとまり
similar to msgroup, with the addition of a divisor and result
msgroup 同じ量ずらしたmstackの中の行のまとまり
a group of rows in an mstack that are shifted by similar amounts
msrow mstackの中の行
a row in an mstack
mscarries mstackの中の, 繰り上がりや繰り下がりを表している行
row in an mstack whose contents represent carries or borrows
mscarry mscarriesの要素
one entry in an mscarries
msline mstackの中の水平線
horizontal line inside of mstack
3.1.8.6 式に動きを付ける
Enlivening Expressions
maction 式の一部に動作を結び付ける
bind actions to a sub-expression

3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性
Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements

2.1.6 全てのMathML要素で利用できる属性で一覧にした属性に加えて, 全てのMathMLプレゼンテーション要素は次の種類の属性を持っています.

In addition to the attributes listed in 2.1.6 Attributes Shared by all MathML Elements, all MathML presentation elements accept the following classes of attribute.

3.1.9.1 MathMLコア属性
MathML Core Attributes

プレゼンテーション要素は, [MathMLコア]で指定された全ての共通の属性も受け入れます.

Presentation elements also accept all the Global Attributes specified by [MathML-Core].

次の2つの属性を含むこれらの属性は, 特に視覚的な分野を想定したものです. これらの属性は, 表示された式の意図している意味に影響を与えないものとされていますが, 式の一部を強調したり, 注意を引いたりするのに利用されます. 例えば, 異なるmathvariantを持つ変数とは対照的に, 赤い"x"は黒い"x"と意味が違うとは考えません(3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性参照).

These attributes include the following two attributes that are primarily intended for visual media. They are not expected to affect the intended semantics of displayed expressions, but are for use in highlighting or drawing attention to the affected subexpressions. For example, a red "x" is not assumed to be semantically different than a black "x", in contrast to variables with different mathvariant values (see 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements).

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
mathcolor
color
継承する
inherited
素子要素の内容, 線, 根号, その他の装飾といった要素の中身を描画する際に使用する文字等の色を指定します. また, 配置要素で利用された場合, 子要素のmathcolorの既定値を定めます.
Specifies the foreground color to use when drawing the components of this element, such as the content for token elements or any lines, surds, or other decorations. It also establishes the default mathcolor used for child elements when used on a layout element.
mathbackground | "transparent"
color
transparent
要素とその子要素の領域を塗り潰すのに使用する背景色を指定します. 既定値の"transparent"は, 一般に現在描画している文章の中の背景色を透けて見えるように設定します.
Specifies the background color to be used to fill in the bounding box of the element and its children. The default, "transparent", lets the background color, if any, used in the current rendering context to show through.

MathMLの式は, HTMLのような文章データフォーマットによく埋め込まれることから, MathML描画ソフトウェアは, MathMLが現れた場所の文章で利用されている色を継承すべきです. しかしながら, ([MathMLコア]と対照的に)MathMLは描画環境から書式情報を継承する仕組みを特定していないことに注意して下さい. 詳細については3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性を参照して下さい.

Since MathML expressions are often embedded in a textual data format such as HTML, the MathML renderer should inherit the foreground color used in the context in which the MathML appears. Note, however, that MathML (in contrast to [MathML-Core]) doesn't specify the mechanism by which style information is inherited from the rendering environment. See 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements for more details.

提案されているMathMLの視覚的描画の決まりは, 次の場合を除いて, mathbackground属性の影響を受ける, 背景の領域の正確な範囲を定義していないことに注意して下さい. それは, 内容が負の領域を持っておらず, 周囲との間隔が負であることによって描画領域が他の描画領域と重なるべきでない場合です. その場合の領域は内容を表示する描画領域全ての背後となるべきですが, 周囲を取り囲んでいる式を表示する描画領域の前面には来るべきです. mathbackground属性の影響が及ぶ領域の範囲において, 周囲との間隔が負であることにより描画領域が重なった場合の影響は, MathMLの描画の決まりによって定義されてはいません.

Note that the suggested MathML visual rendering rules do not define the precise extent of the region whose background is affected by the mathbackground attribute, except that, when the content does not have negative dimensions and its drawing region should not overlap with other drawing due to surrounding negative spacing, should lie behind all the drawing done to render the content, and should not lie behind any of the drawing done to render surrounding expressions. The effect of overlap of drawing regions caused by negative spacing on the extent of the region affected by the mathbackground attribute is not defined by these rules.

3.2 素子要素
Token Elements

プレゼンテーションマークアップの素子要素は, ざっくり言うと, 意味を伝達する数学表記の最小の単位を表すよう意図されています. 素子は, おおまかに言って, 文章の中の言葉と似ています. ただし, 数学表記の精密で象徴的な特性から, 素子要素の様々な種類や性質がMathMLマークアップの中で重要な役割を果たします. 対照的に, 文章データの中では, 個々の言葉は, めったにマークアップされたり, 特別な書式にされたりする必要はありません.

Token elements in presentation markup are broadly intended to represent the smallest units of mathematical notation which carry meaning. Tokens are roughly analogous to words in text. However, because of the precise, symbolic nature of mathematical notation, the various categories and properties of token elements figure prominently in MathML markup. By contrast, in textual data, individual words rarely need to be marked up or styled specially.

素子要素は, 識別子(mi), 数字(mn), 演算子(mo), 文章(mtext), 文字列(ms), 空白(mspace)を表します. mglyph要素は標準でない記号を画像で表すのに素子要素と一緒に使われるてもよいです. 前に述べた個々の要素の詳しい説明に関して, 次の2つの小節で素子要素の中身として認められている内容や共通の属性について論じます.

Token elements represent identifiers (mi), numbers (mn), operators (mo), text (mtext), strings (ms) and spacing (mspace). The mglyph element may be used within token elements to represent non-standard symbols by images. Preceding detailed discussion of the individual elements, the next two subsections discuss the allowable content of token elements and the attributes common to them.

3.2.1 素子要素の内容となる文字, <mglyph/>
Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/>

MathMLの記述における文字データは, 素子要素の内容の一部となることのみ認められています. 要素間の空白は無視されます. 空のmspace要素を除いて, 素子要素は0個以上のユニコード文字の文字列, mglyph要素またはmalignmark要素を含むことができます. mglyph要素は, 標準でない文字や記号を画像で表すのに使われます. malignmark要素は, 表の構成を利用する際に位置揃えの基準を確立するのに用いられ, 表示されない要素です(3.5.5 位置揃えの記号 <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>参照).

Character data in MathML markup is only allowed to occur as part of the content of token elements. Whitespace between elements is ignored. With the exception of the empty mspace element, token elements can contain any sequence of zero or more Unicode characters, or mglyph or malignmark elements. The mglyph element is used to represent non-standard characters or symbols by images; the malignmark element establishes an alignment point for use within table constructs, and is otherwise invisible (see 3.5.5 Alignment Markers <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>).

文字は, 直接ユニコードの文字データとして表されるか、間接的に数値文字参照または文字実体参照を使用して表されるでしょう. ユニコードは, 数々の非常によく似た文字を含んでいます. どの状況でどの文字を使用するのが適切かの議論については, [MathMLメモ]を参照して下さい.

Characters can be either represented directly as Unicode character data, or indirectly via numeric or character entity references. Unicode contains a number of look-alike characters. See [MathML-Notes] for a discussion of which characters are appropriate to use in which circumstance.

(mspace以外の)素子要素は, 中身があればその中身として描画されるべきです(すなわち, 視覚的表現では, 素子要素の中身である文字に対する標準的な字形やmglyphに対する画像を水平に密集させた列として描画されます). mspace要素は, 属性によって決められた幅の空白として描画されます. 描画アルゴリズムは, 下記で説明する数学書式属性も考慮すべきです. また, 決まりや素子要素の種類それぞれに固有な属性によって周囲の空白は修正されます. 中身の向きの特徴も尊重されるべきです(3.1.5.2 素子要素における双方向の配置参照).

Token elements (other than mspace) should be rendered as their content, if any (i.e. in the visual case, as a closely-spaced horizontal row of standard glyphs for the characters or images for the mglyphs in their content). An mspace element is rendered as a blank space of a width determined by its attributes. Rendering algorithms should also take into account the mathematics style attributes as described below, and modify surrounding spacing by rules or attributes specific to each type of token element. The directional characteristics of the content must also be respected (see 3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements).

3.2.1.1 記号の表示に画像を利用する <mglyph/>
Using images to represent symbols <mglyph/>
3.2.1.1.1 説明
Description

mglyph要素は, 標準でない記号を表現するために画像を表示する仕組みを提供します. そして, 存在しているユニコード文字が十分でないときに, 素子要素mi, mn, mo, mtext, msの中身として利用されてもよいです.

The mglyph element provides a mechanism for displaying images to represent non-standard symbols. It may be used within the content of the token elements mi, mn, mo, mtext or ms where existing Unicode characters are not adequate.

ユニコードは, 数学で利用されるたくさんの数の文字を定義しており, また, ほとんどの場合にこれらの文字を表す字形は様々なフォントで広く利用できます. これらの文字がほぼ全ての利用者の必要性に対応すべきであるとはいえ, MathMLは, 数学は静的なものではなく新しい文字や記号が便利であるように加えられると認識しています. よく利用される文字は, おそらく最終的にユニコードコンソーシアムや他の標準化団体に受け入れられるでしょうが, それらはしばしば長い時間を要します.

Unicode defines a large number of characters used in mathematics and, in most cases, glyphs representing these characters are widely available in a variety of fonts. Although these characters should meet almost all users needs, MathML recognizes that mathematics is not static and that new characters and symbols are added when convenient. Characters that become well accepted will likely be eventually incorporated by the Unicode Consortium or other standards bodies, but that is often a lengthy process.

字形のsrc属性はmglyphを唯一のものとして特定することに注意して下さい. つまり, 同じsrcの値を持つ2つのmglyphは, 2つの文字や字形が同一かどうかを決めるソフトウェアによって同一と見なされるべきです.

Note that the glyph's src attribute uniquely identifies the mglyph; two mglyphs with the same values for src should be considered identical by applications that must determine whether two characters/glyphs are identical.

3.2.1.1.2 属性
Attributes

mglyph要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にされている属性を持っていします. ただし, mathcolorは効果がないことに注意して下さい. 背景の色であるmathbackgroundによって, 指定の画像が透過であるならば, 塗り潰されるべきです.

The mglyph element accepts the attributes listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements, but note that mathcolor has no effect. The background color, mathbackground, should show through if the specified image has transparency.

mglyphはここに一覧にした追加の属性も持っています.

mglyph also accepts the additional attributes listed here.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
src URI 必要
required
画像の場所を指定します. 通常, MathML部分の基準となるURIからの相対パスとなります.
Specifies the location of the image resource; it may be a URI relative to the base-URI of the source of the MathML, if any.
width 長さ
length
画像の幅
from image
字形の要求される幅を指定します. heightを参照して下さい.
Specifies the desired width of the glyph; see height.
height 長さ
length
画像の高さ
from image
字形の要求される高さを指定します. widthheightの一方だけが与えられた場合, 画像はアスペクト比を保ったまま, 拡大・縮小されます. どちらも与えられない場合, 画像は元の大きさのまま表示されるべきです.
Specifies the desired height of the glyph. If only one of width and height are given, the image should be scaled to preserve the aspect ratio; if neither are given, the image should be displayed at its natural size.
valign 長さ
length
0ex
画像のベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)を欧文ベースラインからどれだけずらすかを指定します. 正の値のときは画像の下端を欧文ベースラインから上げ, 負の値のときは下げます. 0の値(既定値)は, 画像のベースラインを画像の下端にすることを意味します.
Specifies the baseline alignment point of the image with respect to the current baseline. A positive value shifts the bottom of the image above the current baseline while a negative value lowers it. A value of 0 (the default) means that the baseline of the image is at the bottom of the image.
alt 文字列
string
必要
required
字形に対する代用の名前を提供します. 指定された画像が見つからなかったり, 表示できなかったりした場合, 表示ソフトウェアはこの名前を警告メッセージや字形が見つからないという注意で利用するでしょう. この名前は, 聴覚表現ソフトウェアや記号を処理するソフトウェアで利用されるでしょう. また, 説明のために選ばれるべきでしょう.
Provides an alternate name for the glyph. If the specified image can't be found or displayed, the renderer may use this name in a warning message or some unknown glyph notation. The name might also be used by an audio renderer or symbol processing system and should be chosen to be descriptive.
3.2.1.1.3
Example

次に示す例は, 研究者が組み紐の組合せを表記するのに, 複数の画像で構成されたmglyphをどのように利用するのかを描いています.

The following example illustrates how a researcher might use the mglyph construct with a set of images to work with braid group notation.

<mrow>
  <mi><mglyph src="my-braid-23" alt="2 3 braid"/></mi>
  <mo>+</mo>
  <mi><mglyph src="my-braid-132" alt="1 3 2 braid"/></mi>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi><mglyph src="my-braid-13" alt="1 3 braid"/></mi>
</mrow>

描画ソフトウェアによって次のように表示されるでしょう.

This might render as:

\includegraphics{image/braids}

3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性
Mathematics style attributes common to token elements

全てのプレゼンテーション要素に対して定義されている属性(3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性)に加えて, MathMLは, 全てのプレゼンテーション素子要素やmath要素, mstyle要素に有効な, 2つの数学書式属性や方向を表す属性を含んでいます. なお, dirmrow要素でも有効です. これらの属性は次のとおりです.

In addition to the attributes defined for all presentation elements (3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements), MathML includes two mathematics style attributes as well as a directionality attribute valid on all presentation token elements, as well as the math and mstyle elements; dir is also valid on mrow elements. The attributes are:

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
mathvariant "normal" | "bold" | "italic" | "bold-italic" | "double-struck" | "bold-fraktur" | "script" | "bold-script" | "fraktur" | "sans-serif" | "bold-sans-serif" | "sans-serif-italic" | "sans-serif-bold-italic" | "monospace" | "initial" | "tailed" | "looped" | "stretched" normal (<mi>を除く)
(except on <mi>)
素子の論理的な種類を指定します. この種類は書式の種類というわけなく, 典型的に意図した意味を伝えるものであることに注意して下さい. 下記の議論を参照して下さい.
Specifies the logical class of the token. Note that this class is more than styling, it typically conveys semantic intent; see the discussion below.
mathsize "small" | "normal" | "big" | 長さ
length
継承する
inherited
素子の中身を表示する大きさを指定します. smallまたはbigという値は, 現在のフォントサイズより小さいまたは大きいということを表します. ただし, 実際の比率は指定されておらず任されています. normalは完全性のために用意されていますが, 100%1emと同じであり効果はありません.
Specifies the size to display the token content. The values small and big choose a size smaller or larger than the current font size, but leave the exact proportions unspecified; normal is allowed for completeness, but since it is equivalent to 100% or 1em, it has no effect.
dir "ltr" | "rtl" 継承する
inherited
素子の中の文字の初期の方向を指定します. ltr(左から右)またはrtl(右から左). この属性は, 弱い文字(訳注:周囲の文字の方向に左右される文字で例えばかっこ"(")または中立の文字(訳注:周囲の文字の方向がどちらでも同じように表示される文字で例えば空白" ")を含む特殊な場合に必要になります. より詳しい議論については, 3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向を参照して下さい. mspaceに対しては何の効果も与えません.
specifies the initial directionality for text within the token: ltr (Left To Right) or rtl (Right To Left). This attribute should only be needed in rare cases involving weak or neutral characters; see 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas for further discussion. It has no effect on mspace.

mathvariant属性は, 素子要素の論理的な種類を定義しています. それぞれの種類は, 植字に関係した記号的な素子の集合を提供します. 各素子は与えられた数式の中で特定の意味を持っています. そのため, 各素子は視覚的に表現され, 不意に意味を変えてしまうような文書全体の書式の変更から保護される必要があります. 各素子は, mathvariant属性の値と素子要素内の文字データの組合せによって特定されます.

The mathvariant attribute defines logical classes of token elements. Each class provides a collection of typographically-related symbolic tokens. Each token has a specific meaning within a given mathematical expression and, therefore, needs to be visually distinguished and protected from inadvertent document-wide style changes which might change its meaning. Each token is identified by the combination of the mathvariant attribute value and the character data in the token element.

CSSが利用可能な環境でMathMLを描画する場合, 数学書式属性はCSS書式の規則のための定義済の選択子と見なされます. MathMLとCSSの相互作用の議論については, 6.5 MathMLと一緒にCSSを利用するを参照して下さい. また, CSSを利用してMathMLを描画する際の議論やCSSスタイルシートの例については[MathMLforCSS]を参照して下さい. CSSが利用できない場合, 論理的に異なる種類を描き分けるのは, 描画ソフトウェア内部の書式の仕組み次第です. ほとんどのMathML描画ソフトウェアはおそらく, 追加の, 内部の書式処理アルゴリズムをいくらか当てにしようしています. 特に, mathvariant属性は, CSSの継承の仕組みに従っていません. 既定値は, 単独の文字の内容を持つmiを除いて, 全ての要素でnormal(斜体でない)です. 詳細については, 3.2.3 識別子<mi>を参照して下さい.

When MathML rendering takes place in an environment where CSS is available, the mathematics style attributes can be viewed as predefined selectors for CSS style rules. See 6.5 Using CSS with MathML for discussion of the interaction of MathML and CSS. Also, see [MathMLforCSS] for discussion of rendering MathML by CSS and a sample CSS style sheet. When CSS is not available, it is up to the internal style mechanism of the rendering application to visually distinguish the different logical classes. Most MathML renderers will probably want to rely on some degree on additional, internal style processing algorithms. In particular, the mathvariant attribute does not follow the CSS inheritance model; the default value is normal (non-slanted) for all tokens except for mi with single-character content. See 3.2.3 Identifier <mi> for details.

描画ソフトウェアは, 数学書式属性をどの描画特性に当てはめるか完全に自由です. しかしながら, 実際は, 数学書式属性の名前と値は明らかな植字の特性を暗示しており, 描画ソフトウェアは可能な限りその自然な実装を尊重するよう試みます. 例えば, mathvariant属性の値がsans-serifである素子をHelveticaフォントやArialフォントで描画することは妥当です. しかし, Times Romanフォントでその素子を描画することは本当に誤解を招くことになり, 避けるべきです.

Renderers have complete freedom in mapping mathematics style attributes to specific rendering properties. However, in practice, the mathematics style attribute names and values suggest obvious typographical properties, and renderers should attempt to respect these natural interpretations as far as possible. For example, it is reasonable to render a token with the mathvariant attribute set to sans-serif in Helvetica or Arial. However, rendering the token in a Times Roman font could be seriously misleading and should be avoided.

原則として, 特定の記号の素子を定義するのに, どのmathvariantの値も, どの文字データとも一緒に利用できます. 実際は, 文字データとmathvariantの値の特定の組合せのみ, 与えられた描画ソフトウェアによって視覚的に表現されます, 例えば, "フラクタルのアルファ"や"太字の斜体の漢字"といった文字は明確に存在せず, また, "initial", "tailed", "looped", "stretched"といったmathvariantの値はアラビア文字に対してのみ適切です.

In principle, any mathvariant value may be used with any character data to define a specific symbolic token. In practice, only certain combinations of character data and mathvariant values will be visually distinguished by a given renderer. For example, there is no clear-cut rendering for a "fraktur alpha" or a "bold italic Kanji" character, and the mathvariant values "initial", "tailed", "looped", and "stretched" are appropriate only for Arabic characters.

文字データとmathvariantの値の特定の組合せは, 数学用英数字記号を表すよう割り当てられたユニコードコードポイントと同じ働きをします. これらのユニコードコードポイントは, ユニコード標準で一覧にされたアラビア文字の数学用英数字記号のブロックU+1EE00からU+1EEFFや数学用英数字記号のブロックU+1D400からU+1D7FF, 7.2 数学用英数字記号で一覧にされたSMPにおける"穴"を表す文字のような記号の範囲U+2100からU+214Fです. これらの文字について, 詳細はUTR #25の第2.2節で説明しています. ユニコード標準におけるそのような文字それぞれの説明では, mathvariantの値に対応して書式が変更になる場合を除いて, 同一と見なされる書式のない文字を提供します. 書式のない文字と対応するmathvariantの値の組合せを利用している素子要素は, mathvariant属性を用いないで数学用英数字記号を利用している素子要素と同一と見なされます. 数学用英数字記号の外観は周囲のmathvariantや他の書式の宣言によって変更されるべきではないことに注意して下さい.

Certain combinations of character data and mathvariant values are equivalent to assigned Unicode code points that encode mathematical alphanumeric symbols. These Unicode code points are the ones in the Arabic Mathematical Alphabetic Symbols block U+1EE00 to U+1EEFF, Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols block U+1D400 to U+1D7FF, listed in the Unicode standard, and the ones in the Letterlike Symbols range U+2100 to U+214F that represent "holes" in the alphabets in the SMP, listed in 7.2 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols. These characters are described in detail in section 2.2 of UTR #25. The description of each such character in the Unicode standard provides an unstyled character to which it would be equivalent except for a font change that corresponds to a mathvariant value. A token element that uses the unstyled character in combination with the corresponding mathvariant value is equivalent to a token element that uses the mathematical alphanumeric symbol character without the mathvariant attribute. Note that the appearance of a mathematical alphanumeric symbol character should not be altered by surrounding mathvariant or other style declarations.

描画ソフトウェアは, ユニコード文字に一致する文字データとmathvariantの値の組合せに対応すべきです. また, それらの組合せは利用可能なフォントを用いて視覚的に表現できるでしょう. 描画ソフトウェアは, 一致する割り当てられたユニコードコードポイントがない場合, 文字データとmathvariantの値の組合せを無視してもよいですし, 対応してもよいです. また, MathMLを書く人は, 一致する割り当てられたユニコードコードポイントがない数学記号への対応は, 描画ソフトウェアによって異なることを認識すべきです.

Renderers should support those combinations of character data and mathvariant values that correspond to Unicode characters, and that they can visually distinguish using available font characters. Renderers may ignore or support those combinations of character data and mathvariant values that do not correspond to an assigned Unicode code point, and authors should recognize that support for mathematical symbols that do not correspond to assigned Unicode code points may vary widely from one renderer to another.

MathMLによる表現はHTMLのような文章データフォーマットの中に組み込まれるので, 周囲の文章とMathMLはフォントサイズのような描画属性を共有しなければならず, そのために表現される書式は互いに尊重されるでしょう. このことから, ほとんどの文章の描画に影響する属性の値は, 上述の表の既定値の列に見られるように描画環境から継承されます. (周囲の文章とMathMLが別々のソフトウェア, 例えば, ブラウザとプラグインで描画された場合, MathML描画ソフトウェアに, MathML属性で指定されない周囲の文字の欧文ベースラインの位置といった追加情報を提供することも描画環境にとって重要です.) ただし, MathMLは描画環境から書式情報を継承する仕組みを指定していないことに注意して下さい.

Since MathML expressions are often embedded in a textual data format such as HTML, the surrounding text and the MathML must share rendering attributes such as font size, so that the renderings will be compatible in style. For this reason, most attribute values affecting text rendering are inherited from the rendering environment, as shown in the default column in the table above. (In cases where the surrounding text and the MathML are being rendered by separate software, e.g. a browser and a plug-in, it is also important for the rendering environment to provide the MathML renderer with additional information, such as the baseline position of surrounding text, which is not specified by any MathML attributes.) Note, however, that MathML doesn't specify the mechanism by which style information is inherited from the rendering environment.

利用しているフォントの要求されたmathsizeが利用できない場合, 描画ソフトウェアは, 最も分かりやすく, 最も高い質の描画となるよう適切な方法でフォントサイズを近付けるべきです. MathMLの要素の多くは, その子要素に応じてフォントサイズを自動的に変更することに注意して下さい. 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelの議論を参照して下さい.

If the requested mathsize of the current font is not available, the renderer should approximate it in the manner likely to lead to the most intelligible, highest quality rendering. Note that many MathML elements automatically change the font size in some of their children; see the discussion in 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.

3.2.2.1 MathMLの中にHTMLを埋め込む
Embedding HTML in MathML

MathMLは, 6.4 MathMLと他の言語を組合せるで述べているように, 他の言語と組合せることができます. 仕様書は, MathMLに他のフォーマットを埋め込むのに, mtext要素の子要素や, 式の中で埋め込む役割を果たすのに適切な他の葉要素の子要素に, 追加の要素を認めるようMathML構文を拡張しました(3.2.3 識別子 <mi>, 3.2.4 数字 <mn>, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>参照). 方向, フォントサイズ, その他のフォントの属性は, それらを含む葉要素の文字に使用される属性を継承すべきです(3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性参照).

MathML can be combined with other formats as described in 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats. The recommendation is to embed other formats in MathML by extending the MathML schema to allow additional elements to be children of the mtext element or other leaf elements as appropriate to the role they serve in the expression (see 3.2.3 Identifier <mi>, 3.2.4 Number <mn>, and 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>). The directionality, font size, and other font attributes should inherit from those that would be used for characters of the containing leaf element (see 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements).

HTMLの内容を含むmtextの中にSVGを埋め込んだ例を示します.

Here is an example of embedding SVG inside of mtext in an HTML context:

<mtable>
 <mtr>
  <mtd>
   <mtext><input type="text" placeholder="what shape is this?"/></mtext>
  </mtd>
 </mtr>
 <mtr>
  <mtd>
   <mtext>
    <svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" width="4cm" height="4cm" viewBox="0 0 400 400">
     <rect x="1" y="1" width="398" height="398" style="fill:none; stroke:blue"/>
     <path d="M 100 100 L 300 100 L 200 300 z" style="fill:red; stroke:blue; stroke-width:3"/>
    </svg>
   </mtext>
  </mtd>
 </mtr>
</mtable>

3.2.3 識別子 <mi>
Identifier <mi>

3.2.3.1 説明
Description

mi要素は, 識別子として表示されるべき記号の名前や何らかの文字列を表します. 識別子には, 変数, 関数名, 定数の記号が含まれます. 典型的な画像描画ソフトウェアは, mi要素を(隣接する要素に関連する空白以外の)周囲の空白を取り除いて, その中身として描画します(3.2.1 素子要素の内容となる文字, <mglyph/>参照).

An mi element represents a symbolic name or arbitrary text that should be rendered as an identifier. Identifiers can include variables, function names, and symbolic constants. A typical graphical renderer would render an mi element as its content (see 3.2.1 Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/>), with no extra spacing around it (except spacing associated with neighboring elements).

数学の識別子全てがmi要素によって表現されるわけではありません. 例えば, 添え字が付いたり, プライムが付いたりした変数は, それぞれmsubmsupを用いて表現されるべきです. 逆に, (級数の和における省略といった)の役割をする何らかの文字列は, mi要素を利用して表現すべきです.

Not all mathematical identifiers are represented by mi elements — for example, subscripted or primed variables should be represented using msub or msup respectively. Conversely, arbitrary text playing the role of a term (such as an ellipsis in a summed series) should be represented using an mi element.

miはプレゼンテーション要素であることを強調しておきます. そのこと自体は, 要素の中身が識別子として描画されることを単に表しています. 大半の場合, miの中身は実際のところ, 変数や関数名といった数学の識別子を表すでしょう. しかしながら, 前の段落で示したように, 識別子として描画されるべき表記と, 実際に数学の識別子を表すことを意図している表記との対応は完全ではありません. 要素の意味が識別子そのものであることが保証されている要素については, 4. コンテントマークアップciの説明を参照して下さい.

It should be stressed that mi is a presentation element, and as such, it only indicates that its content should be rendered as an identifier. In the majority of cases, the contents of an mi will actually represent a mathematical identifier such as a variable or function name. However, as the preceding paragraph indicates, the correspondence between notations that should render as identifiers and notations that are actually intended to represent mathematical identifiers is not perfect. For an element whose semantics is guaranteed to be that of an identifier, see the description of ci in 4. Content Markup.

3.2.3.2 属性
Attributes

mi要素は, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で一覧にした属性を持っています. ただし, 1つだけ既定値が異なります.

mi elements accept the attributes listed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements, but in one case with a different default value:

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
mathvariant "normal" | "bold" | "italic" | "bold-italic" | "double-struck" | "bold-fraktur" | "script" | "bold-script" | "fraktur" | "sans-serif" | "bold-sans-serif" | "sans-serif-italic" | "sans-serif-bold-italic" | "monospace" | "initial" | "tailed" | "looped" | "stretched" (内容に依存. 下記の説明を参照して下さい.)
(depends on content; described below)
素子の論理的な種類を指定します. 中身が単一の文字の場合を除いて, 既定値はnormal(斜体でない)です. 中身が単一の文字の場合, 既定値はitalicです.
Specifies the logical class of the token. The default is normal (non-slanted) unless the content is a single character, in which case it would be italic.

数学用英数字記号文字(7.2 数学用英数字記号参照)と等しいことを決定するために, mathvariant属性の値は, 上で述べた特別な既定の挙動を含め, 最初に解決すべきです.

Note that for purposes of determining equivalences of Math Alphanumeric Symbol characters (see 7.2 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols) the value of the mathvariant attribute should be resolved first, including the special defaulting behavior described above.

3.2.3.3
Examples
<mi>x</mi>
x
<mi>D</mi>
D
<mi>sin</mi>
sin
<mi mathvariant='script'>L</mi>
L
<mi></mi>

中身の無いmi要素は認められています. <mi></mi>は, 例えば, 数式編集ツールで(数学における型通りの構文によれば)を必要とするMathMLの式で, まだ項が1つも含まれていないときに位置を表すのに使用されるでしょう.

An mi element with no content is allowed; <mi></mi> might, for example, be used by an expression editor to represent a location in a MathML expression which requires a term (according to conventional syntax for mathematics) but does not yet contain one.

識別子はsinのような関数の名前を含みます. sin xのような式では, 下記に示す文字U+2061(実体afまたは実体ApplyFunction)を用いて書かれるべきです. 見えない演算子についての議論は3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>を参照して下さい.

Identifiers include function names such as sin. Expressions such as sin x should be written using the character U+2061 (entity af or ApplyFunction) as shown below; see also the discussion of invisible operators in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>.

<mrow>
  <mi> sin </mi>
  <mo> &#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--> </mo>
  <mi> x </mi>
</mrow>
sin x

として扱われるべきいろいろな文章は, 次のようにmi要素を用いて表すこともできます.

Miscellaneous text that should be treated as a term can also be represented by an mi element, as in:

<mrow>
  <mn> 1 </mn>
  <mo> + </mo>
  <mi></mi>
  <mo> + </mo>
  <mi> n </mi>
</mrow>
1 + + n

miがそのような例外の状況で利用される場合, はっきりとmathvariant属性を設定することで, 描画ソフトウェアの通常の挙動より良い出力結果を得られるでしょう.

When an mi is used in such exceptional situations, explicitly setting the mathvariant attribute may give better results than the default behavior of some renderers.

記号の定数の名前は, mi要素として表現されるべきです.

The names of symbolic constants should be represented as mi elements:

<mi> π </mi>
<mi></mi>
<mi></mi>
π

3.2.4 数字 <mn>
Number <mn>

3.2.4.1 説明
Description

mn要素は, 数値の文字列や数値の文字列として描画されるべき他のデータを表します. 一般に言って, 数値の文字列は数字の列で, 場合によっては小数点を含み, 符号の付かない整数または実数を表します. 典型的な画像描画ソフトウェアは, mn要素を(moのような隣接する要素との間の空白以外の)周囲の空白を取り除いて, その中身を描画します(3.2.1 素子要素の内容となる文字, <mglyph/>参照). mn要素は典型的に, 傾いていない字形で描画されます.

An mn element represents a numeric literal or other data that should be rendered as a numeric literal. Generally speaking, a numeric literal is a sequence of digits, perhaps including a decimal point, representing an unsigned integer or real number. A typical graphical renderer would render an mn element as its content (see 3.2.1 Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/>), with no extra spacing around them (except spacing from neighboring elements such as mo). mn elements are typically rendered in an unslanted font.

"数字"の数学上の概念は, 完全にあいまいで複雑な内容になるでしょう. 結果として, 全ての数学の数字が, mnを用いて表されるべきということではありません. 違った表現とされるべき数学の数字の例は下記に示すもので, 複素数, 分数として表される数字の比率, 数値の定数の名前を含みます.

The mathematical concept of a number can be quite subtle and involved, depending on the context. As a consequence, not all mathematical numbers should be represented using mn; examples of mathematical numbers that should be represented differently are shown below, and include complex numbers, ratios of numbers shown as fractions, and names of numeric constants.

反対に, mnはプレゼンテーション要素であるので, mnの中身が何らかの文字を含んでいることが望ましい場合がわずかにあります. 文字列としての数字の特に標準的なコード化によれば, 中身が数字として明確に解釈されない場合であっても, mnは単に数値の文字列として描画されるべきです. 一般的な決まりとして, mn要素は、中身が何らかの方法で実際に数値的な量を表そうとしてる状況に当てられるべきです. 要素の意味が数学の数字の特定の種類であることが保証されている要素については, 4. コンテントマークアップcnの説明を参照して下さい.

Conversely, since mn is a presentation element, there are a few situations where it may be desirable to include arbitrary text in the content of an mn that should merely render as a numeric literal, even though that content may not be unambiguously interpretable as a number according to any particular standard encoding of numbers as character sequences. As a general rule, however, the mn element should be reserved for situations where its content is actually intended to represent a numeric quantity in some fashion. For an element whose semantics are guaranteed to be that of a particular kind of mathematical number, see the description of cn in 4. Content Markup.

3.2.4.2 属性
Attributes

mn要素は, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で一覧にした属性を持っています.

mn elements accept the attributes listed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements.

3.2.4.3
Examples
<mn> 2 </mn>
2
<mn> 0.123 </mn>
0.123
<mn> 1,000,000 </mn>
1,000,000
<mn> 2.1e10 </mn>
2.1e10
<mn> 0xFFEF </mn>
0xFFEF
<mn> MCMLXIX </mn>
MCMLXIX
<mn> twenty-one </mn>
twenty-one
3.2.4.4 <mn>単独で書かれるべきではない数字
Numbers that should not be written using <mn> alone

多くの数学の数字は, mn単独ではなく, プレゼンテーション要素を使用して表されるべきです. それらの数字は, 複素数, 負の数, 分数として表される数字の比率, 数値の定数の名前を含みます.

Many mathematical numbers should be represented using presentation elements other than mn alone; this includes complex numbers, negative numbers, ratios of numbers shown as fractions, and names of numeric constants.

3.2.4.4.1 数字の複雑な表現の例
Examples of complex representations of numbers
<mrow>
  <mn> 2 </mn>
  <mo> + </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mn> 3 </mn>
    <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
    <mi></mi>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
2 + 3
<mfrac> <mn> 1 </mn> <mn> 2 </mn> </mfrac>
1 2
<mrow><mo>-</mo><mn>2</mn></mrow>
-2
<mi> π </mi>
π
<mi></mi>

3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>
Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>

3.2.5.1 説明
Description

mo要素は, 演算子や演算子として描画すべきものを表します. 一般に, 数学の演算子の表記の慣習は大変複雑です. MathMLは, mo要素の描画するときの挙動を特定する比較的洗練された仕組みを提供しています. 結果として, MathMLにおいて演算子として描画されるべきものの一覧は, 普通の感覚では数学の演算子ではない数学表記を含んでいます. 中間や前や後ろに置かれる普通の演算子の他に, その一覧は, 大かっこや丸かっこや絶対値の縦棒といった囲い文字, コンマやセミコロンといった区切り, 記号の上の横棒やチルダといった数学のアクセントを含みます. "演算子"という用語を, この章では広い意味で演算子を表すものに使用します.

An mo element represents an operator or anything that should be rendered as an operator. In general, the notational conventions for mathematical operators are quite complicated, and therefore MathML provides a relatively sophisticated mechanism for specifying the rendering behavior of an mo element. As a consequence, in MathML the list of things that should render as an operator includes a number of notations that are not mathematical operators in the ordinary sense. Besides ordinary operators with infix, prefix, or postfix forms, these include fence characters such as braces, parentheses, and absolute value bars; separators such as comma and semicolon; and mathematical accents such as a bar or tilde over a symbol. We will use the term "operator" in this chapter to refer to operators in this broad sense.

典型的な視覚的描画ソフトウェアは全てのmo要素を, 後で詳しく述べる, 属性によって決められた要素の周りの空白と一緒に, その中身として描画します(3.2.1 素子要素の内容となる文字, <mglyph/>参照). MathML文字集合に対応する完全なフォントを利用できない描画ソフトウェアは, mo要素を描画するのに, その中身の文字を正確に選ばない場合があってもよいです. 例えば, <mo> ≤ </mo>は端末に<=として描画されるかもしれません. しかしながら, 一般的な決まりとして, 描画ソフトウェアは可能な限り文字通りにmo要素の中身を描画しようと試みるべきです. すなわち, <mo> ≤ </mo><mo> &lt;= </mo>は異なって描画されるべきです. 前者は小なりまたは等しい記号を表す単独の文字として描画されるべきで, 後者は2つの文字の文字列<=として描画されるべきです.

Typical graphical renderers show all mo elements as the content (see 3.2.1 Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/>), with additional spacing around the element determined by its attributes and further described below. Renderers without access to complete fonts for the MathML character set may choose to render an mo element as not precisely the characters in its content in some cases. For example, <mo> ≤ </mo> might be rendered as <= to a terminal. However, as a general rule, renderers should attempt to render the content of an mo element as literally as possible. That is, <mo> ≤ </mo> and <mo> &lt;= </mo> should render differently. The first one should render as a single character representing a less-than-or-equal-to sign, and the second one as the two-character sequence <=.

全ての演算子は, ここでいう一般の感覚では, 本質的に同じ描画の属性と決まりに従います. それらの記号の種類ごとの描画の細かい区別は, それらの記号が現れたとき, 種類ごとに区別するのに利用できるブール値の属性fence, separator, accentを使用して対応します.

All operators, in the general sense used here, are subject to essentially the same rendering attributes and rules. Subtle distinctions in the rendering of these classes of symbols, when they exist, are supported using the Boolean attributes fence, separator and accent, which can be used to distinguish these cases.

mo要素の鍵となる特徴は, 属性の既定値が後で説明する演算子辞書によって状況に応じて決まることです. 特に, fence, separator, accentの既定値は通常演算子辞書によって決まるので, 個々のmo要素について指定する必要がありません.

A key feature of the mo element is that its default attribute values are set on a case-by-case basis from an operator dictionary as explained below. In particular, default values for fence, separator and accent can usually be found in the operator dictionary and therefore need not be specified on each mo element.

数学の演算子はmo要素単独で表現されるものばかりでなく, (例えば)周囲の上付き添え字で装飾されたmo要素として表現されることもあることに注意して下さい. このことは後で詳しく説明します. 逆に, プレゼンテーション要素としてmo要素は, 中身となる文章が演算子として標準的に解釈されない場合も含め, 何らかの文章を含むことができます. 例としては3.2.6 文章 <mtext>文章と数字を混ぜるの議論を参照して下さい. また, 特定の数学演算子として意味を持つことが保証されているMathMLコンテント要素の定義については, 4. コンテントマークアップを参照して下さい.

Note that some mathematical operators are represented not by mo elements alone, but by mo elements embellished with (for example) surrounding superscripts; this is further described below. Conversely, as presentation elements, mo elements can contain arbitrary text, even when that text has no standard interpretation as an operator; for an example, see the discussion Mixing text and mathematics in 3.2.6 Text <mtext>. See also 4. Content Markup for definitions of MathML content elements that are guaranteed to have the semantics of specific mathematical operators.

また, 改行は3.1.7 式の改行で論じたように, 通常演算子の(地域の慣習によって前もしくは後いずれかの)場所で行われることに注意して下さい. そのため, moは指定された演算子で改行が望ましいかコード化する属性を持ち, さらに改行がその演算子で行われた場合の演算子の扱いや字下げを説明する属性を持ちます.

Note also that linebreaking, as discussed in 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions, usually takes place at operators (either before or after, depending on local conventions). Thus, mo accepts attributes to encode the desirability of breaking at a particular operator, as well as attributes describing the treatment of the operator and indentation in case a linebreak is made at that operator.

3.2.5.2 属性
Attributes

mo要素は, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で一覧にした属性やここで一覧にした追加の属性を持っています. 演算子の表示は数学において大変重要なので, mo要素はたくさんの数の属性を持っています. それらは次の3つの小節で説明しています.

mo elements accept the attributes listed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements and the additional attributes listed here. Since the display of operators is so critical in mathematics, the mo element accepts a large number of attributes; these are described in the next three subsections.

ほとんどの属性は, 取り囲んでいるmstyle要素, math要素, 含まれている文書, 3.2.5.6.1 演算子辞書から既定値を受け取ります. 継承するとなっている値がはっきりとmo要素, mstyle要素, math要素で与えられていない場合や, 対象のmo要素が演算子辞書の中から見つからなかった場合, かっこ内に示された既定値が使用されます.

Most attributes get their default values from an enclosing mstyle element, math element, from the containing document, or from 3.2.5.6.1 The operator dictionary. When a value that is listed as inherited is not explicitly given on an mo, mstyle element, math element, or found in the operator dictionary for a given mo element, the default value shown in parentheses is used.

3.2.5.2.1 辞書に基づく属性
Dictionary-based attributes
名前
Name

values
既定値
default
form "prefix" | "infix" | "postfix" mrowの中の演算子の場所による
set by position of operator in an mrow
囲んでいる式での演算子の役割を指定します. この役割と演算子の中身は, 間隔の取り方や, 他の既定値に影響する演算子辞書から演算子を見つけ出すことに影響しません. 3.2.5.6.2 form属性の既定値を参照して下さい.
Specifies the role of the operator in the enclosing expression. This role and the operator content affect the lookup of the operator in the operator dictionary which affects the spacing and other default properties; see 3.2.5.6.2 Default value of the form attribute.
fence "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
演算子が, かっこといった‘囲み文字’を表しているかどうか指定します. この属性は一般に視覚的描画に直接の影響はありませんが, 視覚的でない表現ソフトウェアといった特定の状況では役に立ちます.
Specifies whether the operator represents a ‘fence’, such as a parenthesis. This attribute generally has no direct effect on the visual rendering, but may be useful in specific cases, such as non-visual renderers.
separator "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
演算子が, ‘区切り’または句読点を表しているかどうか指定します. この属性は一般に視覚的描画に直接の影響はありませんが, 視覚的でない表現ソフトウェアといった特定の状況では役に立ちます.
Specifies whether the operator represents a ‘separator’, or punctuation. This attribute generally has no direct effect on the visual rendering, but may be useful in specific cases, such as non-visual renderers.
lspace 長さ
length
演算子辞書による (thickmathspace)
set by dictionary
演算子の前に現れる空白を指定します. 3.2.5.6.4 演算子の周りの空白を参照して下さい. (前とは, RTL(右から左)の文脈では右を指すことに注意して下さい. 3.1.5 方向を参照して下さい.)
Specifies the leading space appearing before the operator; see 3.2.5.6.4 Spacing around an operator. (Note that before is on the right in a RTL context; see 3.1.5 Directionality.)
rspace 長さ
length
演算子辞書による (thickmathspace)
set by dictionary
演算子の後ろに現れる空白を指定します. 3.2.5.6.4 演算子の周りの空白を参照して下さい. (後ろとは, RTL(右から左)の文脈では左を指すことに注意して下さい. 3.1.5 方向を参照して下さい.)
Specifies the trailing space appearing after the operator; see 3.2.5.6.4 Spacing around an operator. (Note that after is on the left in a RTL context; see 3.1.5 Directionality.)
stretchy "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
演算子が, 隣接した要素の内容の大きさまで引き伸ばされるべきか指定します. 3.2.5.7 演算子, かっこ, アクセントを引き伸ばすを参照して下さい.
Specifies whether the operator should stretch to the size of adjacent material; see 3.2.5.7 Stretching of operators, fences and accents.
symmetric "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
演算子が引き伸ばされる際に数学のに対して左右対称を保つべきかどうか指定します. この値は, 縦に引き伸ばされる場合にしか適用されないことに注意して下さい. 3.2.5.7 演算子, かっこ, アクセントを引き伸ばすを参照して下さい.
Specifies whether the operator should be kept symmetric around the math axis when stretchy. Note this property only applies to vertically stretched symbols. See 3.2.5.7 Stretching of operators, fences and accents.
maxsize 長さ
length
演算子辞書による (無限大)
set by dictionary (unbounded)
演算子が引き伸ばされる際の最大の大きさを指定します. 3.2.5.7 演算子, かっこ, アクセントを引き伸ばすを参照して下さい. 値が与えられない場合, 最大の大きさは無限大です. 単位の無い値や百分率の場合, 引き伸ばさない字形の大きさである参照先の大きさの倍数を意味します. 値を提供することと同じでない, 利用可能な値だった"infinity"はMathML 4では非推奨です.
Specifies the maximum size of the operator when stretchy; see 3.2.5.7 Stretching of operators, fences and accents. If not given, the maximum size is unbounded. Unitless or percentage values indicate a multiple of the reference size, being the size of the unstretched glyph. MathML 4 deprecates "infinity" as possible value as it is the same as not providing a value.
minsize 長さ
length
演算子辞書による (100%)
set by dictionary
演算子が引き伸ばされる際の最小の大きさを指定します. 3.2.5.7 演算子, かっこ, アクセントを引き伸ばすを参照して下さい. 単位の無い値や百分率の場合, 引き伸ばさない字形の大きさである参照先の大きさの倍数を意味します.
Specifies the minimum size of the operator when stretchy; see 3.2.5.7 Stretching of operators, fences and accents. Unitless or percentage values indicate a multiple of the reference size, being the size of the unstretched glyph.
largeop "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
演算子が‘大きい’演算子と見なされるか, つまり, (TEXの\displaystyleのように利用される)displaystyle=trueのときに通常より大きく描画するかどうか指定します. 大きい演算子は, 例えばU+222BやU+220F(実体intや実体prod)を含みます. より詳細については3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
Specifies whether the operator is considered a ‘large’ operator, that is, whether it should be drawn larger than normal when displaystyle=true (similar to using TEX's \displaystyle). Examples of large operators include U+222B and U+220F (entities int and prod). See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel for more discussion.
movablelimits "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
対象の演算子の下または上に付いている記号を, displaystyleがfalseのときに, より密に詰まった下付き添え字または上付き添え字の位置に‘移動する’かどうか指定します. 典型的なmovablelimits=trueの演算子は, 例えばU+2211やU+220F(実体sumや実体prod), また, 実体limがあります. より詳細については3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
Specifies whether under- and overscripts attached to this operator ‘move’ to the more compact sub- and superscript positions when displaystyle is false. Examples of operators that typically have movablelimits=true are U+2211 and U+220F (entitites sum, prod), as well as lim. See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel for more discussion.
accent "true" | "false" 演算子辞書による (false)
set by dictionary
演算子が下または上に付く記号として使われる場合に, アクセント(発音記号)として扱われるべきどうかを指定します. munder, mover, munderoverを参照して下さい.
注意:MathMLコアとの互換性から, この属性のある場所がmovermunderoverで囲まれている場合, accent=trueを使用します.
Specifies whether this operator should be treated as an accent (diacritical mark) when used as an underscript or overscript; see munder, mover and munderover.
Note: for compatibility with MathML Core, use accent=true on the enclosing mover and munderover in place of this attribute.
3.2.5.2.2 改行の属性
Linebreaking attributes

次に示す属性は改行したりしなかったりするときに影響を与えたり, 改行しようとする場合に実際に改行するかに影響を与えたりします.

The following attributes affect when a linebreak does or does not occur, and the appearance of the linebreak when it does occur.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
linebreak "auto" | "newline" | "nobreak" | "goodbreak" | "badbreak" auto
演算子のところで改行することが望ましいか指定します. 既定値のautoは, 描画ソフトウェアが改行するかどうか決めるのに既定の改行アルゴリズムを使用すべきことを意図します. newlineは強制的に改行するために使用します. 自動で改行する場合に, nobreakは改行禁止を, goodbreakは適切な場所であることを, badbreakは不適切な場所であることを示します.
Specifies the desirability of a linebreak occurring at this operator: the default auto indicates the renderer should use its default linebreaking algorithm to determine whether to break; newline is used to force a linebreak; for automatic linebreaking, nobreak forbids a break; goodbreak suggests a good position; badbreak suggests a poor position.
lineleading 長さ
length
継承する (100%)
inherited
改行の後の縦方向の空白の量を指定します. 背の高い行に対して, 改行のときにたくさん空けるかを明確にします. 描画ソフトウェアは適切な既定値を自由に選べます.
Specifies the amount of vertical space to use after a linebreak. For tall lines, it is often clearer to use more leading at linebreaks. Rendering agents are free to choose an appropriate default.
linebreakstyle "before" | "after" | "duplicate" | "infixlinebreakstyle" 演算子辞書による (before)
set by dictionary
演算子のところで改行する場合に, 演算子の‘前’か‘後ろ’かどこで改行するか, もしくは演算子を2度繰り返すか指定します. beforeは, 演算子を新しい行の先頭にします(ただし, 字下げされるかもしれません). afterは, 演算子を改行前の行の最後にします. duplicateは演算子を両方に置きます. infixlinebreakstyleは, 行途中の演算子であることを指定する値として使われます. この値は(before, after, duplicateのいずれかで), ソフトウェアによって指定されるか, mstyleによって決められます. (beforeが最も一般的な改行の仕方です.)
Specifies whether a linebreak occurs ‘before’ or ‘after’ the operator when a linebreak occurs on this operator; or whether the operator is duplicated. before causes the operator to appear at the beginning of the new line (but possibly indented); after causes it to appear at the end of the line before the break. duplicate places the operator at both positions. infixlinebreakstyle uses the value that has been specified for infix operators; this value (one of before, after or duplicate) can be specified by the application or bound by mstyle (before corresponds to the most common style of linebreaking).
linebreakmultchar 文字列
string
継承する (&InvisibleTimes;)
inherited
&InvisibleTimes;演算子が改行のところで見えるようになる場合に使用される文字を指定します. 例えば, linebreakmultchar="·"は, 中点として掛け算の記号を見えるようにします.
Specifies the character used to make an &InvisibleTimes; operator visible at a linebreak. For example, linebreakmultchar="·" would make the multiplication visible as a center dot.

隣接したmo要素やmspace要素におけるlinebreakの値は相互作用しません. mo要素においてlinebreak=nobreakであっても, それ自体は前後の(場合によっては入れ子になる)mo要素やmspace要素での改行を禁止せず, 前後のmo要素のlinebreakstyle属性と相互作用しません. linebreak=nobreakは, その他の状況では全て, mo要素の前後どちらであっても改行を妨げます.

linebreak values on adjacent mo and mspace elements do not interact; linebreak=nobreak on an mo does not, in itself, inhibit a break on a preceding or following (possibly nested) mo or mspace element and does not interact with the linebreakstyle attribute value of the preceding or following mo element. It does prevent breaks from occurring on either side of the mo element in all other situations.

3.2.5.2.3 字下げの属性
Indentation attributes

これから示す属性は, 数式を形作っている行の字下げに影響を与えます. 第一に, これらの属性は自動もしくは手動で改行に続く行の位置を制御します. ただし, indentalignfirstindentshiftfirstは, 改行のない単一の数式の行も制御します. これらの属性がmo要素やmspace要素で使われるとき, その要素で改行が行われた場合にそれらの属性は適用されます. これらの属性がmstyle要素やmath要素で使われるとき, その要素の中で何らかの改行が行われた場合に利用される書式の既定値を定めています. 手動で改行を記述することが大変望ましい場合を除いて, これらの属性の多くは, mstyle要素やmath要素の中で最も役に立つことに注意して下さい.

The following attributes affect indentation of the lines making up a formula. Primarily these attributes control the positioning of new lines following a linebreak, whether automatic or manual. However, indentalignfirst and indentshiftfirst also control the positioning of a single line formula without any linebreaks. When these attributes appear on mo or mspace they apply if a linebreak occurs at that element. When they appear on mstyle or math elements, they determine defaults for the style to be used for any linebreaks occurring within. Note that except for cases where heavily marked-up manual linebreaking is desired, many of these attributes are most useful when bound on an mstyle or math element.

利用可能な幅や現在のフォントといった描画環境が, 常にMathMLの著者にとって利用可能な訳ではないことに注意して下さい. 描画ソフトウェアは, 残りの幅が数式を有効に表示するのに小さ過ぎる行や, 残りの幅が利用可能な行全体の幅より大きい行に対して, これらの属性の値を無視してもよいです.

Note that since the rendering context, such as the available width and current font, is not always available to the author of the MathML, a renderer may ignore the values of these attributes if they result in a line in which the remaining width is too small to usefully display the expression or if they result in a line in which the remaining width exceeds the available linewrapping width.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
indentalign "left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" 継承する (auto)
inherited
mrowの中で改行が行われる場合の行の位置揃えを指定します. 後の方の属性の値の議論を参照して下さい.
Specifies the positioning of lines when linebreaking takes place within an mrow; see below for discussion of the attribute values.
indentshift 長さ
length
継承する (0)
inherited
indentalignで決められた場所からの追加の字下げの幅を指定します. 値が百分率の場合, 値はMathML描画ソフトウェアが利用できる水平方向の空白, すなわち3.1.7 式の改行で指定されている改行に使われる現在の対象の幅に関係します. 注意:単位の無い値は, MathML 3では認められており, 百分率の値と同じように扱われていました. しかし, 単位の無い値は, MathML 4では非推奨です.
pecifies an additional indentation offset relative to the position determined by indentalign. When the value is a percentage value, the value is relative to the horizontal space that a MathML renderer has available, this is the current target width as used for linebreaking as specified in 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions. Note: numbers without units were allowed in MathML 3 and treated similarly to percentage values, but unitless numbers are deprecated in MathML 4.
indenttarget 参照先のid
idref
継承する (無し)
inherited (none)
indentalign=idのときに字下げされる行の水平方向の位置を決める基準となる他の要素のidを指定します. 式の相互作用アルゴリズムを認めていることから, 指定された要素が現在のmath要素の外側にあってもよいこと, もしくは指定された要素がmphantomのような見えない要素でもよいことに注意して下さい. ただし, 参照するよりになければなりません. 与えられた描画ソフトウェアから利用できないidや, 揃えることが認められない場所のidを示していてもよいです. そのような場合, indentalignautoとして取り扱われるべきです.
Specifies the id of another element whose horizontal position determines the position of indented lines when indentalign=id. Note that the identified element may be outside of the current math element, allowing for inter-expression alignment, or may be within invisible content such as mphantom; it must appear before being referenced, however. This may lead to an id being unavailable to a given renderer or in a position that does not allow for alignment. In such cases, the indentalign should revert to auto.
indentalignfirst "left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign" 継承する (indentalign)
inherited
数式の最初の行に使用する字下げの書式を指定します. (既定値の)indentalignという値は, 一般の行と同じ字下げの方法を意味します.
Specifies the indentation style to use for the first line of a formula; the value indentalign (the default) means to indent the same way as used for the general line.
indentshiftfirst 長さ | "indentshift"
length
継承する (indentshift)
inherited
数式の最初の行に使用する字下げの幅を指定します. (既定値の)indentshiftという値は, 一般の行と同じ字下げの幅を意味します. 百分率や単位の無い値はindentshiftで述べたことと同じように解釈されます.
Specifies the offset to use for the first line of a formula; the value indentshift (the default) means to use the same offset as used for the general line. Percentage values and numbers without unit are interpreted as described for indentshift.
indentalignlast "left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign" 継承する (indentalign)
inherited
現在のmrowで改行された最後の行に使用する字下げの書式を指定します. (既定値の)indentalignという値は, 一般の行と同じ字下げの方法を意味します. 実際に2つの行があるとき, この属性の値はindentalignより優先して2つ目の行に使用されるべきです.
Specifies the indentation style to use for the last line when a linebreak occurs within a given mrow; the value indentalign (the default) means to indent the same way as used for the general line. When there are exactly two lines, the value of this attribute should be used for the second line in preference to indentalign.
indentshiftlast 長さ | "indentshift"
length
継承する (indentshift)
inherited
現在のmrowで改行された最後の行に使用する字下げの幅を指定します. (既定値の)indentshiftという値は, 一般の行と同じ字下げの方法を意味します. 実際に2つの行があるとき, この属性の値はindentshiftより優先して2つ目の行に使用されるべきです. 百分率や単位の無い値はindentshiftで述べたことと同じように解釈されます.
Specifies the offset to use for the last line when a linebreak occurs within a given mrow; the value indentshift (the default) means to indent the same way as used for the general line. When there are exactly two lines, the value of this attribute should be used for the second line in preference to indentshift. Percentage values and numbers without unit are interpreted as described for indentshift.

indentalignの正当な値は次のとおりです.

The legal values of indentalign are:


Value
意味
Meaning
left 次の行の左端を式全体の幅の左端に揃える
Align the left side of the next line to the left side of the line wrapping width
center 次の行の中心を式全体の幅の中心に揃える
Align the center of the next line to the center of the line wrapping width
right 次の行の右端を式全体の幅の右端に揃える
Align the right side of the next line to the right side of the line wrapping width
auto (既定値)描画ソフトウェアの通常の字下げ方法を利用する. この方法は, 固定された値だったり, mrowが入れ子になることによる要素の深さに合わせて変える方法だったり, 他の類似した方法だったりします.
(default) indent using the renderer's default indenting style; this may be a fixed amount or one that varies with the depth of the element in the mrow nesting or some other similar method.
id 次の行の左端を(indenttargetにより与えられた)idrefにより指定されている要素の左端に揃えます. そのような要素が無い場合, indentalignの値としてautoを使用したことになります.
Align the left side of the next line to the left side of the element referenced by the idref (given by indenttarget); if no such element exists, use auto as the indentalign value
3.2.5.3 通常の演算子の例
Examples with ordinary operators
<mo> + </mo>
+
<mo> &lt; </mo>
<
<mo></mo>
<mo> &lt;= </mo>
<=
<mo> ++ </mo>
++
<mo></mo>
<mo> .NOT. </mo>
.NOT.
<mo> and </mo>
and
<mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
<mo mathvariant='bold'> + </mo>
+
3.2.5.4 かっこや区切りの例
Examples with fences and separators

これらの例のmo要素は, 後で述べる演算子辞書を利用してfence属性またはseparator属性の値を決めることができるので, それらの属性を明確に持つ必要はないことに注意して下さい. これらの例は, 3.3.8 かっこの組で囲まれた式 <mfenced>で説明するmfenced要素を用いてコード化することができるものもあります.

Note that the mo elements in these examples don't need explicit fence or separator attributes, since these can be found using the operator dictionary as described below. Some of these examples could also be encoded using the mfenced element described in 3.3.8 Expression Inside Pair of Fences <mfenced>.

(a+b)

<mrow>
  <mo> ( </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi> a </mi>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> b </mi>
  </mrow>
  <mo> ) </mo>
</mrow>
( a + b )

[0,1)

<mrow>
  <mo> [ </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mn> 0 </mn>
    <mo> , </mo>
    <mn> 1 </mn>
  </mrow>
  <mo> ) </mo>
</mrow>
[ 0 , 1 )

f(x,y)

<mrow>
  <mi> f </mi>
  <mo> &#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--> </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo> ( </mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mo> , </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo> ) </mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
f ( x , y )
3.2.5.5 見えない演算子
Invisible operators

ここで示す伝統的な数学表記で見えない演算子は, 単に何も書かないのではなくmo要素と一緒に特定の文字(または, 実体参照)を用いて表現すべきです. 見えない演算子として用いられる文字は次のとおりです.

Certain operators that are invisible in traditional mathematical notation should be represented using specific characters (or entity references) within mo elements, rather than simply by nothing. The characters used for these invisible operators are:

文字
Character
実体名
Entity name
短い名前
Short name
U+2061 ApplyFunction af
U+2062 InvisibleTimes it
U+2063 InvisibleComma ic
U+2064
3.2.5.5.1
Examples

上の表の例のMathML表現は次のとおりです.

The MathML representations of the examples in the above table are:

<mrow>
  <mi> f </mi>
  <mo> &#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--> </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo> ( </mo>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mo> ) </mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
f ( x )
<mrow>
  <mi> sin </mi>
  <mo> &#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--> </mo>
  <mi> x </mi>
</mrow>
sin x
<mrow>
  <mi> x </mi>
  <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
  <mi> y </mi>
</mrow>
x y
<msub>
  <mi> m </mi>
  <mrow>
    <mn> 1 </mn>
    <mo> &#x2063;<!--InvisibleComma--> </mo>
    <mn> 2 </mn>
  </mrow>
</msub>
m 1 2
<mrow>
  <mn> 2 </mn>
  <mo> &#x2064; </mo>
  <mfrac>
    <mn> 3 </mn>
    <mn> 4 </mn>
  </mfrac>
</mrow>
2 3 4
3.2.5.6 <mo>要素の詳細な描画の決まり
Detailed rendering rules for <mo> elements

mo要素に対する典型的な描画の挙動は, 他のMathMLの素子要素よりも複雑です. そのため, mo要素に対する描画の決まりをこの分割された小節で説明しています.

Typical visual rendering behaviors for mo elements are more complex than for the other MathML token elements, so the rules for rendering them are described in this separate subsection.

全てのMathMLの描画の決まりと同じように, これらの決まりは必要条件というより提案であることに注意して下さい. 下記の説明は, 様々な描画属性の意図する効果を可能な限り明確にするために提供されています. ブラウザの実装での演算子に対する詳細な配置の決まりは, MathMLコアで示されています.

Note that, like all rendering rules in MathML, these rules are suggestions rather than requirements. The description below is given to make the intended effect of the various rendering attributes as clear as possible. Detailed layout rules for browser implementations for operators are given in MathML Core.

3.2.5.6.1 演算子辞書
The operator dictionary

積分記号, プラス記号, かっこといったたくさんの数学記号は, 確立した予想できる伝統的な表記の利用方法を持っています. 典型的に, この利用方法によって, 特定の内容と特定のform属性とで, mo要素の属性の既定値を確かなものにしています. これらの属性の既定値は記号によって異なることから, 描画ソフトウェアが, mo要素の内容とform属性を結び付けた, mo要素の属性の既定値から成る演算子辞書(B. 演算子辞書参照)を持つことを, MathMLは期待しています. mo要素が辞書に載っていない場合, moの属性の表のかっこ内に示した既定値が使われるべきです. なぜなら, この既定値は一般的な演算子で通常受け入れられるものだからです.

Many mathematical symbols, such as an integral sign, a plus sign, or a parenthesis, have a well-established, predictable, traditional notational usage. Typically, this usage amounts to certain default attribute values for mo elements with specific contents and a specific form attribute. Since these defaults vary from symbol to symbol, MathML anticipates that renderers will have an operator dictionary of default attributes for mo elements (see B. Operator Dictionary) indexed by each mo element's content and form attribute. If an mo element is not listed in the dictionary, the default values shown in parentheses in the table of attributes for mo should be used, since these values are typically acceptable for a generic operator.

演算子の中には, 異なる描画特性を持つであろう複数の形式(前置, 中間, 後置)で登場することができるという意味で, 多重定義されるものがあります. 例えば, +は前置演算子にも中間演算子にもなります. 典型的に視覚的描画ソフトウェアは中間演算子の前後両方に空白を加えますが, 前置演算子については前にしか空白を加えません. form属性は, 演算子辞書により複数の形式が利用可能な場合にどちらの形式を利用する仕様も認めており, 後で述べる既定値は絶対ではありません.

Some operators are overloaded, in the sense that they can occur in more than one form (prefix, infix, or postfix), with possibly different rendering properties for each form. For example, + can be either a prefix or an infix operator. Typically, a visual renderer would add space around both sides of an infix operator, while only in front of a prefix operator. The form attribute allows specification of which form to use, in case more than one form is possible according to the operator dictionary and the default value described below is not suitable.

3.2.5.6.2 form属性の既定値
Default value of the form attribute

form属性の値を内容から推測する効果的な検索の決まりがあるので, form属性は通常, 明確には指定されません. form属性が指定されておらず, 与えられた内容からmo要素に対応する辞書の中の可能性がある形式が複数ある場合, 描画ソフトウェアは次に示すことに従がって形式を選ぶべきです(ただし, 後で述べるように装飾された演算子に対しては例外があります).

The form attribute does not usually have to be specified explicitly, since there are effective heuristic rules for inferring the value of the form attribute from the context. If it is not specified, and there is more than one possible form in the dictionary for an mo element with given content, the renderer should choose which form to use as follows (but see the exception for embellished operators, described later):

  • (mrowの引数の数や最初の引数を決めるのに空白のような引数(3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>参照)を全て無視したうえで)演算子が複数の引数を持つmrowの最初の引数であるのならば, 前置形式が使われます.

    If the operator is the first argument in an mrow with more than one argument (ignoring all space-like arguments (see 3.2.7 Space <mspace/>) in the determination of both the length and the first argument), the prefix form is used;

  • (空白のような引数を無視したうえで)演算子が複数の引数を持つmrowの最後の引数であるのならば, 後置形式が使われます.

    if it is the last argument in an mrow with more than one argument (ignoring all space-like arguments), the postfix form is used;

  • 暗黙または明確なmrowの中にその演算子しか要素が無い場合や, 演算子が3.4 添え字の配置要素で一覧にされた要素の添え字の場所にある場合, 後置形式が使われます.

    if it is the only element in an implicit or explicit mrow and if it is in a script position of one of the elements listed in 3.4 Script and Limit Schemata, the postfix form is used;

  • 全ての他の状況で, 演算子がmrowの一部でない場合も含めて, 中間形式が使われます.

    in all other cases, including when the operator is not part of an mrow, the infix form is used.

上で述べたmrow省略されたmrowでもよいことに注意して下さい, 3.1.3.1 省略された<mrow>を参照して下さい.

Note that the mrow discussed above may be inferred; see 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s.

始めの囲み文字はform="prefix"であるべきだし, 終わりの囲み文字はform="postfix"であるべきです. 区切り文字は通常infixですが, 常にではなく周囲の状況によります. 通常の演算子は, これらの値を通常, 明確に指定する必要はありません.

Opening fences should have form="prefix", and closing fences should have form="postfix"; separators are usually infix, but not always, depending on their surroundings. As with ordinary operators, these values do not usually need to be specified explicitly.

演算子が辞書で見つからず形式が特定できない場合, 描画ソフトウェアは, 中間, 後置, 前置といった好ましい順番で利用可能な形式の1つを使うべきです. 与えられたmo要素の内容にどの形式も利用できない場合, 描画ソフトウェアはmo属性の表でかっこで与えられている既定値を使用すべきです.

If the operator does not occur in the dictionary with the specified form, the renderer should use one of the forms that is available there, in the order of preference: infix, postfix, prefix; if no forms are available for the given mo element content, the renderer should use the defaults given in parentheses in the table of attributes for mo.

3.2.5.6.3 装飾された演算子に対する例外
Exception for embellished operators

mo要素のform属性の既定値を選ぶ上記の決まりには例外があります. 1つ以上の入れ子の下付き添え字, 上付き添え字, 周囲の文章または空白, 書式を変更する要素で装飾されたmo要素は, 上記の決まりとは異なった挙動をします. それらの例外は(後で正確に定義する)装飾された演算子であり, mrowの中での演算子全体の位置が上記の決まりによって解析され, 周囲の空白は核となっているmo要素によってではなく, 演算子全体の形式に影響されます. ただし, 周囲の空白に影響を与える属性は, 核となっているmo要素のものです(もしくは, 要素の辞書の中の項目によります).

There is one exception to the above rules for choosing an mo element's default form attribute. An mo element that is embellished by one or more nested subscripts, superscripts, surrounding text or whitespace, or style changes behaves differently. It is the embellished operator as a whole (this is defined precisely, below) whose position in an mrow is examined by the above rules and whose surrounding spacing is affected by its form, not the mo element at its core; however, the attributes influencing this surrounding spacing are taken from the mo element at the core (or from that element's dictionary entry).

例えば, a+4bの中の+4は, mrowの中間の位置にあることから, 全体としては中間演算子と推測されます. ただし, 描画属性は+を表しているmo要素によって決められるか, 明確に指定されていない場合, 演算子辞書の<mo form="infix"> + </mo>に対する項目によって決められるべきです. 装飾された演算子の正確な定義は次のとおりです.

For example, the +4 in a+4b should be considered an infix operator as a whole, due to its position in the middle of an mrow, but its rendering attributes should be taken from the mo element representing the +, or when those are not specified explicitly, from the operator dictionary entry for <mo form="infix"> + </mo>. The precise definition of an embellished operator is:

  • mo要素.

    an mo element;

  • または, msub, msup, msubsup, munder, mover, munderover, mmultiscripts, mfrac, semantics(5.2 付加情報要素) の1つで, その最初の引数が存在し, その引数が装飾された演算子であるもの.

    or one of the elements msub, msup, msubsup, munder, mover, munderover, mmultiscripts, mfrac, or semantics (5.2 Annotation Elements), whose first argument exists and is an embellished operator;

  • または, mstyle, mphantom, mpadded といった, 同じ引数を含んだmrowが装飾された演算子となるような要素の1つ.

    or one of the elements mstyle, mphantom, or mpadded, such that an mrow containing the same arguments would be an embellished operator;

  • または, maction要素で選択した式が存在し, その式が装飾された演算子であるもの.

    or an maction element whose selected sub-expression exists and is an embellished operator;

  • または, mrowでその引数が(順番は任意で)1つの装飾された演算子と0以上の空白のような要素からなるもの.

    or an mrow whose arguments consist (in any order) of one embellished operator and zero or more space-like elements.

上の一覧にない, 干渉する囲っている要素がない場合に限り, 上の定義では入れ子になった装飾を認めていることに注意して下さい.

Note that this definition permits nested embellishment only when there are no intervening enclosing elements not in the above list.

全ての通常の演算子で著者がform属性を指定する必要がないように, 上記の演算子の形式を選ぶ決まりと装飾された演算子の定義が選ばれています.

The above rules for choosing operator forms and defining embellished operators are chosen so that in all ordinary cases it will not be necessary for the author to specify a form attribute.

3.2.5.6.4 演算子周りの空白
Spacing around an operator

演算子(または装飾された演算子)の周りに加えられた水平方向の空白の量は, mrowの中でその演算子が現れたとき, lspace属性とrspace属性によって直接指定できます. lspacerspaceはRTL(右から左)の状況では, 前と後ろと解釈されることに注意して下さい. 慣習によれば, 引数をぴったりとくっつけがちな演算子は, 若干ゆったりとくっつける演算子より小さな空白の値を持ちます. この慣習は, MathML描画ソフトウェアに含まれる演算子辞書によって決まるべきです.

The amount of horizontal space added around an operator (or embellished operator), when it occurs in an mrow, can be directly specified by the lspace and rspace attributes. Note that lspace and rspace should be interpreted as leading and trailing space, in the case of RTL direction. By convention, operators that tend to bind tightly to their arguments have smaller values for spacing than operators that tend to bind less tightly. This convention should be followed in the operator dictionary included with a MathML renderer.

描画ソフトウェアは, 下付き添え字や上付き添え字で現れた演算子ほとんどに対し, TEXで行われているように空白を付けないことを選んでもよいです.

Some renderers may choose to use no space around most operators appearing within subscripts or superscripts, as is done in TEX.

視覚的でない表現ソフトウェアは, 空白の属性やここで述べた他の描画属性を, 描画する方法に類似した方法で取り扱うべきです. 例えば, よりたくさんの空白は, 聴覚表現ソフトウェアにおいてより長い休止に訳されるでしょう.

Non-graphical renderers should treat spacing attributes, and other rendering attributes described here, in analogous ways for their rendering medium. For example, more space might translate into a longer pause in an audio rendering.

3.2.5.7 演算子, かっこ, アクセントを引き伸ばす
Stretching of operators, fences and accents

4つの属性(stretchy, symmetric, maxsize, minsize)が, (場合によっては装飾された)演算子が他の要素の大きさに合うように引き伸ばされるがどうか, どのように引き伸ばされるかを管理しています. 演算子がstretchy=trueという属性を持っているならば, 演算子(すなわち, 内容の個々の文字)は下に示す, フォントやフォント描画システムによって課されている制約である, 引き伸ばされる際の決まりに従います. 実際のところ, 典型的な描画ソフトウェアは, 文字の少数の集合だけを引き伸ばすことができ, 文字の大きさの一部の集合を生み出すことだけが完全に可能です.

Four attributes govern whether and how an operator (perhaps embellished) stretches so that it matches the size of other elements: stretchy, symmetric, maxsize, and minsize. If an operator has the attribute stretchy=true, then it (that is, each character in its content) obeys the stretching rules listed below, given the constraints imposed by the fonts and font rendering system. In practice, typical renderers will only be able to stretch a small set of characters, and quite possibly will only be able to generate a discrete set of character sizes.

MathMLは, 特定の文字や演算子を(水平または縦の)どちらの方向に引き伸ばすのか指定する準備はありません. むしろ, stretchy=trueのとき, その文字にとってどちらの方向に引き伸ばすのも可能で適切であれば, どちらの方向にも引き伸ばすべきです. 描画ソフトウェアが文字を引き伸ばすことが可能ならば, 文字をどちらの方向に引き伸ばす方が適切かを判断するのは, 描画ソフトウェア次第です. ほとんどの文字は典型的な描画ソフトウェアによってほぼ一方向にしか引き伸ばされませんが, 描画ソフトウェアの中には斜めの矢印といったある特定の文字を両方の方向に独立して引き伸ばせるものもあります.

There is no provision in MathML for specifying in which direction (horizontal or vertical) to stretch a specific character or operator; rather, when stretchy=true it should be stretched in each direction for which stretching is possible and reasonable for that character. It is up to the renderer to know in which directions it is reasonable to stretch a character, if it can stretch the character. Most characters can be stretched in at most one direction by typical renderers, but some renderers may be able to stretch certain characters, such as diagonal arrows, in both directions independently.

minsize属性とmaxsize属性は, (方向を限定せずに)引き伸ばす限度を決めます. 2つの属性は, 演算子自身の方向または引き伸ばす方向の通常の大きさの倍数, もしくは単位を用いた絶対量で与えられます. 例えば, 文字がmaxsize=300%であるならば, その文字の(引き伸ばす前の)通常の大きさの3倍を超えて伸ばすことはできません.

The minsize and maxsize attributes limit the amount of stretching (in either direction). These two attributes are given as multipliers of the operator's normal size in the direction or directions of stretching, or as absolute sizes using units. For example, if a character has maxsize=300%, then it can grow to be no more than three times its normal (unstretched) size.

symmetric属性は, 文字の中心のの上の高さと下の深さを(高さと深さの両方をそれぞれの最大にすることで)等しくさせるかどうか管理します. symmetric=falseと設定されている状況の例としては, 正方行列でない行列の掛け算でよく用いられる, で揃えられていない行列の周りのかっこが挙げられます. この場合, 行列を覆うようにかっこを引き伸ばそうとしたとき, かっこを対称に引き伸ばすと, 行列の片方の端からかっこが突き出すことになります. symmetric属性は文字が縦方向に引き伸ばされる場合に適用されます(他の方向は無視されます).

The symmetric attribute governs whether the height and depth above and below the axis of the character are forced to be equal (by forcing both height and depth to become the maximum of the two). An example of a situation where one might set symmetric=false arises with parentheses around a matrix not aligned on the axis, which frequently occurs when multiplying non-square matrices. In this case, one wants the parentheses to stretch to cover the matrix, whereas stretching the parentheses symmetrically would cause them to protrude beyond one edge of the matrix. The symmetric attribute only applies to characters that stretch vertically (otherwise it is ignored).

引き伸ばされるmo要素が(この節の前の方で定義したように)装飾されているのならば, 核となるmo要素は装飾された演算子全体の内容に基づく大きさに引き伸ばされます. すなわち, 装飾が無い場合と同じように引き伸ばされます. 例えば, (典型的に演算子辞書によって引き伸ばされるものと設定される)次に示す例のかっこは, 互いに同じ大きさに引き伸ばされ, さらに同じ縦方向の間隔を保つでしょう.

If a stretchy mo element is embellished (as defined earlier in this section), the mo element at its core is stretched to a size based on the context of the embellished operator as a whole, i.e. to the same size as if the embellishments were not present. For example, the parentheses in the following example (which would typically be set to be stretchy by the operator dictionary) will be stretched to the same size as each other, and the same size they would have if they were not underlined and overlined, and furthermore will cover the same vertical interval:

<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mo> ( </mo>
    <mo> _ </mo>
  </munder>
  <mfrac>
    <mi> a </mi>
    <mi> b </mi>
  </mfrac>
  <mover>
    <mo> ) </mo>
    <mo></mo>
  </mover>
</mrow>
( _ a b )

このことは, 後で述べる引き伸ばすときの決まりがmo要素そのものにではなく, 装飾された演算子全体の内容に適用されなければならないことを意味していることに注意して下さい.

Note that this means that the stretching rules given below must refer to the context of the embellished operator as a whole, not just to the mo element itself.

3.2.5.7.1 引き伸ばす属性の例
Example of stretchy attributes

この例は, 既定値がstretchy=trueであるにも関わらず, かっこを引き伸ばさないために, その最大の大きさを設定する方法を示しています.

This shows one way to set the maximum size of a parenthesis so that it does not grow, even though its default value is stretchy=true.

<mrow>
  <mo maxsize="100%">(</mo>
  <mfrac>
    <msup><mi>a</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
    <msup><mi>b</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
  </mfrac>
  <mo maxsize="100%">)</mo>
</mrow>
( a2 b2 )

上の例は, 既定値では\left(\frac{a^2}{b^2}\right)と描画されるのとは対称的に, (\frac{a^2}{b^2})と描画されます.

The above should render as (\frac{a^2}{b^2}) as opposed to the default rendering \left(\frac{a^2}{b^2}\right).

それぞれのかっこの大きさは独立していることに注意して下さい. これらのかっこの一方だけがmaxsize=100%だった場合, これらのかっこは違った大きさで描画されます.

Note that each parenthesis is sized independently; if only one of them had maxsize=100%, they would render with different sizes.

3.2.5.7.2 縦方向に引き伸ばすときの決まり
Vertical Stretching Rules

引き伸ばされる演算子を管理する一般的な決まりは次のとおりです.

The general rules governing stretchy operators are:

  • 引き伸ばされる演算子がmrow直下の式, または表の行の中のmtd要素直下の唯一の式だった場合, その演算子はminsize属性またはmaxsize属性によって引き伸ばされることを制限されない限り, mrow要素や表の行直下の引き伸ばされていない式の(の上の)高さと(軸の下の)深さを確保するように引き伸ばされるべきです.

    If a stretchy operator is a direct sub-expression of an mrow element, or is the sole direct sub-expression of an mtd element in some row of a table, then it should stretch to cover the height and depth (above and below the axis) of the non-stretchy direct sub-expressions in the mrow element or table row, unless stretching is constrained by minsize or maxsize attributes.

  • 装飾された引き伸ばされる演算子の場合, 上の決まりは核となる引き伸ばされる演算子に適用されます.

    In the case of an embellished stretchy operator, the preceding rule applies to the stretchy operator at its core.

  • 上の決まりは, mrow要素が省略されている状況にも適用されます.

    The preceding rules also apply in situations where the mrow element is inferred.

  • 対称に引き伸ばす決まりは, symmetric=trueの場合や, mrowの中, もしくはrowalignの値がbaselineまたはaxismtrの中で引き伸ばす場合にのみ適用されます.

    The rules for symmetric stretching only apply if symmetric=true and if the stretching occurs in an mrow or in an mtr whose rowalign value is either baseline or axis.

次のアルゴリズムが, 縦に引き伸ばされる演算子の高さや深さに適用されます.

The following algorithm specifies the height and depth of vertically stretched characters:

  1. maxheightmaxdepthは, 同じmrowまたはmtrの中の引き伸ばされていない他の要素の最大の高さと深さです. axisは欧文ベースラインの上の数学の軸の高さです.

    Let maxheight and maxdepth be the maximum height and depth of the non-stretchy siblings within the same mrow or mtr. Let axis be the height of the math axis above the baseline.

    引き伸ばされる演算子にminsizeまたはmaxsizeの値が設定されていたとしても, それらの値は, mrowの中の最大の高さと深さの最初の計算には使用されないことに注意して下さい.

    Note that even if a minsize or maxsize value is set on a stretchy operator, it is not used in the initial calculation of the maximum height and depth of an mrow.

  2. symmetric=trueのとき, 引き伸ばされる演算子の高さと深さの計算は次のとおりです.

    If symmetric=true, then the computed height and depth of the stretchy operator are:

    height=max(maxheight-axis, maxdepth+axis) + axis
    depth =max(maxheight-axis, maxdepth+axis) - axis

    そうでない場合, 高さと深さは次のとおりです.

    Otherwise the height and depth are:

    height= maxheight
    depth = maxdepth
  3. 合計の大きさ(= height+depth)がmaxsizeより小さい, もしくはmaxsizeより大きい場合, 決められた大きさに合致するまで, 高さと深さの両方を比例させながら, 増やすか減らすかします.

    If the total size = height+depth is less than minsize or greater than maxsize, increase or decrease both height and depth proportionately so that the effective size meets the constraint.

通常, ほとんどの縦の矢印は, ほとんどの始まりや終わりの囲い文字と同様に, 演算子辞書の既定値で引き伸ばさされると定義されています.

By default, most vertical arrows, along with most opening and closing fences are defined in the operator dictionary to stretch by default.

表の要素(つまり, mtd要素)の中にある引き伸ばされる演算子の場合, 上記の決まりは, 引き伸ばされる演算子を含む行の各要素がちょうど1つの行を対象としていると仮定しています. (同様に, rowspan属性の値は, 演算子を構成する要素を含む行の要素全てに対して, 1であると仮定されています.) そうでない場合, 演算子は, 演算子が対象としている複数の行の中に収まっている要素全てを覆うように縦にだけ引き伸ばされるべきです. 表の要素が, 引き伸ばされる演算子がある要素の対象となっていない行にまたがっている場合, その要素は無視されます. rowspan属性の詳細については3.5.4.2 属性を参照して下さい.

In the case of a stretchy operator in a table cell (i.e. within an mtd element), the above rules assume each cell of the table row containing the stretchy operator covers exactly one row. (Equivalently, the value of the rowspan attribute is assumed to be 1 for all the table cells in the table row, including the cell containing the operator.) When this is not the case, the operator should only be stretched vertically to cover those table cells that are entirely within the set of table rows that the operator's cell covers. Table cells that extend into rows not covered by the stretchy operator's table cell should be ignored. See 3.5.4.2 Attributes for details about the rowspan attribute.

3.2.5.7.3 水平に引き伸ばすときの決まり
Horizontal Stretching Rules
  • 引き伸ばされる演算子, または装飾された引き伸ばされる演算子が, munder要素, mover要素, munderover要素直下の式の場合, もしくは, 表(mtable参照)の列の中のmtd要素直下の唯一の式の場合, その演算子もしくは核となっているmo要素は, 前に述べた制約の範囲内で与えられた要素(または表の同じ列の)他の直下の式の幅を覆うように引き伸ばされます.

    If a stretchy operator, or an embellished stretchy operator, is a direct sub-expression of an munder, mover, or munderover element, or if it is the sole direct sub-expression of an mtd element in some column of a table (see mtable), then it, or the mo element at its core, should stretch to cover the width of the other direct sub-expressions in the given element (or in the same table column), given the constraints mentioned above.

  • 装飾された引き伸ばされる演算子の場合, 上の決まりは核となる引き伸ばされる演算子に適用されます.

    In the case of an embellished stretchy operator, the preceding rule applies to the stretchy operator at its core.

通常, ほとんどの水平の矢印といくつかのアクセントが水平に引き伸ばされます.

By default, most horizontal arrows and some accents stretch horizontally.

表の要素(つまり, mtd要素)の中にある引き伸ばされる演算子の場合, 上記の決まりは, 引き伸ばされる演算子を含む列の各要素がちょうど1つの列を対象としていると仮定しています. (同様に, columnspan属性の値は, 演算子を構成する要素を含む列の要素全てに対して, 1であると仮定されています.) そうでない場合, 演算子は, 演算子が対象としている複数の列の中に収まっている要素全てを覆うように水平にだけ引き伸ばされるべきです. 表の要素が, 引き伸ばされる演算子がある要素の対象となっていない列にまたがっている場合, その要素は無視されます. rowspan属性の詳細については3.5.4.2 属性を参照して下さい.

In the case of a stretchy operator in a table cell (i.e. within an mtd element), the above rules assume each cell of the table column containing the stretchy operator covers exactly one column. (Equivalently, the value of the columnspan attribute is assumed to be 1 for all the table cells in the table row, including the cell containing the operator.) When this is not the case, the operator should only be stretched horizontally to cover those table cells that are entirely within the set of table columns that the operator's cell covers. Table cells that extend into columns not covered by the stretchy operator's table cell should be ignored. See 3.5.4.2 Attributes for details about the rowspan attribute.

水平に引き伸ばす決まりは, mtableを利用して整えられた可換図式のために矢印を引き伸ばすこと認めているmtd要素にも適用されます. 水平に引き伸ばすための決まりは次に示すような例を作るための文字列も対象としています.

The rules for horizontal stretching include mtd elements to allow arrows to stretch for use in commutative diagrams laid out using mtable. The rules for the horizontal stretchiness include scripts to make examples such as the following work:

<mrow>
  <mi> x </mi>
  <munder>
    <mo></mo>
    <mtext> maps to </mtext>
  </munder>
  <mi> y </mi>
</mrow>
x maps to y
3.2.5.7.4 縦と水平に引き伸ばすこと両方に共通する決まり
Rules Common to both Vertical and Horizontal Stretching

引き伸ばされる演算子が, 引き伸ばされる必要がないとき(つまり, 上で述べた状況にない, または引き伸ばして合致すべき他の式がないとき), その演算子はフォントと現在のmathsizeで決められた標準の(引き伸ばされていない)大きさになります.

If a stretchy operator is not required to stretch (i.e. if it is not in one of the locations mentioned above, or if there are no other expressions whose size it should stretch to match), then it has the standard (unstretched) size determined by the font and current mathsize.

引き伸ばされる演算子が引き伸ばされる必要はあるが, (上で述べたように)構成している要素の中の他の全ての式も引き伸ばされるとき, 引き伸ばすことができる全ての要素が, 構成している中身の全ての要素の引き伸ばされていない通常の大きさの中での最大に, 可能であれば引き伸ばされるべきです. minsizeまたmaxsizeの値が最大まで引き伸ばすことを妨げるのであれば, 指定された(最小または最大の)値が使用されます.

If a stretchy operator is required to stretch, but all other expressions in the containing element (as described above) are also stretchy, all elements that can stretch should grow to the maximum of the normal unstretched sizes of all elements in the containing object, if they can grow that large. If the value of minsize or maxsize prevents that, then the specified (min or max) size is used.

例えば, 縦に引き伸ばされる演算子以外含んでいないmrowの中では, それぞれの演算子が, それらの引き伸ばされる前の通常の大きさの中での最大の大きさまで, 他の属性によって演算子の挙動が上書きされないのであれば, 引き伸ばされるべきです. もちろん, フォントやフォントの描画による制限が, おおよそ同じ大きさにしかならない引き伸ばされる大きさを最終的に決めてもよいです.

For example, in an mrow containing nothing but vertically stretchy operators, each of the operators should stretch to the maximum of all of their normal unstretched sizes, provided no other attributes are set that override this behavior. Of course, limitations in fonts or font rendering may result in the final, stretched sizes being only approximately the same.

3.2.6 文章 <mtext>
Text <mtext>

3.2.6.1 説明
Description

mtext要素は, 文章自体として描画されるべき任意の文章を表すのに使われます. 一般に, mtext要素は, 注釈の文章を示すよう意図されています.

An mtext element is used to represent arbitrary text that should be rendered as itself. In general, the mtext element is intended to denote commentary text.

明確に表記上の役割を定義されている文章は, mimoを用いてより適切に記述されるであろうことに注意して下さい.

Note that text with a clearly defined notational role might be more appropriately marked up using mi or mo.

mtext要素は描画できる空白を含めるのに使うことができます. すなわち, 周囲の要素の場所を変更しようとする見えない文字を含められます. 視覚的でない媒体において, そのような文字は, 聴覚表現ソフトウェアでの, 読む間隔を伸ばしたり短くしたりする効果や, 効果的なリズムを生み出すといった代わりの効果を持とうとします. なお, 2.1.7 入力された空白を縮小するを参照して下さい.

An mtext element can also contain renderable whitespace, i.e. invisible characters that are intended to alter the positioning of surrounding elements. In non-graphical media, such characters are intended to have an analogous effect, such as introducing positive or negative time delays or affecting rhythm in an audio renderer. However, see 2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input.

3.2.6.2 属性
Attributes

mtext要素は, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で一覧にした属性を持っています.

mtext elements accept the attributes listed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements.

また, 空白のような要素の正式なグループ化についての警告は3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>を, そのような要素を微調整のために利用することについての警告は[MathMLメモ]を参照して下さい.

See also the warnings about the legal grouping of space-like elements in 3.2.7 Space <mspace/>, and about the use of such elements for tweaking in [MathML-Notes].

3.2.6.3
Examples
<mrow>
  <mtext> Theorem 1: </mtext>
  <mtext> &#x2009;<!--ThinSpace--> </mtext>
  <mtext> &#x205F;<!--ThickSpace-->&#x205F;<!--ThickSpace--> </mtext>
  <mtext> /* a comment */ </mtext>
</mrow>
Theorem 1:    /* a comment */

3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>
Space <mspace/>

3.2.7.1 説明
Description

mspace空要素は, 属性により設定された何らかの望ましい大きさの空白を表します. また, mspace要素は, 視覚的な描画ソフトウェアに改行の提案をするのにも利用できます. 属性の既定値は, 典型的に描画に何の影響も与えないように選ばれていることに注意して下さい. よって, mspace要素は一般に, 明確に指定された1つ以上の属性値と一緒に利用されます.

An mspace empty element represents a blank space of any desired size, as set by its attributes. It can also be used to make linebreaking suggestions to a visual renderer. Note that the default values for attributes have been chosen so that they typically will have no effect on rendering. Thus, the mspace element is generally used with one or more attribute values explicitly specified.

後で書く空白のような要素の正式なグループ化についての警告と, [MathMLメモ]の中の微調整に対するそのような要素の利用についての警告に注意して下さい. 空白として描画できる他の要素, すなわちmtext, mphantom, maligngroupについても参照して下さい.

Note the warning about the legal grouping of space-like elements given below, and the warning about the use of such elements for tweaking in [MathML-Notes]. See also the other elements that can render as whitespace, namely mtext, mphantom, and maligngroup.

3.2.7.2 属性
Attributes

下に一覧にした属性に加えて, mspace要素は3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で述べた属性を持っています. ただし, mathvariantmathcolorは何の効果もなく, mathsizeは大きさを決める属性の単位(2.1.5.2 長さの値の属性参照)の解釈にのみ影響することに注意して下さい. mspaceは, 3.2.5.2.3 字下げの属性で述べた字下げの属性も持っています.

In addition to the attributes listed below, mspace elements accept the attributes described in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements, but note that mathvariant and mathcolor have no effect and that mathsize only affects the interpretation of units in sizing attributes (see 2.1.5.2 Length Valued Attributes). mspace also accepts the indentation attributes described in 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
width 長さ
length
0em
空白の望ましい幅を指定します.
Specifies the desired width of the space.
height 長さ
length
0ex
空白の(欧文ベースラインから上の)望ましい高さを指定します.
Specifies the desired height (above the baseline) of the space.
depth 長さ
length
0ex
空白の(欧文ベースラインから下の)望ましい深さを指定します.
Specifies the desired depth (below the baseline) of the space.

改行は, 元はと言えばMathML2でmspaceに対して指定されました. しかしながら, 改行や字下げのよりたくさんの制御が, MathML 3でmoに加えられました. mspaceにおける改行は, MathML 4では非推奨です.

Linebreaking was originally specified on mspace in MathML2, but much greater control over linebreaking and indentation was add to mo in MathML 3. Linebreaking on mspace is deprecated in MathML 4.

3.2.7.3
Examples
<mspace height="3ex" depth="2ex"/>
3.2.7.4 空白のような要素の定義
Definition of space-like elements

数々のMathMLプレゼンテーション要素が, 典型的に空白として描画され, それらが現れても式の数学的意味に影響を与えないという点で空白のような要素です. 結果として, それらの要素は, 他のMathMLの式の中で多少異なる機能を持っています. 例えば, 空白のような要素は, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>で示されたmoに対して提案された描画の決まりにおいて特別に扱われます. 次に示すMathML要素が空白のような要素であるとされています.

A number of MathML presentation elements are space-like in the sense that they typically render as whitespace, and do not affect the mathematical meaning of the expressions in which they appear. As a consequence, these elements often function in somewhat exceptional ways in other MathML expressions. For example, space-like elements are handled specially in the suggested rendering rules for mo given in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>. The following MathML elements are defined to be space-like:

  • mtext要素, mspace要素, maligngroup要素, malignmark要素

    an mtext, mspace, maligngroup, or malignmark element;

  • 直下の式全てが空白のような要素であるmstyle要素, mphantom要素, mpadded要素

    an mstyle, mphantom, or mpadded element, all of whose direct sub-expressions are space-like;

  • 最初の引数が存在し, その引数が空白のような要素だった場合のsemantics要素

    a semantics element whose first argument exists and is space-like;

  • maction要素が対象としている式があり, その式が空白のような要素だった場合のmaction要素

    an maction element whose selected sub-expression exists and is space-like;

  • 直下の式全てが空白のような要素であるmrow要素

    an mrow all of whose direct sub-expressions are space-like.

mphantomは, その中身が空白のような要素でない場合, 自動的には空白のような要素と定義されていないことに注意して下さい. これは, 演算子の間隔が隣接する要素が空白の要素であるかどうかによって影響を受けるためです. mphantom要素は第一に式を揃えることの助けとなることを意図しているので, mphantomに隣接する要素は, mphantomと同じ大きさの空白とではなく, mphantom中身に隣接しているかのように動作すべきです.

Note that an mphantom is not automatically defined to be space-like, unless its content is space-like. This is because operator spacing is affected by whether adjacent elements are space-like. Since the mphantom element is primarily intended as an aid in aligning expressions, operators adjacent to an mphantom should behave as if they were adjacent to the contents of the mphantom, rather than to an equivalently sized area of whitespace.

3.2.8 文字列 <ms>
String Literal <ms>

3.2.8.1 説明
Description

ms要素は, 数式処理システムやプログラミング言語を含む他のシステムで解釈されるであろう式の中の文字列を表すのに使われます. 通常, 文字列は周りに余計な空白を加えず, 二重引用符で囲まれて表示されます. 3.2.6 文章 <mtext>で説明しているように, 数式の中に埋め込まれる通常の文章はmtext, 場合によってはmoまたはmiで記述されるべきで, msによって絶対に記述されるべきではありません.

The ms element is used to represent string literals in expressions meant to be interpreted by computer algebra systems or other systems containing programming languages. By default, string literals are displayed surrounded by double quotes, with no extra spacing added around the string. As explained in 3.2.6 Text <mtext>, ordinary text embedded in a mathematical expression should be marked up with mtext, or in some cases mo or mi, but never with ms.

msでコード化される文字列は, アスキー文字というより, 文字, mglyph, malignmarkから構成されています. 例えば, <ms>&amp;</ms>は単独の文字&から成る文字列を表しており, <ms>&amp;amp;</ms>は最初の文字が&である5つの文字から成る文字列を表しています.

Note that the string literals encoded by ms are made up of characters, mglyphs and malignmarks rather than ASCII strings. For example, <ms>&amp;</ms> represents a string literal containing a single character, &, and <ms>&amp;amp;</ms> represents a string literal containing 5 characters, the first one of which is &.

ms要素の内容は, まずは左右の引用符, もしくは個々の空白文字以外の空白を含む, 素子の中の特定の文字を視覚的にエスケープして描画されるべきです. その意図は, 見る人にその式が文字列であることを伝え, ちょうどその内容の文字を見せるためです. 例えば, <ms>double quote is "</ms>は"double quote is \""と描画されるでしょう.

The content of ms elements should be rendered with visible escaping of certain characters in the content, including at least the left and right quoting characters, and preferably whitespace other than individual space characters. The intent is for the viewer to see that the expression is a string literal, and to see exactly which characters form its content. For example, <ms>double quote is "</ms> might be rendered as "double quote is \"".

全ての素子要素と同様に, ms2.1.7 入力された空白を縮小するにある決まりによって, 内容の中の空白を切り取ったり縮小したりします. そのため, 内容の中で残したい空白は, その節で説明されている方法でコード化すべきです.

Like all token elements, ms does trim and collapse whitespace in its content according to the rules of 2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input, so whitespace intended to remain in the content should be encoded as described in that section.

3.2.8.2 属性
Attributes

ms要素は3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で一覧にした属性に加えて次の属性を持ちます.

ms elements accept the attributes listed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements, and additionally:

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
lquote 文字列
string
U+0022 (実体 quot)
(entity quot)
内容を囲む開始の引用符を指定します.(右から左(RTL)の文脈においては必ずしも‘左の引用符’ではありません.)
Specifies the opening quote to enclose the content (not necessarily ‘left quote’ in RTL context).
rquote 文字列
string
U+0022 (実体 quot)
(entity quot)
内容を囲む終了の引用符を指定します.(右から左(RTL)の文脈においては必ずしも‘左の引用符’ではありません.)
Specifies the closing quote to enclose the content (not necessarily ‘right quote’ in RTL context).

3.3 一般的な配置要素
General Layout Schemata

素子の他に, 様々な種類のMathMLプレゼンテーション要素があります. ある種類の要素は上付き添え字や下付き添え字といった様々な添え字の表記を扱います. もう1つの種類のものは行列や表に関係しています. この節で論じる残りの要素は, 分数や根号といった他の基本となる表記を記述したり, もしくは書式の特性を設定し, エラー処理を行うような一般的な機能を扱ったりします.

Besides tokens there are several families of MathML presentation elements. One family of elements deals with various scripting notations, such as subscript and superscript. Another family is concerned with matrices and tables. The remainder of the elements, discussed in this section, describe other basic notations such as fractions and radicals, or deal with general functions such as setting style properties and error handling.

3.3.1 式の水平のグループ <mrow>
Horizontally Group Sub-Expressions <mrow>

3.3.1.1 説明
Description

mrow要素は, 任意の数の式を一緒にグループ化するのに使われます. グループは, 通常, その中で演算子として働く1つ以上のmoと, それらの被演算子となる1つ以上の式から構成されます.

An mrow element is used to group together any number of sub-expressions, usually consisting of one or more mo elements acting as operators on one or more other expressions that are their operands.

様々な要素が, 引数がmrow要素に囲まれているかのように, 自動的に引数を扱います. 省略されたmrowについての議論は, 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい. コンマで区切られた引数を含むmrowを効果的に形作ることができるmfenced(3.3.8 かっこの組で囲まれた式<mfenced>)も参照して下さい.

Several elements automatically treat their arguments as if they were contained in an mrow element. See the discussion of inferred mrows in 3.1.3 Required Arguments. See also mfenced (3.3.8 Expression Inside Pair of Fences <mfenced>), which can effectively form an mrow containing its arguments separated by commas.

mrow要素は, 典型的にその引数を水平の行として視覚的に描画します. 引数が左から右(LTR)を向いた文脈の中にあるときは左から右に, 右から左(RTL)を向いた文脈の中にあるときは右から左に描画します. dir属性は特定のmrowの方向を指定するのに利用できます. 指定されない場合, 文脈から方向を継承します. 聴覚ソフトウェアでは, 引数は, 引数の聴覚表現の一連のものとして聞き取れるように表現されるでしょう. mo要素に対して提案されている描画の決まりの3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>における説明は, 演算子とその被演算子の間の全ての水平の間隔が, それらを含んでいるmrow要素の描画によってではなく, mo要素(または, もっと一般に装飾された演算子)の描画によって加えられることを前提にしています.

mrow elements are typically rendered visually as a horizontal row of their arguments, left to right in the order in which the arguments occur within a context with LTR directionality, or right to left within a context with RTL directionality. The dir attribute can be used to specify the directionality for a specific mrow, otherwise it inherits the directionality from the context. For aural agents, the arguments would be rendered audibly as a sequence of renderings of the arguments. The description in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo> of suggested rendering rules for mo elements assumes that all horizontal spacing between operators and their operands is added by the rendering of mo elements (or, more generally, embellished operators), not by the rendering of the mrows they are contained in.

MathMLは, 自動と手動両方の式の改行(すなわち, 過度に長い式をいくつかの行へ分割すること)に対応しています. 全てのそのような改行は, 文書の中でmrowが明確に記述されていようと, 省略されていようと(3.1.3.1 省略された<mrow>参照), mrowの中で起こります. 改行の制御は他の要素の属性を通じて効果的に行われるにも関わらずです(3.1.7 式の改行参照).

MathML provides support for both automatic and manual linebreaking of expressions (that is, to break excessively long expressions into several lines). All such linebreaks take place within mrows, whether they are explicitly marked up in the document, or inferred (see 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s), although the control of linebreaking is effected through attributes on other elements (see 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions).

3.3.1.2 属性
Attributes

mrow要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にした属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mrow elements accept the attribute listed below in addition to those listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
dir "ltr" | "rtl" 継承する
inherited
行の子要素を配置するのに用いる全体の方向, ltr(左から右)またはrtl(右から左)を指定します. より詳しい議論は, 3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向を参照して下さい.
specifies the overall directionality ltr (Left To Right) or rtl (Right To Left) to use to layout the children of the row. See 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas for further discussion.
3.3.1.3 <mrow>を利用した式の適切なグループ化
Proper grouping of sub-expressions using <mrow>

式の中の式は, 文書の著者によって式の数学上の解釈と同じ方法でグループ化されるべきです. すなわち, 式の根底にある構文ツリー構造によるべきです. 特に, 演算子とそれらの数学上の引数は単一のmrowの中に現れるべきです. 複数の演算子が1つのmrowに直接現れるのは, それらの演算子が綴じ込まれた引数に一緒に影響すると(構文上の感覚で)考えられる場合のみです. 例えば, 単独のかっこでくくられた項とかっこ, つながっている関係する演算子, +-で区切られた一連の項の場合です. 正確な決まりは後で示します.

Sub-expressions should be grouped by the document author in the same way as they are grouped in the mathematical interpretation of the expression; that is, according to the underlying syntax tree of the expression. Specifically, operators and their mathematical arguments should occur in a single mrow; more than one operator should occur directly in one mrow only when they can be considered (in a syntactic sense) to act together on the interleaved arguments, e.g. for a single parenthesized term and its parentheses, for chains of relational operators, or for sequences of terms separated by + and -. A precise rule is given below.

適切なグループ化はいくつかの意味を持っています. グループ化は, 効果的な間隔の取り方で表示を改善します. また, より聡明な改行と字下げを考慮します. そして, 数式処理システムや聴覚表現ソフトウェアによるプレゼンテーション要素の意味の起こり得る解釈を単純化します.

Proper grouping has several purposes: it improves display by possibly affecting spacing; it allows for more intelligent linebreaking and indentation; and it simplifies possible semantic interpretation of presentation elements by computer algebra systems, and audio renderers.

不適切はグループ化は, ときどき最善でない表示となったり, よく純粋な視覚的描画とは別の解釈を難しく, もしくは不可能にします. にもかかわらず, mrowを用いた式の任意のグループ化がMathML構文では認められています. すなわち, 描画ソフトウェアは, 適切なグループ化の決まりが守られていると思うべきではありません.

Although improper grouping will sometimes result in suboptimal renderings, and will often make interpretation other than pure visual rendering difficult or impossible, any grouping of expressions using mrow is allowed in MathML syntax; that is, renderers should not assume the rules for proper grouping will be followed.

3.3.1.3.1 1つの引数の<mrow>
<mrow> of one argument

MathML描画ソフトウェアは, ちょうど1つの引数を含んでいるmrow要素を, そのmrow要素が何の属性も持っていないのならば, 引数が単独で現れた場合と常に等しいものとして扱う必要があります. mrow要素が属性を持っているのならば, 等しい必要なありません. 等しい状況は, テンプレートを基にした数式を書くソフトウェアといったMathMLを生成するソフトウェアの実装を単純化します. このことは直接, 装飾された演算子や空白のような要素の定義や, mo要素のform属性の既定値を決定する決まりに直接影響します. 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>を参照して下さい. D.1 MathML適合でのMathMLの式の等しさについての議論も参照して下さい.

MathML renderers are required to treat an mrow element containing exactly one argument as equivalent in all ways to the single argument occurring alone, provided there are no attributes on the mrow element. If there are attributes on the mrow element, no requirement of equivalence is imposed. This equivalence condition is intended to simplify the implementation of MathML-generating software such as template-based authoring tools. It directly affects the definitions of embellished operator and space-like element and the rules for determining the default value of the form attribute of an mo element; see 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo> and 3.2.7 Space <mspace/>. See also the discussion of equivalence of MathML expressions in D.1 MathML Conformance.

3.3.1.3.2 適切なグループ化の正確な決まり
Precise rule for proper grouping

mrowを用いた式をいつどのように入れ子にするかという正確な決まりは, 式をどのように入れ子にするかいつも指定しているわけではない, TEXといった数学を表示するための書式から, 自動でMathMLを生成するときに特に求められます. グループ化の正確な決まりを求められたとき, 次の決まりが用いられます.

A precise rule for when and how to nest sub-expressions using mrow is especially desirable when generating MathML automatically by conversion from other formats for displayed mathematics, such as TEX, which don't always specify how sub-expressions nest. When a precise rule for grouping is desired, the following rule should be used:

2つの隣接した演算子, 場合によっては装飾されていたり, 被演算子(つまり, 演算子以外の何か)で分けられていたりする演算子は, 前に来る演算子が(場合によっては暗黙のうちに)中間または前置の形式で, 次に来る演算子が中間または後置で, 2つの演算子が演算子辞書(B. 演算子辞書)で同じ優先度を持つ場合に限り, 同じmrowの中に現れるべきです. それ以外の全ての場合に入れ子になったmrowが使用されるべきです.

Two adjacent operators, possibly embellished, possibly separated by operands (i.e. anything other than operators), should occur in the same mrow only when the leading operator has an infix or prefix form (perhaps inferred), the following operator has an infix or postfix form, and the operators have the same priority in the operator dictionary (B. Operator Dictionary). In all other cases, nested mrows should be used.

上で形式を挙げた2つの連続した演算子のみを含む(MathMLの生成を通して)入れ子になったmrowを形作る場合(これは, どちらかの演算子が原理的に間の被演算子に影響することを意味します), どちらの演算子が被演算子に影響するのか(または演算子が存在した場合に影響するのか)決める必要があります. 理想を言えば, このことは元々の式で決められているべきです. 例えば, 演算子の優先度を基にした書式からの変換においては, 影響するのはより高い優先度を持った演算子です.

When forming a nested mrow (during generation of MathML) that includes just one of two successive operators with the forms mentioned above (which means that either operator could in principle act on the intervening operand or operands), it is necessary to decide which operator acts on those operands directly (or would do so, if they were present). Ideally, this should be determined from the original expression; for example, in conversion from an operator-precedence-based format, it would be the operator with the higher precedence.

上記の決まりは何らかのMathMLの式が有効かには何の影響もなく, 数学を表示する他の書式から, または書かれた表記から直接MathMLを生成する推奨される方法にのみ影響があることに注意して下さい.

Note that the above rule has no effect on whether any MathML expression is valid, only on the recommended way of generating MathML from other formats for displayed mathematics or directly from written notation.

(上記の決まりを述べるのに使用した用語の中には, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>で定義されているものもあります.)

(Some of the terminology used in stating the above rule is defined in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>.)

3.3.1.4
Examples

例として, 2x+y-zは次のように書かれるべきです.

As an example, 2x+y-z should be written as:

<mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mn> 2 </mn>
    <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
    <mi> x </mi>
  </mrow>
  <mo> + </mo>
  <mi> y </mi>
  <mo> - </mo>
  <mi> z </mi>
</mrow>
2 x + y - z

(x, y)の適切なコード化は, 見れば簡単に分かるmrowの入れ子の例を示してくれます.

The proper encoding of (x, y) furnishes a less obvious example of nesting mrows:

<mrow>
  <mo> ( </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mo> , </mo>
    <mi> y </mi>
  </mrow>
  <mo> ) </mo>
</mrow>
( x , y )

この例では, 入れ子になったmrowがかっこの中に必要です. なぜなら, かっことコンマが, 囲い文字と区切りの演算子と考えられ, 一緒に引数に影響を与えないからです.

In this case, a nested mrow is required inside the parentheses, since parentheses and commas, thought of as fence and separator operators, do not act together on their arguments.

3.3.2 分数 <mfrac>
Fractions <mfrac>

3.3.2.1 説明
Description

mfrac要素は分数に使用されます. また, 二項係数やルジャンドル記号といった分数のようなものを記述するのにも利用されます. mfracの構文は次のとおりです.

The mfrac element is used for fractions. It can also be used to mark up fraction-like objects such as binomial coefficients and Legendre symbols. The syntax for mfrac is

<mfrac> 分子 分母 </mfrac>
<mfrac> numerator denominator </mfrac>

mfrac要素は, 分子分母に対し, displaystylefalseに設定するか, もし既にfalseであるならscriptlevelを1つ増やします. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

The mfrac element sets displaystyle to false, or if it was already false increments scriptlevel by 1, within numerator and denominator. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

3.3.2.2 属性
Attributes

mfrac要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にした属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます. 分数の線は, もし指定されていたなら, mathcolorで指定された色を使って描かれるべきです.

mfrac elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. The fraction line, if any, should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
linethickness 長さ | "thin" | "medium" | "thick"
length
medium
水平の分数の線または罫線の太さを指定します. 既定値はmediumで, thinはより細く, ただし見えるように, thickはより太くを表します. それらの実際の太さは, 描画プログラムに任されています. しかしながら, OpenType Mathフォントが利用可能な場合, 描画ソフトウェアは, mediumを(MathMLコアの既定値である)値MATH.MathConstants.fractionRuleThicknessに設定します.
注意: MathMLコアは, 長さや百分率の値のみ認めています.
Specifies the thickness of the horizontal fraction bar, or rule. The default value is medium; thin is thinner, but visible; thick is thicker. The exact thickness of these is left up to the rendering agent. However, if OpenType Math fonts are available then the renderer should set medium to the value MATH.MathConstants.fractionRuleThickness (the default in MathML-Core).
Note: MathML Core does only allow length-percentage values.
numalign "left" | "center" | "right" center
分数の上の分子の位置揃えを指定します.
Specifies the alignment of the numerator over the fraction.
denomalign "left" | "center" | "right" center
分数の下の分母の位置揃えを指定します.
Specifies the alignment of the denominator under the fraction.
bevelled "true" | "false" false
分数を, 縦に"組み立てられた"形式ではなく, 斜めになった形式(分子をわずかに上げ, 分母をわずかに下げ, 両方を斜線で区切る)で表示するかどうか指定します. 例については下記を参照して下さい.
Specifies whether the fraction should be displayed in a beveled style (the numerator slightly raised, the denominator slightly lowered and both separated by a slash), rather than "build up" vertically. See below for an example.

太い線(例えば, linethickness="thick")は, 入れ子になった分数で使用されるでしょう. 値が"0"のときは, 二項係数のように線無しで描画されます.

Thicker lines (e.g. linethickness="thick") might be used with nested fractions; a value of "0" renders without the bar such as for binomial coefficients.

右から左(RTL)の文脈において, 分子は前に来て(右に行き), 分母は後ろに来て(左に行き), 対角線は右から左に向かって斜めに上がります(明瞭な説明については3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向参照). この形式が確立された慣習にも関わらず, 普遍的とはされていません. 上で示した斜線が右から左(RTL)の文脈で決められた状況で, mrowの中のmoといった代わりのマークアップが使用されるべきかもしれません.

In a RTL directionality context, the numerator leads (on the right), the denominator follows (on the left) and the diagonal line slants upwards going from right to left (see 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas for clarification). Although this format is an established convention, it is not universally followed; for situations where a forward slash is desired in a RTL context, alternative markup, such as an mo within an mrow should be used.

3.3.2.3
Examples

linethicknessの異なる値を利用する例です.

Here is an example which makes use of different values of linethickness:

<mfrac linethickness="3px">
  <mrow>
    <mo> ( </mo>
      <mfrac linethickness="0">
        <mi> a </mi>
        <mi> b </mi>
      </mfrac>
    <mo> ) </mo>
    <mfrac>
      <mi> a </mi>
      <mi> b </mi>
    </mfrac>
  </mrow>
  <mfrac>
    <mi> c </mi>
    <mi> d </mi>
  </mfrac>
</mfrac>
( a b ) a b c d

次の例は, 斜めになった分数を描いています.

This example illustrates bevelled fractions:

<mfrac>
  <mn> 1 </mn>
  <mrow>
    <msup>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mn> 3 </mn>
    </msup>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mfrac>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mn> 3 </mn>
    </mfrac>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
<mo> = </mo>
<mfrac bevelled="true">
  <mn> 1 </mn>
  <mrow>
    <msup>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mn> 3 </mn>
    </msup>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mfrac>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mn> 3 </mn>
    </mfrac>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
\frac{{1}}{{x^3 + \frac{{x}}{{3}}}} = \raisebox{{1ex}}{{$1$}}\!\left/ \!\raisebox{{-1ex}}{{$x^3+\frac{{x}}{{3}}$}} \right.

もっと一般的な例は次のとおりです.

A more generic example is:

<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <mn> 1 </mn>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <msqrt>
      <mn> 5 </mn>
    </msqrt>
  </mrow>
  <mn> 2 </mn>
</mfrac>
1 + 5 2

3.3.3 根号 <msqrt>, <mroot>
Radicals <msqrt>, <mroot>

3.3.3.1 説明
Description

これらの要素は根号を構成します. msqrt要素は平方根に利用され, 一方, mroot要素は指数付きの根号, 例えば立方根を描くのに利用されます. これらの要素の構文は次のとおりです.

These elements construct radicals. The msqrt element is used for square roots, while the mroot element is used to draw radicals with indices, e.g. a cube root. The syntax for these elements is:

<msqrt> 基となる式 </msqrt>
<msqrt> base </msqrt>
<mroot> 基となる式 指数 </mroot>
<mroot> base index </mroot>

mroot要素は, ちょうど2つの引数を必要とします. 一方で, msqrt要素は単独の引数を持ちます. その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい. mrootは, 指数scriptlevelを2つ増やし, displaystylefalseに設定しますが, 基となる式の両方の属性は変更しないままにしておきます. msqrtは, 引数の両方の属性を変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

The mroot element requires exactly 2 arguments. However, msqrt accepts a single argument, possibly being an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments. The mroot element increments scriptlevel by 2, and sets displaystyle to false, within index, but leaves both attributes unchanged within base. The msqrt element leaves both attributes unchanged within its argument. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

右から左(RTL)の方向の中では, 根号はmrootの場合は指数に沿って, 左ではなく右から始まることに注意して下さい.

Note that in a RTL directionality, the surd begins on the right, rather than the left, along with the index in the case of mroot.

3.3.3.2 属性
Attributes

msqrt要素とmroot要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にした属性を持っています. 根号および上の線は, mathcolorで指定された色を使って描かれるべきです.

msqrt and mroot elements accept the attributes listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. The surd and overbar should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

3.3.3.3
Examples

平方根と立方根

Square roots and cube roots

<mrow>
  <mrow>
    <msqrt>
      <mi>x</mi>
    </msqrt>
    <mroot>
      <mi>x</mi>
      <mn>3</mn>
    </mroot>
  <mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <msup>
    <mi>x</mi>
    <mrow>
      <mrow>
        <mn>1</mn>
        <mo>/</mo>
        <mn>2</mn>
      </mrow>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mrow>
        <mn>1</mn>
        <mo>/</mo>
        <mn>3</mn>
      </mrow>
    </mrow>
  </msup>
</mrow>
x x 3 = x 1 / 2 + 1 / 3

3.3.4 書式の変更 <mstyle>
Style Change <mstyle>

3.3.4.1 説明
Description

mstyle要素は, その中身の描画に影響を与える書式の変更を行うのに利用されます. プレゼンテーション要素として, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で説明されている属性を持ちます. 加えて, 後で説明する属性を除いて, 何らかのプレゼンテーション要素で利用されてている何らかの属性を持つことができます. さらに, mstyle要素は次の小節で一覧にしてある属性を持つことができます.

The mstyle element is used to make style changes that affect the rendering of its contents. As a presentation element, it accepts the attributes described in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. Additionally, it can be given any attribute accepted by any other presentation element, except for the attributes described below. Finally, the mstyle element can be given certain special attributes listed in the next subsection.

mstyle要素は単独の引数を持ちます. その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい.

The mstyle element accepts a single argument, possibly being an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

大まかに言って, mstyle要素の効果は, 含まれている要素の属性の既定値を変更します. 書式の変更は, 既定値が属性に対し指定されている状況に依存しながら, いくつかの方法の1つとして作用します. その状況は次のとおりです.

Loosely speaking, the effect of the mstyle element is to change the default value of an attribute for the elements it contains. Style changes work in one of several ways, depending on the way in which default values are specified for an attribute. The cases are:

  • (後で説明する)displaystylescriptlevelといったいくつかの属性は, それらが明確に設定されていないとき, 周囲を囲っている文脈から継承されます. mstyle要素でそのような属性を指定することで, 子要素に継承されるであろう値を設定します. 子要素が継承した値を上書きしない限り, 値は子要素からその子要素に渡り, それらの子要素からさらにその子要素に渡ると言った具合に, 渡っていきます. ただし, もし子要素が明確な値を設定するか(scriptlevelで一般的なように)自動で計算するかしたことで値を上書きしたのなら, 新しい(上書きされた)値はその要素の子要素に, さらにその子要素にといった具合に, 再度上書きされない限り渡っていきます.

    Some attributes, such as displaystyle or scriptlevel (explained below), are inherited from the surrounding context when they are not explicitly set. Specifying such an attribute on an mstyle element sets the value that will be inherited by its child elements. Unless a child element overrides this inherited value, it will pass it on to its children, and they will pass it to their children, and so on. But if a child element does override it, either by an explicit attribute setting or automatically (as is common for scriptlevel), the new (overriding) value will be passed on to that element's children, and then to their children, etc, unless it is again overridden.

  • mfraclinethicknessといった他の属性は, 通常継承されない既定値を持っています. すなわち, linethickness属性がmfrac要素で設定されていなかった場合, 既定値のmediumが使われます. それは, mfrac要素が, その属性を別の値に設定するより大きなmfrac要素に含まれている場合であってもです. このような属性に対し, mstyle要素によって値を指定することは, mstyle要素の範囲内にある全ての要素の既定値を変更する効果があります. 最終的な効果は, mstyleの属性値を設定することが, mstyleに直接的または間接的に含まれる全ての要素を変更するよう, 値を上書きしている個々の要素を除いて伝搬することです. 継承される属性の場合と違って, この属性をはっきり上書きしている要素は, それらの子要素の属性の値に何の効果も持っていません.

    Other attributes, such as linethickness on mfrac, have default values that are not normally inherited. That is, if the linethickness attribute is not set on the mfrac element, it will normally use the default value of medium, even if it was contained in a larger mfrac element that set this attribute to a different value. For attributes like this, specifying a value with an mstyle element has the effect of changing the default value for all elements within its scope. The net effect is that setting the attribute value with mstyle propagates the change to all the elements it contains directly or indirectly, except for the individual elements on which the value is overridden. Unlike in the case of inherited attributes, elements that explicitly override this attribute have no effect on this attribute's value in their children.

  • stretchyformといったその他の種類の属性は, 演算子辞書の情報, 囲っているmrowの中の位置, 他の同じような情報から計算されます. これらの属性に対し, 囲っているmstyleの指定した値は, 通常どおり計算された値を上書きます.

    Another group of attributes, such as stretchy and form, are computed from operator dictionary information, position in the enclosing mrow, and other similar data. For these attributes, a value specified by an enclosing mstyle overrides the value that would normally be computed.

何らかの慣習の中でmstyleから継承した属性値は, mstyleの中身である子孫要素に, その属性が子孫要素から値を与えられていない場合に限って効果があります. 属性が明確に設定されている何らかの要素において, 指定された値が継承した値を上書きします. この決まりの例外は, 属性値が, 要素が文脈や描画環境から継承した値を増加させるよう指定するものとして文書化されていた場合のみです.

Note that attribute values inherited from an mstyle in any manner affect a descendant element in the mstyle's content only if that attribute is not given a value by the descendant element. On any element for which the attribute is set explicitly, the value specified overrides the inherited value. The only exception to this rule is when the attribute value is documented as specifying an incremental change to the value inherited from that element's context or rendering environment.

また, mstyleによって設定された継承する属性と継承しない属性の間の, 上で説明した違いは, 属性がmstyleの中の要素で設定され, その要素がその属性を指定している子孫要素を持っているときに重要なことに注意して下さい. したがって, 継承するかどうかによる違いは, mathsizeといった素子要素(またはmstyle自身)のみで設定できる属性には全く重要では無いです.

Note also that the difference between inherited and non-inherited attributes set by mstyle, explained above, only matters when the attribute is set on some element within the mstyle's contents that has descendants also setting it. Thus it never matters for attributes, such as mathsize, which can only be set on token elements (or on mstyle itself).

MathMLは, 属性height, depth, widthmstyle要素で指定された場合, それらの属性がmspace要素のみに適用され, mglyph要素, mpadded要素, mtable要素の相当する属性には適用されたないことを仕様で定義しています. 同様に, rowalign, columnalignmstyle要素で指定された場合, それらの属性はmtable要素にのみ適用され, mtr要素, mlabeledtr要素, mtd要素, maligngroup要素には適用されません. lspace属性がmstyle要素で設定された場合, mo要素にのみ適用され, mpadded要素には適用されません. 一貫性のため, mpadded要素のvoffset属性はmstyle要素では設定できません. align属性がmstyle要素で設定された場合, munder要素, mover要素, munderover要素にのみ適用され, mtable要素やmstack要素には適用されません. 必要とされる属性, mglyph要素におけるsrcalt, maction要素におけるactiontypeは, mstyle要素で設定できません.

MathML specifies that when the attributes height, depth or width are specified on an mstyle element, they apply only to mspace elements, and not to the corresponding attributes of mglyph, mpadded, or mtable. Similarly, when rowalign or columnalign are specified on an mstyle element, they apply only to the mtable element, and not the mtr, mlabeledtr, mtd, and maligngroup elements. When the lspace attribute is set with mstyle, it applies only to the mo element and not to mpadded. To be consistent, the voffset attribute of the mpadded element can not be set on mstyle. When the align attribute is set with mstyle, it applies only to the munder, mover, and munderover elements, and not to the mtable and mstack elements. The required attributes src and alt on mglyph, and actiontype on maction, cannot be set on mstyle.

プレゼンテーション要素として, mstyleは直接mathcolor属性とmathbackground属性を持ちます. したがって, mathbackgroundは, mstyle要素自身の描画領域を塗り潰す色を指定します. 背景色の既定値を指定するわけではありません. このことは, MathML 2とは両立しない変更ですが, より利用しやすく直感的です. mathcolorに対する既定値は継承するなので, mstylemathcolorを持つことは, 要素の挙動に何の変更もありません.

As a presentation element, mstyle directly accepts the mathcolor and mathbackground attributes. Thus, the mathbackground specifies the color to fill the bounding box of the mstyle element itself; it does not specify the default background color. This is an incompatible change from MathML 2, but it is more useful and intuitive. Since the default for mathcolor is inherited, this is no change in its behavior.

3.3.4.2 属性
Attributes

上で説明したように, mstyleは, 全てのMathMLプレゼンテーション要素の, 必要な値を持たない全ての属性を持ちます. つまり, 明確な既定値, または継承されるか自動で計算される既定値を持つ全ての属性をmstyle要素は持ちます. それらの種類の属性は, MathMLコアでは認められていません.

As stated above, mstyle accepts all attributes of all MathML presentation elements which do not have required values. That is, all attributes which have an explicit default value or a default value which is inherited or computed are accepted by the mstyle element. This group of attributes is not accepted in MathML Core.

mstyle要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にした属性を持っています.

mstyle elements accept the attributes listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

加えて, mstyleは, 暗黙のうちに描画環境の一部として全てのMathML要素に継承される, 次の特別な属性を持ちます.

Additionally, mstyle can be given the following special attributes that are implicitly inherited by every MathML element as part of its rendering environment:

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
scriptlevel ( "+" | "-" )? 符号無し整数
unsigned-integer
継承する
inherited
事実上, 子要素のscriptlevelを変更します. 符号無しの値が与えられた場合, scriptlevelを指定された値に設定します. 符号付きの場合, 現在の値を増やしたり("+"), または減らしたり("-")します. (大きく減らすことは, scriptlevelを負の値にすることに注意して下さい. ただし, それらの値は正当と見なされます.) 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
Changes the scriptlevel in effect for the children. When the value is given without a sign, it sets scriptlevel to the specified value; when a sign is given, it increments ("+") or decrements ("-") the current value. (Note that large decrements can result in negative values of scriptlevel, but these values are considered legal.) See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.
displaystyle "true" | "false" 継承する
inherited
事実上, 子要素のdisplaystyleを変更します. 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
Changes the displaystyle in effect for the children. See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.
scriptsizemultiplier
number
0.71
scriptlevelの変更の際にフォントの大きさを調整するのに使用される, 乗数を指定します. 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
Specifies the multiplier to be used to adjust font size due to changes in scriptlevel. See 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevel.
scriptminsize 長さ
length
8pt
scriptlevelの変更の際に認められている, 最小のフォントの大きさを指定します. この属性は, mathsizeの変更によるフォントの大きさを制限しないことに注意して下さい. 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
Specifies the minimum font size allowed due to changes in scriptlevel. Note that this does not limit the font size due to changes to mathsize. See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.
infixlinebreakstyle "before" | "after" | "duplicate" before
中間の演算子に対して使用するlinebreakstyleの既定値を指定します. 3.2.5.2.2 改行の属性を参照して下さい.
Specifies the default linebreakstyle to use for infix operators; see 3.2.5.2.2 Linebreaking attributes
decimalpoint 文字
character
.
mstackmtableの中で, "decimalpoint"の値が位置揃えを指定するのに使われている場合に, 位置揃えの点を決めるのに用いられる文字を指定します. 既定値の"."は, 多くの国で浮動小数点数の整数部と小数部を区切るのに用いられる小数点です. (3.6 初等数学3.5.5 位置揃えの記号 <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>を参照して下さい.)
Specifies the character used to determine the alignment point within mstack and mtable columns when the "decimalpoint" value is used to specify the alignment. The default, ".", is the decimal separator used to separate the integral and decimal fractional parts of floating point numbers in many countries. (See 3.6 Elementary Math and 3.5.5 Alignment Markers <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>).

他の属性も設定しているmstyle要素によってscriptlevelが増加するように変更されているとしたら, その変更の全体への効果は, 属性が処理される順番に依存します. そのような場合に次の一覧にある属性は, mstyle開始タグのXML形式の属性の一覧に現れる順番によらず, 次の順番で処理されるべきです. scriptsizemultiplier, scriptminsize, scriptlevel, mathsize.

If scriptlevel is changed incrementally by an mstyle element that also sets certain other attributes, the overall effect of the changes may depend on the order in which they are processed. In such cases, the attributes in the following list should be processed in the following order, regardless of the order in which they occur in the XML-format attribute list of the mstyle start tag: scriptsizemultiplier, scriptminsize, scriptlevel, mathsize.

3.3.4.3
Examples

連分数において, 入れ子になった分数は縮小されるべきではありません. その代わり, それらの分数は, 同じ大きさを保つべきです. このことは, それぞれのmfracの子要素におけるdisplaystylescriptlevelを, mstyleを用いて再設定することで達成することができます.

In a continued fraction, the nested fractions should not shrink. Instead, they should remain the same size. This can be accomplished by resetting displaystyle and scriptlevel for the children of each mfrac using mstyle as shown below:

<mrow>
  <mi>π</mi>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mfrac>
    <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0"> <mn>4</mn> </mstyle>
    <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
      <mn>1</mn>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mfrac>
        <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
          <msup> <mn>1</mn> <mn>2</mn> </msup>
        </mstyle>
        <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
          <mn>2</mn>
          <mo>+</mo>
          <mfrac>
            <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
              <msup> <mn>3</mn> <mn>2</mn> </msup>
            </mstyle>
            <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
              <mn>2</mn>
              <mo>+</mo>
              <mfrac>
                <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
                  <msup> <mn>5</mn> <mn>2</mn> </msup>
                </mstyle>
                <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
                  <mn>2</mn>
                  <mo>+</mo>
                  <mfrac>
                    <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
                      <msup> <mn>7</mn> <mn>2</mn> </msup>
                    </mstyle>
                    <mstyle displaystyle="true" scriptlevel="0">
                      <mn>2</mn>
                      <mo>+</mo>
                      <mo></mo>
                    </mstyle>
                  </mfrac>
                </mstyle>
              </mfrac>
            </mstyle>
          </mfrac>
        </mstyle>
      </mfrac>
    </mstyle>
  </mfrac>
</mrow>
π = 4 1 + 1 2 2 + 3 2 2 + 5 2 2 + 7 2 2 +

3.3.5 エラーメッセージ <merror>
Error Message <merror>

3.3.5.1 説明
Description

merror要素は, その中身をエラーメッセージとして表示します. このことは, 例えば, 中身を赤で表示したり, 中身をぴかっと光らせたり, 背景色を変更したりして実現されます. 中身は, 何らかの式か, 何らかの一連の式にできます.

The merror element displays its contents as an error message. This might be done, for example, by displaying the contents in red, flashing the contents, or changing the background color. The contents can be any expression or expression sequence.

merrorは単独の引数を持ちます. その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい.

merror accepts a single argument possibly being an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

この要素の意図は, 他から入力を受けたときにその入力の構文エラーを報告するための, MathMLを生成する標準の方法をプログラムに提供することです. 簡単な手入力のために設計された入力構文を解析する前処理プログラムが, MathMLを生成するために開発されるであろうことが期待されています. そのため, それらのプログラムが, ある場所で起こった構文エラーを示す能力を持つことが重要です. D.2 エラーの扱いを参照して下さい.

The intent of this element is to provide a standard way for programs that generate MathML from other input to report syntax errors in their input. Since it is anticipated that preprocessors that parse input syntaxes designed for easy hand entry will be developed to generate MathML, it is important that they have the ability to indicate that a syntax error occurred at a certain point. See D.2 Handling of Errors.

構文エラーを報告するために提案されたmerrorの利用は, 前処理プログラムが, 入力のエラー部分を, 周囲を囲っている式を可能な限り標準的に処理しながら, エラーの説明を含むmerror要素と置き換えることです. このことが意味するところによれば, エラーメッセージは, 正しく表現されるのなら, エラーのある入力が現れていたところに描かれるでしょう. このことは, 描画された出力から, 入力のどの部分がエラーか著者が判断することを簡単にします.

The suggested use of merror for reporting syntax errors is for a preprocessor to replace the erroneous part of its input with an merror element containing a description of the error, while processing the surrounding expressions normally as far as possible. By this means, the error message will be rendered where the erroneous input would have appeared, had it been correct; this makes it easier for an author to determine from the rendered output what portion of the input was in error.

指定されたエラーメッセージの書式は, ここでは何も提案されていません. しかしながら, 何らかのプログラムからのエラーメッセージについて, その書式は, 入力の何が間違っていたか, どのように修正できるのか, (指定されたエラーメッセージを見る人にとって)可能な限り明確にするよう設計されるべきです. 間違った入力が正しい書式の部分を含んでいる場合, 間違った入力が, 標準的に前処理されることや, 文字列だけでなく何らかのMathMLの式を含むことのできるmerrorの能力の利点を通して, (merror要素の中身の)エラーメッセージに含まれることは役に立つでしょう.

No specific error message format is suggested here, but as with error messages from any program, the format should be designed to make as clear as possible (to a human viewer of the rendered error message) what was wrong with the input and how it can be fixed. If the erroneous input contains correctly formatted subsections, it may be useful for these to be preprocessed normally and included in the error message (within the contents of the merror element), taking advantage of the ability of merror to contain arbitrary MathML expressions rather than only text.

3.3.5.2 属性
Attributes

merror要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にした属性を持っています.

merror elements accept the attributes listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

3.3.5.3
Example

MathMLの構文を確認するプログラムが次の入力を受け取ったとします.

If a MathML syntax-checking preprocessor received the input

<mfraction>
  <mrow> <mn> 1 </mn> <mo> + </mo> <msqrt> <mn> 5 </mn> </msqrt> </mrow>
  <mn> 2 </mn>
</mfraction>

この式は, (恐らくMathML要素mfracの場所に)MathMLでない要素mfractionを含んでいます. この式は, 次のエラーメッセージを生成してもよいでしょう.

which contains the non-MathML element mfraction (presumably in place of the MathML element mfrac), it might generate the error message

<merror>
  <mtext> Unrecognized element: mfraction; arguments were:&#xa0;</mtext>
  <mrow> <mn> 1 </mn> <mo> + </mo> <msqrt> <mn> 5 </mn> </msqrt> </mrow>
  <mtext>&#xa0;and&#xa0;</mtext>
  <mn> 2 </mn>
</merror>
Unrecognized element: mfraction; arguments were:  1 + 5  and  2

前処理プログラムの入力は, この場合, 有効なMathMLではありませんが, 出力されたエラーメッセージは有効なMathMLであることに注意して下さい.

Note that the preprocessor's input is not, in this case, valid MathML, but the error message it outputs is valid MathML.

3.3.6 周囲の余白を調整する <mpadded>
Adjust Space Around Content <mpadded>

3.3.6.1 説明
Description

mpadded要素は, 子要素の中身と同じものを描画しますが, 子要素の描画領域の大きさや相対的な描画位置を, mpadded属性に従って修正して描画します. mpadded要素は, 中身の大きさを変更しません(引き伸ばしたり, 縮めたりしません). この要素の名前は, mpaddedの典型的な利用方法である中身の周囲に余白を設けたり(訳注:原文ではpadding), 追加の余白を加えることを反映しています. しかしながら, mpaddedはより一般的な大きさや位置調整や, 例えば, mpaddedの中身を隣接する要素と重ねて描画することができる負の間隔を設けるといったいくつかの組み合わされた描画に利用できます. この効果の様々な潜在的な落とし穴についての警告は, [MathMLメモ]を参照して下さい.

An mpadded element renders the same as its child content, but with the size of the child's bounding box and the relative positioning point of its content modified according to mpadded's attributes. It does not rescale (stretch or shrink) its content. The name of the element reflects the typical use of mpadded to add padding, or extra space, around its content. However, mpadded can be used to make more general adjustments of size and positioning, and some combinations, e.g. negative padding, can cause the content of mpadded to overlap the rendering of neighboring content. See [MathML-Notes] for warnings about several potential pitfalls of this effect.

mpadded要素は単独の引数を持ちます. その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい.

The mpadded element accepts a single argument which may be an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

音声表現ソフトウェアは, 水平の間隔を表現する属性(widthlspace)に基づいて, 空ける時間を加えたり(短くしたり)することが提案されています.

It is suggested that audio renderers add (or shorten) time delays based on the attributes representing horizontal space (width and lspace).

3.3.6.2 属性
Attributes

mpadded要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mpadded elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
height ( "+" | "-" )? 符号無し数 ( ("%" 疑似単位?) | 疑似単位 | 単位 | 名前付き空白 )?
( "+" | "-" )? unsigned-number ( ("%" pseudo-unit?) | pseudo-unit | unit | namedspace )?
要素の中身と同じ
same as content
mpadded要素の高さを設定するか増加させます. 下記の議論を参照して下さい.
Sets or increments the height of the mpadded element. See below for discussion.
depth ( "+" | "-" )? 符号無し数 (("%" 疑似単位?) | 疑似単位 | 単位 | 名前付き空白 )?
( "+" | "-" )? unsigned-number ( ("%" pseudo-unit?) | pseudo-unit | unit | namedspace )?
要素の中身と同じ
same as content
mpadded要素の深さを設定するか増加させます. 下記の議論を参照して下さい.
Sets or increments the depth of the mpadded element. See below for discussion.
width ( "+" | "-" )? 符号無し数 ( ("%" 疑似単位?) | 疑似単位 | 単位 | 名前付き空白 )?
( "+" | "-" )? unsigned-number ( ("%" pseudo-unit?) | pseudo-unit | unit | namedspace )?
要素の中身と同じ
same as content
mpadded要素の幅を設定するか増加させます. 下記の議論を参照して下さい.
Sets or increments the width of the mpadded element. See below for discussion.
lspace ( "+" | "-" )? 符号無し数 ( ("%" 疑似単位?) | 疑似単位 | 単位 | 名前付き空白 )?
( "+" | "-" )? unsigned-number ( ("%" pseudo-unit?) | pseudo-unit | unit | namedspace )?
0em
子要素の水平の位置を設定します. 下記の議論を参照して下さい.
Sets the horizontal position of the child content. See below for discussion.
voffset ( "+" | "-" )? 符号無し数 ( ("%" 疑似単位?) | 疑似単位 | 単位 | 名前付き空白 )?
( "+" | "-" )? unsigned-number ( ("%" pseudo-unit?) | pseudo-unit | unit | namedspace )?
0em
子要素の縦の位置を設定します. 下記の議論を参照して下さい.
Sets the vertical position of the child content. See below for discussion.

注意: [MathMLコア]は上記の属性に対応しているにも関わらず, 有効な長さや百分率である値のみ認めています. 必須でない"+"記号や"-"記号を伴う増減や疑似単位に, MathMLコアは対応していません.

Note: while [MathML-Core] supports the above attributes, it only allows the value to be a valid length-percentage. Increments with the optional "+" or "-" signs are not supported in MathML Core nor are pseudo-units.

疑似単位については後で述べます. また, height属性, depth属性, width属性は, 大きさの属性として参照され, lspace属性とvoffset属性は位置の属性です.

The pseudo-unit syntax symbol is described below. Also, height, depth and width attributes are referred to as size attributes, while lspace and voffset attributes are position attributes.

これらの属性は, 子要素の描画領域の大きさに関係する, mpadded要素の描画領域の大きさを指定します. また, mpadded要素の自然な位置からの, 子要素の相対的な位置を指定します. これらの属性によって決められる印刷の配置の性質は, 次の節で説明します. 属性値の形式に依存して, 寸法は新しい値を設定されるか, 子要素の周囲を囲っているものの寸法に対して相対的に指定されてもよいです. 値は, 疑似単位と呼ばれる子要素が通常描画される寸法の倍数や百分率で与えられてもよいですし, 直接, 標準の単位を用いて設定することもできます. 2.1.5.2 長さの値の属性を参照して下さい.

These attributes specify the size of the bounding box of the mpadded element relative to the size of the bounding box of its child content, and specify the position of the child content of the mpadded element relative to the natural positioning of the mpadded element. The typographical layout parameters determined by these attributes are described in the next subsection. Depending on the form of the attribute value, a dimension may be set to a new value, or specified relative to the child content's corresponding dimension. Values may be given as multiples or percentages of any of the dimensions of the normal rendering of the child content using so-called pseudo-units, or they can be set directly using standard units, see 2.1.5.2 Length Valued Attributes.

大きさの属性の値が+または-記号で始まるとき, その記号は, 後ろに続く長さの値の分だけ対象となる寸法を増加させるか減少させるか指定します. そうでなければ, 対象となる寸法は後ろに続く長さの値で直接決定されます. 先頭に来るマイナス記号は減少を示すことから, 大きさの属性(height, depth, width)は, 直接負の値を設定することができません. 加えて, これらの属性を最終的に負の値とするであろう減少を指定することは, 属性を0と設定することと同じ効果があります. 言い換えれば, mpadded要素の効果的な描画領域は, いつでも負でない寸法を持っています. しかしながら, 負の値は, 相対的な位置の属性lspacevoffsetには認められています.

If the value of a size attribute begins with a + or - sign, it specifies an increment or decrement to the corresponding dimension by the following length value. Otherwise the corresponding dimension is set directly to the following length value. Note that since a leading minus sign indicates a decrement, the size attributes (height, depth, width) cannot be set directly to negative values. In addition, specifying a decrement that would produce a net negative value for these attributes has the same effect as setting the attribute to zero. In other words, the effective bounding box of an mpadded element always has non-negative dimensions. However, negative values are allowed for the relative positioning attributes lspace and voffset.

(何らかの記号を取り除いた)長さの値は, 様々な書式で指定できます. それぞれの書式は, 符号無し数で始まり, その後に(数を効果的に拡大・縮小する)%記号と必須でない疑似単位, 単独の疑似単位, (%を除く)単位が続いてもよいです. 利用可能な疑似単位は, height, depth, widthという用語です. それらは, mpadded要素の子要素の同じ名前の寸法の長さを表します.

Length values (excluding any sign) can be specified in several formats. Each format begins with an unsigned-number, which may be followed by a % sign (effectively scaling the number) and an optional pseudo-unit, by a pseudo-unit alone, or by a unit (excepting %). The possible pseudo-units are the keywords height, depth, and width. They represent the length of the same-named dimension of the mpadded element's child content.

どの長さの書式であっても, 最終的な長さは, (%を含んでも良い)数と, それに続く疑似単位, 単位, 名前付き空白, そのような単位等が与えられなかった場合の属性の既定値との積になります.

For any of these length formats, the resulting length is the product of the number (possibly including the %) and the following pseudo-unit, unit, namedspace or the default value for the attribute if no such unit or space is given.

(明確にまたは既定値として)疑似単位を利用した属性の書式の例をいくつか示します. depth="100%height"depth="1.0height"は, 両方ともmpadded要素の深さを要素の中身の高さに設定します. depth="105%"は, 深さを要素の中身の深さの1.05倍に設定します. また, depth="+100%"またはdepth="200%"のどちらも, 深さを要素の中身の深さの2倍に設定します.

Some examples of attribute formats using pseudo-units (explicit or default) are as follows: depth="100%height" and depth="1.0height" both set the depth of the mpadded element to the height of its content. depth="105%" sets the depth to 1.05 times the content's depth, and either depth="+100%" or depth="200%" sets the depth to twice the content's depth.

上で示した決まりは, 全ての次の属性の設定が, 要素の中身の寸法を変更しないままにしておくという, 同じ効果を持つことを意味しています.

The rules given above imply that all of the following attribute settings have the same effect, which is to leave the content's dimensions unchanged:

<mpadded width="+0em"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="+0%"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="-0em"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="-0height"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="100%"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="100%width"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="1width"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded width="1.0width"> ... </mpadded>
<mpadded> ... </mpadded>

MathML仕様書のヴァージョン2の例は, 属性値の中に, 字下げした書式を意図した空白を入れていました. 正式には, それらの値の中に空白は認められませんが, 実装者は, 以前との互換性を最大化するために, そのような空白を無視することを望んでもよいです.

Note that the examples in the Version 2 of the MathML specification showed spaces within the attribute values, suggesting that this was the intended format. Formally, spaces are not allowed within these values, but implementers may wish to ignore such spaces to maximize backward compatibility.

3.3.6.3 大きさと位置の属性の意味
Meanings of size and position attributes

mpadded要素の内容は, 文字や分数や式といった数学表記の断片を定義しています. それらは, 自然な描画領域とそれに関係する自然な描画位置を持った単独の印刷要素と見なされます.

The content of an mpadded element defines a fragment of mathematical notation, such as a character, fraction, or expression, that can be regarded as a single typographical element with a natural positioning point relative to its natural bounding box.

mpadded要素の描画領域の大きさは, mpadded要素のheight属性, depth属性, width属性によって修正される場合を除いて, 要素の中身の描画領域の大きさと定義されています. mpadded要素の子要素の自然な描画位置は, lspace属性やvoffset属性によって修正される場合を除いて, mpadded要素の自然な描画位置と一致するように決められます. したがって, mpaddedの大きさの属性は, 子要素の見掛け上の描画領域を拡大したり縮小したりするのに利用でき, mpaddedの位置の属性は, 描画領域から(また隣接する要素からも)相対的に内容を移動するのに利用できます. MathMLは, "印刷物"と, 描画領域や描画位置の特定の実装との間の, 正確な関係について定義していないことに注意して下さい. よって, mpaddedの属性に対する絶対的な値は, 実装間を行ったり来たりできなくてもよいです.

The size of the bounding box of an mpadded element is defined as the size of the bounding box of its content, except as modified by the mpadded element's height, depth, and width attributes. The natural positioning point of the child content of the mpadded element is located to coincide with the natural positioning point of the mpadded element, except as modified by the lspace and voffset attributes. Thus, the size attributes of mpadded can be used to expand or shrink the apparent bounding box of its content, and the position attributes of mpadded can be used to move the content relative to the bounding box (and hence also neighboring elements). Note that MathML doesn't define the precise relationship between "ink", bounding boxes and positioning points, which are implementation specific. Thus, absolute values for mpadded attributes may not be portable between implementations.

height属性は, mpadded要素の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)から上の描画領域の縦の大きさを指定します. heightを増加することは, mpadded要素の欧文ベースラインから上の内容を描画する空間を増やすこととなり, 子要素を描画した上側に余白を設けます. heightを減少させることは, mpadded要素の欧文ベースラインから上の内容を描画する空間を減らすこととなり, 子要素を描画した際の上側の余白を取り除きます. heightを減少させることは, mpadded要素の上にある要素と描画した子要素が重なることを引き起こすかもしれず, 一般に避けられるべきです.

The height attribute specifies the vertical extent of the bounding box of the mpadded element above its baseline. Increasing the height increases the space between the baseline of the mpadded element and the content above it, and introduces padding above the rendering of the child content. Decreasing the height reduces the space between the baseline of the mpadded element and the content above it, and removes space above the rendering of the child content. Decreasing the height may cause content above the mpadded element to overlap the rendering of the child content, and should generally be avoided.

depth属性は, mpadded要素の欧文ベースラインから下の描画領域の縦の大きさを指定します. depthを増加させることは, mpadded要素の欧文ベースラインから下の内容を描画する空間を増やすこととなり, 子要素を描画した下側に余白を設けます. depthを減少させることは, mpadded要素の欧文ベースラインから下の内容を描画する空間を減らすこととなり, 子要素を描画した際の下側の余白を取り除きます. depthを減少させることは, mpadded要素の下にある要素と描画した子要素が重なることを引き起こすかもしれず, 一般に避けられるべきです.

The depth attribute specifies the vertical extent of the bounding box of the mpadded element below its baseline. Increasing the depth increases the space between the baseline of the mpadded element and the content below it, and introduces padding below the rendering of the child content. Decreasing the depth reduces the space between the baseline of the mpadded element and the content below it, and removes space below the rendering of the child content. Decreasing the depth may cause content below the mpadded element to overlap the rendering of the child content, and should generally be avoided.

width属性は, mpadded要素の描画位置と次に続く要素の描画位置との間の水平距離を指定します. widthを増加させることは, mpadded要素の描画位置と次に続く要素の間の空間を増やすこととなり, 子要素を描画した後に余白を設けます. widthを減少させることは, mpaddedの描画位置と次に続く要素の間の空間を減らすこととなり, 子要素を描画した後の余白を取り除きます. widthを0に設定することは, 次に続く要素をmpadded要素の描画位置に描画することを引き起こします. widthを減少させることは一般に避けられるべきであり, 次に続く要素と重ねて表示することになるかもしれません.

The width attribute specifies the horizontal distance between the positioning point of the mpadded element and the positioning point of the following content. Increasing the width increases the space between the positioning point of the mpadded element and the content that follows it, and introduces padding after the rendering of the child content. Decreasing the width reduces the space between the positioning point of the mpadded element and the content that follows it, and removes space after the rendering of the child content. Setting the width to zero causes following content to be positioned at the positioning point of the mpadded element. Decreasing the width should generally be avoided, as it may cause overprinting of the following content.

lspace属性("前に来る"(訳注:原文ではleading)空白, 3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向参照)は, mpadded要素の描画位置に対する子要素の描画位置を水平方向のどこにするのか指定します. 通常, それらの描画位置は一致するので, lspaceに対する絶対的な値は, 相対的な値と同じ効果があります. lspaceに対する正の値は, 前に来る要素と子要素の間隔を増加させ, 描画した子要素の前に余白を設けます. lspace属性に対する負の値は, 前に来る要素と子要素の間隔を減少させ, 前に来る要素と重なって表示することを引き起こすかもしれず, 避けられるべきです. lspaceは, mpadded要素のwidthに影響を与えないことに注意して下さい. そのため, lspace属性は子要素と次に続く要素の間隔にも影響を与えるでしょうし, そのことは, それに従ってwidthが調整されない限り, 次に続く要素と重ねて表示することを引き起こすかもしれません.

The lspace attribute ("leading" space; see 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas) specifies the horizontal location of the positioning point of the child content with respect to the positioning point of the mpadded element. By default they coincide, and therefore absolute values for lspace have the same effect as relative values. Positive values for the lspace attribute increase the space between the preceding content and the child content, and introduce padding before the rendering of the child content. Negative values for the lspace attributes reduce the space between the preceding content and the child content, and may cause overprinting of the preceding content, and should generally be avoided. Note that the lspace attribute does not affect the width of the mpadded element, and so the lspace attribute will also affect the space between the child content and following content, and may cause overprinting of the following content, unless the width is adjusted accordingly.

voffset属性は, mpadded要素の描画位置に対する子要素の描画位置を縦方向のどこにするのか指定します. voffset属性に対する正の値は, 欧文ベースラインから上方向に子要素を上げて描画します. voffset属性に対する負の値は, 欧文ベースラインから下方向に子要素を下げて描画します. どちらの場合も, voffset属性は, 隣接する要素と重ねて表示することを引き起こすかもしれず, それは避けられるべきです. voffset属性は, mpadded要素のheightにもdepthにも影響を与えないことに注意して下さい. そのため, voffset属性は, 子要素と隣接する要素の間隔にも影響を与えるでしょうし, そのことは, それに従ってheightまたはdepthが調整されない限り, 隣接する要素と重ねて表示することを引き起こすかもしれません.

The voffset attribute specifies the vertical location of the positioning point of the child content with respect to the positioning point of the mpadded element. Positive values for the voffset attribute raise the rendering of the child content above the baseline. Negative values for the voffset attribute lower the rendering of the child content below the baseline. In either case, the voffset attribute may cause overprinting of neighboring content, which should generally be avoided. Note that the voffset attribute does not affect the height or depth of the mpadded element, and so the voffset attribute will also affect the space between the child content and neighboring content, and may cause overprinting of the neighboring content, unless the height or depth is adjusted accordingly.

MathML描画ソフトウェアは, 属性の効果を除いて, mpadded要素の内容と周囲を囲っているMathML要素の相対的な間隔について, 次のことを確かなものにすべきです. それは, たとえmpadded要素の途中で改行されても, mpadded要素が同じ内容を持つmrow要素で置き換えられた場合に何も変わらないことです. MathMLは, どのようにmpadded要素の既定値でない属性値が, 改行の仕組みと相互作用するか定義していません.

MathML renderers should ensure that, except for the effects of the attributes, the relative spacing between the contents of the mpadded element and surrounding MathML elements would not be modified by replacing an mpadded element with an mrow element with the same content, even if linebreaking occurs within the mpadded element. MathML does not define how non-default attribute values of an mpadded element interact with the linebreaking algorithm.

3.3.6.4
Examples

大きさと位置の属性の効果について下記で説明します. 次の図は, mpaddedの描画領域を修正せずに, 子要素の位置をずらすlspacevoffsetの利用について図解しています.

The effects of the size and position attributes are illustrated below. The following diagram illustrates the use of lspace and voffset to shift the position of child content without modifying the mpadded bounding box.

illustration of the use of mpadded to shift the position of child content without modifying the bounding box

対応するMathMLは次のとおりです.

The corresponding MathML is:

<mrow>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mpadded lspace="0.2em" voffset="0.3ex">
    <mi>y</mi>
  </mpadded>
  <mi>z</mi>
</mrow>
x y z

次の図は, 子要素の相対的な位置を変えずに, mpaddedの描画領域を修正するwidth, height, depthの利用について図解しています.

The next diagram illustrates the use of width, height and depth to modifying the mpadded bounding box without changing the relative position of the child content.

illustration of the use of mpadded to modifying its bounding box without shifting the relative location of its child content

対応するMathMLは次のとおりです.

The corresponding MathML is:

<mrow>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mpadded width="+90%width" height="+0.3ex" depth="+0.3ex">
    <mi>y</mi>
  </mpadded>
  <mi>z</mi>
</mrow>

最後の図は, 子要素の描画領域と相対的な位置の両方を修正するための, mpaddedの一般的な利用について図解しています.

The final diagram illustrates the generic use of mpadded to modify both the bounding box and relative position of child content.

illustration of the use of mpadded to modify both the bounding box size and position of child content

対応するMathMLは次のとおりです.

The corresponding MathML is:

<mrow>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mpadded lspace="0.3em" width="+0.6em">
    <mi>y</mi>
  </mpadded>
  <mi>z</mi>
</mrow>

3.3.7 見えない式をつくる <mphantom>
Making Sub-Expressions Invisible <mphantom>

3.3.7.1 説明
Description

mphantom要素は見えないように, ただし, 欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)の位置も含め, 要素の中身が通常通り描画された場合に持つのと同じフォントサイズや寸法で描画します. mphantomは, 見えない大きさを保った式によって, 式の部分部分を揃えるのに利用できます.

The mphantom element renders invisibly, but with the same size and other dimensions, including baseline position, that its contents would have if they were rendered normally. mphantom can be used to align parts of an expression by invisibly duplicating sub-expressions.

mphantom要素は単独の引数を持ちます. その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい.

The mphantom element accepts a single argument possibly being an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

<mphantom><mpadded 属性の設定> ... </mpadded></mphantom>といった具合に1つのMathMLの式の周りで, 大きさを変更すると同時に見えなくするために, mphantom要素とmpadded要素を重ねて利用することが可能なことに注意して下さい.

Note that it is possible to wrap both an mphantom and an mpadded element around one MathML expression, as in <mphantom><mpadded attribute-settings> ... </mpadded></mphantom>, to change its size and make it invisible at the same time.

MathML描画ソフトウェアは, mphantom要素の中身と周囲を囲っているMathML要素の相対的な間隔を, mphantom要素が同じ中身を持つmrow要素で置き換えられたとしても, 変わらないことを確実なものにすべきです. このことは, mphantom要素の中で改行が起こったとしても保たれるべきです.

MathML renderers should ensure that the relative spacing between the contents of an mphantom element and the surrounding MathML elements is the same as it would be if the mphantom element were replaced by an mrow element with the same content. This holds even if linebreaking occurs within the mphantom element.

上記の理由から, mphantomの中身が空白のような要素(3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>)でない限り, mphantomは空白のような要素とは見なされません. なぜなら, 提案されている演算子に対する描画の決まりは, 近接する要素が空白のような要素であるかどうかに影響されるからです. ただ, そうだとしても, 空白のような要素の正当なグループ化についての警告が, mphantomの利用に適用されてもよいです.

For the above reason, mphantom is not considered space-like (3.2.7 Space <mspace/>) unless its content is space-like, since the suggested rendering rules for operators are affected by whether nearby elements are space-like. Even so, the warning about the legal grouping of space-like elements may apply to uses of mphantom.

3.3.7.2 属性
Attributes

mphantom要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で一覧にした属性を持っています(mathcolorは何の効果も持ちません).

mphantom elements accept the attributes listed in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements (the mathcolor has no effect).

3.3.7.3
Examples

mphantomの描画に対して前に示した決まりが, 望まれた効果を発揮しないかもしれない状況が1つあります. mphantommrowの引数の一部を囲っているとき, その一部の中のmo要素に対するform属性の決定方法は変更されてもよいです. (3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>で説明しているform属性の既定値を参照して下さい.) このような状況では, そのようなmoに明確なform属性を与えることが必要かもしれません. このことは, 次の例で説明しています.

There is one situation where the preceding rules for rendering an mphantom may not give the desired effect. When an mphantom is wrapped around a subsequence of the arguments of an mrow, the default determination of the form attribute for an mo element within the subsequence can change. (See the default value of the form attribute described in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>.) It may be necessary to add an explicit form attribute to such an mo in these cases. This is illustrated in the following example.

この例では, 分数と分子の対応する部分の位置揃えを確実にするために, mphantomを利用しています.

In this example, mphantom is used to ensure alignment of corresponding parts of the numerator and denominator of a fraction:

<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> y </mi>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> z </mi>
  </mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mphantom>
      <mo form="infix"> + </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
    </mphantom>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> z </mi>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
x + y + z x + y + z

この例は, 次のようなものとして描画されるでしょう.

This would render as something like

\frac{x+y+x}{x\phantom{{}+y}+z}

次のようにではなくです.

rather than as

\frac{x+y+z}{x+z}

mphantomの中のmo要素におけるform="infix"という明確な属性の設定は, form属性を周囲を囲っているmphantomが無い場合のものに設定します. こうしなければ, +記号がわずかに違う間隔を持つであろう前置の演算子と解釈されることから, この設定は必要です.

The explicit attribute setting form="infix" on the mo element inside the mphantom sets the form attribute to what it would have been in the absence of the surrounding mphantom. This is necessary since otherwise, the + sign would be interpreted as a prefix operator, which might have slightly different spacing.

この代わりとして, 例えば<mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi>という引数それぞれを別個のmphantom要素で囲うことで, この問題は明確な属性の設定を避けることができます.

Alternatively, this problem could be avoided without any explicit attribute settings, by wrapping each of the arguments <mo>+</mo> and <mi>y</mi> in its own mphantom element, i.e.

<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> y </mi>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> z </mi>
  </mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mphantom>
      <mo> + </mo>
    </mphantom>
    <mphantom>
      <mi> y </mi>
    </mphantom>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> z </mi>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
x + y + z x + y + z

3.3.8 かっこの組で囲まれた式 <mfenced>
Expression Inside Pair of Fences <mfenced>

3.3.8.1 説明
Description

mfenced要素は, 囲い文字(例えば, 大がっこ, 角がっこ, 丸かっこ)を含む, 場合によっては引数の間に(コンマのような)区切り文字を含む, 一般的な構造を表すのに便利な形式を提供します.

The mfenced element provides a convenient form in which to express common constructs involving fences (i.e. braces, brackets, and parentheses), possibly including separators (such as comma) between the arguments.

例えば, <mfenced> <mi>x</mi> </mfenced>は, (x)として描画され, 次の式と等しいです.

For example, <mfenced> <mi>x</mi> </mfenced> renders as (x) and is equivalent to

<mrow> <mo> ( </mo> <mi>x</mi> <mo> ) </mo> </mrow>
( x )

また, <mfenced> <mi>x</mi> <mi>y</mi> </mfenced>(x, y)として描画され, 次の式と等しいです.

and <mfenced> <mi>x</mi> <mi>y</mi> </mfenced> renders as (x, y) and is equivalent to

<mrow>
  <mo> ( </mo>
  <mrow> <mi>x</mi> <mo>,</mo> <mi>y</mi> </mrow>
  <mo> ) </mo>
</mrow>
( x , y )

個々の囲み文字や区切り文字は, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>で述べたように, mo要素を利用して表現できます. したがって, 何らかのmfenced要素は, 完全に後で説明する展開された形式に等しいです. mfencedは著者や編集ソフトウェアにとってより便利であるにも関わらず, 展開された形式のみにしか, [MathMLコア]は対応していません. この勧告に対応した描画ソフトウェアは, それらのどちらの形式も, 正確に同じ方法で描画する必要があります.

Individual fences or separators are represented using mo elements, as described in 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>. Thus, any mfenced element is completely equivalent to an expanded form described below. While mfenced might be more convenient for authors or authoring software, only the expanded form is supported in [MathML-Core]. A renderer that supports this recommendation is required to render either of these forms in exactly the same way.

一般に, mfenced要素は, 0以上の引数を含むことができ, 囲い文字の間のものをmrowで囲うでしょう. 複数の引数があったとき, 隣接する要素の間に区切り文字を挿入し, 適切なグループ化(3.3.1 式の水平のまとまり <mrow>)のために, 引数と区切り文字の周りで, 追加の入れ子になったmrowを利用するでしょう. 一般的な展開された形式は後で示します. 囲い文字と区切り文字は, 通常, 丸かっことコンマとなりますが, 次の表で示すように属性を使用して変更できます.

In general, an mfenced element can contain zero or more arguments, and will enclose them between fences in an mrow; if there is more than one argument, it will insert separators between adjacent arguments, using an additional nested mrow around the arguments and separators for proper grouping (3.3.1 Horizontally Group Sub-Expressions <mrow>). The general expanded form is shown below. The fences and separators will be parentheses and comma by default, but can be changed using attributes, as shown in the following table.

3.3.8.2 属性
Attributes

mfenced要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます. 前後の囲い文字や区切り文字は, mathcolorで指定された色を用いて描かれるべきです.

mfenced elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. The delimiters and separators should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
open 文字列
string
(
開始の囲い文字を指定します. mo要素の中身として利用されることから, 何らかの空白は2.1.7 入力された空白を縮小するで述べたように取られたり縮小されたりするでしょう.
Specifies the opening delimiter. Since it is used as the content of an mo element, any whitespace will be trimmed and collapsed as described in 2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input.
close 文字列
string
)
終了の囲い文字を指定します. mo要素の中身として利用されることから, 何らかの空白は2.1.7 入力された空白を縮小するで述べたように取られたり縮小されたりするでしょう.
Specifies the closing delimiter. Since it is used as the content of an mo element, any whitespace will be trimmed and collapsed as described in 2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input.
separators 文字列
string
,
空白文字で区切ることもできる, 0個以上の区切り文字の文字列を指定します. それぞれの引数の組は, 対応する区切り文字で分けられて表示されます(最後の引数の後には付きません). 区切り文字が多すぎる場合, 超過している分は無視されます. 区切り文字が少な過ぎる場合, 最後の区切り文字が繰り返されます. separatorsの中の何らかの空白は全て無視されます.
Specifies a sequence of zero or more separator characters, optionally separated by whitespace. Each pair of arguments is displayed separated by the corresponding separator (none appears after the last argument). If there are too many separators, the excess are ignored; if there are too few, the last separator is repeated. Any whitespace within separators is ignored.

全ての属性を明確に指定した一般的なmfenced要素は, 次のように見えます.

A generic mfenced element, with all attributes explicit, looks as follows:

<mfenced open="開始の囲み文字"
         close="終了の囲み文字"
         separators="区切り文字#1 区切り文字#2 ... 区切り文字#(n-1)" >
  引数#1
  ...
  引数#n
</mfenced>
<mfenced open="opening-fence"
         close="closing-fence"
         separators="sep#1 sep#2 ... sep#(n-1)" >
  arg#1
  ...
  arg#n
</mfenced>

右から左(RTL)の方向の文脈では, 文字列の方向の初期値は右から左(RTL)なので, open属性とclose属性の文字は, 鏡になった形式で描画される鏡文字に対応したものを持ちます. 特に, 既定値は左から右(LTR)と右から左(RTL)の両方の文脈で, かっこで囲まれた文字列として正確に描画されるでしょう.

In an RTL directionality context, since the initial text direction is RTL, characters in the open and close attributes that have a mirroring counterpart will be rendered in that mirrored form. In particular, the default values will render correctly as a parenthesized sequence in both LTR and RTL contexts.

上で示された一般的なmfenced要素は, 次の展開された形式に等しいです.

The general mfenced element shown above is equivalent to the following expanded form:

<mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> 開始の囲い文字 </mo>
  <mrow>
    引数#1
    <mo separator="true"> 区切り文字#1 </mo>
    ...
    <mo separator="true"> 区切り文字#(n-1) </mo>
    引数#n
  </mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> 終了の囲い文字 </mo>
</mrow>
<mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> opening-fence </mo>
  <mrow>
    arg#1
    <mo separator="true"> sep#1 </mo>
    ...
    <mo separator="true"> sep#(n-1) </mo>
    arg#n
  </mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> closing-fence </mo>
</mrow>

最後を除くそれぞれの引数は, 区切り文字が後ろに来ます. 中のmrowは, 3.3.1 式の水平のまとまり <mrow>で述べた適切なグループ化のために加えられました.

Each argument except the last is followed by a separator. The inner mrow is added for proper grouping, as described in 3.3.1 Horizontally Group Sub-Expressions <mrow>.

引数が1つだけのときは, 上記の形式は区切り文字を持ちません. <mrow> 引数#1 </mrow>は, (3.3.1 式の水平のまとまり <mrow>で述べたように)引数#1に等しいので, この場合は次の式に等しいです.

When there is only one argument, the above form has no separators; since <mrow> arg#1 </mrow> is equivalent to arg#1 (as described in 3.3.1 Horizontally Group Sub-Expressions <mrow>), this case is also equivalent to:

<mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> 開始の囲い文字 </mo>
    引数#1
  <mo fence="true"> 終了の囲い文字 </mo>
</mrow>
<mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> opening-fence </mo>
    arg#1
  <mo fence="true"> closing-fence </mo>
</mrow>

区切り文字が多すぎる場合, 余分なものは無視されます. 区切り文字が与えられているが, 少な過ぎる場合, 最後の文字が必要なだけ繰り返されます. よって既定値であるseparators=","は, separators=",,"やseparators=",,,"等と等しいです. 必要にも関わらず, 区切り文字が提供されなかった場合, 例えばseparators=" "または""で複数の引数がある場合, 1つも区切り文字は挿入されません. つまり, <mo separator="true"> 区切り文字#i </mo>は完全に省かれます. このことは, 空の内容のmo要素から成る区切り文字を挿入するのとは異なるので注意して下さい.

If there are too many separator characters, the extra ones are ignored. If separator characters are given, but there are too few, the last one is repeated as necessary. Thus, the default value of separators="," is equivalent to separators=",,", separators=",,,", etc. If there are no separator characters provided but some are needed, for example if separators=" " or "" and there is more than one argument, then no separator elements are inserted at all — that is, the elements <mo separator="true"> sep#i </mo> are left out entirely. Note that this is different from inserting separators consisting of mo elements with empty content.

最後に, 例えば次のような引数の無い場合について述べます.

Finally, for the case with no arguments, i.e.

<mfenced open="開始の囲い文字"
 close="終了の囲い文字"
 separators="任意の文字列" >
</mfenced>
<mfenced open="opening-fence"
 close="closing-fence"
 separators="anything" >
</mfenced>

この式の展開された形式は, >mrowの中に単に囲い文字だけを含むと定義されています.

the equivalent expanded form is defined to include just the fences within an mrow:

<mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> 開始の囲い文字 </mo>
  <mo fence="true"> 終了の囲い文字 </mo>
</mrow>
<mrow>
  <mo fence="true"> opening-fence </mo>
  <mo fence="true"> closing-fence </mo>
</mrow>

全ての囲まれた式mfenced要素でコード化できるわけではないことに注意して下さい. そのような例外の式は, 装飾された区切り文字や囲い文字, mstyle要素で囲まれたそれらの文字, 足りないか余分な区切り文字や囲い文字, 複数の文字から構成される区切り文字から成る式を含みます. それらの状況では, 適切に修正された展開された形式を使用して, 式をコード化する必要があります. 上で論じたように, 展開された形式を直接利用することは, 必要ないときも含めいつでも認められています. 特に, MathML前処理プログラムが, 展開された形式に等しいmfencedを生成して置換しないことを, 著者は保証できません.

Note that not all fenced expressions can be encoded by an mfenced element. Such exceptional expressions include those with an embellished separator or fence or one enclosed in an mstyle element, a missing or extra separator or fence, or a separator with multiple content characters. In these cases, it is necessary to encode the expression using an appropriately modified version of an expanded form. As discussed above, it is always permissible to use the expanded form directly, even when it is not necessary. In particular, authors cannot be guaranteed that MathML preprocessors won't replace occurrences of mfenced with equivalent expanded forms.

上で示したmfencedと等しい展開された形式は, mo要素が, 囲い文字か区切り文字かを特定する属性を含むことに注意して下さい. 最も一般的な囲い文字か区切り文字かの選択は, 自動で演算子辞書の中のmo要素の属性によって見い出され, 著者は展開された形式を直接利用するときも, それらの属性を明確に指定する必要はありません. また. form属性の既定値についての決まり(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>) は, 開始と終了の囲い文字それぞれに値form="prefix"と値form="postfix"を, 区切り文字に値form="infix"を効果的に与えます.

Note that the equivalent expanded forms shown above include attributes on the mo elements that identify them as fences or separators. Since the most common choices of fences and separators already occur in the operator dictionary with those attributes, authors would not normally need to specify those attributes explicitly when using the expanded form directly. Also, the rules for the default form attribute (3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>) cause the opening and closing fences to be effectively given the values form="prefix" and form="postfix" respectively, and the separators to be given the value form="infix".

例えば通常の演算子として+を利用している式を略すために, mfencedと区切り文字としての+を使用することは, 不当であることに注意して下さい.

Note that it would be incorrect to use mfenced with a separator of, for instance, +, as an abbreviation for an expression using + as an ordinary operator, e.g.

<mrow>
  <mi>x</mi> <mo>+</mo> <mi>y</mi> <mo>+</mo> <mi>z</mi>
</mrow>
x + y + z

なぜなら, このことは+記号を中間の演算子ではなく, 区切り文字として扱うことになるからです. つまり, それらは, 適切に描画されないかもしれない<mo separator="true">+</mo>と記述されているものとして描画されます.

This is because the + signs would be treated as separators, not infix operators. That is, it would render as if they were marked up as <mo separator="true">+</mo>, which might therefore render inappropriately.

3.3.8.3
Examples
<mfenced>
  <mrow>
    <mi> a </mi>
    <mo> + </mo>
    <mi> b </mi>
  </mrow>
</mfenced>

上記のmrowは, mfencedがちょうど1つの引数を持っているようにするために必要です. これが無いと, この式は, (a, +, b)として不正確に描画されます.

Note that the above mrow is necessary so that the mfenced has just one argument. Without it, this would render incorrectly as (a, +, b).

<mfenced open="[">
  <mn> 0 </mn>
  <mn> 1 </mn>
</mfenced>
<mrow>
  <mi> f </mi>
  <mo> &#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--> </mo>
  <mfenced>
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mi> y </mi>
  </mfenced>
</mrow>

3.3.9 式を特定の表記で囲う <menclose>
Enclose Expression Inside Notation <menclose>

3.3.9.1 説明
Description

menclose要素は, その中身をnotation属性で指定された表記で囲まれた中に描画します. mencloseは単独の引数を持ちます. 場合によっては, その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい.

The menclose element renders its content inside the enclosing notation specified by its notation attribute. menclose accepts a single argument possibly being an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

3.3.9.2 属性
Attributes

menclose要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます. 表記は, mathcolorで指定された色で描かれるべきです.

menclose elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. The notations should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

notationで認められている値には制限がありません. 適合するソフトウェアは, 下の一覧で示した値を可能な限り多く描画するよう促されていますが, 処理できない値を無視するかもしれません.

The values allowed for notation are open-ended. Conforming renderers may ignore any value they do not handle, although renderers are encouraged to render as many of the values listed below as possible.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
notation (actuarial | phasorangle | box | roundedbox | circle | left | right | top | bottom | updiagonalstrike | downdiagonalstrike | verticalstrike | horizontalstrike | northeastarrow | madruwb | 任意の用語) +
text
何もしない
do nothing
子要素を囲むために使われる表記の空白で区切られた一覧を指定します. 表記の各型の説明は, 下記を参照して下さい. MathML 4は, longdivradicalの使用を非推奨にしています. これらの表記は, それぞれmlongdivmsqrtによって提供される機能と重複しています. それらの要素が, 代わりに使用されるべきです. 既定値は変更されており, 何もnotationが与えられていなかったり, 空の文字列だったりした場合, mencloseは描画されるべきではありません.
Specifies a space separated list of notations to be used to enclose the children. See below for a description of each type of notation. MathML 4 deprecates the use of longdiv and radical. These notations duplicate functionality provided by mlongdiv and msqrt respectively; those elements should be used instead. The default has been changed so that if no notation is given, or if it is an empty string, then menclose should not draw.

何個の値でも, 空白で区切ってnotationに与えることができます. 与えられ, MathML描画ソフトウェアに理解された全ての値は, 描画されるべきです. それぞれの表記は, 他の表記が存在しないかのように描画されるべきです. それらの表記は, 他のものの内側に入れ子になるべきではありません. 例えば, notation="circle box"は, mencloseの中身の周りに丸と四角を描くべきで, 丸と四角は重ならないでしょう. これは, 後の例で示します. 既に定義されている表記の中で, phasorangleだけが方向(3.1.5.1 数式全体の方向参照)に影響されます.

Any number of values can be given for notation separated by whitespace; all of those given and understood by a MathML renderer should be rendered. Each should be rendered as if the others were not present; they should not nest one inside of the other. For example, notation="circle box" should result in circle and a box around the contents of menclose; the circle and box may overlap. This is shown in the first example below. Of the predefined notations, only phasorangle is affected by the directionality (see 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas):

notationが値actuarialとして指定されたとき, 中身はアクチュアリー記号で囲まれて描かれます. 同じような結果に, 値top rightが指定された場合もなります.

When notation is specified as actuarial, the contents are drawn enclosed by an actuarial symbol. A similar result can be achieved with the value top right.

box(訳注:"四角"の意味), 値roundedbox(訳注:"角の丸い四角"の意味), 値circle(訳注:"丸"の意味)は, 中身を値が意図しているもので囲みます. 四角, 角の丸い四角, 丸と中身の間の距離の大きさは, MathMLでは指定されておらず, 描画ソフトウェアに任されています. 実例としては, 両側の余白は, 水平方向が0.4em, 縦の方向が0.5emだとうまく描画されると思われます.

The values box, roundedbox, and circle should enclose the contents as indicated by the values. The amount of distance between the box, roundedbox, or circle, and the contents are not specified by MathML, and left to the renderer. In practice, paddings on each side of 0.4em in the horizontal direction and .5ex in the vertical direction seem to work well.

left(訳注:"左"の意味), 値right(訳注:"右"の意味), 値top(訳注:"上"の意味), 値bottom(訳注:"下"の意味)は, それらが示す側の中身の端に線を描くべきです. 値northeastarrow(訳注:"北東向き矢印"の意味), 値updiagonalstrike(訳注:"上向きの対角線"の意味), 値downdiagonalstrike(訳注:"下向きの対角線"の意味), 値verticalstrike(訳注:"縦線"の意味), 値horizontalstrike(訳注:"横線"の意味)は, mencloseの中身の上に, 貫こうとする線を描くべきです. 例えば, 値updiagonalstrikeの場合は, menclose要素の左下の角から右上の角に向かって貫く線を描くといった具合です.

The values left, right, top and bottom should result in lines drawn on those sides of the contents. The values northeastarrow, updiagonalstrike, downdiagonalstrike, verticalstrike and horizontalstrike should result in the indicated strikeout lines being superimposed over the content of the menclose, e.g. a strikeout that extends from the lower left corner to the upper right corner of the menclose element for updiagonalstrike, etc.

northeastarrowは実装することを推奨されている値です. なぜなら, TeXの\canceltoコマンドを実装するために利用できるからです. 描画ソフトウェアがmencloseに対する他の矢印を実装する場合, 描画ソフトウェアの一貫性と標準化のために, 矢印の名前を次の名前の完全な集合から選ぶことが推奨されます.

The value northeastarrow is a recommended value to implement because it can be used to implement TeX's \cancelto command. If a renderer implements other arrows for menclose, it is recommended that the arrow names are chosen from the following full set of names for consistency and standardization among renderers:

  • uparrow(訳注:"上向き矢印"の意味)

  • rightarrow(訳注:"右向き矢印"の意味)

  • downarrow(訳注:"下向き矢印"の意味)

  • leftarrow(訳注:"左向き矢印"の意味)

  • northwestarrow(訳注:"北西向き矢印"の意味)

  • southwestarrow(訳注:"南西向き矢印"の意味)

  • southeastarrow(訳注:"南東向き矢印"の意味)

  • northeastarrow(訳注:"北東向き矢印"の意味)

  • updownarrow(訳注:"上下両方を向いた矢印"の意味)

  • leftrightarrow(訳注:"左右両方を向いた矢印"の意味)

  • northwestsoutheastarrow(訳注:"北西と南東を向いた矢印"の意味)

  • northeastsouthwestarrow(訳注:"北東と南西を向いた矢印"の意味)

値"madruwb"は, アラビアの階乗(‘madruwb’は階乗に対するアラビア語のمضروبの訳)を表す囲った表記を生成すべきです. これは, 後の4番目の例で示しています.

The value madruwb should generate an enclosure representing an Arabic factorial (‘madruwb’ is the transliteration of the Arabic مضروب for factorial). This is shown in the third example below.

menclose要素の欧文ベースラインは, (省略されたmrowかも知れない)子要素の欧文ベースラインです.

The baseline of an menclose element is the baseline of its child (which might be an implied mrow).

3.3.9.3
Examples

複数の属性値を用いた例は次のとおりです.

An example of using multiple attributes is

<menclose notation='circle box'>
  <mi> x </mi><mo> + </mo><mi> y </mi>
</menclose>
[Image of a circle and box around x plus y]

アクチュアリー表記に対してmencloseを用いた例は次のとおりです.

An example of using menclose for actuarial notation is

<msub>
  <mi>a</mi>
  <mrow>
    <menclose notation='actuarial'>
      <mi>n</mi>
    </menclose>
    <mo>&#x2063;<!--InvisibleComma--></mo>
    <mi>i</mi>
  </mrow>
</msub>
[image of actuarial notation for a angle n at i]

回路解析で使用されるphasorangleの例は次のとおりです.

An example of phasorangle, which is used in circuit analysis, is:

<mi>C</mi>
<mrow>
  <menclose notation='phasorangle'>
    <mrow>
      <mo></mo>
      <mfrac>
        <mi>π</mi>
        <mn>2</mn>
      </mfrac>
    </mrow>
  </menclose>
</mrow>
[image of phasorangle notation for the angle negative pi over 2]

madruwbの例は次のとおりです.

An example of madruwb is:

<menclose notation="madruwb">
  <mn>12</mn>
</menclose>
[Image of 12 factorial in Arabic style]

3.4 添え字の配置要素
Script and Limit Schemata

この節で説明する要素は, 基となる式の周りで1つ以上の添え字の位置を定めます. 様々な種類の添え字や装飾を記号に付け加えることは, 数学ではとても一般的な表記方法です. 純粋な視覚的な配置においては, 与えられた基となる式の周りに何らかの伝統的な添え字を配置する場合, 単独の一般的な目的の要素で添え字や装飾の位置を十分に定められます. しかしながら, 一般的な表記の抽象的な構造をより良く表現するために, MathMLは, 様々なより特別な添え字の要素を提供しています.

The elements described in this section position one or more scripts around a base. Attaching various kinds of scripts and embellishments to symbols is a very common notational device in mathematics. For purely visual layout, a single general-purpose element could suffice for positioning scripts and embellishments in any of the traditional script locations around a given base. However, in order to capture the abstract structure of common notation better, MathML provides several more specialized scripting elements.

下付きや上付きの添え字の要素に加えて, MathMLは, 基となる式の上や下に添え字を配置する上側添え字や下側添え字の要素を持っています. これらの要素は大きな演算子に添え字を配置したり, 基となる式の上や下にアクセントや線を配置するのに利用できます. アクセントを描画する決まりは, 上側添え字や下側添え字とは異なります. その違いは, 後の適切な節で説明するようにaccent属性やaccentunder属性で制御できます.

In addition to sub-/superscript elements, MathML has overscript and underscript elements that place scripts above and below the base. These elements can be used to place limits on large operators, or for placing accents and lines above or below the base. The rules for rendering accents differ from those for overscripts and underscripts, and this difference can be controlled with the accent and accentunder attributes, as described in the appropriate sections below.

添え字の描画は, scriptlevel属性とdisplaystyle属性に影響されます. これらの属性は, それぞれのMathMLの式を描画する過程から継承される環境の一部で, 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelで説明されています. これらの属性は, 添え字となっている要素に明確に与えることはできませんが, どうしてもというなら, 周囲を囲うmstyle要素の開始タグで指定することができます.

Rendering of scripts is affected by the scriptlevel and displaystyle attributes, which are part of the environment inherited by the rendering process of every MathML expression, and are described in 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel. These attributes cannot be given explicitly on a scripting element, but can be specified on the start tag of a surrounding mstyle element if desired.

MathMLは, テンソル添え字を付け加えるための要素も提供しています. テンソル添え字は, 縦の列を揃えなければならない通常の下付き添え字や上付き添え字とは別個のものです. また, 全ての上側のテンソル添え字は欧文ベースラインで揃えられるべきで, 全ての下側のテンソル添え字も欧文ベースラインで揃えられるべきです. テンソル添え字は, 前の位置に付けることもできます. 通常の添え字は基となる式の後ろに付く(左から右(LTR)の文脈では右に, 一方, 右から左(RTL)の文脈では左に付く)ことに注意して下さい. 前の位置というのは基となる式に先行する(左から右(LTR)の文脈では左に, 一方, 右から左(RTL)の文脈では右に付く)ことです.

MathML also provides an element for attachment of tensor indices. Tensor indices are distinct from ordinary subscripts and superscripts in that they must align in vertical columns. Also, all the upper scripts should be baseline-aligned and all the lower scripts should be baseline-aligned. Tensor indices can also occur in prescript positions. Note that ordinary scripts follow the base (on the right in LTR context, but on the left in RTL context); prescripts precede the base (on the left (right) in LTR (RTL) context).

プレゼンテーション要素は, 式の抽象的な表記の構造を説明するのに使われるべきであることから, 全ての"添え字"要素の基となる式(つまり, 最初の引数の式)は, 添え字の付く全体の式であるべきで, 単に末尾の文字では無いことが重要です. 例えば, (x+y)2 は次のように書かれます.

Because presentation elements should be used to describe the abstract notational structure of expressions, it is important that the base expression in all scripting elements (i.e. the first argument expression) should be the entire expression that is being scripted, not just the trailing character. For example, (x+y)2 should be written as:

<msup>
  <mrow>
    <mo> ( </mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo> ) </mo>
  </mrow>
  <mn> 2 </mn>
</msup>
( x + y ) 2

3.4.1 下付き添え字 <msub>
Subscript <msub>

3.4.1.1 説明
Description

msub要素は, 次の構文で基となる式に下付き添え字を付け加えます.

The msub element attaches a subscript to a base using the syntax

<msub> 基となる式 下付き添え字 </msub>
<msub> base subscript </msub>

msub要素は, 下付き添え字scriptlevelを1つ増やし, displaystylefalseに設定しますが, 基となる式の両方の属性は変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

It increments scriptlevel by 1, and sets displaystyle to false, within subscript, but leaves both attributes unchanged within base. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

3.4.1.2 属性
Attributes

msub要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

msub elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
subscriptshift 長さ
length
自動
automatic
下付き添え字の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)を下にずらす最小の量を指定します. 既定値は, 位置を決める独自の決まりを使用している描画ソフトウェアによります.
Specifies the minimum amount to shift the baseline of subscript down; the default is for the rendering agent to use its own positioning rules.

3.4.2 上付き添え字 <msup>
Superscript <msup>

3.4.2.1 説明
Description

msup要素は, 次の構文で基となる式に上付き添え字を付け加えます.

The msup element attaches a superscript to a base using the syntax

<msup> 基となる式 上付き添え字 </msup>
<msub> base superscript </msub>

msup要素は, 上付き添え字scriptlevelを1つ増やし, displaystylefalseに設定しますが, 基となる式の両方の属性は変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

It increments scriptlevel by 1, and sets displaystyle to false, within superscript, but leaves both attributes unchanged within base. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

3.4.2.2 属性
Attributes

msup要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

msup elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
superscriptshift 長さ
length
自動
automatic
上付き添え字の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)を上にずらす最小の量を指定します. 既定値は, 位置を決める独自の決まりを使用している描画ソフトウェアによります.
Specifies the minimum amount to shift the baseline of superscript up; the default is for the rendering agent to use its own positioning rules.

3.4.3 下付き添え字と上付き添え字の組 <msubsup>
Subscript-superscript Pair <msubsup>

3.4.3.1 説明
Description

msubsup要素は, 基となる式に, 下付き添え字と上付き添え字の両方を付け加えます.

The msubsup element is used to attach both a subscript and superscript to a base expression.

<msubsup> 基となる式 下付き添え字 上付き添え字 </msubsup>
<msubsup> base subscript superscript </msubsup>

msubsup要素は, 下付き添え字上付き添え字scriptlevelを1つ増やし, displaystylefalseに設定しますが, 基となる式の両方の属性は変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

It increments scriptlevel by 1, and sets displaystyle to false, within subscript and superscript, but leaves both attributes unchanged within base. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

両方の添え字は, ここで示すx12のように基となる式に隙間なく寄せて配置されることに注意して下さい. これは, ここで示すx12のように入れ子になった添え字を互い違いに配置するわけではありません. 後者は, msupの中にmsubを入れ子にすることで表現することができます.

Note that both scripts are positioned tight against the base as shown here x12 versus the staggered positioning of nested scripts as shown here x12; the latter can be achieved by nesting an msub inside an msup.

3.4.3.2 属性
Attributes

msubsup要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

msubsup elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
subscriptshift 長さ
length
自動
automatic
下付き添え字の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)を下にずらす最小の量を指定します. 既定値は, 位置を決める独自の決まりを使用している描画ソフトウェアによります.
Specifies the minimum amount to shift the baseline of subscript down; the default is for the rendering agent to use its own positioning rules.
superscriptshift 長さ
length
自動
automatic
上付き添え字の欧文ベースラインを上にずらす最小の量を指定します. 既定値は, 位置を決める独自の決まりを使用している描画ソフトウェアによります.
Specifies the minimum amount to shift the baseline of superscript up; the default is for the rendering agent to use its own positioning rules.
3.4.3.3
Examples

msubsupは, 上で図解したように識別子に下付き添え字と上付き添え字の組を加えるのに最も一般的に利用されます. しかしながら, 他の重要な利用法として, ある大きな演算子に添え字を配置することがあります. そのとき, 添え字は, ディスプレイ形式で描画する際の添え字の位置に伝統的に表示されます. 最も一般的なものとしては, 積分記号があります. 例えば, 次のようにです.

The msubsup is most commonly used for adding sub-/superscript pairs to identifiers as illustrated above. However, another important use is placing limits on certain large operators whose limits are traditionally displayed in the script positions even when rendered in display style. The most common of these is the integral. For example,

\int\nolimits_0^1 \eulere^x \,\diffd x

この式は, 次のように表されます.

would be represented as

<mrow>
  <msubsup>
    <mo></mo>
    <mn> 0 </mn>
    <mn> 1 </mn>
  </msubsup>
  <mrow>
    <msup>
      <mi></mi>
      <mi> x </mi>
    </msup>
    <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
    <mrow>
      <mo></mo>
      <mi> x </mi>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
0 1 x x

3.4.4 下側添え字 <munder>
Underscript <munder>

3.4.4.1 説明
Description

munder要素は, 次の構文で基となる式の下にアクセントや添え字を付け加えます.

The munder element attaches an accent or limit placed under a base using the syntax

<munder> 基となる式 下側添え字 </munder>
<munder> base underscript </munder>

munder要素は, 下側添え字のdisplaystylefalseにいつも設定しますが, accentunderfalseのときだけscriptlevelを1つ増やします. 基となる式については, 両方の属性をいつも変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

It always sets displaystyle to false within the underscript, but increments scriptlevel by 1 only when accentunder is false. Within base, it always leaves both attributes unchanged. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

基となる式が, movablelimits=trueの演算子(または, 核となるmomovablelimits=trueを持つ装飾された演算子)で, かつdisplaystyle=falseならば, 下側添え字は, 下付き添え字の位置に描かれます. この場合, accentunder属性は無視されます. これは, U+2211 (実体 sum)といった記号の添え字でよく用いられます.

If base is an operator with movablelimits=true (or an embellished operator whose mo element core has movablelimits=true), and displaystyle=false, then underscript is drawn in a subscript position. In this case, the accentunder attribute is ignored. This is often used for limits on symbols such as U+2211 (entity sum).

3.4.4.2 属性
Attributes

munder要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

munder elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
accentunder "true" | "false" 自動
automatic
下側添え字アクセントとして描くか, 添え字として描くか指定します. アクセントは(scriptlevelを増やすことなく)基となる式と同じ大きさで, 基となる式に近付けて描きます.
Specifies whether underscript is drawn as an accent or as a limit. An accent is drawn the same size as the base (without incrementing scriptlevel) and is drawn closer to the base.
align "left" | "right" | "center" center
添え字が基となる式の下または上で, 左寄せするか("left"), 中央寄せするか("center"), 右寄せするか("right")を指定します. 3.2.5.7.3 水平に引き伸ばすときの決まりで指定したように, 装飾された演算子である下側添え字の核となる要素は, 基となる式を覆うように引き伸ばされるべきです. ただし, 位置揃えは下側添え字全体に合わせて行われるべきです.
Specifies whether the script is aligned left, center, or right under/over the base. As specified in 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules, the core of underscripts that are embellished operators should stretch to cover the base, but the alignment is based on the entire underscript.

下側添え字mo要素か装飾された演算子(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>参照)でない限り, accentunderの既定値はfalseです. 下側添え字mo要素の場合, そのaccent属性の値が, accentunderの既定値として使われます. 下側添え字が装飾された演算子の場合, 核であるmo要素のaccent属性の値が既定値として使われます. 全ての属性において, 明確に与えられた値は既定値を上書きします.

The default value of accentunder is false, unless underscript is an mo element or an embellished operator (see 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>). If underscript is an mo element, the value of its accent attribute is used as the default value of accentunder. If underscript is an embellished operator, the accent attribute of the mo element at its core is used as the default value. As with all attributes, an explicitly given value overrides the default.

[MathMLコア] は, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>accent属性に対応していません. MathMLコアとの互換性のために, accentundermunderで設定されるべきです.

[MathML-Core] does not support the accent attribute on 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>. For compatibility with MathML Core, the accentunder should be set on munder.

3.4.4.3
Examples

どのようにaccentunderが描画に影響するか明示した例.

An example demonstrating how accentunder affects rendering:

<mrow>
  <munder accentunder="true">
    <mrow>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> z </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo></mo>
  </munder>
  <mtext>&#x00A0;<!--nbsp-->versus&#x00A0;<!--nbsp--></mtext>
  <munder accentunder="false">
    <mrow>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> z </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo></mo>
  </munder>
</mrow>
x + y + z  versus  x + y + z

3.4.5 上側添え字 <mover>
Overscript <mover>

3.4.5.1 説明
Description

mover要素は, 次の構文で基となる式の上にアクセントや添え字を付け加えます.

The mover element attaches an accent or limit placed over a base using the syntax

<mover> 基となる式 上側添え字 </mover>
<mover> base overscript </mover>

mover要素は, 上側添え字のdisplaystylefalseにいつも設定しますが, accentfalseのときだけscriptlevelを1つ増やします. 基となる式については, 両方の属性をいつも変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

It always sets displaystyle to false within overscript, but increments scriptlevel by 1 only when accent is false. Within base, it always leaves both attributes unchanged. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

基となる式が, movablelimits=trueの演算子(または, 核となるmomovablelimits=trueを持つ装飾された演算子)で, かつdisplaystyle=falseならば, 上側添え字は, 上付き添え字の位置に描かれます. この場合, accent属性は無視されます. これは, U+2211 (実体 sum)といった記号の添え字でよく用いられます.

If base is an operator with movablelimits=true (or an embellished operator whose mo element core has movablelimits=true), and displaystyle=false, then overscript is drawn in a superscript position. In this case, the accent attribute is ignored. This is often used for limits on symbols such as U+2211 (entity sum).

3.4.5.2 属性
Attributes

mover要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mover elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
accent "true" | "false" 自動
automatic
上側添え字アクセントとして描くか, 添え字として描くか指定します. アクセントは(scriptlevelを増やすことなく)基となる式と同じ大きさで, 基となる式に近付けて描きます.
Specifies whether overscript is drawn as an accent or as a limit. An accent is drawn the same size as the base (without incrementing scriptlevel) and is drawn closer to the base.
align "left" | "right" | "center" center
添え字が基となる式の下または上で, 左寄せするか("left"), 中央寄せするか("center"), 右寄せするか("right")を指定します. 3.2.5.7.3 水平に引き伸ばすときの決まりで指定したように, 装飾された演算子である上側添え字の核となる要素は, 基となる式を覆うように引き伸ばされるべきです. ただし, 位置揃えは上側添え字全体に合わせて行われるべきです.
Specifies whether the script is aligned left, center, or right under/over the base. As specified in 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules, the core of overscripts that are embellished operators should stretch to cover the base, but the alignment is based on the entire overscript.

アクセントと添え字の間の違いは, で示しています.

The difference between an accent versus limit is shown in the examples.

上側添え字mo要素か装飾された演算子(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>参照)でない限り, accentの既定値はfalseです. 上側添え字mo要素の場合, そのaccent属性の値が, moveraccentの既定値として使われます. 上側添え字が装飾された演算子の場合, 核であるmo要素のaccent属性の値が既定値として使われます. 全ての属性において, 明確に与えられた値は既定値を上書きします.

The default value of accent is false, unless overscript is an mo element or an embellished operator (see 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>). If overscript is an mo element, the value of its accent attribute is used as the default value of accent for mover. If overscript is an embellished operator, the accent attribute of the mo element at its core is used as the default value.

[MathMLコア] は, 3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>accent属性に対応していません. MathMLコアとの互換性のために, accentundermunderで設定されるべきです.

[MathML-Core] does not support the accent attribute on 3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>. For compatibility with MathML Core, the accentunder should be set on munder.

3.4.5.3
Examples

どのようにaccentが描画に影響するか明示した2つの例.

Two examples demonstrating how accent affects rendering:

<mrow>
  <mover accent="true">
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mo> ^ </mo>
  </mover>
  <mtext>&#x00A0;<!--nbsp-->versus&#x00A0;<!--nbsp--></mtext>
  <mover accent="false">
    <mi> x </mi>
    <mo> ^ </mo>
  </mover>
</mrow>
x ^  versus  x ^
<mrow>
  <mover accent="true">
    <mrow>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> z </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo></mo>
  </mover>
  <mtext>&#x00A0;<!--nbsp-->versus&#x00A0;<!--nbsp--></mtext>
  <mover accent="false">
    <mrow>
      <mi> x </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> y </mi>
      <mo> + </mo>
      <mi> z </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo></mo>
  </mover>
</mrow>
x + y + z  versus  x + y + z

3.4.6 下側添え字と上側添え字の組 <munderover>
Underscript-overscript Pair <munderover>

3.4.6.1 説明
Description

munderover要素は, 次の構文で基となる式の上と下にアクセントまたは添え字を付け加えます.

The munderover element attaches accents or limits placed both over and under a base using the syntax

<munderover> 基となる式 下側添え字 上側添え字 </munderover>
<munderover> base underscript overscript </munderover>

munderover要素は, 下側添え字上側添え字displaystylefalseにいつも設定しますが, accentunderまたはaccentがそれぞれfalseのときだけscriptlevelを1つ増やします. 基となる式については, 両方の属性をいつも変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

It always sets displaystyle to false within underscript and overscript, but increments scriptlevel by 1 only when accentunder or accent, respectively, are false. Within base, it always leaves both attributes unchanged. (see 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel).

基となる式が, movablelimits=trueの演算子(または, 核となるmomovablelimits=trueを持つ装飾された演算子)で, かつdisplaystyle=falseならば, 下側添え字上側添え字は, 下付き添え字と上付き添え字の位置に描かれます. この場合, accentunder属性とaccent属性は無視されます. これは, U+2211 (実体 sum)といった記号の添え字でよく用いられます.

If base is an operator with movablelimits=true (or an embellished operator whose mo element core has movablelimits=true), and displaystyle=false, then underscript and overscript are drawn in a subscript and superscript position, respectively. In this case, the accentunder and accent attributes are ignored. This is often used for limits on symbols such as U+2211 (entity sum).

3.4.6.2 属性
Attributes

munderover要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

munderover elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
accent "true" | "false" 自動
automatic
上側添え字アクセントとして描くか, 添え字として描くか指定します. アクセントは(scriptlevelを増やすことなく)基となる式と同じ大きさで, 基となる式に近付けて描きます.
Specifies whether overscript is drawn as an accent or as a limit. An accent is drawn the same size as the base (without incrementing scriptlevel) and is drawn closer to the base.
accentunder "true" | "false" 自動
automatic
下側添え字アクセントとして描くか, 添え字として描くか指定します. アクセントは(scriptlevelを増やすことなく)基となる式と同じ大きさで, 基となる式に近付けて描きます.
Specifies whether underscript is drawn as an accent or as a limit. An accent is drawn the same size as the base (without incrementing scriptlevel) and is drawn closer to the base.
align "left" | "right" | "center" center
添え字が基となる式の下または上で, 左寄せするか("left"), 中央寄せするか("center"), 右寄せするか("right")を指定します. 3.2.5.7.3 水平に引き伸ばすときの決まりで指定したように, 装飾された演算子である下側添え字と上側添え字の核となる要素は, 基となる式を覆うように引き伸ばされるべきです. ただし, 位置揃えは下側添え字全体や上側添え字全体に合わせて行われるべきです.
Specifies whether the scripts are aligned left, center, or right under/over the base. As specified in 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules, the core of underscripts and overscripts that are embellished operators should stretch to cover the base, but the alignment is based on the entire underscript or overscript.

munderover要素は, 別々のmunder要素とmover要素の代わりに利用します. そのため, 下側添え字と上側添え字の, 基となる式と関係する縦の間隔は等しいです. そのため, で示したように傾いた基となる式の後ろに続きます.

The munderover element is used instead of separate munder and mover elements so that the underscript and overscript are vertically spaced equally in relation to the base and so that they follow the slant of the base as shown in the example.

accentaccentunderの既定値は, それぞれmundermoverと同じ方法で計算されます.

The defaults for accent and accentunder are computed in the same way as for munder and mover, respectively.

3.4.6.3
Examples

この例は, (msubsupと同様に描画される)movablelimits=truedisplaystyleのときの, moverの中にmunderを入れ子にした場合と, munderoverを使用した場合の違いについて示しています.

This example shows the difference between nesting munder inside mover and using munderover when movablelimits=true and in displaystyle (which renders the same as msubsup).

<mstyle displaystyle="false">
  <mover>
    <munder>
      <mo></mo>
      <mi>i</mi>
    </munder>
    <mi>n</mi>
  </mover>
  <mo>+</mo>
  <munderover>
    <mo></mo>
    <mi>i</mi>
    <mi>n</mi>
  </munderover>
</mstyle>
i n + i n

3.4.7 前置添え字とテンソル添え字 <mmultiscripts>, <mprescripts/>, <none/> <munder>
Prescripts and Tensor Indices <mmultiscripts>, <mprescripts/>, <none/> <munder>

3.4.7.1 説明
Description

前置添え字とテンソル表記は, 単独の要素mmultiscriptsによって, 次の構文を利用して表されます.

Presubscripts and tensor notations are represented by a single element, mmultiscripts, using the syntax:

<mmultiscripts>
 基となる式
 (下付き添え字 上付き添え字)*
 [ <mprescripts/> (前置の下付き添え字 前置の上付き添え字)* ]
</mmultiscripts>
<mmultiscripts>
 base
 (subscript superscript)*
 [ <mprescripts/> (presubscript presuperscript)* ]
</mmultiscripts>

この要素は, 何らかの数の縦に揃えられた下付き添え字と上付き添え字の組を, 基となる1つの式に付け加える表現を可能にします. この要素は, 後置添え字と前置添え字の両方に対応しています. 添え字を付けない箇所は, 空要素noneで表されなければなりません. 全ての上側の添え字は欧文ベースラインで揃えられるべきで, 全ての下側の添え字も欧文ベースラインで揃えられるべきです.

This element allows the representation of any number of vertically-aligned pairs of subscripts and superscripts, attached to one base expression. It supports both postscripts and prescripts. Missing scripts must be represented by the empty element none. All of the upper scripts should be baseline-aligned and all the lower scripts should be baseline-aligned.

前置添え字は必須でなく, 後置添え字の後の位置に置かれます. 前置添え字がテンソル表記に比べて比較的珍しいことから, この順番が選ばれました.

The prescripts are optional, and when present are given after the postscripts. This order was chosen because prescripts are relatively rare compared to tensor notation.

一連の引数は, 基となる式と, それに続く0個以上の全て後置添え字を表す, 縦に揃えられた下付き添え字と上付き添え字の(この順番から成る)組から構成されます. この一連のものには, その後に, 空要素mprescriptsと, 0個以上の全て前置添え字を表す, 縦に揃えられた前置の下付き添え字と上付き添え字の組の一覧が付くこともあります. 後置添え字と前置添え字の組の一覧は, 書かれた並びと同じ順番で(つまり, 左から右(LTR)の文脈では左から右の順番で)表示されます. 下付き添え字または上付き添え字が与えられた場所に何も書くべきでないときは, 空要素noneがその場所に用いられるべきです. それぞれの下付き添え字と上付き添え字の組に対して, 組の中にある要素の水平方向の位置揃えは, mmultiscriptsの基となる式の方へ向かって行われるべきです. すなわち, 前置添え字は右側に寄せられ, 後置添え字は左側に寄せれるべきです.

The argument sequence consists of the base followed by zero or more pairs of vertically-aligned subscripts and superscripts (in that order) that represent all of the postscripts. This list is optionally followed by an empty element mprescripts and a list of zero or more pairs of vertically-aligned presubscripts and presuperscripts that represent all of the prescripts. The pair lists for postscripts and prescripts are displayed in the same order as the directional context (i.e. left-to-right order in LTR context). If no subscript or superscript should be rendered in a given position, then the empty element none should be used in that position. For each sub- and superscript pair, horizontal-alignment of the elements in the pair should be towards the base of the mmultiscripts. That is, pre-scripts should be right aligned, and post-scripts should be left aligned.

基となる式, 下付き添え字, 上付き添え字, 必須でない演算子要素mprescripts, 前置の下付き添え字, 前置の上付き添え字は, 全てmmultiscripts要素直下の式になります. つまり, それらは全て式のツリー構造の同じ階層となります. 添え字の引数が下付き添え字または上付き添え字かどうか, もしくは添え字の引数が前置の下付き添え字また上付き添え字かどうか, 位置を数えるのに空要素mprescriptsを無視した際に, それぞれの引数の場所が偶数番目にあるか, 奇数番目にあるかどうかで決めます. 最初の引数は基となる式で, 1の場所と見なされます. 引数の合計は, mprescriptsが無い場合に奇数, ある場合に偶数となります.

The base, subscripts, superscripts, the optional separator element mprescripts, the presubscripts, and the presuperscripts are all direct sub-expressions of the mmultiscripts element, i.e. they are all at the same level of the expression tree. Whether a script argument is a subscript or a superscript, or whether it is a presubscript or a presuperscript is determined by whether it occurs in an even-numbered or odd-numbered argument position, respectively, ignoring the empty element mprescripts itself when determining the position. The first argument, the base, is considered to be in position 1. The total number of arguments must be odd, if mprescripts is not given, or even, if it is.

空要素mprescriptsは, mmultiscripts直下の式としてのみ利用できます.

The empty element mprescripts is only allowed as direct sub-expression of mmultiscripts.

3.4.7.2 属性
Attributes

msubsupと同じ属性を持ちます. 3.4.3.2 属性を参照して下さい.

Same as the attributes of msubsup. See 3.4.3.2 Attributes.

mmultiscripts要素は, 基となる式を除くそれぞれの引数のscriptlevelを1つ増やし, displaystylefalseに設定しますが, 基となる式の両方の属性は変更しないままにしておきます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

The mmultiscripts element increments scriptlevel by 1, and sets displaystyle to false, within each of its arguments except base, but leaves both attributes unchanged within base. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

3.4.7.3
Examples

この超幾何関数の例は, 前置と後置の下付き添え字の使用方法について説明しています.

This example of a hypergeometric function demonstrates the use of pre and post subscripts:

<mrow>
  <mmultiscripts>
    <mi> F </mi>
    <mn> 1 </mn>
    <none/>
    <mprescripts/>
    <mn> 0 </mn>
    <none/>
  </mmultiscripts>
  <mo> &#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--> </mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo> ( </mo>
    <mrow>
      <mo> ; </mo>
      <mi> a </mi>
      <mo> ; </mo>
      <mi> z </mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo> ) </mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
F 1 0 ( ; a ; z )

この例はテンソル添え字を表しています. 例の中で, klは, 別々の序数です.

This example shows a tensor. In the example, k and l are different indices

<mmultiscripts>
  <mi> R </mi>
  <mi> i </mi>
  <none/>
  <none/>
  <mi> j </mi>
  <mi> k </mi>
  <none/>
  <mi> l </mi>
  <none/>
</mmultiscripts>
R i j k l

この例は, 基となる式の方向への添え字の位置揃えを明示しています.

This example demonstrates alignment towards the base of the scripts:

<mmultiscripts>
  <mi>  X </mi>
  <mn> 123 </mn>
  <mn> 1 </mn>
  <mprescripts/>
  <mn> 123 </mn>
  <mn> 1 </mn>
</mmultiscripts>
X 123 1 123 1

このmmultiscriptsの最後の例は, どのようにアラビア語圏で二項係数が表示されるかを表しています.

This final example of mmultiscripts shows how the binomial coefficient can be displayed in Arabic style

<mstyle dir="rtl">
  <mmultiscripts><mo>&#x0644;</mo>
    <mn>12</mn><none/>
    <mprescripts/>
    <none/><mn>5</mn>
  </mmultiscripts>
</mstyle>
ل 12 5

3.5 表のような数学
Tabular Math

行列, 配列, その他の表のような数学表記は, mtable要素, mtr要素, mlabeledtr要素, mtd要素を使用して記述します. これらの要素は, 可換図式やブロック行列などの良好な配置の制御に必要な特別な属性を提供することを除いて, HTMLのtable要素, tr要素, td要素に類似しています.

Matrices, arrays and other table-like mathematical notation are marked up using mtable, mtr, mlabeledtr and mtd elements. These elements are similar to the table, tr and td elements of HTML, except that they provide specialized attributes for the fine layout control necessary for commutative diagrams, block matrices and so on.

足し算や掛け算といった初等数学で用いられる2次元の配置には, 多少表に似たものもありますが, それらは重大な点で異なっています. 配置やアクセシビリティの理由から, 3.6 初等数学で論じているmstack要素やmlongdiv要素を初等数学の表記に使用すべきです.

While the two-dimensional layouts used for elementary math such as addition and multiplication are somewhat similar to tables, they differ in important ways. For layout and for accessibility reasons, the mstack and mlongdiv elements discussed in 3.6 Elementary Math should be used for elementary math notations.

上で示した表の要素に加えて, mlabeledtr要素は, 表の番号の付いた行に利用されます. これは, 番号付きの等式には使い勝手が良いです. mlabeledtrの最初の子要素は番号です. 番号は行列の中の式と見なされず, 行の列数を決めるときに数えられないという点で少し特別です.

In addition to the table elements mentioned above, the mlabeledtr element is used for labeling rows of a table. This is useful for numbered equations. The first child of mlabeledtr is the label. A label is somewhat special in that it is not considered an expression in the matrix and is not counted when determining the number of columns in that row.

3.5.1 表と行列 <mtable>
Table or Matrix <mtable>

3.5.1.1 説明
Description

行列や表は, mtable要素を用いて記述します. mtable要素の中には, mtr要素またはmlabeledtr要素のみ現れてもよいです.

A matrix or table is specified using the mtable element. Inside of the mtable element, only mtr or mlabeledtr elements may appear.

同じ表の他の行(その行より前または後ろにある他の行)より少ない列を持つ行では, 効果的に右側(右から左(RTL)の文脈では左側)に空のmtd要素が詰め込まれます. そのため, それぞれの行の列数は, その表の行の中で最大の列数を持つ行のものと等しいです. rowspan属性またはcolumnspan属性が既定値とは異なるmtd要素の利用は, 与えられた列数を囲っている次に来るmtr要素で与えられるべき, mtd要素の数に影響するかもしれないことに注意して下さい. また, mlabeledtr要素の番号は, 表の中の列と見なされないことにも注意して下さい.

Table rows that have fewer columns than other rows of the same table (whether the other rows precede or follow them) are effectively padded on the right (or left in RTL context) with empty mtd elements so that the number of columns in each row equals the maximum number of columns in any row of the table. Note that the use of mtd elements with non-default values of the rowspan or columnspan attributes may affect the number of mtd elements that should be given in subsequent mtr elements to cover a given number of columns. Note also that the label in an mlabeledtr element is not considered a column in the table.

MathMLは, 表の配置アルゴリズムを指定していません. 特に, width属性と他の表の幅を拘束する条件の間の衝突を解決することは, MathML描画ソフトウェアの責務となります. 幅を拘束する条件というのは, columnwidth属性の明確な値や表の要素の中身の最小の大きさといったものです. 表の配置アルゴリズムの議論については, Cascading Style Sheets, level 2を参照して下さい.

MathML does not specify a table layout algorithm. In particular, it is the responsibility of a MathML renderer to resolve conflicts between the width attribute and other constraints on the width of a table, such as explicit values for columnwidth attributes, and minimum sizes for table cell contents. For a discussion of table layout algorithms, see Cascading Style Sheets, level 2.

3.5.1.2 属性
Attributes

mtable要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます. mtableの一部を描くどの罫線も, mathcolorで指定された色を用いて描かれるべきです.

mtable elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. Any rules drawn as part of the mtable should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
align ("top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis"), 行番号?
rownumber
axis
表の周りの描画環境に対する縦方向の位置揃えを指定します. axisは, 表の縦の中心を描画環境のに揃えることを意味します. (式のは, 植字によって利用される位置揃えの線です. その線は, 典型的にマイナス記号が置かれる位置の線です.) centerbaselineは両方とも, 表の中心を描画環境の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)に揃えます. topまたはbottomは, 表の上端または下端を描画環境の欧文ベースラインに揃えます. align属性の値が行番号で終わっているならば, 表全体ではなく(上端の行から1と数えて)指定された行を基に, 下の注意書きの場合を除いて, 上で述べた方法で揃えられます. 行番号が負の場合, 下端から行を数えます. 行番号の値が範囲外か整数でない場合, その値は無視されます. 行番号が指定されていて位置揃えの値がbaselineまたはaxisの場合, 行の欧文ベースラインまたは軸が位置揃えに利用されます. rowalignの値がbaselineまたはaxisの場合のみ, その値は明確に定義されていることに注意して下さい. MathMLは, どのようにbaselineまたはaxisの位置揃えがrowalignの別の値に対して挙動すべきか指定していません.
specifies the vertical alignment of the table with respect to its environment. axis means to align the vertical center of the table on the environment's axis. (The axis of an equation is an alignment line used by typesetters. It is the line on which a minus sign typically lies.) center and baseline both mean to align the center of the table on the environment's baseline. top or bottom aligns the top or bottom of the table on the environment's baseline. If the align attribute value ends with a rownumber, the specified row (counting from 1 for the top row), rather than the table as a whole, is aligned in the way described above with the exceptions noted below. If rownumber is negative, it counts rows from the bottom. When the value of rownumber is out of range or not an integer, it is ignored. If a row number is specified and the alignment value is baseline or axis, the row's baseline or axis is used for alignment. Note this is only well defined when the rowalign value is baseline or axis; MathML does not specify how baseline or axis alignment should occur for other values of rowalign.
rowalign ("top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis") + baseline
同じ行の中の他の要素に対する要素の縦方向の位置揃えを指定します. topは, 行の中に各要素の上端を揃えます. bottomは, 要素の下端を揃えます. centerは要素を中央揃えします. baselineは, 要素の欧文ベースラインを揃えます. axisは, 各要素の軸を揃えます. (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies the vertical alignment of the cells with respect to other cells within the same row: top aligns the tops of each entry across the row; bottom aligns the bottoms of the cells, center centers the cells; baseline aligns the baselines of the cells; axis aligns the axis of each cells. (See the note below about multiple values.)
columnalign ("left" | "center" | "right") + center
同じ列の中の他の要素に対する要素の水平方向の位置揃えを指定します. leftは, 要素の左端を揃えます. centerは, 各要素を中央揃えします. rightは, 要素の右端を揃えます. (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies the horizontal alignment of the cells with respect to other cells within the same column: left aligns the left side of the cells; center centers each cells; right aligns the right side of the cells. (See the note below about multiple values.)
alignmentscope ("true" | "false") + true
[この属性は, 3.5.5 位置揃えの記号 <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>の位置揃えの要素maligngroupmalignmarkと一緒に説明します.]
[this attribute is described with the alignment elements, maligngroup and malignmark, in 3.5.5 Alignment Markers <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>.]
columnwidth ("auto" | 長さ | "fit") +
length
auto
どのように列の幅を決めるべきか指定します. autoは, 列を必要とされる幅にすべきであることを意味します. 明確な長さは, 列は正確にその幅であることを意味し, その列の中身は, 描画ソフトウェアの判断で改行されたり切り抜かれたりすることで幅に合わせられます. fitは, autoや決められた幅の列を引いた後に残ったページの幅をfitの列で等しく分けることを意味します. fitの列の中身を保つのに十分な余地が残っていない場合, 描画ソフトウェアはfitの列の中身を改行したり切り抜いたりするかもしれません. columnwidthが百分率で指定されているとき, その値は表の幅に対する相対的な値で, (autoである)既定値の百分率ではないことに注意して下さい. つまり, 描画ソフトウェアは, 列が表全体の幅の指定された百分率を満たすように列の幅を調整するよう試みるべきです. (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies how wide a column should be: auto means that the column should be as wide as needed; an explicit length means that the column is exactly that wide and the contents of that column are made to fit by linewrapping or clipping at the discretion of the renderer; fit means that the page width remaining after subtracting the auto or fixed width columns is divided equally among the fit columns. If insufficient room remains to hold the contents of the fit columns, renderers may linewrap or clip the contents of the fit columns. Note that when the columnwidth is specified as a percentage, the value is relative to the width of the table, not as a percentage of the default (which is auto). That is, a renderer should try to adjust the width of the column so that it covers the specified percentage of the entire table width. (See the note below about multiple values.)
width "auto" | 長さ
length
auto
表全体の望ましい幅を指定します. また, 視覚的なソフトウェアを対象と想定しています. 値が百分率の場合, その値はMathML描画ソフトウェアが利用可能な水平方向の空間に対する相対的な値です. この空間は, 3.1.7 式の改行で指定された改行のために利用される現在の対象となる幅です. このことは, 著者に, 例えば画面いっぱいの幅の表を指定することを認めています. 値がautoのとき, MatML描画ソフトウェアは, そのソフトウェアが選んだ配置アルゴリズムを用いて, 表の内容から幅を計算すべきです. 注意: 単位無しの数字は, MathML 3では認められていて, 百分率の値と同じように扱われていましたが, MathML 4では非推奨です.
specifies the desired width of the entire table and is intended for visual user agents. When the value is a percentage value, the value is relative to the horizontal space that a MathML renderer has available, this is the current target width as used for linebreaking as specified in 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions; this allows the author to specify, for example, a table being full width of the display. When the value is auto, the MathML renderer should calculate the table width from its contents using whatever layout algorithm it chooses. Note: numbers without units were allowed in MathML 3 and treated similarly to percentage values, but unitless numbers are deprecated in MathML 4.
rowspacing (長さ) +
length
1.0ex
行の間にどれくらいの間隔を加えるか指定します. (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies how much space to add between rows. (See the note below about multiple values.)
columnspacing (長さ) +
length
0.8em
の間にどれくらいの間隔を加えるか指定します. (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies how much space to add between columns. (See the note below about multiple values.)
rowlines ("none" | "solid" | "dashed") + none
どんな種類の線が各行の間に加えられるべきかどうか指定します. noneは, 線無しを意味します. solidは, 実線を意味します. dashedは, 破線を意味します(どのような間隔の破線になるかは実装に依存します). (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies whether and what kind of lines should be added between each row: none means no lines; solid means solid lines; dashed means dashed lines (how the dashes are spaced is implementation dependent). (See the note below about multiple values.)
columnlines ("none" | "solid" | "dashed") + none
どんな種類の線が各列の間に加えられるべきかどうか指定します. noneは, 線無しを意味します. solidは, 実線を意味します. dashedは, 破線を意味します(どのような間隔の破線になるかは実装に依存します). (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies whether and what kind of lines should be added between each column: none means no lines; solid means solid lines; dashed means dashed lines (how the dashes are spaced is implementation dependent). (See the note below about multiple values.)
frame "none" | "solid" | "dashed" none
どんな種類の線が表の周りに描かれるべきかどうか指定します. noneは, 線無しを意味します. solidは, 実線を意味します. dashedは, 破線を意味します(どのような間隔の破線になるかは実装に依存します). (複数の値については後の注意書きを参照して下さい.)
specifies whether and what kind of lines should be drawn around the table. none means no lines; solid means solid lines; dashed means dashed lines (how the dashes are spaced is implementation dependent).
framespacing 長さ, 長さ
length, length
0.4em 0.5ex
framenoneで無い場合の, 表と枠の間に加えられる間隔を指定します. 1番目の値は, 右と左の間隔を指定します. 2番目の値は, 上と下の間隔を指定します.
specifies the additional spacing added between the table and frame, if frame is not none. The first value specifies the spacing on the right and left; the second value specifies the spacing above and below.
equalrows "true" | "false" false
全ての行を同じ高さにするかどうか指定します.
specifies whether to force all rows to have the same total height.
equalcolumns "true" | "false" false
全ての列を同じ幅にするかどうか指定します.
specifies whether to force all columns to have the same total width.
displaystyle "true" | "false" false
各要素のdisplaystyleの値を指定します. (scriptlevelは変更しません.) 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
specifies the value of displaystyle within each cell (scriptlevel is not changed); see 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.
side "left" | "right" | "leftoverlap" | "rightoverlap" right
(もしあったならば)囲っているmlabeledtrの番号を表のどちらの端に置くべきか指定します. 特殊な値であるleftoverlaprightoverlapは, 認められた幅に表を合わせる場合で, 番号を幅には含めずに行の中に含める場合に便利です. そのような場合, 番号は, その行のrowaligntopの場合は行の上に重ねられ, それ以外の場合は行の下に重ねられます.
specifies on what side of the table labels from enclosed mlabeledtr (if any) should be placed. The variants leftoverlap and rightoverlap are useful when the table fits with the allowed width when the labels are omitted, but not when they are included: in such cases, the labels will overlap the row placed above it if the rowalign for that row is top, otherwise it is placed below it.
minlabelspacing 長さ
length
0.8em
行の中の番号と隣接する要素の間に認められる最小の間隔を指定します.
specifies the minimum space allowed between a label and the adjacent cell in the row.

行(列, 行または列の間隔それぞれ)に影響する属性に対する仕様で, 表記(...)+は複数の値を空白で区切られた一覧(2.1.5 MathML属性の値参照)として, 属性に与えることができることを意味します. この文脈で, 単独の値は全ての行(列, 間隔それぞれ)に使用される値を指定します. 値の一覧は, 順番に対応する行(列, 間隔, それぞれ)に適用されます. 順番は, 行に対しては上の行から始まり, 列に対しては1番目の列から(方向に依存して左から右に)始まります. 与えられた値よりも行(列, 間隔それぞれ)が多いならば, 最後の値が必要なだけ繰り返されます. 多すぎる値が与えられた場合は, 超過した分が無視されます.

In the above specifications for attributes affecting rows (respectively, columns, or the gaps between rows or columns), the notation (...)+ means that multiple values can be given for the attribute as a space separated list (see 2.1.5 MathML Attribute Values). In this context, a single value specifies the value to be used for all rows (resp., columns or gaps). A list of values are taken to apply to corresponding rows (resp., columns or gaps) in order, that is starting from the top row for rows or first column (left or right, depending on directionality) for columns. If there are more rows (resp., columns or gaps) than supplied values, the last value is repeated as needed. If there are too many values supplied, the excess are ignored.

frame, rowlines, columnlinesの線の占める範囲, またはframespacing, rowspacing, columnspacingの間隔, またはmlabeledtrの番号は, 少しも行や列として計算されないことに注意して下さい.

Note that none of the areas occupied by lines frame, rowlines and columnlines, nor the spacing framespacing, rowspacing or columnspacing, nor the label in mlabeledtr are counted as rows or columns.

displaystyle属性は, mtable要素の中で属性の継承される値として設定することが認められています. 属性が存在しない場合, mtable要素はdisplaystylefalseに設定します. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.)

The displaystyle attribute is allowed on the mtable element to set the inherited value of the attribute. If the attribute is not present, the mtable element sets displaystyle to false within the table elements. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.)

3.5.1.3
Examples

3×3の単位行列は次のように表すことができます.

A 3 by 3 identity matrix could be represented as follows:

<mrow>
  <mo> ( </mo>
  <mtable>
    <mtr>
      <mtd> <mn>1</mn> </mtd>
      <mtd> <mn>0</mn> </mtd>
      <mtd> <mn>0</mn> </mtd>
    </mtr>
    <mtr>
      <mtd> <mn>0</mn> </mtd>
      <mtd> <mn>1</mn> </mtd>
      <mtd> <mn>0</mn> </mtd>
    </mtr>
    <mtr>
      <mtd> <mn>0</mn> </mtd>
      <mtd> <mn>0</mn> </mtd>
      <mtd> <mn>1</mn> </mtd>
    </mtr>
  </mtable>
  <mo> ) </mo>
</mrow>
( 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 )

かっこは, 明確に表現されなければならないことに注意して下さい. かっこは, mtableの描画の一部ではありません. 角がっこといった他の周囲を囲う囲い文字の利用や, 何も付けないことも認められています.

Note that the parentheses must be represented explicitly; they are not part of the mtable element's rendering. This allows use of other surrounding fences, such as brackets, or none at all.

3.5.2 表や行列の行 <mtr>
Row in Table or Matrix <mtr>

3.5.2.1 説明
Description

mtr要素は, 表または行列の1つの行を表します. mtr要素は, mtable要素の直下の式としてのみ認められており, その中身は表の1つの行を形作るべきとされています. mtrの各引数は, 表の別々の列に位置付けられ, 左から右(LTR)の文脈では左端の列から, 右から左(RTL)の文脈では右端の列から始まります.

An mtr element represents one row in a table or matrix. An mtr element is only allowed as a direct sub-expression of an mtable element, and specifies that its contents should form one row of the table. Each argument of mtr is placed in a different column of the table, starting at the leftmost column in a LTR context or rightmost column in a RTL context.

3.5.1 表と行列 <mtable>で説明したように, mtr要素は表の他の行よりmtd要素の数が少ない時, 効果的にmtd要素を詰め込みます.

As described in 3.5.1 Table or Matrix <mtable>, mtr elements are effectively padded with mtd elements when they are shorter than other rows in a table.

3.5.2.2 属性
Attributes

mtr要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mtr elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
rowalign "top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis" 継承する
inherited
この行において, mtablerowalign属性で指定された要素の縦方向の位置揃えを上書きします.
overrides, for this row, the vertical alignment of cells specified by the rowalign attribute on the mtable.
columnalign ("left" | "center" | "right") + 継承する
inherited
この行において, mtablecolumnalign属性で指定された要素の水平方向の位置揃えを上書きします.
overrides, for this row, the horizontal alignment of cells specified by the columnalign attribute on the mtable.

3.5.3 表や行列の番号付き行 <mlabeledtr>
Labeled Row in Table or Matrix <mlabeledtr>

3.5.3.1 説明
Description

mlabeledtr要素は, side属性によって決められた左端または右端に番号の付いた表の1つの行を表します. 番号はmlabeledtrの最初の子要素で, mtd要素で囲まれているべきです. 残りの子要素は行の中身を表し, mtrの子要素と完全に同様に扱われます. その結果として, 全ての子要素はmtd要素でなければなりません.

An mlabeledtr element represents one row in a table that has a label on either the left or right side, as determined by the side attribute. The label is the first child of mlabeledtr, and should be enclosed in an mtd. The rest of the children represent the contents of the row and are treated identically to the children of mtr; consequently all of the children must be mtd elements.

mlabeledtr要素は, mtable要素の直下の式としてのみ認められています. mlabeledtrの各引数は, 最初の引数(番号)を除いて, 表の別々の列に位置付けられ, 左端の列から始まります.

An mlabeledtr element is only allowed as a direct sub-expression of an mtable element. Each argument of mlabeledtr except for the first argument (the label) is placed in a different column of the table, starting at the leftmost column.

番号要素は, 表の行の要素と見なされないことに注意して下さい. 特に番号要素は, 表の配置において幅や位置揃えの計算の際に考慮されません. 例えば, 番号と中央揃えされたmtd子要素を持つmlabeledtrの場合, まず囲っているmtableの中央に子要素が配置され, それから番号が配置されます. 特に, 子要素は, 番号を配置した後の表の中の残った空間の中央に配置されるわけではありません.

Note that the label element is not considered to be a cell in the table row. In particular, the label element is not taken into consideration in the table layout for purposes of width and alignment calculations. For example, in the case of an mlabeledtr with a label and a single centered mtd child, the child is first centered in the enclosing mtable, and then the label is placed. Specifically, the child is not centered in the space that remains in the table after placing the label.

MathMLは番号を配置するアルゴリズムを指定していないにも関わらず, 視覚的な描画ソフトウェアの実装者は, 次の書式モデルが使いやすいと考えてもよいです. 番号を配置するのに, 実装者は, 両端に追加の列があるより大きな表を作る観点から考えるとします. その表の端の列のcolumnwidth属性はfitに設定され, 内側の列が配置された後に残った空間を埋めるように広げられるでしょう. 最終的に, sideminlabelspacingの値に従って, 番号は適切な端の列に配置され, 必要ならば可能なだけ下にずらされ, columnalignmentの値に従って位置揃えされます.

While MathML does not specify an algorithm for placing labels, implementers of visual renderers may find the following formatting model useful. To place a label, an implementor might think in terms of creating a larger table, with an extra column on both ends. The columnwidth attributes of both these border columns would be set to fit so that they expand to fill whatever space remains after the inner columns have been laid out. Finally, depending on the values of side and minlabelspacing, the label is placed in whatever border column is appropriate, possibly shifted down if necessary, and aligned according to columnalignment.

3.5.3.2 属性
Attributes

mlabeledtrの属性はmtrのものと同じです. mtable要素の属性とは異なり, 列の要素に適用されるmlabeledtrの属性は, 番号にも適用されます.

The attributes for mlabeledtr are the same as for mtr. Unlike the attributes for the mtable element, attributes of mlabeledtr that apply to column elements also apply to the label. For example, in a one column table,

<mlabeledtr rowalign='top'>

例えば, 表の1つの列において, 上の式は, 番号と行の中の他の要素をそれらの上端で縦方向に揃えることを意味します. 番号において特定の位置揃えを強制する場合は, 番号の中身を囲っているmtd要素で適切な属性を通常決定します.

means that the label and other entries in the row are vertically aligned along their top. To force a particular alignment on the label, the appropriate attribute would normally be set on the mtd element that surrounds the label content.

3.5.3.3 式番号を付ける
Equation Numbering

mlabeledtrの重要な用途の1つは番号の付いていた式に対してです. mlabeledtrにおいて, 番号は式番号を表し, 行の中の要素は番号の付けられた式です. mtableside属性やminlabelspacing属性は式番号の位置を設定します.

One of the important uses of mlabeledtr is for numbered equations. In an mlabeledtr, the label represents the equation number and the elements in the row are the equation being numbered. The side and minlabelspacing attributes of mtable determine the placement of the equation number.

たくさんの番号の付いた式を伴う大きな文書では, 自動の番号付けが重要です. 自動での式への番号付けと式番号の参照先の自動での解決は, MathMLの範囲外です. これらの問題は, スタイルシートの利用や別の方法によって取り組まれています. mlabeledtrの構造は, XSLT処理を促進しようとする方法でそれらの両方の機能に対応しようとしています. mlabeledtr要素は, 番号付きの式の存在を示すために使用でき, 最初の子要素はグローバル変数である式番号を増やすことで最新の式番号に変更することができます. 相互に参照するために, mlabeledtr要素もしくは最初の子要素自身のいずれかのidが何らかのリンクの対象として利用されるでしょう. 代わりに, CSSの文脈では, mlabeledtrの最初の子要素として空のmtd要素を利用して, 次のようにCSS書式を利用して式番号を埋めるために, CSSカウンタと生成した中身を利用できるでしょう.

In larger documents with many numbered equations, automatic numbering becomes important. While automatic equation numbering and automatically resolving references to equation numbers is outside the scope of MathML, these problems can be addressed by the use of style sheets or other means. The mlabeledtr construction provides support for both of these functions in a way that is intended to facilitate XSLT processing. The mlabeledtr element can be used to indicate the presence of a numbered equation, and the first child can be changed to the current equation number, along with incrementing the global equation number. For cross references, an id on either the mlabeledtr element or on the first element itself could be used as a target of any link. Alternatively, in a CSS context, one could use an empty mtd as the first child of mlabeledtr and use CSS counters and generated content to fill in the equation number using a CSS style such as

body {counter-reset: eqnum;}
mtd.eqnum {counter-increment: eqnum;}
mtd.eqnum:before {content: "(" counter(eqnum) ")"}
3.5.3.4
Example
<mtable>
  <mlabeledtr id='e-is-m-c-square'>
    <mtd>
      <mtext> (2.1) </mtext>
    </mtd>
    <mtd>
      <mrow>
        <mi>E</mi>
        <mo>=</mo>
        <mrow>
          <mi>m</mi>
          <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
          <msup>
            <mi>c</mi>
            <mn>2</mn>
          </msup>
        </mrow>
      </mrow>
    </mtd>
  </mlabeledtr>
</mtable>
mlabeledtr example

3.5.4 表または行列の要素 <mtd>
Entry in Table or Matrix <mtd>

3.5.4.1 説明
Description

mtd要素は, 表または行列の1つの要素またはマス目を表します. mtd要素は, mtr要素またはmlabeledtr要素の直下の式としてのみ認められています.

An mtd element represents one entry, or cell, in a table or matrix. An mtd element is only allowed as a direct sub-expression of an mtr or an mlabeledtr element.

mtd要素は単独の引数を持ちます. その引数は, 複数の子要素から成る省略されたmrowでも良いです. 3.1.3 必要な引数を参照して下さい.

The mtd element accepts a single argument possibly being an inferred mrow of multiple children; see 3.1.3 Required Arguments.

3.5.4.2 属性
Attributes

mtd要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学書式属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mtd elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
rowspan 正の整数
positive-integer
1
指定された行の数を占めているマス目として扱われるようにします. 後に続くrowspan-1個の行の対応するmtdは省略されなければなりません. 実装は, HTMLの表の類似した属性と一致します.
causes the cell to be treated as if it occupied the number of rows specified. The corresponding mtd in the following rowspan-1 rows must be omitted. The interpretation corresponds with the similar attributes for HTML tables.
columnspan 正の整数
positive-integer
1
指定された列の数を占めているマス目として扱われるようにします. 後に続くrowspan-1個のmtdは省略されなければなりません. 実装は, HTMLの表の類似した属性と一致します.
causes the cell to be treated as if it occupied the number of columns specified. The following rowspan-1 mtds must be omitted. The interpretation corresponds with the similar attributes for HTML tables.
rowalign "top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis" 継承する
inherited
この要素の縦方向の位置揃えを指定します. この要素を含んでいるmrowmtableで指定された値を上書きします. mtablerowalign属性を参照して下さい.
specifies the vertical alignment of this cell, overriding any value specified on the containing mrow and mtable. See the rowalign attribute of mtable.
columnalign "left" | "center" | "right" 継承する
inherited
この要素の水平方向の位置揃えを指定します. この要素を含んでいるmrowmtableで指定された値を上書きします. mtablecolumnalign属性を参照して下さい.
specifies the horizontal alignment of this cell, overriding any value specified on the containing mrow and mtable. See the columnalign attribute of mtable.

rowspan属性とcolumnspan属性は, mlabeledtr要素の番号を表すmtd要素でも利用できます. また, mlabeledtr要素の番号は, 前のrowspancolumnspanの一部とは見なされません.

The rowspan and columnspan attributes can be used around an mtd element that represents the label in an mlabeledtr element. Also, the label of an mlabeledtr element is not considered to be part of a previous rowspan and columnspan.

3.5.5 位置揃えの記号 <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>
Alignment Markers <maligngroup/>, <malignmark/>

3.5.5.1 削除の予告
Removal Notice

ある重要な異議により, <maligngroup/><malignmark/>は, 最小限の採用と実装とされました. その異議は, 位置揃えの基本的なもののみ使用するとしています. このことから, MathMLにおける位置揃えは, 現在の利用において位置揃えすることを明確に単純化され, 将来の実装を単純化しました. 特に, 次の単純化が行われました.

With one significant exception, <maligngroup/> and <malignmark/> have had minimal adoption and implementation. The one exception only uses the basics of alignment. Because of this, alignment in MathML is significantly simplified to align with the current usage and make future implementation simplier. In particular, the following simplifications are made:

  • <maligngroup/><malignmark/>に対する属性は削除されました.
    the attributes for <maligngroup/> and <malignmark/> have been removed.
  • mtable, mtr, mtrで以前は認められていたgroupalign属性は削除されました.
    The groupalign attribute previously allowed on mtable, mtr, and mtr is removed
  • <malignmark/>は, 素子要素の中を含め, どこでも利用されてきました. 現在は, <maligngroup/>が認められている場所(下記参照)のみ認められています.
    <malignmark/> used to be allowed anywhere, including inside of token elements; it is now allowed in only the locations that <maligngroup/> is allowed (see below)
3.5.5.2 説明
Description

位置揃えの記号は, MathMLの式の列の中の, 縦に揃えるために指定された位置の記号として利用される空白のような要素(3.2.7 空白 <mspace/>)です。指定された式の間に必要な量の水平方向の空白を自動的に挿入することで揃えます.

Alignment markers are space-like elements (see 3.2.7 Space <mspace/>) that can be used to vertically align specified points within a column of MathML expressions by the automatic insertion of the necessary amount of horizontal space between specified sub-expressions.

次の議論は, それぞれの項の定数と変数を縦に揃えるように描画されるべき連立方程式の例を用います. ここで示しているような形で空白を挿入します.

The discussion that follows will use the example of a set of simultaneous equations that should be rendered with vertical alignment of the coefficients and variables of each term, by inserting spacing somewhat like that shown here:

8.44x + 55.7y = -0
3.14x 50.7y = −1.1

この上に示した例の式が列で揃えられなかった場合, 次のように表されるでしょう.

If the example expressions shown above were arranged in a column but not aligned, they would appear as:

8.44x + 55.7y = 0
3.1x 50.7y = −1.1

部分部分が(上の例で方程式ごとに)揃えられる数式は, mtableの1列の表の要素として(すなわちmtd要素として)与えられなければなりません. 混同を避けるために表の要素より表のマス目という用語をこの節の残りの部分では用います.

The expressions whose parts are to be aligned (each equation, in the example above) must be given as the table elements (i.e. as the mtd elements) of one column of an mtable. To avoid confusion, the term table cell rather than table element will be used in the remainder of this section.

位置揃えの要素間の相互作用は, それらが現れたmtableの列に限られます. すなわち, mtable要素で指定された表の各列が, 列の中の要素による全ての位置揃えの影響範囲を限定する位置揃えの範囲として機能します. その直下の位置揃えの要素と, さらに下に含まれるかもしれない何らかの入れ子になった位置揃えの範囲の中の位置揃えの要素との間の, 相互作用は全て取り除かれます.

All interactions between alignment elements are limited to the mtable column they arise in. That is, every column of a table specified by an mtable element acts as an alignment scope that contains within it all alignment effects arising from its contents. It also excludes any interaction between its own alignment elements and the alignment elements inside any nested alignment scopes it might contain.

位置揃えの基準が1つのみの場合, もう1つの方法は, 3.1.7 式の改行で述べたmo要素の改行や字下げの属性を用いることです.

If there is only one alignment point, an alternative is to use linebreaking and indentation attributes on mo elements as described in 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions.

mtable要素は, その列が位置揃えの範囲として機能しない属性alignmentscope=falseを与えられることもあります. このことは, この節の最後で詳しく論じます. それ以外の場合, この節の議論は, その属性が既定値trueであると仮定しています.

An mtable element can be given the attribute alignmentscope=false to cause its columns not to act as alignment scopes. This is discussed further at the end of this section. Otherwise, the discussion in this section assumes that this attribute has its default value of true.

3.5.5.3 位置揃えグループを指定する
Specifying alignment groups

揃えられる式の部分部分は, maligngroupの中にあるべきです. 位置揃えの基準は, maligngroup要素の間にmalignmark要素がある場合を除いて, maligngroupの後に来る要素の左端(右から左(RTL)では右端)です. maligngroup要素の間にある場合, malignmarkの後に来る要素の左端(右から左(RTL)では右端)が, そのグループの位置揃えの基準です.

Each part of expression to be aligned should be in an maligngroup. The point of alignment is the left edge (right edge if for RTL) of the element that follows an maligngroup element unless an malignmark element is between maligngroup elements. In that case, the left edge (right edge if for RTL) of the element that follows the malignmark is the point of alignment for that group.

mtableの外でmaligngroupまたはmaligngroupが現れた場合, それらは幅0で描かれます.

If maligngroup or maligngroup occurs outside of an mtable, they are rendered with zero width.

上の例では, 各式は, 右辺の係数, 変数, 演算子それぞれの前に1つのmaligngroup要素を持ち, =記号の前にも1つ持ち, 左辺の定数の前にも1つ持ちます. なぜなら, それらが揃えられるべき部分だからです.

In the example above, each equation would have one maligngroup element before each coefficient, variable, and operator on the left-hand side, one before the = sign, and one before the constant on the right-hand side because these are the parts that should be aligned.

一般に, n個のmaligngroup要素を含んでいる表のマス目は, n個の位置揃えグループを含み, i番目のmaligngroupより後で, (i+1)番目のmaligngroupより前の, 全ての要素から成るi番目のグループを含んでいます. 表のマス目の内容の中の要素は, 最初のmaligngroup要素の前に絶対に現れるべきではありません.

In general, a table cell containing n maligngroup elements contains n alignment groups, with the ith group consisting of the elements entirely after the ith maligngroup element and before the (i+1)-th; no element within the table cell's content should occur entirely before its first maligngroup element.

位置揃えグループの中の分割は, グループを含むMathMLの式の入れ子になった式の構造に適合する必要はないことに注意して下さい. すなわち, 1つの位置揃えグループにおいて, 例えば, 1つのmrowの終了タグ, もう1つのmrow全体, 3番目のmrowの開始タグから構成されることは差し支えありません. このことは, この節の最後で示している例に対するMathMLマークアップで見られます.

Note that the division into alignment groups does not necessarily fit the nested expression structure of the MathML expression containing the groups — that is, it is permissible for one alignment group to consist of the end of one mrow, all of another one, and the beginning of a third one, for example. This can be seen in the MathML markup for the example given at the end of this section.

位置揃えグループが, 配置要素の入れ子となった式の構造と一致しないにも関わらず, maligngroup要素とmalignmark要素が表のマス目の中で認められている場所には制限があります. それらの要素は, (表のマス目の中に直接含まれる)次の形式の要素に直接的もしくは間接的に含まれることしかないでしょう.

Although alignment groups need not coincide with the nested expression structure of layout schemata, there are nonetheless restrictions on where maligngroup and malignmark elements are allowed within a table cell. These elements may only be contained within elements (directly or indirectly) of the following types (which are themselves contained in the table cell):

  • 複数の子要素を持つmtd要素から形作られるような省略されたmrowを含む, ただしdir属性を用いて方向の変更を含むmrowを除いた, mrow要素.

    an mrow element, including an inferred mrow such as the one formed by a multi-child mtd element, but excluding mrow which contains a change of direction using the dir attribute;

  • dir属性を用いて方向を変更するものを除いた, mstyle要素.

    an mstyle element , but excluding those which change direction using the dir attribute;

  • mphantom要素

    an mphantom element;

  • mfenced要素

    an mfenced element;

  • 中の式を選択済みのものに限った, maction要素

    an maction element, though only its selected sub-expression is checked;

  • semantics要素

    a semantics element.

これらの制限は, 上側添え字, 根号, 分数の線といったものを含む複雑さを避けて, 位置揃えを明確に指定できることを確かなものにすることを意図しています. これらは, 決められた位置揃えを成し遂げるのに, 単純なアルゴリズムで十分であることを確かなものにもします.

These restrictions are intended to ensure that alignment can be unambiguously specified, while avoiding complexities involving things like overscripts, radical signs and fraction bars. They also ensure that a simple algorithm suffices to accomplish the desired alignment.

位置揃えグループに分割される表のマス目において, その中身の全ての要素は, 確実に1つの位置揃えグループの一部でなければなりません. ただし, 前に一覧にした要素の中にmaligngroup要素を含んでいる場合や, maligngroup要素自身のみからなる要素の場合除きます. このことはつまり, 位置揃えグループを含む表のマス目の中で, 他の要素の開始タグの後になる場合も含め, 最初の完全な要素はmaligngroup要素でなければならないことを意味しています. この必要性は, 最初のmaligngroup要素の前の要素をどのように位置揃えするかといった潜在的な混乱を取り除き, 完全に表の列の位置揃えの流れから省かれたマス目を特定することを簡単にします.

For the table cells that are divided into alignment groups, every element in their content must be part of exactly one alignment group, except for the elements from the above list that contain maligngroup elements inside them and the maligngroup elements themselves. This means that, within any table cell containing alignment groups, the first complete element must be an maligngroup element, though this may be preceded by the start tags of other elements. This requirement removes a potential confusion about how to align elements before the first maligngroup element, and makes it easy to identify table cells that are left out of their column's alignment process entirely.

位置揃えグループに分割された, 同じ列の中の表のマス目は, それぞれ同じ数のグループを含む必要は無いことに注意して下さい. 同じ数を含まない場合, 幅0の位置揃えグループが, 同じ列のマス目より少ないグループを持つ表のマス目それぞれの右端に(もしくは, 右から左(RTL)の文脈では左端に)効果的に追加されます.

It is not required that the table cells in a column that are divided into alignment groups each contain the same number of groups. If they don't, zero-width alignment groups are effectively added on the right side (or left side, in a RTL context) of each table cell that has fewer groups than other table cells in the same column.

注意
Note

これらのことを明確にし, 全ての列で同じ数のmaligngroup要素を持つようにしたいでしょうか?

Do we want to tighten this so that all rows have the same number of maligngroup elements?

3.5.5.4 位置揃えグループに分割されない表のマス目
Table cells that are not divided into alignment groups
注意
Note

この節で述べられているようなmaligngroup無しの行を未だに認めたいでしょうか?

Do we still want to allow rows without maligngroup as described in this section?

位置揃えグループを持たない列の式は, maligngroup要素を含むべきではありません. 位置揃えグループを持たない式は, 表の列全体に適用されるcolumnalign属性のみを用いて位置揃えされます. 位置揃えグループを含む表のマス目に必要とされる列の幅より, そのような式が幅を取る場合, 位置揃えグループを含む全ての表のマス目は, 列のcolumnalign属性で述べられている列の中で一体のものとしてずらされるでしょう. 例えば, 内部の位置揃えを持たない列の見出しを, 前で示した2つの等式の列に, 見出しのためのmtext要素を含む表の他の行として, それらの前に加えることができます. そして, 表に対して既定値のcolumnalign="center"を用いて, 次のように表されます.

Expressions in a column that are to have no alignment groups should contain no maligngroup elements. Expressions with no alignment groups are aligned using only the columnalign attribute that applies to the table column as a whole. If such an expression is wider than the column width needed for the table cells containing alignment groups, all the table cells containing alignment groups will be shifted as a unit within the column as described by the columnalign attribute for that column. For example, a column heading with no internal alignment could be added to the column of two equations given above by preceding them with another table row containing an mtext element for the heading, and using the default columnalign="center" for the table, to produce:

equations with aligned variables
      8.44x + 55.7y = -0      
3.14x 50.7y = −1.1

また, 短い見出しの場合は次のように表されます.

or, with a shorter heading,

some equations
8.44x + 55.7y = -0
3.14x 50.7y = −1.1
3.5.5.5 <malignmark/>を利用して位置揃えの基準を指定する
Specifying alignment points using <malignmark/>

位置揃えグループの中のどこにあるmalignmark要素も, (そのグループの中に完全に含まれる他の位置揃えの範囲の中にある場合を除いて)maligngroup要素の始まりでの位置揃えを上書きします.

An malignmark element anywhere within the alignment group (except within another alignment scope wholly contained inside it) overrides alignment at the start of an maligngroup element.

malignmark要素は, 位置揃えの基準が後に来る要素の左端(右から左(RTL)では右端)になるべきであることを意図しています.

The malignmark element indicates that the alignment point should occur on the left edge (right edge in a RTL context) of the following element.

注意
Note

素子の中にmalignmark要素は現れることができるでしょうか?

Can malignmark elements occur inside of tokens?

malignmark要素が位置揃えグループの中で提供された場合, malignmark要素は, maligngroup要素に対して認められた要素の中(3.5.5.3 位置揃えグループを指定する参照)にのみ現れるべきです. 位置揃えグループの中に複数のmalignmark要素がある場合, 最初のものを除いて無視されます. MathMLソフトウェアは, この状況に対して警告するモードを提供しようとしてもよいです. ただし, この状況はエラーではなく, 通常は何も警告を誘発しません. この対応に対する根拠としては, 自動で生成されたデータから, 必要ないmalignmark要素を取り除くことは不便であろうからです.

When an malignmark element is provided within an alignment group, it should only occur within the elements allowed for maligngroup (see 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups). If there is more than one malignmark element in an alignment group, all but the first one will be ignored. MathML applications may wish to provide a mode in which they will warn about this situation, but it is not an error, and should trigger no warnings by default. The rationale for this is that it would be inconvenient to have to remove all unnecessary malignmark elements from automatically generated data.

3.5.5.6 位置揃えの例のMathML表現
MathML representation of an alignment example

上に示した決まりは, この節の最初の方で示した例のMathMLの式を説明するのに十分です.

The above rules are sufficient to explain the MathML representation of the example given near the start of this section.

課題180: 値"decimalpoint"の定義 MathML 4compatibilityneed specification update
Issue 180: "decimalpoint" value definition

課題180
issue 180

この式をMathMLで表す方法の1つは, 次のように表すことです.

One way to represent that in MathML is:

<mtable groupalign="{decimalpoint left left decimalpoint left left decimalpoint}">
  <mtr>
    <mtd>
      <mrow>
        <mrow>
          <mrow>
            <maligngroup/>
            <mn> 8.44 </mn>
            <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
            <maligngroup/>
            <mi> x </mi>
          </mrow>
          <maligngroup/>
          <mo> + </mo>
          <mrow>
            <maligngroup/>
            <mn> 55 </mn>
            <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
            <maligngroup/>
            <mi> y </mi>
          </mrow>
        </mrow>
        <maligngroup/>
        <mo> = </mo>
        <maligngroup/>
        <mn> 0 </mn>
      </mrow>
    </mtd>
    </mtr>
    <mtr>
      <mtd>
        <mrow>
          <mrow>
            <mrow>
              <maligngroup/>
              <mn> 3.1 </mn>
              <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
              <maligngroup/>
              <mi> x </mi>
            </mrow>
            <maligngroup/>
            <mo> - </mo>
            <mrow>
              <maligngroup/>
              <mn> 0.7 </mn>
              <mo> &#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--> </mo>
              <maligngroup/>
              <mi> y </mi>
            </mrow>
          </mrow>
          <maligngroup/>
          <mo> = </mo>
          <maligngroup/>
          <mrow>
            <mo> - </mo>
            <mn> 1.1 </mn>
          </mrow>
        </mrow>
      </mtd>
    </mtr>
  </mtable>
alignat example
3.5.5.7 単純な位置揃えのアルゴリズム
A simple alignment algorithm

MathML描画ソフトウェアが, この節で指定された位置揃えを果たす際の単純なアルゴリズムをここで示します. 位置揃えの仕様は(文字の左端と右端の定義を除いて)決定論的なので, 何らかの正しいMathML位置揃えアルゴリズムは, 同じものに対して同じ挙動を持つでしょう. それぞれのmtableの列(位置揃えの範囲)は独立して扱うことが可能です. ここで示すアルゴリズムは, 1つのmtableの列に適用され, 位置揃えの要素, mtable(3.5.1 表と行列 <mtable>)で述べたcolumnalign属性を考慮します. 右から左(RTL)では, アルゴリズムの中の左端と右端を入れ換えます.

A simple algorithm by which a MathML renderer can perform the alignment specified in this section is given here. Since the alignment specification is deterministic (except for the definition of the left and right edges of a character), any correct MathML alignment algorithm will have the same behavior as this one. Each mtable column (alignment scope) can be treated independently; the algorithm given here applies to one mtable column, and takes into account the alignment elements and the columnalign attribute described under mtable (3.5.1 Table or Matrix <mtable>). In an RTL context, switch left and right edges in the algorithm.

注意
Note

このアルゴリズムは, 実装によって確認されるべきです.

This algorithm should be verified by an implementation.

  1. 描画は, 列の表の各マス目の中身に対して, 全てのmaligngroup要素とmalignmark要素に幅0を用いて計算されます. 最終的な描画は, それぞれの位置揃えグループや表のマス目に適用される水平方向の移動を除いて同一のものになるでしょう.
    A rendering is computed for the contents of each table cell in the column, using zero width for all maligngroup and malignmark elements. The final rendering will be identical except for horizontal shifts applied to each alignment group and/or table cell.
  2. それぞれの位置揃えグループに対して, 左端, 位置揃えの基準(malignmarkによって指定される場合, そうでなければ左端), 右端の水平の位置は記録され, 位置揃えの基準の(左と右)両側のグループを決めます. この2つの両側の幅の和, すなわち, 位置揃えの基準の左と右の幅の和が, 位置揃えグループの幅と等しくなるでしょう.
    For each alignment group, the horizontal positions of the left edge, alignment point (if specified by malignmark, otherwise the left edge), and right edge are noted, allowing the width of the group on each side of the alignment point (left and right) to be determined. The sum of these two side-widths, i.e. the sum of the widths to the left and right of the alignment point, will equal the width of the alignment group.
  3. 位置揃えグループの各列が探索されます. i番目の探索が, 何らかの位置揃えグループを含んでいる各マス目の中のi番目の位置揃えグループに対して行われます. 何も位置揃えグループを持っていない, またはi個より少ない位置揃えグループを持つ表のマス目は無視されます. ぞれぞれの探索は, 提案された位置揃えグループを通じて2つの最大の値を計算します. 探索された位置揃えグループ全体の中の, 位置揃えの基準の左側の最大の幅と右側の最大の幅です.
    Each column of alignment groups is scanned. The ith scan covers the ith alignment group in each table cell containing any alignment groups. Table cells with no alignment groups, or with fewer than i alignment groups, are ignored. Each scan computes two maximums over the alignment groups scanned: the maximum width to the left of the alignment point, and the maximum width to the right of the alignment point, of any alignment group scanned.
  4. (位置揃えグループの各列に対して2つ)計算された最大の幅の合計は, 位置揃えグループを含んでいる表の各マス目の幅になるであろう, 1つの全体の幅を与えます. 1つのマス目の中の位置揃えグループの最大の数をnとすると, そのようなマス目はぞれぞれ, 上で計算された2n個の最大の両側の幅を用いた, 1からnまでのiに対してL(i)とR(i)と呼ばれる, 2n個の水平の隣り合った部分に分割されます. それぞれのiに対して, L(i)と呼ばれる部分の幅は全て, マス目の中のi番目の位置揃えグループの位置揃えの基準の左側の最大の幅で, R(i)と呼ばれる部分の幅は全て, マス目の中のi番目の位置揃えグループの位置揃えの基準の右側の最大の幅です.
    The sum of all the maximum widths computed (two for each column of alignment groups) gives one total width, which will be the width of each table cell containing alignment groups. Call the maximum number of alignment groups in one cell n; each such cell is divided into 2n horizontally adjacent sections, called L(i) and R(i) for i from 1 to n, using the 2n maximum side-widths computed above; for each i, the width of all sections called L(i) is the maximum width of any cell's ith alignment group to the left of its alignment point, and the width of all sections called R(i) is the maximum width of any cell's ith alignment group to the right of its alignment point.
  5. それぞれの位置揃えグループは, それらが置かれるべき場所まで, 一体のものとして水平にずらされます. i番目の位置揃えの基準の左側のグループの一部であるL(i)と呼ばれる部分の中や, i番目の位置揃えの基準の右側のグループの一部であるR(i)と呼ばれる部分の中でです. その結果, 隣り合った部分L(i)とR(i)の間の領域に, i番目のグループそれぞれの位置揃えの基準が置かれることで, i番目のグループの全ての位置揃えの基準が同じ水平方向の位置を持つことになります.
    Each alignment group is then shifted horizontally as a block to a unique position that places: in the section called L(i) that part of the ith group to the left of its alignment point; in the section called R(i) that part of the ith group to the right of its alignment point. This results in the alignment point of each ith group being on the boundary between adjacent sections L(i) and R(i), so that all alignment points of ith groups have the same horizontal position.

何も位置揃えグループを持たない表のマス目の幅は, 最初の描画の部分として計算され, 他のマス目と違ったり, 位置揃えグループを持つマス目に使用される単独の幅と異なってもよいです. 全てのマス目の(両方のマス目に対して)最大の幅が, 表の列全体の幅になります.

The widths of the table cells that contain no alignment groups were computed as part of the initial rendering, and may be different for each cell, and different from the single width used for cells containing alignment groups. The maximum of all the cell widths (for both kinds of cells) gives the width of the table column as a whole.

列の中の各マス目の位置は, 明確なcolumnalign属性の値を持つ, 囲っているmtable要素, mtr要素, mtd要素の中の最も内側にある, その属性の値の適用可能な部分によって決められます. columnalign属性は, それらの要素の節で説明したとおりです. このことは, 位置揃えグループを含むマス目が, それらの列の中でずらされ, 加えて, その中の位置揃えグループが上で述べたようにマス目の中をずらされることを意味します. ただし, そのようなマス目は同じ幅を持つので, 列の中を同じ量だけずらされるでしょうし, そのようにして, 各マス目の中の対応する位置揃えグループの位置揃えの基準の縦方向の位置揃えを調整します.

The position of each cell in the column is determined by the applicable part of the value of the columnalign attribute of the innermost surrounding mtable, mtr, or mtd element that has an explicit value for it, as described in the sections on those elements. This may mean that the cells containing alignment groups will be shifted within their column, in addition to their alignment groups having been shifted within the cells as described above, but since each such cell has the same width, it will be shifted the same amount within the column, thus maintaining the vertical alignment of the alignment points of the corresponding alignment groups in each cell.

3.6 初等数学
Elementary Math

足し算, 掛け算, 割り算の筆算のような初等数学で利用される数学は, 自然に表のようになります. しかしながら, 利用される特定の表記は, 高等数学に対する表現よりも, 国々の間で多様です. さらに, 初等数学は中間の例を表すことがよくあり, MathMLはそれらの中間のもの, もしくは故意に一部を失った形式を捉えられなければなりません. それどころか, それらの構造は数学を表すのと同じぐらい, 記憶の手助け, または手続きの見本を表します.

Mathematics used in the lower grades such as two-dimensional addition, multiplication, and long division tends to be tabular in nature. However, the specific notations used varies among countries much more than for higher level math. Furthermore, elementary math often presents examples in some intermediate state and MathML must be able to capture these intermediate or intentionally missing partial forms. Indeed, these constructs represent memory aids or procedural guides, as much as they represent ‘mathematics’.

初等数学で基となる位置揃えのために利用される要素は次のとおりです.

The elements used for basic alignments in elementary math are:

mstack

数字と演算子の行を揃えます

align rows of digits and operators

msgroup

同じような位置揃えの行をまとめます

groups rows with similar alignment

msrow

数字と演算子を行にまとめます

groups digits and operators into a row

msline

縦に並んだ行の間に線を描きます

draws lines between rows of the stack

mscarries

後に続く行に, 場所によって付けたり付けなかったりする繰り下がり・繰り上がりや取消し線を付け加えます

annotates the following row with optional borrows/carries and/or crossouts

mscarry

単独の数字に対する繰り下がり・繰り上がりや取消し線

a borrow/carry and/or crossout for a single digit

mlongdiv

中間の計算が縦に並んだ割り算の筆算に対する除数や商を指定します

specifies a divisor and a quotient for long division, along with a stack of the intermediate computations

mstackmlongdivは全ての初等数学の配置における親要素です. mstack, mlongdiv, msgroupの何らかの子要素に加えて, msrow, msgroup, mscarries, mslineは暗黙のうちにmsrowで囲まれているものとして扱われます(行について詳しくは3.6.4 初等数学の行 <msrow>を参照して下さい).

mstack and mlongdiv are the parent elements for all elementary math layout. Any children of mstack, mlongdiv, and msgroup, besides msrow, msgroup, mscarries and msline, are treated as if implicitly surrounded by an msrow (see 3.6.4 Rows in Elementary Math <msrow> for more details about rows).

これらの縦に並んだ構造の主な利用は, その中の1つ1つの数字を揃えた数字の行を並べることであり, 数字は常に左から右の書式であることから, mstackの列はいつも左から右に処理されます. 数式全体の方向(すなわちdir属性)は, 実際のところ, 行の中の列または繰り上がりの表示の順番に影響を与えず, 特に, 行の中の何らかの演算子の順番に影響を与えません(3.1.5 方向参照).

Since the primary use of these stacking constructs is to stack rows of numbers aligned on their digits, and since numbers are always formatted left-to-right, the columns of an mstack are always processed left-to-right; the overall directionality in effect (i.e. the dir attribute) does not affect to the ordering of display of columns or carries in rows and, in particular, does not affect the ordering of any operators within a row (see 3.1.5 Directionality).

これらの要素は, 利用例を示しながらこの節で説明されています. 足し算, 引き算, 掛け算, 割り算に加えて, これらの要素は, 数字の繰り返しに利用される表記などを表すのに利用できます.

These elements are described in this section followed by examples of their use. In addition to two-dimensional addition, subtraction, multiplication, and long division, these elements can be used to represent several notations used for repeating decimals.

足し算の筆算のとても単純な例は次のとおりです.

A very simple example of two-dimensional addition is shown below:

<mstack>
  <mn>424</mn>
  <msrow> <mo>+</mo> <mn>33</mn> </msrow>
  <msline/>
</mstack>
\begin{array}{r}   424 \\   +33 \\   \hline \end{array}

よりたくさんの例が, 3.6.8 初等数学の例で示されています.

Many more examples are given in 3.6.8 Elementary Math Examples.

3.6.1 文字列を縦に並べる <mstack>
Stacks of Characters <mstack>

3.6.1.1 説明
Description

mstackは, 各文字で揃えられる数字の行を配置するのに使われます. この要素は, 筆算の足し算, 引き算, 掛け算といった, たくさん初等数学の表記で共通です.

mstack is used to lay out rows of numbers that are aligned on each digit. This is common in many elementary math notations such as 2D addition, subtraction, and multiplication.

mstackの子要素は, 前の行の下に各行を並べることで, 行を表したり, 行をまとめたりします. msrowが行を表します. msgroupが行の集合を一緒にまとめるので, それらの行の水平方向の位置揃えは一緒に調整されます. mscarriesが, その次の行に適用される繰り上がりの集合を表します. mslineが, 行を分割する線を表します. 何らかの他の要素は, 暗黙のうちにmsrowに囲まれているものとして扱われます.

The children of an mstack represent rows, or groups of them, to be stacked each below the previous row; there can be any number of rows. An msrow represents a row; an msgroup groups a set of rows together so that their horizontal alignment can be adjusted together; an mscarries represents a set of carries to be applied to the following row; an msline represents a line separating rows. Any other element is treated as if implicitly surrounded by msrow.

各行は, 列に並べられる‘1つ1つの数字’を含みます. (より詳しくは3.6.4 初等数学の行 <msrow>を参照して下さい). stackalign属性は, msgroup, mscarries, msrowposition属性やshift属性と一緒に, 文字がどの列に属するのかを決めます.

Each row contains ‘digits’ that are placed into columns. (see 3.6.4 Rows in Elementary Math <msrow> for further details). The stackalign attribute together with the position and shift attributes of msgroup, mscarries, and msrow determine to which column a character belongs.

列の幅は, その列の‘1つ1つの数字’それぞれの最大の幅です. 繰り上がりは, 幅の計算に関与しません. 繰り上がりは0の幅を持っているものとして扱われます. 要素が列に収まるには幅が広過ぎる場合, charalign属性で決まられたように隣の列にはみ出します. 列に文字が何も無い場合, 列の幅は, 現在使用されている言語の(たくさんのフォントで全ての数字が同じ幅を持っている)0の幅が使用されます.

The width of a column is the maximum of the widths of each ‘digit’ in that column — carries do not participate in the width calculation; they are treated as having zero width. If an element is too wide to fit into a column, it overflows into the adjacent column(s) as determined by the charalign attribute. If there is no character in a column, its width is taken to be the width of a 0 in the current language (in many fonts, all digits have the same width).

mstackを配置する方法は次のとおりです.

The method for laying out an mstack is:

  1. 行の中の‘1つ1つの数字’を決めます.

    The ‘digits’ in a row are determined.

  2. 行の中の全ての1つ1つの数字をstackalignの値によって最初の位置揃えを行います.

    All of the digits in a row are initially aligned according to the stackalign value.

  3. position属性が(少しでも)行を制御しているのであれば, それに基づく位置揃えに合わせて各行を配置します.

    Each row is positioned relative to that alignment based on the position attribute (if any) that controls that row.

  4. 列の中の1つ1つの数字の最大の幅を決め, その列の中のより狭いかより広い要素をcharalign属性によって位置揃えします.

    The maximum width of the digits in a column are determined and shorter and wider entries in that column are aligned according to the charalign attribute.

  5. mstack要素の幅と高さを行と列に基づいて計算します. 何らかの列からはみ出している部分は, この計算の一部としては使用しません.

    The width and height of the mstack element are computed based on the rows and columns. Any overflow from a column is not used as part of that computation.

  6. mstack要素の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)align属性により決めます.

    The baseline of the mstack element is determined by the align attribute.

3.6.1.2 属性
Attributes

mstack要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mstack elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
align ("top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis"), 行番号?
rownumber
baseline
描画環境に対するmstackの縦方向の位置揃えを指定します. 正当な値とその意味は, mtablealign属性を同じです.
specifies the vertical alignment of the mstack with respect to its environment. The legal values and their meanings are the same as that for mtable's align attribute.
stackalign "left" | "center" | "right" | "decimalpoint" decimalpoint
どの列が行の水平方向の位置揃えを行うのに利用されるか指定します. leftのとき, 行はちょうど左端の列に揃えられます. 同様にrightのとき, 行は右端の列に揃えられます. centerのとき, 真ん中の列(または, 列の数が偶数の場合, 真ん中の右側の列)が位置揃えに利用されます. 0でないpositionを持つかshiftの影響を受ける列は, 必要な数の空の列が適切な端に加えられたものとして扱われます. 3.6.3 同じような位置の行をまとめる <msgroup>3.6.4 初等数学の行 <msrow>を参照して下さい. decimalpointのとき, 使用される列は, 各行の中の, mstyledecimalpoint属性(既定値 ".")を用いて指定された小数点の文字を含む列の中で最も左の列です. 行の中に小数点の文字が無い場合, 行の最初の数字の右端を, 暗黙のうちに小数点と見なします. decimalpointの議論についてはdecimalpointを参照して下さい.
specifies which column is used to horizontally align the rows. For left, rows are aligned flush on the left; similarly for right, rows are flush on the right; for center, the middle column (or to the right of the middle, for an even number of columns) is used for alignment. Rows with non-zero position, or affected by a shift, are treated as if the requisite number of empty columns were added on the appropriate side; see 3.6.3 Group Rows with Similar Positions <msgroup> and 3.6.4 Rows in Elementary Math <msrow>. For decimalpoint, the column used is the left-most column in each row that contains the decimalpoint character specified using the decimalpoint attribute of mstyle (default "."). If there is no decimalpoint character in the row, an implied decimal is assumed on the right of the first number in the row; see decimalpoint for a discussion of decimalpoint.
charalign "left" | "center" | "right" right
列の中の1つ1つの数字の水平方向の位置揃えを指定します. 中身が列の幅より大きい場合, 位置揃えの反対の方へはみ出します. 例えば, rightのとき, 中身は左側にはみ出します. "center"のとき, 両側にはみ出します. はみ出した部分は列の幅の計算には関与せず, mstack全体の幅にも関与しません. はみ出す場合, 著者は, 列のはみ出した部分どうしの衝突を避けるよう注意すべきです.
specifies the horizontal alignment of digits within a column. If the content is larger than the column width, then it overflows the opposite side from the alignment. For example, for right, the content will overflow on the left side; for center, it overflows on both sides. This excess does not participate in the column width calculation, nor does it participate in the overall width of the mstack. In these cases, authors should take care to avoid collisions between column overflows.
charspacing 長さ | "loose" | "medium" | "tight"
length
medium
各列の間に配置する空白の量を指定します. 大きい空白は, 繰り上がりが上に配置されないときや, 特に幅が広いときに便利でしょう. loose, medium, tightという値は, 列の繰り上がりまたは他の要素の幅が広いときに, 自動で空白を調整します. この3つの値は著者に, 何の値が上手く働くか計算することなく, 何の配置が良く見えるのかを選ぶ際の柔軟性を認めています. 全ての場合において, 列の間の空白は固定の値で, 異なる列の間で変わることはありません.
specifies the amount of space to put between each column. Larger spacing might be useful if carries are not placed above or are particularly wide. The keywords loose, medium, and tight automatically adjust spacing to when carries or other entries in a column are wide. The three values allow authors to some flexibility in choosing what the layout looks like without having to figure out what values work well. In all cases, the spacing between columns is a fixed amount and does not vary between different columns.

3.6.2 割り算の筆算 <mlongdiv>
Long Division <mlongdiv>

3.6.2.1 説明
Description

割り算の筆算の表記は, 表記の本質は似通っているにも関わらず, 世界中で相当変化に富んでいます. mlongdivは, mstackに似ており, 割り算の筆算を配置するために使用されます. mlongdivの最初の2つの子要素は, 順番に, 除数と割り算の商です. 残りの子要素は, mstackの子要素であるかのように扱われます. 割り算の筆算を表示する際に用いられる, これらの要素と線や区切りの場所は, longdivstyle属性によって制御されます.

Long division notation varies quite a bit around the world, although the heart of the notation is often similar. mlongdiv is similar to mstack and used to layout long division. The first two children of mlongdiv are the divisor and the result of the division, in that order. The remaining children are treated as if they were children of mstack. The placement of these and the lines and separators used to display long division are controlled by the longdivstyle attribute.

商または除数は, 初等数学の要素か, もしくはnoneでしょう. 特に, msgroupが使われている場合, そのグループの中の要素は, longdivstyle属性に従って, それら自身のmstackを形作ったりそうでなかったり, 被除数のmstackの一部となったりならなかったりしてもよいです. 例えば, 割り算のアメリカ合衆国の形式では, 商は, 被除数のmstackの一部として扱われますが, 除数はそうではありません. MathMLは, 商や除数がそれら自身のmstackを形作るときのことを指定していません. また, mslineや他の初等数学の要素が商や除数として使用されていて, それらが被除数のmstackの配置に関与しないときに, 何が起こるべきかも指定していません.

The result or divisor may be an elementary math element or may be none. In particular, if msgroup is used, the elements in that group may or may not form their own mstack or be part of the dividend's mstack, depending upon the value of the longdivstyle attribute. For example, in the US style for division, the result is treated as part of the dividend's mstack, but divisor is not. MathML does not specify when the result and divisor form their own mstack, nor does it specify what should happen if msline or other elementary math elements are used for the result or divisor and they do not participate in the dividend's mstack layout.

初等数学についてのこの節の残りの部分で, 何かmstackについて述べたことは, 他のことが述べられていない限りmlongdivに適用されます.

In the remainder of this section on elementary math, anything that is said about mstack applies to mlongdiv unless stated otherwise.

3.6.2.2 属性
Attributes

mlongdiv要素は, (3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定されている属性も含め)mstackが持っている全ての属性を, 下で一覧にした属性と一緒に持ちます.

mlongdiv elements accept all of the attributes that mstack elements accept (including those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements), along with the attribute listed below.

longdivstyleで認められている値には制限がありません. 適合している描画ソフトウェアは, 可能な限り多くの下に示した値を描画するよう促されていますが, 処理できない値を無視してもよいです. 割り算の一部として描く何らかの罫線は, mathcolorで指定された色を用いて描かれるべきです.

The values allowed for longdivstyle are open-ended. Conforming renderers may ignore any value they do not handle, although renderers are encouraged to render as many of the values listed below as possible. Any rules drawn as part of division layout should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
longdivstyle "lefttop" | "stackedrightright" | "mediumstackedrightright" | "shortstackedrightright" | "righttop" | "left/\right" | "left)(right" | ":right=right" | "stackedleftleft" | "stackedleftlinetop" lefttop
割り算の筆算の配置の書式を制御します. 名称は, 被除数に対する除数と商の位置を説明する大まかな覚えやすい略称です.
Controls the style of the long division layout. The names are meant as a rough mnemonic that describes the position of the divisor and result in relation to the dividend.

これらの表記がどのように扱われるかは, 3.6.8.3 割り算の筆算の例を参照して下さい. 上に一覧にした値は, 世界中の異なる国々の割り算の筆算の表記として使用されています.

See 3.6.8.3 Long Division for examples of how these notations are drawn. The values listed above are used for long division notations in different countries around the world:

lefttop

アメリカ合衆国やイギリスや他の国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in the United States, Great Britain, and elsewhere

stackedrightright

フランスや他の国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in France and elsewhere

mediumrightright

ロシアや他の国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in Russia and elsewhere

shortstackedrightright

ブラジルや他の国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in Brazil and elsewhere

righttop

中国やスウェーデンや他の国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in China, Sweden, and elsewhere

left/\right

ニュージーランドで一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in Netherlands

left)(right

インドで一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in India

:right=right

ドイツで一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in Germany

stackedleftleft

アラブの国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in Arabic countries

stackedleftlinetop

アラブの国で一般に利用される表記

a notation that is commonly used in Arabic countries

3.6.3 同じような位置の行をまとめる <msgroup>
Group Rows with Similar Positions <msgroup>

3.6.3.1 説明
Description

msgroupは, mstack要素やmlongdiv要素の中にある, 縦の並びの位置揃えに関して同じような位置となる行をまとめます. この要素が明確に与えられていないとき, mstackmlongdivの中の縦の並びを表している子要素は, 暗黙のうちにmsgroup要素で囲まれているものとして扱われます.

msgroup is used to group rows inside of the mstack and mlongdiv elements that have a similar position relative to the alignment of stack. If not explicitly given, the children representing the stack in mstack and mlongdiv are treated as if they are implicitly surrounded by an msgroup element.

3.6.3.2 属性
Attributes

msgroup要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

msgroup elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
position 整数
integer
0
グループの中の水平方向の位置を, 囲っているmsgroup(のposition属性とshift属性)によって決められた位置に対して相対的に指定します. 結果としてpositionの値は, 囲っているmstackまたはmlongdivstackalignによって指定された列からの相対的な値になります. 正の値は, 各行を10の位の方へ, 10の乗数を掛けたかのように, 右側に効果的に空の列を詰め込みながら動かします. 負の値は, 1の位の方へ, 左側に効果的に空の列を詰め込みながら動かします. 小数点は列として数えられ, 負の値の計算に使用されるべきです.
specifies the horizontal position of the rows within this group relative to the position determined by the containing msgroup (according to its position and shift attributes). The resulting position value is relative to the column specified by stackalign of the containing mstack or mlongdiv. Positive values move each row towards the tens digit, like multiplying by a power of 10, effectively padding with empty columns on the right; negative values move towards the ones digit, effectively padding on the left. The decimal point is counted as a column and should be taken into account for negative values.
shift 整数
integer
0
グループの中の連続する子要素(行やグループ)の位置を少しずつずらします. 値は位置として解釈されますが, (最初のものを除いて)各子要素のグループの中の前の子要素に対する位置を指定します.
specifies an incremental shift of position for successive children (rows or groups) within this group. The value is interpreted as with position, but specifies the position of each child (except the first) with respect to the previous child in the group.

3.6.4 初等数学の行 <msrow>
Rows in Elementary Math <msrow>

3.6.4.1 説明
Description

msrowmstackの中の行を表します. ほとんどの場合, 文脈によって暗黙のうちに指定されるものですが, 足し算や引き算の中で数字の横に演算子"+"または"-"を置く場合といった, 単独の行の中に明確に複数の要素を置くのに便利です.

An msrow represents a row in an mstack. In most cases it is implied by the context, but is useful explicitly for putting multiple elements in a single row, such as when placing an operator "+" or "-" alongside a number within an addition or subtraction.

mn要素が(暗黙のうちに, もしくは明確に)msrowの子要素である場合, 数字は1つ1つの数字に分割され, その数字は連続する列に位置付けられます. 他の何らかの要素は, mstyleを除いて, 次の列を占める単独の1つの数字として効果的に扱われます. mstyleは, その子要素が直接msrowの子要素であるかのように扱われますが, mstyleの属性によって, それらの子要素の書式は影響を受けます. 空要素noneは, 空の列を創り出すのに使われてもよいです.

If an mn element is a child of msrow (whether implicit or not), then the number is split into its digits and the digits are placed into successive columns. Any other element, with the exception of mstyle is treated effectively as a single digit occupying the next column. An mstyle is treated as if its children were directly the children of the msrow, but with their style affected by the attributes of the mstyle. The empty element none may be used to create an empty column.

行は, 主に数字であると考えられていて, その数字は左から右に表示され, 列が表示されるのに使用される方向はいつも左から右であることに注意して下さい. (mn以外の)素子要素の中の文字列の双方向性はそれでも, (単独の数字として扱われるもので終わる)msrowの何らかの子要素の中の全体の方向が適用されます. 3.1.5 方向を参照して下さい.

Note that a row is considered primarily as if it were a number, which is always displayed left-to-right, and so the directionality used to display the columns is always left-to-right; textual bidirectionality within token elements (other than mn) still applies, as does the overall directionality within any children of the msrow (which end up treated as single digits); see 3.1.5 Directionality.

3.6.4.2 属性
Attributes

msrow要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

msrow elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
position 整数
integer
0
グループの中の水平方向の位置を, 囲っているmsgroup(のposition属性とshift属性)によって決められた位置に対して相対的に指定します. 結果としてpositionの値は, 囲っているmstackまたはmlongdivstackalignによって指定された列からの相対的な値になります. 正の値は, 各行を10の位の方へ, 10の乗数を掛けたかのように, 右側に効果的に空の列を詰め込みながら動かします. 負の値は, 1の位の方へ, 左側に効果的に空の列を詰め込みながら動かします. 小数点は列として数えられ, 負の値の計算に使用されるべきです.
specifies the horizontal position of the rows within this group relative to the position determined by the containing msgroup (according to its position and shift attributes). The resulting position value is relative to the column specified by stackalign of the containing mstack or mlongdiv. Positive values move each row towards the tens digit, like multiplying by a power of 10, effectively padding with empty columns on the right; negative values move towards the ones digit, effectively padding on the left. The decimal point is counted as a column and should be taken into account for negative values.

3.6.5 繰り上がり, 繰り下がり, 取消し線 <mscarries>
Carries, Borrows, and Crossouts <mscarries>

3.6.5.1 説明
Description

mscarries要素は, 初等数学で現れる繰り上がり, 繰り下がり, 取消し線といった様々な付加情報に利用されます. 子要素は, mstackの中の次に来る行の要素と結び付けられます. mscarriesが, mstack要素またはmlongdiv要素の最後の要素となることはエラーになります. mscarriesの各子要素は, 次に来る行の同じ列に適用されます. これらの付加情報は, 数字として扱われている何かを装飾するのに利用され, 列に繰り上がりなどを紐付けるのは, 左から右に行います. 数式全体の方向は, 繰り上がりなどの順番には適用されませんが, 繰り上がりなどのそれぞれの中身には適用されます. 3.1.5 方向を参照して下さい.

The mscarries element is used for various annotations such as carries, borrows, and crossouts that occur in elementary math. The children are associated with elements in the following row of the mstack. It is an error for mscarries to be the last element of an mstack or mlongdiv element. Each child of the mscarries applies to the same column in the following row. As these annotations are used to adorn what are treated as numbers, the attachment of carries to columns proceeds from left to right; the overall directionality does not apply to the ordering of the carries, although it may apply to the contents of each carry; see 3.1.5 Directionality.

mscarryまたはnone以外のmscarriesの子要素は, 暗黙のうちにmscarryで囲まれているものとして扱われます. 要素noneは, 特定の列に繰り上がりが必要ないときに使用されます. mscarries要素は, displaystylefalseに設定し, scriptlevelを1つ増やすので, 子要素は典型的に小さいフォントで表示されます. (3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.) また, mscarries要素は, scriptsizemultiplierの既定値を変更します. 結果として, それでもなおscriptsizemultiplierの継承された値が既定値を上書きすべきですが, mscarriesの中の既定値は0.6であるべきです. scriptsizemultipliermscarries要素で設定でき, その値は通常継承された値を上書きすべきです.

Each child of mscarries other than mscarry or none is treated as if implicitly surrounded by mscarry; the element none is used when no carry for a particular column is needed. The mscarries element sets displaystyle to false, and increments scriptlevel by 1, so the children are typically displayed in a smaller font. (See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel.) It also changes the default value of scriptsizemultiplier. The effect is that the inherited value of scriptsizemultiplier should still override the default value, but the default value, inside mscarries, should be 0.6. scriptsizemultiplier can be set on the mscarries element, and the value should override the inherited value as usual.

繰り上がりなどの2つの行が互いに隣接している場合, 繰り上がりなどの1番目の行が, あたかも2番目の行がlocation=nであるかのように, 2番目の(次に来る)行に付け加わります. このことは, 2番目の行が例え描かれなかったとしても, 表示される際に視覚的に(この仕様書では定義されていない)何らかの量の空白を使用することを意味します.

If two rows of carries are adjacent to each other, the first row of carries annotates the second (following) row as if the second row had location=n. This means that the second row, even if it does not draw, visually uses some (undefined by this specification) amount of space when displayed.

3.6.5.2 属性
Attributes

mscarries要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

mscarries elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
position 整数
integer
0
グループの中の水平方向の位置を, 囲っているmsgroup(のposition属性とshift属性)によって決められた位置に対して相対的に指定します. 結果としてpositionの値は, 囲っているmstackまたはmlongdivstackalignによって指定された列からの相対的な値になります. 値の解釈は, msgroupまたはmsrowpositionと同じですが, 各繰り上がりと下の列の結び付けを変更します. 例えば, position=1は, 右端の繰り上がりを右から2番目の数字に結び付けるでしょう.
specifies the horizontal position of the rows within this group relative to the position determined by the containing msgroup (according to its position and shift attributes). The resulting position value is relative to the column specified by stackalign of the containing mstack or mlongdiv. The interpretation of the value is the same as position for msgroup or msrow, but it alters the association of each carry with the column below. For example, position=1 would cause the rightmost carry to be associated with the second digit column from the right.
location "w" | "nw" | "n" | "ne" | "e" | "se" | "s" | "sw" n
繰り上がりや繰り下がりの場所を, 結び付けられた列の文字からの相対的な方向で指定します. 方位磁針の方向が値に使用されます. 既定値は, 繰り上がりを文字の上に配置することです.
specifies the location of the carry or borrow relative to the character below it in the associated column. Compass directions are used for the values; the default is to place the carry above the character.
crossout ("none" | "updiagonalstrike" | "downdiagonalstrike" | "verticalstrike" | "horizontalstrike")* none
どのように各繰り上がりの下の列の内容を"線で取り消す"のか指定します. 1つ以上の値が与えられることもあり, 与えられた全ての値が描かれます. noneが他の値と一緒に与えられた場合, 無視されます. 異なる値の例は, 3.6.8 初等数学の例を参照して下さい. 取消し線は対応するmscarryを持つ列にのみ適用されます. 取消し線は, mathcolorで指定された色を使って描かれるべきです.
specifies how the column content below each carry is "crossed out"; one or more values may be given and all values are drawn. If none is given with other values, it is ignored. See 3.6.8 Elementary Math Examples for examples of the different values. The crossout is only applied for columns which have a corresponding mscarry. The crossouts should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.
scriptsizemultiplier
number
継承する (0.6)
inherited (0.6)
フォントの大きさを変更する際の係数を指定します. どのように, この値がscriptsize属性と一緒に動作するかの説明については, 3.1.6 displaystyleとscriptlevelを参照して下さい.
specifies the factor to change the font size by. See 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel for a description of how this works with the scriptsize attribute.

3.6.6 単独の繰り上がり <mscarry>
A Single Carry <mscarry>

3.6.6.1 説明
Description

mscarryは, mscarriesの中で個々の列に対する繰り上がりを表すのに利用されます. 繰り上がりは幅0であるかのように扱われます. mscarryは, 対応する列の幅の計算に加わりません. そのため, mscarryは, 列の範囲を超えて拡張されてもよいです. mscarryは通常省略されますが, この要素は, 自身を含んでいるmscarrieslocation属性やcrossout属性を明確に上書きするために利用されます. mscarryは, 何ら繰り上がりは表示せずに, 囲っているmscarriesに与えられるcrossoutを対象の列に描かれるようにするために, 中身にnoneを伴って利用することもできます.

mscarry is used inside of mscarries to represent the carry for an individual column. A carry is treated as if its width were zero; it does not participate in the calculation of the width of its corresponding column; as such, it may extend beyond the column boundaries. Although it is usually implied, the element may be used explicitly to override the location and/or crossout attributes of the containing mscarries. It may also be useful with none as its content in order to display no actual carry, but still enable a crossout due to the enclosing mscarries to be drawn for the given column.

3.6.6.2 属性
Attributes

mscarry要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

The mscarry element accepts the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
location "w" | "nw" | "n" | "ne" | "e" | "se" | "s" | "sw" 継承する
inherited
繰り上がりや繰り下がりの場所を, その下の行にある同じ列の文字からの相対的な方向で指定します. 方位磁針の方向が値に使用されます.
specifies the location of the carry or borrow relative to the character in the corresponding column in the row below it. Compass directions are used for the values.
crossout ("none" | "updiagonalstrike" | "downdiagonalstrike" | "verticalstrike" | "horizontalstrike")* 継承する
inherited
どのように繰り上がりが結び付けられた列の内容を"線で取り消す"のか指定します. 1つ以上の値が与えられることもあり, 与えられた全ての値が描かれます. noneが他の値と一緒に与えられた場合, 本質的に無視されます. 取消し線は, mathcolorで指定された色を使って描かれるべきです.
specifies how the column content associated with the carry is "crossed out"; one or more values may be given and all values are drawn. If none is given with other values, it is essentially ignored. The crossout should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

3.6.7 水平線 <msline/>
Horizontal Line <msline/>

3.6.7.1 説明
Description

mslineは, mstack要素の中の水平線を描きます. 線の位置, 長さ, 太さは, 属性で指定します. 長さが指定されている場合, 線は数字の数で与えられた長さであるかのように配置され描かれます.

msline draws a horizontal line inside of an mstack element. The position, length, and thickness of the line are specified as attributes. If the length is specified, the line is positioned and drawn as if it were a number with the given number of digits.

3.6.7.2 属性
Attributes

msline要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます. 線は, mathcolorで指定された色を使って描かれるべきです.

msline elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements. The line should be drawn using the color specified by mathcolor.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
position 整数
integer
0
グループの中の水平方向の位置を, 囲っているmsgroup(のposition属性とshift属性)によって決められた位置に対して相対的に指定します. 結果としてpositionの値は, 囲っているmstackまたはmlongdivstackalignによって指定された列からの相対的な値になります. 正の値は, 各行を10の位の方へ(10の乗数を掛けたかのように)動かします. 負の値は, 1の位の方へ動かします. 小数点は列として数えられ, 負の値の計算に使用されるべきです. 既定値の線の長さはmstack全体に及ぶので, lengthに0でない値が指定されていない限り, positionは何の効果も無いことに注意して下さい.
specifies the horizontal position of the rows within this group relative to the position determined by the containing msgroup (according to its position and shift attributes). The resulting position value is relative to the column specified by stackalign of the containing mstack or mlongdiv. Positive values move towards the tens digit (like multiplying by a power of 10); negative values move towards the ones digit. The decimal point is counted as a column and should be taken into account for negative values. Note that since the default line length spans the entire mstack, the position has no effect unless the length is specified as non-zero.
length 符号無し整数
unsigned-integer
0
線が引かれるべき列の数を指定します. '0'という値(既定値)は, 行の全ての列に対して(positionstackalignが何も影響を与えない状況で)線が引かれることを意味します.
Specifies the number of columns that should be spanned by the line. A value of '0' (the default) means that all columns in the row are spanned (in which case position and stackalign have no effect).
leftoverhang 長さ
length
0
線が引かれている左端の列の左側に張り出すべき追加の量を指定します.
Specifies an extra amount that the line should overhang on the left of the leftmost column spanned by the line.
rightoverhang 長さ
length
0
線が引かれている右端の列の右側に張り出すべき追加の量を指定します.
Specifies an extra amount that the line should overhang on the right of the rightmost column spanned by the line.
mslinethickness 長さ | "thin" | "medium" | "thick"
length
medium
どのような太さで線が描かれるべきか指定します. 線は, 高さ=0で, 深さ=mslinethicknessであるべきなので, mslineの上は, (あれば)囲っている文脈の欧文ベースライン(訳注:欧文書体で水平の基準線で大文字の下端の位置)になります. (太さの値medium, thin, thickについての議論は3.3.2 分数 <mfrac>を参照して下さい.)
Specifies how thick the line should be drawn. The line should have height=0, and depth=mslinethickness so that the top of the msline is on the baseline of the surrounding context (if any). (See 3.3.2 Fractions <mfrac> for discussion of the thickness keywords medium, thin and thick.)

3.6.8 初等数学の例
Elementary Math Examples

3.6.8.1 足し算と引き算の筆算
Addition and Subtraction

足し算, 引き算, 掛け算の筆算は, 典型的に数字, 繰り上がり・繰り下がり, 線, 演算の記号を含んでいます.

Two-dimensional addition, subtraction, and multiplication typically involve numbers, carries/borrows, lines, and the sign of the operation.

下記は, この節の最初に示した例です. mn要素の中の数字は, "+"がそうであるようにそれぞれ列を占めます. noneは, "4"の下の列を埋めるために使用され, "+"を全ての被演算子の左側に現れるようにします. 何の属性も, mslineが列全体に引かれるようには与えられていないことに気を付けて下さい.

Below is the example shown at the start of the section: the digits inside the mn elements each occupy a column as does the "+". none is used to fill in the column under the "4" and make the "+" appear to the left of all of the operands. Notice that no attributes are given on msline causing it to span all of the columns.

<mstack>
  <mn>424</mn>
  <msrow> <mo>+</mo> <none/> <mn>33</mn> </msrow>
  <msline/>
</mstack>
\begin{array}{@{}r@{}}    424 \\   +\phantom0 33 \\   \hline \end{array}

次の例は, どのように演算子を右側に付けるか明示しています. 演算子を右側に置くことは, ニュージーランドなどのいくつかの国で標準です. 例には全部で4つの行があるにも関わらず, 通常の位置揃え, 数字の右側の暗黙の小数点なので, どの行も空白を入れたりずらしたりする必要はないことに気を付けて下さい.

The next example illustrates how to put an operator on the right. Placing the operator on the right is standard in the Netherlands and some other countries. Notice that although there are a total of four columns in the example, because the default alignment is on the implied decimal point to the right of the numbers, it is not necessary to pad or shift any row.

<mstack>
  <mn>123</mn>
  <msrow> <mn>456</mn> <mo>+</mo> </msrow>
  <msline/>
  <mn>579</mn>
</mstack>
\begin{array}{l}   123 \\   456+ \\   \hline   579 \end{array}

次の2つの例は, 列を埋めるのにnoneを利用している, mscarries, mscarryの利用例を図解しています. この例は, 繰り下がりを表示する2つの異なった方法も描いています.

The following two examples illustrate the use of mscarries, mscarry and using none to fill in a column. The examples also illustrate two different ways of displaying a borrow.

<mstack>
  <mscarries crossout='updiagonalstrike'>
    <mn>2</mn>  <mn>12</mn>  <mscarry crossout='none'> <none/> </mscarry>
  </mscarries>
  <mn>2,327</mn>
  <msrow> <mo>-</mo> <mn> 1,156</mn> </msrow>
  <msline/>
  <mn>1,171</mn>
</mstack>
<mstack>
  <mscarries location='nw'>
    <none/>
    <mscarry crossout='updiagonalstrike' location='n'> <mn>2</mn> </mscarry>
    <mn>1</mn>
    <none/>
  </mscarries>
  <mn>2,327</mn>
  <msrow> <mo>-</mo> <mn> 1,156</mn> </msrow>
  <msline/>
  <mn>1,171</mn>
</mstack>

2つ目の例に対するMathMLは, 取消し線が1つの列にのみ現れるようにmscarryを使用しています.

The MathML for the second example uses mscarry because a crossout should only happen on a single column:

次の引き算の例は, 下線付きの繰り下がりを示しています(この例はスウェーデンの書き方です). 注意すべきことが2つあります. mencloseが繰り下がりで利用されていること, そして, noneが空要素に対して用いられているので, mscarryが取消し線を描くのに利用できることです.

The next example of subtraction shows a borrowed amount that is underlined (the example is from a Swedish source). There are two things to notice: an menclose is used in the carry, and none is used for the empty element so that mscarry can be used to create a crossout.

<mstack>
  <mscarries>
    <mscarry crossout='updiagonalstrike'><none/></mscarry>
    <menclose notation='bottom'> <mn>10</mn> </menclose>
  </mscarries>
  <mn>52</mn>
  <msrow> <mo>-</mo> <mn> 7</mn> </msrow>
  <msline/>
  <mn>45</mn>
</mstack>
\begin{array}{r} \underbar{\scriptsize 10}\!\\ 5\llap{$/$}2\\ {}-{}7\\ \hline 45 \end{array}
3.6.8.2 掛け算の筆算
Multiplication

下記は, msgroup要素とshift属性の利用について図解した, 単純な掛け算の例です. 1番目のmsgroupは必要ですが, 配置を変更しません. 2番目のmsgroupは取り除くこともできますが, msrowが最後の2つの子要素に対して必要になるでしょう. それらのmsrowは, position属性またはshift属性を設定するか, 右側を数字で埋めるためにnoneを加える必要があるでしょう.

Below is a simple multiplication example that illustrates the use of msgroup and the shift attribute. The first msgroup is implied and doesn't change the layout. The second msgroup could also be removed, but msrow would be needed for last two children. They msrow would need to set the position or shift attributes, or would add none elements to pad the digits on the right.

<mstack>
  <msgroup>
    <mn>123</mn>
    <msrow><mo>×</mo><mn>321</mn></msrow>
  </msgroup>
  <msline/>
  <msgroup shift="1">
    <mn>123</mn>
    <mn>246</mn>
    <mn>369</mn>
  </msgroup>
  <msline/>
</mstack>

次の例は, 複数の繰り上がりの行を持っている, より複雑な掛け算の例です. この例は(やや人為的に)数字の区切り文字としてコンマ(",")を含んでもいます. コードは, これらの区切り文字を, ASCIIでない文字と一緒に間隔を取る属性の中に含みます.

The following is a more complicated example of multiplication that has multiple rows of carries. It also (somewhat artificially) includes commas (",") as digit separators. The encoding includes these separators in the spacing attribute value, along non-ASCII values.

<mstack>
  <mscarries><mn>1</mn><mn>1</mn><none/></mscarries>
  <mscarries><mn>1</mn><mn>1</mn><none/></mscarries>
  <mn>1,234</mn>
  <msrow><mo>×</mo><mn>4,321</mn></msrow>
  <msline/>

  <mscarries position='2'>
    <mn>1</mn>
    <none/>
    <mn>1</mn>
    <mn>1</mn>
    <mn>1</mn>
    <none/>
    <mn>1</mn>
  </mscarries>
  <msgroup shift="1">
    <mn>1,234</mn>
    <mn>24,68</mn>
    <mn>370,2</mn>
    <msrow position="1"> <mn>4,936</mn> </msrow>
  </msgroup>
  <msline/>

  <mn>5,332,114</mn>
</mstack>
\begin{array}{r}  {}_1 {\hspace{0.05em}}_1\phantom{0} \\  {}_1 {\hspace{0.05em}}_1\phantom{0} \\   1,234 \\   \times 4,321 \\   \hline  {}_1 \phantom{,} {\hspace{0.05em \,}}_1 {\hspace{0.05em}}_1  {\hspace{0.05em}}_1 \phantom{,} {\hspace{0.05em \,}}_1 \phantom{00} \\   1,234 \\   24,68\phantom{0} \\   370,2\phantom{00} \\   4,936\phantom{,000} \\   \hline   5,332,114 \end{array}
3.6.8.3 割り算の筆算
Long Division

割り算の筆算に用いられる表記は, 国によってかなり異なります. ほとんどの表記は, 途中の計算結果や被演算子に引き算を行うための線を描くといった共通の特徴を持っています. マイナス記号はときどき途中計算で見られたり, 見られなかったりします. 引かれている線は, 上にある表記に合わせて長さが変化します. 表記の間の最も大きな外見上の違いは, 除数の場所が変化したり, 同じように商, 余り, 途中の項の場所が変化したりすることです.

The notation used for long division varies considerably among countries. Most notations share the common characteristics of aligning intermediate results and drawing lines for the operands to be subtracted. Minus signs are sometimes shown for the intermediate calculations, and sometimes they are not. The line that is drawn varies in length depending upon the notation. The most apparent difference among the notations is that the position of the divisor varies, as does the location of the quotient, remainder, and intermediate terms.

使用される配置は, longdivstyle属性により制御されます. 下記は3.6.2.2 属性で一覧にされた値に対する例です.

The layout used is controlled by the longdivstyle attribute. Below are examples for the values listed in 3.6.2.2 Attributes.

lefttop stackedrightright mediumstackedrightright shortstackedrightright righttop
left/\right left)(right :right=right stackedleftleft stackedleftlinetop

最初の例に対するMathMLを下に示します. 入れ子になったmsgroupの利用やそれらの利用においてpositionがどのように計算されるのか図解しています.

The MathML for the first example is shown below. It illustrates the use of nested msgroups and how the position is calculated in those usages.

<mlongdiv longdivstyle="lefttop">
  <mn> 3 </mn>
  <mn> 435.3</mn>

  <mn> 1306</mn>

  <msgroup position="2" shift="-1">
    <msgroup>
      <mn> 12</mn>
      <msline length="2"/>
    </msgroup>
    <msgroup>
      <mn> 10</mn>
      <mn> 9</mn>
      <msline length="2"/>
    </msgroup>
    <msgroup>
      <mn> 16</mn>
      <mn> 15</mn>
      <msline length="2"/>
      <mn> 1.0</mn>           <!-- 右端('0')ではなく, '.'で位置揃えする -->
                                  <!-- aligns on '.', not the right edge ('0') -->
    </msgroup>
    <msgroup position='-1'>   <!-- "."の右まで移動するように追加でずらす -->
                                  <!-- extra shift to move to the right of the "." -->
      <mn> 9</mn>
      <msline length="3"/>
      <mn> 1</mn>
    </msgroup>
  </msgroup>
</mlongdiv>

最後の例を除いて, 他の例に対するコードは, longdivstyleに対する値が異なること, また, 小数点の"."の代わりに","が使われていることを除いて同じです. 最後の例において, longdivstyleに異なる値を用いた他の例との違いは, アラビア文字の数字を, 下に示すとおりラテン文字の数字の場所に用いていることのみです.

With the exception of the last example, the encodings for the other examples are the same except that the values for longdivstyle differ and that a "," is used instead of a "." for the decimal point. For the last example, the only difference from the other examples besides a different value for longdivstyle is that Arabic numerals have been used in place of Latin numerals, as shown below.

<mstyle decimalpoint="٫">
  <mlongdiv longdivstyle="stackedleftlinetop">
    <mn> ٣ </mn>
    <mn> ٤٣٥٫٣</mn>

    <mn> ١٣٠٦</mn>
    <msgroup position="2" shift="-1">
      <msgroup>
        <mn> ١٢</mn>
        <msline length="2"/>
      </msgroup>
      <msgroup>
        <mn> ١٠</mn>
        <mn> ٩</mn>
        <msline length="2"/>
      </msgroup>
      <msgroup>
        <mn> ١٦</mn>
        <mn> ١٥</mn>
        <msline length="2"/>
        <mn> ١٫٠</mn>
      </msgroup>
      <msgroup position='-1'>
        <mn> ٩</mn>
        <msline length="3"/>
        <mn> ١</mn>
      </msgroup>
    </msgroup>
  </mlongdiv>
</mstyle>
3.6.8.4 循環小数
Repeating decimal

1/3(.3333...)のような無限に繰り返す数字を持つ小数は, 様々な表記を用いて表されます. ある共通の表記は, 繰り返す数字の上に水平線を引く方法です(ポルトガルでは下線が用いられます). 他の表記としては, 繰り返す数字の上に点を配置する方法があります. これらに対するMathMLは, 真っ当な方法としては, mstack, msrow, mslineを用いるものです. これらの表記は, 下記のとおり表されます.

Decimal numbers that have digits that repeat infinitely such as 1/3 (.3333...) are represented using several notations. One common notation is to put a horizontal line over the digits that repeat (in Portugal an underline is used). Another notation involves putting dots over the digits that repeat. The MathML for these involves using mstack, msrow, and msline in a straightforward manner. These notations are shown below:

<mstack stackalign="right">
  <msline length="1"/>
  <mn> 0.3333 </mn>
</mstack>
0.33333 \overline{3}
<mstack stackalign="right">
  <msline length="6"/>
  <mn> 0.142857 </mn>
</mstack>
0.\overline{142857}
<mstack stackalign="right">
  <mn> 0.142857 </mn>
  <msline length="6"/>
</mstack>
0.\underline{142857}
<mstack stackalign="right">
  <msrow> <mo>.</mo> <none/><none/><none/><none/> <mo>.</mo> </msrow>
  <mn> 0.142857 </mn>
</mstack>
0.\dot{1}4285\dot{7}

3.7 式に動きを付ける
Enlivening Expressions

3.7.1 式の一部に動作を結び付ける
Bind Action to Sub-Expression

maction要素は, 式に動作を結び付ける仕組みを提供します. maction要素は引数としていくつでも式を受け入れ, 起こるべき動作の種類をactiontype属性で制御しています. MathML 3は, 4つの動作toggle, statusline, statusline, inputを予め定義していました. しかしながら, どの動作を実装することも動作環境に強く依存することから, MathML 4は, もはやそれらの動作が何を行うか定義していません. さらに, ウェブの環境では, 動作を行うのにjavascriptと結び付けられるイベントがより力強い解決策ですが, mactionは, それらのイベントをくっつけるために便利な包み込む要素を提供します.

The maction element provides a mechanism for binding actions to expressions. This element accepts any number of sub-expressions as arguments and the type of action that should happen is controlled by the actiontype attribute. MathML 3 predefined the four actions: toggle, statusline, statusline, and input. However, because the ability to implement any action depends very strongly on the platform, MathML 4 no longer predefines what these actions do. Furthermore, in the web environment events connected to javascript to perform actions are a more powerful solution, although maction provides a convenient wrapper element on which to attach such an event.

math要素の内部であったり, URLであったり他の要素をリンクすることは, mactionでは扱えません. 代わりに, MathML要素に直接, 6.4.4 リンクで指定されているリンクを加えることで扱えます.

Linking to other elements, either locally within the math element or to some URL, is not handled by maction. Instead, it is handled by adding a link directly on a MathML element as specified in 6.4.4 Linking.

3.7.1.1 属性
Attributes

maction要素は, 3.1.9 プレゼンテーション要素に共通の数学属性で指定された属性に加えて下に示した属性を持ちます.

maction elements accept the attributes listed below in addition to those specified in 3.1.9 Mathematics attributes common to presentation elements.

通常, 指定されたactiontypeを受け入れないMathMLソフトウェアは, 下で定義されたように選択された式を描画すべきです. 選択された式が存在しない場合, MathMLエラーになります. この場合の適切な描画は, D.2 エラーの扱いで説明するとおりです.

By default, MathML applications that do not recognize the specified actiontype should render the selected sub-expression as defined below. If no selected sub-expression exists, it is a MathML error; the appropriate rendering in that case is as described in D.2 Handling of Errors.

名前
Name

values
既定値
default
actiontype 文字列
string
必要
required
この要素に対し何が起こるべきか指定します. 値には制限がありません. 適合した描画ソフトウェアは, 後で一覧にした値を描画するように促されているにも関わらず, 処理しない何らかの値を無視してもよいです.
Specifies what should happen for this element. The values allowed are open-ended. Conforming renderers may ignore any value they do not handle, although renderers are encouraged to render the values listed below.
selection 正の整数
positive-integer
1
どの子要素が表示に用いられるべきか指定します. この値は, 1とこの要素の子要素の数の間であるべきです. 指定された子要素は, maction要素の選択された式として参照されます. 値が範囲外であるとき, エラーになります. selection属性が指定されていないとき, (それに対する動作の種類が何ら意味を持たない場合も含めて)既定値は1です. そのため, 選択された式は最初の式になるでしょう.
Specifies which child should be used for viewing. Its value should be between 1 and the number of children of the element. The specified child is referred to as the selected sub-expression of the maction element. If the value specified is out of range, it is an error. When the selection attribute is not specified (including for action types for which it makes no sense), its default value is 1, so the selected sub-expression will be the first sub-expression.

MathMLソフトウェアが, 利用者のMathMLの式を全体環境のクリップボード(6.3 MathMLを受け渡す参照)にコピーする命令に応じるのであれば, コピーされるものの中のどのmaction要素も, コピーされるときにselectionの値によって選択されMathMLで描画される状態の式とされるべきです.

If a MathML application responds to a user command to copy a MathML sub-expression to the environment's clipboard (see 6.3 Transferring MathML), any maction elements present in what is copied should be given selection values that correspond to their selection state in the MathML rendering at the time of the copy command.

MathMLソフトウェアが, 複数の入れ子になったmaction要素によって処理されるであろうマウスの動作を受け取ったとき, それぞれの動作の種類の中で最も内側のmaction要素が, その動作を受け取るべきです.

When a MathML application receives a mouse event that may be processed by two or more nested maction elements, the innermost maction element of each action type should respond to the event.

actiontypeの値は無制限です. 他の値が与えられたり, 追加の属性が必要になったりした場合, XMLにおいては, 属性は別の名前空間にいなければなりません. HTMLにおいては, 属性は"data-"で始まらなければなりません. XMLの例を下記に示します.

The actiontype values are open-ended. If another value is given and it requires additional attributes, the attributes must be in a different namespace in XML; in HTML the attributes must begin with "data-". An XML example is shown below:

<maction actiontype="highlight" my:color="red" my:background="yellow"> 式 </maction>
<maction actiontype="highlight" my:color="red" my:background="yellow"> expression </maction>

この例では, 他の名前空間の標準でない属性が, それらに対応した描画ソフトウェアに, MathML構文を破ることなしに, 追加の情報を渡すのに使われています(D.3 指定されていないデータに対する属性参照). my:color属性は, 表示されている文字の色を変えるでしょうし, my:background属性は文字の背景の色を変えるでしょう.

In the example, non-standard attributes from another namespace are being used to pass additional information to renderers that support them, without violating the MathML Schema (see D.3 Attributes for unspecified data). The my:color attributes might change the color of the characters in the presentation, while the my:background attribute might change the color of the background behind the characters.

3.8 意味と表現
Semantics and Presentation

MathMLは, プレゼンテーションMathML要素に意味情報を付け加えることができるように, semantics要素を利用します. この要素は, コンテントMathMLでも他の表記でも良いです. semantics自体は, プレゼンテーションMathMLとコンテントMathML両方の一部と見なされるべきです. MathML処理ソフトウェアは, それらのマークアップのうち1つしか処理できないとしても, semantics要素を処理すべきです.

MathML uses the semantics element to allow specifying semantic annotations to presentation MathML elements; these can be content MathML or other notations. As such, semantics should be considered part of both presentation MathML and content MathML. All MathML processors should process the semantics element, even if they only process one of those subsets.

意味情報を付け加える際に, プレゼンテーションMathMLの式は, 典型的にsemantics要素の最初の子要素になります. しかしながら, semantics要素は, semantics要素の中のannotation-xml要素の中で与えられることもできます. semantics要素がannotation-xml要素の一部の場合, encoding=application/mathml-presentation+xmlまたはencoding=MathML-Presentationが利用されてもよいです. また, プレゼンテーションMathML処理ソフトウェアは, プレゼンテーションMathMLに対する値を使用すべきです.

In semantic annotations a presentation MathML expression is typically the first child of the semantics element. However, it can also be given inside of an annotation-xml element inside the semantics element. If it is part of an annotation-xml element, then encoding=application/mathml-presentation+xml or encoding=MathML-Presentation may be used and presentation MathML processors should use this value for the presentation.

semantics要素とannotation-xml要素の詳細について, より詳しくは5.2 付加情報の枠組みを参照して下さい.

See 5.2 Annotation Elements for more details about the semantics and annotation-xml elements.

4. コンテントマークアップ
Content Markup

課題284: intentを使用した厳格なコンテントマークアップの表現例の作成 MathML 4intent
Issue 284: Make the sample presentation of Strict Content use intent

現在のところ, 描画の"例"はあります. intentを使用した例を作成しましょう.

There are currently "sample" renderings. Let's make this use intent.

4.1 導入
Introduction

4.1.1 コンテントマークアップの目的
The Purpose of Content Markup

コンテントマークアップの目的は, 式に対する何らかの特定の表記ではなく, 式の基本的な数学的意味の明確なコード化を提供することです. 数学表記は, 時として, あいまいで, 文脈に依存し, 分野ごとに変化します. 多くの場合に, 基本となる整然とした数学事象に直接働きかけることが好まれます. コンテントマークアップは, 論理的で拡張可能な意味の枠組と, その目的のためのマークアップ言語を提供します.

The purpose of Content Markup is to provide an explicit encoding of the underlying mathematical meaning of an expression, rather than any particular notation for the expression. Mathematical notation is at times ambiguous, context-dependent, and varies from community to community. In many cases, it is preferable to work directly with the underlying, formal, mathematical objects. Content Markup provides a rigorous, extensible semantic framework and a markup language for this purpose.

どう表されるかを尊重せずに, 基本となる数学的構造を明確にコード化することで, 数学事象を意味的に処理するシステム間で, より正確な情報を交換することが可能です. 重要な応用分野は, 数式処理システム, 自動推論システム, 産業や科学での応用, 多言語の翻訳システム, 数学の研究, オンライン試験の自動評価, 対話方式の教科書を含みます.

By encoding the underlying mathematical structure explicitly, without regard to how it is presented, it is possible to interchange information more precisely between systems that semantically process mathematical objects. Important application areas include computer algebra systems, automatic reasoning systems, industrial and scientific applications, multi-lingual translation systems, mathematical search, automated scoring of online assessments, and interactive textbooks.

この章は, コンテントマークアップを定義するのに用いられる基本となる概念の概要を提案し, 厳格なコンテントマークアップを含む要素の核となる集合について述べ, 一般的な数学表現に対応する要素の完全な集合を定義しています. 厳格なコンテントマークアップは, 意味的に厳格な方法で一般的な式のツリーをコード化します. 一方, コンテントMathML要素の完全な集合は, コンテントマークアップの従前版との下位互換性を提供します. 完全なコンテントマークアップと厳格なコンテントマークアップとの間の対応は, 任意のコンテントマークアップを厳格なコンテントマークアップに変換するアルゴリズムについて詳細を示したF. 厳格なコンテントMathMLへの変換で定義されています.

This chapter presents an overview of basic concepts used to define Content Markup, describes a core collection of elements that comprise Strict Content Markup, and defines a full collection of elements to support common mathematical idioms. Strict Content Markup encodes general expression trees in a semantically rigorous way, while the full set of Content MathML elements provides backward-compatibility with previous versions of Content Markup. The correspondence between full Content Markup and Strict Content Markup is defined in F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation, which details an algorithm to translate arbitrary Content Markup into Strict Content Markup.

4.1.2 コンテントマークアップの式
Content Expressions

コンテントMathMLは, 式のツリー構造として数学事象を表現します. 一般に, 式のツリー構造は, 演算子を一連の部分的な式に適用することで構成されます. 例えば, 和x+yは, 足し算の演算子を2つの引数xyに適用するものとして構成できます. また, 式cos(π)は, 余弦関数を数πに適用するものとして構成できます.

Content MathML represents mathematical objects as expression trees. In general, an expression tree is constructed by applying an operator to a sequence of sub-expressions. For example, the sum x+y can be constructed as the application of the addition operator to two arguments x and y, and the expression cos(π) as the application of the cosine function to the number π.

ツリー構造の末端の要素は, 数字, 変数, 四則演算子などの基本となる数学の対象物です. ツリー構造の中間の要素は, 関数の適用や, 複合したものを組み立てる他の数学の構造を表します.

The terminal nodes in an expression tree represent basic mathematical objects such as numbers, variables, arithmetic operations, and so on. The internal nodes in the tree represent function application or other mathematical constructions that build up compound objects.

MathMLは, 広い範囲の応用事例の中から十分なように選んだ, 比較的少数のごく普通の数学的構造を定義しています. 加えて, MathMLは, 定義した集合以外の数学的概念を, それらを適切に表現することを認めることで, 参照する仕組みを提供します.

MathML defines a relatively small number of commonplace mathematical constructs, chosen to be sufficient in a wide range of applications. In addition, it provides a mechanism to refer to concepts outside of the collection it defines, allowing them to be represented as well.

コンテント要素の定義された集合は, アメリカ合衆国の幼稚園から大学の最初の2年間を通じて典型的に利用される公式を, 単純にコード化するのに十分なものとなるよう設計されました. それらの公式は, ヨーロッパでのAレベル(訳注:イギリスの大学入学資格として認められる統一試験)または大学入試レベルに当たります.

The defined set of content elements is designed to be adequate for simple coding of formulas typically used from kindergarten through the first two years of college in the United States, that is, up to A-Level or Baccalaureate level in Europe.

MathMLコンテント要素の集合の第一の役割は, 式の数学的構造を, それらを表現するのに使われる表記とは独立して, コード化することです. ただし, 描画の課題は無視できません. MathML要素を直接実装することから, 表記の定義の宣言やXSLTスタイルシートに至るまでの, コンテントMathMLの式を描画するたくさんの様々な方法があります. コンテントMathMLの描画の必要事項は多岐に渡ることから, MathMLは, 標準となる描画の仕様を提供していません. その代わり, 典型的な描画は, プレゼンテーションマークアップを使用して得られた例を通じて提案されています.

The primary role of the MathML content element set is to encode the mathematical structure of an expression independent of the notation used to present it. However, rendering issues cannot be ignored. There are many different approaches to render Content MathML formulae, ranging from native implementations of the MathML elements, to declarative notation definitions, to XSLT style sheets. Because rendering requirements for Content MathML vary widely, MathML does not provide a normative rendering specification. Instead, typical renderings are suggested by way of examples given using presentation markup.

4.1.3 式の概念
Expression Concepts

コンテントMathMLの式の組み立ての基本となる部分は, 数字, 識別子, 記号です. これらの基本となる部分は, 関数の適用や束縛する演算子を使用して組合せられます.

The basic building blocks of Content MathML expressions are numbers, identifiers, and symbols. These building blocks are combined using function application and binding operators.

x+2において, 数字2は, 固定値の数字を表しています. コンテントMathMLは, 数量を表すのにcn要素を使用します. 識別子xは, 数学変数, すなわち, 前もって決められた値を持たない量を表す識別子です. コンテントMathMLは, 変数識別子を表すのにci要素を使用します.

In the expression x+2, the numeral 2 represents a number with a fixed value. Content MathML uses the cn element to represent numerical quantities. The identifier x is a mathematical variable, that is, an identifier that represents a quantity with no predetermined value. Content MathML uses the ci element to represent variable identifiers.

プラス記号は, 固定された外部で定義されたもので, すなわち加算の関数を表します. このような識別子は, 変数と区別するために記号と呼ばれます. 一般的な初等関数と演算子は, そういった意味で全て記号です。コンテントMathMLは, 記号を表すのにcsymbol要素を使用します.

The plus sign is an identifier that represents a fixed, externally defined object, namely, the addition function. Such an identifier is called a symbol, to distinguish it from a variable. Common elementary functions and operators are all symbols in this sense. Content MathML uses the csymbol element to represent symbols.

数字、変数、記号を組合せる基本的な方法は, 関数の適用です. コンテントMathMLは, 関数自体(正弦関数といった記号, fといった変数, 他の式でもよい)と, その関数を引数に適用した結果とを区別します. apply要素は, 関数と引数を構造上まとめ, 引数に関数を適用した場合に返される式を表します.

The fundamental way to combine numbers, variables, and symbols is function application. Content MathML distinguishes between the function itself (which may be a symbol such as the sine function, a variable such as f, or some other expression) and the result of applying the function to its arguments. The apply element groups the function with its arguments syntactically, and represents the expression that results from applying the function to its arguments.

4.1.4 変数の束縛
Variable Binding

式において, 変数は, 束縛変数または自由変数として説明されてもよいです. 束縛変数は, 束縛された式の範囲内で特別な役割を持っています. それらの変数は, 式の意味を変えることなく, 束縛範囲の中でいつでも名前が変えられてもよいです. 自由変数は, 式の中で束縛されていない変数です. コンテントMathMLは, (例えばf(x)といった)自由変数への関数の適用と, 束縛範囲の中で変数を束縛する演算を区別します. bind要素は, 束縛変数の束縛範囲を表すのに利用され, bvar要素を使用して供給された, 束縛する演算子と束縛変数をまとめます.

In an expression, variables may be described as bound or free variables. Bound variables have a special role within the scope of a binding expression, and may be renamed consistently within that scope without changing the meaning of the expression. Free variables are those that are not bound within an expression. Content MathML differentiates between the application of a function to a free variable (e.g. f(x)) and an operation that binds a variable within a binding scope. The bind element is used to delineate the binding scope of a bound variable and to group the binding operator with its bound variables, which are supplied using the bvar element.

厳格なコンテントマークアップにおいて, 変数を束縛した状態にする唯一の方法は, bind要素を使用することです. 厳格でないコンテントマークアップにおいて, 他のマークアップ要素が, 総和や積分のlimitといった, よく知られた慣用表現にとてもよく似たものを提供します. それらの構成は, 積分変数や総和の添え字変数といった具合に, 暗に変数を束縛してもよいです. MathMLは, それらの構成で必要な補助データを表すのに利用される要素を参照するのに, 修飾要素という用語を使用します.

In Strict Content markup, the only way to perform variable binding is to use the bind element. In non-Strict Content markup, other markup elements are provided that more closely resemble well-known idiomatic notations, such as limit-style notations for sums and integrals. These constructs may implicitly bind variables, such as the variable of integration, or the index variable in a sum. MathML uses the term qualifier element to refer to those elements used to represent the auxiliary data required by these constructs.

修飾要素を含む式は, それぞれが同じような束縛する演算子の種類に適用される, 少ない数の慣用的なパターンの1つに従います. 例えば, 総和と総積は, 同じパターンに従う添え字変数を使用することから同じ種類です. コンテントMathMLの演算子の種類は4.3.4 演算子の種類で詳しく説明されています.

Expressions involving qualifiers follow one of a small number of idiomatic patterns, each of which applies to a class of similar binding operators. For example, sums and products are in the same class because they use index variables following the same pattern. The Content MathML operator classes are described in detail in 4.3.4 Operator Classes.

4.1.5 厳格なコンテントMathML
Strict Content MathML

MathML3の初期段階から, 厳格なコンテントMathMLは, 均一の構造を用いて数学の意味を表現するのに十分な, コンテントMathMLの最小の部分集合として定義されています. 完全なコンテントMathML要素の集合は, MathML2との下位互換性のために残されており, 冗長性と整然性の実用的なバランスを取っています.

Beginning in MathML 3, Strict Content MathML is defined as a minimal subset of Content MathML that is sufficient to represent the meaning of mathematical expressions using a uniform structure. The full Content MathML element set retains backward compatibility with MathML 2, and strikes a pragmatic balance between verbosity and formality.

コンテントMathMLは, 巨大な数の空要素としてコード化される定義済の関数(例えば, sin, logなど)や複合したものを形作る様々な構造(例えば, set, intervalなど)を提供しています. 対照的に, 厳格なコンテントMathMLは, 拡張可能なコンテント辞書の定義を指し示す属性と一緒に, 単独の要素(csymbol)を使用して, 全ての既知の関数を表します. また, 複合した式を組み立てるのにapply要素とbind要素のみを使用します. cnciといった素子要素は, 厳格なコンテントMathMLの一部と見なされますが, 属性の種類と文字列の内容がより制限されています.

Content MathML provides a considerable number of predefined functions encoded as empty elements (e.g. sin, log, etc.) and a variety of constructs for forming compound objects (e.g. set, interval, etc.). In contrast, Strict Content MathML represents all known functions using a single element (csymbol) with an attribute that points to its definition in an extensible content dictionary, and uses only apply and bind elements to build up compound expressions. Token elements such as cn and ci are considered part of Strict Content MathML, but with a more restricted set of attributes and with content restricted to text.

公式な意味のコンテントMathMLの式は, それに等価な厳格なコンテントMathMLの式を指定することで示されます. それらの式は, 全て, コンテント辞書によって定義された公式な意味を持っています. それぞれの厳格でないコンテントMathMLの構成と, それと等価な厳格なコンテントMathMLとの間の厳密な対応は, F. 厳格なコンテントMathMLへの変換で与えられる変換アルゴリズムの一部として使われる, 書き換えの決まりによって説明されます.

The formal semantics of Content MathML expressions are given by specifying equivalent Strict Content MathML expressions, which all have formal semantics defined in terms of content dictionaries. The exact correspondence between each non-Strict Content MathML structure and its Strict Content MathML equivalent is described in terms of rewrite rules that are used as part of the transformation algorithm given in F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation.

F. 厳格なコンテントMathMLへの変換で説明するアルゴリズムは, 全てのコンテントMathMLの式に厳格なコンテントMathMLによって特定の意味を与える上で完璧です. 状況に応じて, そのアルゴリズムは, MathML2では自身の意味が十分に指定されなかった式に, 特定の厳格な解釈を与えます. このアルゴリズムの目標は, 自然な数学的直観に忠実であることです. しかしながら, 極端な状況では, アルゴリズムによって与えられた解釈が過去の見込みと矛盾する状況が残されることがあってもよいです.

The algorithm described in F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation is complete in the sense that it gives every Content MathML expression a specific meaning in terms of a Strict Content MathML expression. In some cases, it gives a specific strict interpretation to an expression whose meaning was not sufficiently specified in MathML 2. The goal of this algorithm is to be faithful to natural mathematical intuitions, however, some edge cases may remain where the specific interpretation given by the algorithm may be inconsistent with earlier expectations.

適合したMathML処理ソフトウェアは, これらのアルゴリズムを実装する必要はありません. それらの変換の決まりの存在は, ソフトウェアが等しい式を同一と扱わなければならないことを意味しません. 特に, ソフトウェアは, 変換の決まりが数学的に同一であると示されている式に対して, 異なった表現の描画をしてもよいです. 一般に, コンテントMathMLは, 特定の式が等しいかを含め, ただし, それだけに限らず, コード化した式のコンピュータ計算の挙動を何ら定義していません.

A conformant MathML processor need not implement this algorithm. The existence of these transformation rules does not imply that a system must treat equivalent expressions identically. In particular, systems may give different presentation renderings for expressions that the transformation rules imply are mathematically equivalent. In general, Content MathML does not define any expectations for the computational behavior of the expressions it encodes, including, but not limited to, the equivalence of any specific expressions.

厳格なコンテントMathMLは, 正式な数学事象と意味を表現するための標準であるOpenMathと互換性があるように設計されています. 厳格なコンテントMathMLは, [OpenMath]の見解によるOpenMathオブジェクトのXMLコード化です. 次の表は, 厳格なコンテントMathML要素とそれらに等価なOpenMathの対応を示しています.

Strict Content MathML is designed to be compatible with OpenMath, a standard for representing formal mathematical objects and semantics. Strict Content MathML is an XML encoding of OpenMath Objects in the sense of [OpenMath]. The following table gives the correspondence between Strict Content MathML elements and their OpenMath equivalents.

厳格なコンテントMathML
Strict Content MathML
OpenMath
OpenMath
cn OMI, OMF
csymbol OMS
ci OMV
cs OMSTR
apply OMA
bind OMBIND
bvar OMBVAR
share OMR
semantics OMATTR
annotation, annotation-xml OMATP, OMFOREIGN
cerror OME
cbytes OMB

4.1.6 コンテント辞書
Content Dictionaries

数式の意味を形式化するどの方法も, 拡張可能でなければなりません. すなわち, それらの方法は, 論説の分野を広げるために, 新しい関数や他の記号を定義する能力を提供しなければなりません. コンテントMathMLは, 新しい記号を表現するのにcsymbol要素を使用し, それらの数学的意味を説明するのにコンテント辞書を使用します. 記号とその意味の説明との間の結び付けは, コンテント辞書の記号の定義を指し示す, csymbol要素の属性を用いて成し遂げられます.

Any method to formalize the meaning of mathematical expressions must be extensible, that is, it must provide the ability to define new functions and symbols to expand the domain of discourse. Content MathML uses the csymbol element to represent new symbols, and uses Content Dictionaries to describe their mathematical semantics. The association between a symbol and its semantic description is accomplished using the attributes of the csymbol element to point to the definition of the symbol in a Content Dictionary.

コンテントMathMLの演算子要素とコンテント辞書の記号の定義との間の対応は, E.3 コンテントMathML演算子で示されています. これらの定義済のMathML記号に対する定義は, OpenMath協会[OpenMath]がW3C数学作業部会と共同で開発したコンテント辞書を参照しています. この情報は有益ですが, 標準ではないことに注意することが重要です. 一般に定義済の記号の正確な数学的意味は, 完全にMathML勧告で指定されている訳ではなく, 記号の意味についての標準の内容は, この章の文章に存在する内容のみです. OpenMathコンテント辞書により提供される意味の定義は, ほとんどのソフトウェアにとって十分なものを意図されており, MathML勧告の類似した構造を特定している意味と一般に互換性があります. しかしながら, とても正確な意味が必要とされる状況(例えば, 数式処理システムの間の通信, 定理の証明といった整然としたシステムなど)で, OpenMathコンテント辞書により提供された定義を, 適切に検証したり拡張したり置き換えたりすることは, 実装を行う関係団体の責任です.

The correspondence between operator elements in Content MathML and symbol definitions in Content Dictionaries is given in E.3 The Content MathML Operators. These definitions for predefined MathML operator symbols refer to Content Dictionaries developed by the OpenMath Society [OpenMath] in conjunction with the W3C Math Working Group. It is important to note that this information is informative, not normative. In general, the precise mathematical semantics of predefined symbols are not fully specified by the MathML Recommendation, and the only normative statements about symbol semantics are those present in the text of this chapter. The semantic definitions provided by the OpenMath Content Dictionaries are intended to be sufficient for most applications, and are generally compatible with the semantics specified for analogous constructs in this Recommendation. However, in contexts where highly precise semantics are required (e.g. communication between computer algebra systems, within formal systems such as theorem provers, etc.) it is the responsibility of the relevant community of practice to verify, extend or replace definitions provided by OpenMath Content Dictionaries as appropriate.

4.2 式の構造をコード化するコンテントMathML要素
Content MathML Elements Encoding Expression Structure

In this section we will present the elements for encoding the structure of content MathML expressions. These elements are the only ones used for the Strict Content MathML encoding. Concretely, we have

Full Content MathML allows further elements presented in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures and 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures, and allows a richer content model presented in this section. Differences in Strict and non-Strict usage of are highlighted in the sections discussing each of the Strict element below.

4.2.1 数字 <cn>
Numbers <cn>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Cn Cn
Attributes CommonAtt, type CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, type?, base?
type Attribute Values integer | real | double | hexdouble     integer | real | double | hexdouble | e-notation | rational | complex-cartesian | complex-polar | constant | text default is real
base Attribute Values integer default is 10
Content text (text | mglyph | sep | PresentationExpression)*

The cn element is the Content MathML element used to represent numbers. Strict Content MathML supports integers, real numbers, and double precision floating point numbers. In these types of numbers, the content of cn is text. Additionally, cn supports rational numbers and complex numbers in which the different parts are separated by use of the sep element. Constructs using sep may be rewritten in Strict Content MathML as constructs using apply as described below.

The type attribute specifies which kind of number is represented in the cn element. The default value is real. Each type implies that the content be of a certain form, as detailed below.

4.2.1.1 Rendering <cn>,<sep/>-Represented Numbers

The default rendering of the text content of cn is the same as that of the Presentation element mn, with suggested variants in the case of attributes or sep being used, as listed below.

4.2.1.2 Strict uses of <cn>

In Strict Content MathML, the type attribute is mandatory, and may only take the values integer, real, hexdouble or double:

integer

An integer is represented by an optional sign followed by a string of one or more decimal digits.

real

A real number is presented in radix notation. Radix notation consists of an optional sign (+ or -) followed by a string of digits possibly separated into an integer and a fractional part by a decimal point. Some examples are 0.3, 1, and -31.56.

double

This type is used to mark up those double-precision floating point numbers that can be represented in the IEEE 754 standard format [IEEE754]. This includes a subset of the (mathematical) real numbers, negative zero, positive and negative real infinity and a set of not a number values. The lexical rules for interpreting the text content of a cn as an IEEE double are specified by Section 3.1.2.5 of XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition [XMLSchemaDatatypes]. For example, -1E4, 1267.43233E12, 12.78e-2, 12, -0, 0 and INF are all valid doubles in this format.

hexdouble

This type is used to directly represent the 64 bits of an IEEE 754 double-precision floating point number as a 16 digit hexadecimal number. Thus the number represents mantissa, exponent, and sign from lowest to highest bits using a least significant byte ordering. This consists of a string of 16 digits 0-9, A-F. The following example represents a NaN value. Note that certain IEEE doubles, such as the NaN in the example, cannot be represented in the lexical format for the double type.

<cn type="hexdouble">7F800000</cn>

Sample Presentation

<mn>0x7F800000</mn>
0x7F800000
4.2.1.3 Non-Strict uses of <cn>

The base attribute is used to specify how the content is to be parsed. The attribute value is a base 10 positive integer giving the value of base in which the text content of the cn is to be interpreted. The base attribute should only be used on elements with type integer or real. Its use on cn elements of other type is deprecated. The default value for base is 10.

Additional values for the type attribute element for supporting e-notations for real numbers, rational numbers, complex numbers and selected important constants. As with the integer, real, double and hexdouble types, each of these types implies that the content be of a certain form. If the type attribute is omitted, it defaults to real.

integer

Integers can be represented with respect to a base different from 10: If base is present, it specifies (in base 10) the base for the digit encoding. Thus base='16' specifies a hexadecimal encoding. When base > 10, Latin letters (A-Z, a-z) are used in alphabetical order as digits. The case of letters used as digits is not significant. The following example encodes the base 10 number 32736.

<cn base="16">7FE0</cn>

Sample Presentation

<msub><mn>7FE0</mn><mn>16</mn></msub>
7FE016

When base > 36, some integers cannot be represented using numbers and letters alone. For example, while

<cn base="1000">10F</cn>

arguably represents the number written in base 10 as 1,000,015, the number written in base 10 as 1,000,037 cannot be represented using letters and numbers alone when base is 1000. Consequently, support for additional characters (if any) that may be used for digits when base > 36 is application specific.

real

Real numbers can be represented with respect to a base different than 10. If a base attribute is present, then the digits are interpreted as being digits computed relative to that base (in the same way as described for type integer).

e-notation

A real number may be presented in scientific notation using this type. Such numbers have two parts (a significand and an exponent) separated by a <sep/> element. The first part is a real number, while the second part is an integer exponent indicating a power of the base.

For example, <cn type="e-notation">12.3<sep/>5</cn> represents 12.3 times 105. The default presentation of this example is 12.3e5. Note that this type is primarily useful for backwards compatibility with MathML 2, and in most cases, it is preferable to use the double type, if the number to be represented is in the range of IEEE doubles:

rational

A rational number is given as two integers to be used as the numerator and denominator of a quotient. The numerator and denominator are separated by <sep/>.

<cn type="rational">22<sep/>7</cn>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mn>22</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>7</mn></mrow>
22/7
complex-cartesian

A complex cartesian number is given as two numbers specifying the real and imaginary parts. The real and imaginary parts are separated by the <sep/> element, and each part has the format of a real number as described above.

<cn type="complex-cartesian"> 12.3 <sep/> 5 </cn>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mn>12.3</mn><mo>+</mo><mn>5</mn><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>i</mi>
</mrow>
12.3+5i
complex-polar

A complex polar number is given as two numbers specifying the magnitude and angle. The magnitude and angle are separated by the <sep/> element, and each part has the format of a real number as described above.

<cn type="complex-polar"> 2 <sep/> 3.1415 </cn>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mn>2</mn>
  <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
  <msup>
    <mi>e</mi>
    <mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mn>3.1415</mn></mrow>
  </msup>
</mrow>
2 e i3.1415
<mrow>
  <mi>Polar</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mn>2</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>3.1415</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
Polar (2,3.1415)
constant

If the value type is constant, then the content should be a Unicode representation of a well-known constant. Some important constants and their common Unicode representations are listed below.

This cn type is primarily for backward compatibility with MathML 1.0. MathML 2.0 introduced many empty elements, such as <pi/> to represent constants, and using these representations or a Strict csymbol representation is preferred.

In addition to the additional values of the type attribute, the content of cn element can contain (in addition to the sep element allowed in Strict Content MathML) mglyph elements to refer to characters not currently available in Unicode, or a general presentation construct (see 3.1.8 Summary of Presentation Elements), which is used for rendering (see 4.1.2 Content Expressions).

If a base attribute is present, it specifies the base used for the digit encoding of both integers. The use of base with rational numbers is deprecated.

4.2.2 コンテントマークアップの識別子 <ci>
Content Identifiers <ci>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Ci Ci
Attributes CommonAtt, type? CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, type?
type Attribute Values integer| rational| real| complex| complex-polar| complex-cartesian| constant| function| vector| list| set| matrix string
Qualifiers BvarQ, DomainQ, degree, momentabout, logbase
Content text text | mglyph | PresentationExpression

Content MathML uses the ci element (mnemonic for content identifier) to construct a variable. Content identifiers represent mathematical variables which have properties, but no fixed value. For example, x and y are variables in the expression x+y, and the variable x would be represented as

<ci>x</ci>

In MathML, variables are distinguished from symbols, which have fixed, external definitions, and are represented by the csymbol element.

After white space normalization the content of a ci element is interpreted as a name that identifies it. Two variables are considered equal, if and only if their names are identical and in the same scope (see 4.2.6 Bindings and Bound Variables <bind> and <bvar> for a discussion).

4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci>

The ci element uses the type attribute to specify the basic type of object that it represents. In Strict Content MathML, the set of permissible values is integer, rational, real, complex, complex-polar, complex-cartesian, constant, function, vector, list, set, and matrix. These values correspond to the symbols integer_type, rational_type, real_type, complex_polar_type, complex_cartesian_type, constant_type, fn_type, vector_type, list_type, set_type, and matrix_type in the mathmltypes Content Dictionary: In this sense the following two expressions are considered equivalent:

<ci type="integer">n</ci>
<semantics>
  <ci>n</ci>
  <annotation-xml cd="mathmltypes" name="type" encoding="MathML-Content">
    <csymbol cd="mathmltypes">integer_type</csymbol>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

Note that complex should be considered an alias for complex-cartesian and rewritten to the same complex_cartesian_type symbol. It is perhaps a more natural type name for use with ci as the distinction between cartesian and polar form really only affects the interpretation of literals encoded with cn.

4.2.2.2 Non-Strict uses of <ci>

The ci element allows any string value for the type attribute, in particular any of the names of the MathML container elements or their type values.

For a more advanced treatment of types, the type attribute is inappropriate. Advanced types require significant structure of their own (for example, vector(complex)) and are probably best constructed as mathematical objects and then associated with a MathML expression through use of the semantics element. See [MathML-Types] for more examples.

4.2.2.3 Rendering Content Identifiers

If the content of a ci element consists of Presentation MathML, that presentation is used. If no such tagging is supplied then the text content is rendered as if it were the content of an mi element. If an application supports bidirectional text rendering, then the rendering follows the Unicode bidirectional rendering.

The type attribute can be interpreted to provide rendering information. For example in

<ci type="vector">V</ci>

a renderer could display a bold V for the vector.

4.2.3 コンテントマークアップの記号 <csymbol>
Content Symbols <csymbol>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Csymbol Csymbol
Attributes CommonAtt, cd CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, type?, cd?
Content SymbolName text | mglyph | PresentationExpression
Qualifiers BvarQ, DomainQ, degree, momentabout, logbase

A csymbol is used to refer to a specific, mathematically-defined concept with an external definition. In the expression x+y, the plus sign is a symbol since it has a specific, external definition, namely the addition function. MathML 3 calls such an identifier a symbol. Elementary functions and common mathematical operators are all examples of symbols. Note that the term symbol is used here in an abstract sense and has no connection with any particular presentation of the construct on screen or paper.

4.2.3.1 Strict uses of <csymbol>

The csymbol identifies the specific mathematical concept it represents by referencing its definition via attributes. Conceptually, a reference to an external definition is merely a URI, i.e. a label uniquely identifying the definition. However, to be useful for communication between user agents, external definitions must be shared.

For this reason, several longstanding efforts have been organized to develop systematic, public repositories of mathematical definitions. Most notable of these, the OpenMath Society repository of Content Dictionaries (CDs) is extensive, open and active. In MathML 3, OpenMath CDs are the preferred source of external definitions. In particular, the definitions of pre-defined MathML 3 operators and functions are given in terms of OpenMath CDs.

MathML 3 provides two mechanisms for referencing external definitions or content dictionaries. The first, using the cd attribute, follows conventions established by OpenMath specifically for referencing CDs. This is the form required in Strict Content MathML. The second, using the definitionURL attribute, is backward compatible with MathML 2, and can be used to reference CDs or any other source of definitions that can be identified by a URI. It is described in the following section.

When referencing OpenMath CDs, the preferred method is to use the cd attribute as follows. Abstractly, OpenMath symbol definitions are identified by a triple of values: a symbol name, a CD name, and a CD base, which is a URI that disambiguates CDs of the same name. To associate such a triple with a csymbol, the content of the csymbol specifies the symbol name, and the name of the Content Dictionary is given using the cd attribute. The CD base is determined either from the document embedding the math element which contains the csymbol by a mechanism given by the embedding document format, or by system defaults, or by the cdgroup attribute, which is optionally specified on the enclosing math element; see 2.2.1 Attributes. In the absence of specific information http://www.openmath.org/cd is assumed as the CD base for all csymbol elements annotation, and annotation-xml. This is the CD base for the collection of standard CDs maintained by the OpenMath Society.

The cdgroup specifies a URL to an OpenMath CD Group file. For a detailed description of the format of a CD Group file, see Section 4.4.2 (CDGroups) in [OpenMath]. Conceptually, a CD group file is a list of pairs consisting of a CD name, and a corresponding CD base. When a csymbol references a CD name using the cd attribute, the name is looked up in the CD Group file, and the associated CD base value is used for that csymbol. When a CD Group file is specified, but a referenced CD name does not appear in the group file, or there is an error in retrieving the group file, the referencing csymbol is not defined. However, the handling of the resulting error is not defined, and is the responsibility of the user agent.

While references to external definitions are URIs, it is strongly recommended that CD files be retrievable at the location obtained by interpreting the URI as a URL. In particular, other properties of the symbol being defined may be available by inspecting the Content Dictionary specified. These include not only the symbol definition, but also examples and other formal properties. Note, however, that there are multiple encodings for OpenMath Content Dictionaries, and it is up to the user agent to correctly determine the encoding when retrieving a CD.

4.2.3.2 Non-Strict uses of <csymbol>

In addition to the forms described above, the csymbol and element can contain mglyph elements to refer to characters not currently available in Unicode, or a general presentation construct (see 3.1.8 Summary of Presentation Elements), which is used for rendering (see 4.1.2 Content Expressions). In this case, when writing to Strict Content MathML, the csymbol should be treated as a ci element, and rewritten using Rewrite: ci presentation mathml.

External definitions (in OpenMath CDs or elsewhere) may also be specified directly for a csymbol using the definitionURL attribute. When used to reference OpenMath symbol definitions, the abstract triple of (symbol name, CD name, CD base) is mapped to a fully-qualified URI as follows:

URI = cdbase + '/' + cd-name + '#' + symbol-name

For example,

(plus, arith1, http://www.openmath.org/cd)

is mapped to

http://www.openmath.org/cd/arith1#plus

The resulting URI is specified as the value of the definitionURL attribute.

This form of reference is useful for backwards compatibility with MathML2 and to facilitate the use of Content MathML within URI-based frameworks (such as RDF [RDF] in the Semantic Web or OMDoc [OMDoc1.2]). Another benefit is that the symbol name in the CD does not need to correspond to the content of the csymbol element. However, in general, this method results in much longer MathML instances. Also, in situations where CDs are under development, the use of a CD Group file allows the locations of CDs to change without a change to the markup. A third drawback to definitionURL is that unlike the cd attribute, it is not limited to referencing symbol definitions in OpenMath content dictionaries. Hence, it is not in general possible for a user agent to automatically determine the proper interpretation for definitionURL values without further information about the context and community of practice in which the MathML instance occurs.

Both the cd and definitionURL mechanisms of external reference may be used within a single MathML instance. However, when both a cd and a definitionURL attribute are specified on a single csymbol, the cd attribute takes precedence.

4.2.3.3 Rendering Symbols

If the content of a csymbol element is tagged using presentation tags, that presentation is used. If no such tagging is supplied then the text content is rendered as if it were the content of an mi element. In particular if an application supports bidirectional text rendering, then the rendering follows the Unicode bidirectional rendering.

4.2.4 文字列 <cs>
String Literals <cs>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Cs Cs
Attributes CommonAtt CommonAtt, DefEncAtt
Content text text

The cs element encodes string literals which may be used in Content MathML expressions.

The content of cs is text; no Presentation MathML constructs are allowed even when used in non-strict markup. Specifically, cs may not contain mglyph elements, and the content does not undergo white space normalization.

Content MathML

<set>
  <cs>A</cs><cs>B</cs><cs>  </cs>
</set>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo>{</mo>
  <ms>A</ms>
  <mo>,</mo>
  <ms>B</ms>
  <mo>,</mo>
  <ms>&#xa0;&#xa0;</ms>
  <mo>}</mo>
</mrow>
{ A , B ,    }

4.2.5 関数の適用 <apply>
Function Application <apply>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Apply Apply
Attributes CommonAtt CommonAtt, DefEncAtt
Content ContExp+ ContExp+ | (ContExp, BvarQ, Qualifier?, ContExp*)

The most fundamental way of building a compound object in mathematics is by applying a function or an operator to some arguments.

4.2.5.1 Strict Content MathML

In MathML, the apply element is used to build an expression tree that represents the application of a function or operator to its arguments. The resulting tree corresponds to a complete mathematical expression. Roughly speaking, this means a piece of mathematics that could be surrounded by parentheses or logical brackets without changing its meaning.

For example, (x + y) might be encoded as

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>

The opening and closing tags of apply specify exactly the scope of any operator or function. The most typical way of using apply is simple and recursive. Symbolically, the content model can be described as:

<apply> op [ a b ...] </apply>

where the operands a, b, ... are MathML expression trees themselves, and op is a MathML expression tree that represents an operator or function. Note that apply constructs can be nested to arbitrary depth.

An apply may in principle have any number of operands. For example, (x + y + z) can be encoded as

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
  <ci>x</ci>
  <ci>y</ci>
  <ci>z</ci>
</apply>

Note that MathML also allows applications without operands, e.g. to represent functions like random(), or current-date().

Mathematical expressions involving a mixture of operations result in nested occurrences of apply. For example, a x + b would be encoded as

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">times</csymbol>
    <ci>a</ci>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </apply>
  <ci>b</ci>
</apply>

There is no need to introduce parentheses or to resort to operator precedence in order to parse expressions correctly. The apply tags provide the proper grouping for the re-use of the expressions within other constructs. Any expression enclosed by an apply element is well-defined, coherent object whose interpretation does not depend on the surrounding context. This is in sharp contrast to presentation markup, where the same expression may have very different meanings in different contexts. For example, an expression with a visual rendering such as (F+G)(x) might be a product, as in

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">times</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
    <ci>F</ci>
    <ci>G</ci>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

or it might indicate the application of the function F + G to the argument x. This is indicated by constructing the sum

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol><ci>F</ci><ci>G</ci></apply>

and applying it to the argument x as in

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
    <ci>F</ci>
    <ci>G</ci>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

In both cases, the interpretation of the outer apply is explicit and unambiguous, and does not change regardless of where the expression is used.

The preceding example also illustrates that in an apply construct, both the function and the arguments may be simple identifiers or more complicated expressions.

The apply element is conceptually necessary in order to distinguish between a function or operator, and an instance of its use. The expression constructed by applying a function to 0 or more arguments is always an element from the codomain of the function. Proper usage depends on the operator that is being applied. For example, the plus operator may have zero or more arguments, while the minus operator requires one or two arguments in order to be properly formed.

4.2.5.2 Rendering Applications

Strict Content MathML applications are rendered as mathematical function applications. If <mi>F</mi> denotes the rendering of <ci>f</ci> and <mi>Ai</mi> the rendering of <ci>ai</ci>, the sample rendering of a simple application is as follows:

Content MathML

<apply><ci>f</ci>
  <ci>a1</ci>
  <ci>a2</ci>
  <ci>...</ci>
  <ci>an</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>F</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo fence="true">(</mo>
    <mi>A1</mi>
    <mo separator="true">,</mo>
    <mi>...</mi>
    <mo separator="true">,</mo>
    <mi>A2</mi>
    <mo separator="true">,</mo>
    <mi>An</mi>
    <mo fence="true">)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
F ( A1 , ... , A2 , An )

Non-Strict MathML applications may also be used with qualifiers. In the absence of any more specific rendering rules for well-known operators, rendering should follow the sample presentation below, motivated by the typical presentation for sum. Let <mi>Op</mi> denote the rendering of <ci>op</ci>, <mi>X</mi> the rendering of <ci>x</ci>, and so on. Then:

Content MathML

<apply><ci>op</ci>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>d</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mi>Op</mi>
    <mrow><mi>X</mi><mo></mo><mi>D</mi></mrow>
  </munder>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo fence="true">(</mo>
    <mi>Expression-in-X</mi>
    <mo fence="true">)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
Op XD ( Expression-in-X )

4.2.6 束縛と束縛変数 <bind><bvar>
Bindings and Bound Variables <bind> and <bvar>

Many complex mathematical expressions are constructed with the use of bound variables, and bound variables are an important concept of logic and formal languages. Variables become bound in the scope of an expression through the use of a quantifier. Informally, they can be thought of as the dummy variables in expressions such as integrals, sums, products, and the logical quantifiers for all and there exists. A bound variable is characterized by the property that systematically renaming the variable (to a name not already appearing in the expression) does not change the meaning of the expression.

4.2.6.1 Bindings
Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Bind Bind
Attributes CommonAtt CommonAtt, DefEncAtt
Content ContExp, BvarQ*, ContExp ContExp, BvarQ*, Qualifier*, ContExp+

Binding expressions are represented as MathML expression trees using the bind element. Its first child is a MathML expression that represents a binding operator, for example integral operator. This is followed by a non-empty list of bvar elements denoting the bound variables, and then the final child which is a general Content MathML expression, known as the body of the binding.

4.2.6.2 Bound Variables
Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class BVar BVar
Attributes CommonAtt CommonAtt, DefEncAtt
Content ci | semantics-ci (ci | semantics-ci), degree? | degree?, (ci | semantics-ci)

The bvar element is used to denote the bound variable of a binding expression, e.g. in sums, products, and quantifiers or user defined functions.

The content of a bvar element is an annotated variable, i.e. either a content identifier represented by a ci element or a semantics element whose first child is an annotated variable. The name of an annotated variable of the second kind is the name of its first child. The name of a bound variable is that of the annotated variable in the bvar element.

Bound variables are identified by comparing their names. Such identification can be made explicit by placing an id on the ci element in the bvar element and referring to it using the xref attribute on all other instances. An example of this approach is

<bind><csymbol cd="quant1">forall</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci id="var-x">x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">lt</csymbol>
    <ci xref="var-x">x</ci>
    <cn>1</cn>
  </apply>
</bind>

This id based approach is especially helpful when constructions involving bound variables are nested.

It is sometimes necessary to associate additional information with a bound variable. The information might be something like a detailed mathematical type, an alternative presentation or encoding or a domain of application. Such associations are accomplished in the standard way by replacing a ci element (even inside the bvar element) by a semantics element containing both the ci and the additional information. Recognition of an instance of the bound variable is still based on the actual ci elements and not the semantics elements or anything else they may contain. The id-based approach outlined above may still be used.

The following example encodes x.x+y=y+x.

<bind><csymbol cd="quant1">forall</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">eq</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol><ci>y</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</bind>

In non-Strict Content markup, the bvar element is used in a number of idiomatic constructs. These are described in 4.3.3 Qualifiers and 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures.

4.2.6.3 Renaming Bound Variables

It is a defining property of bound variables that they can be renamed consistently in the scope of their parent bind element. This operation, sometimes known as α-conversion, preserves the semantics of the expression.

A bound variable x may be renamed to say y so long as y does not occur free in the body of the binding, or in any annotations of the bound variable, x to be renamed, or later bound variables.

If a bound variable x is renamed, all free occurrences of x in annotations in its bvar element, any following bvar children of the bind and in the expression in the body of the bind should be renamed.

In the example in the previous section, note how renaming x to z produces the equivalent expression z.z+y=y+z, whereas x may not be renamed to y, as y is free in the body of the binding and would be captured, producing the expression y.y+y=y+y which is not equivalent to the original expression.

4.2.6.4 Rendering Binding Constructions

If <ci>b</ci> and <ci>s</ci> are Content MathML expressions that render as the Presentation MathML expressions <mi>B</mi> and <mi>S</mi> then the sample rendering of a binding element is as follows:

Content MathML

<bind><ci>b</ci>
  <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>...</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
  <ci>s</ci>
</bind>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>B</mi>
  <mrow>
    <mi>x1</mi>
    <mo separator="true">,</mo>
    <mi>...</mi>
    <mo separator="true">,</mo>
    <mi>xn</mi>
  </mrow>
  <mo separator="true">.</mo>
  <mi>S</mi>
</mrow>
B x1 , ... , xn . S

4.2.7 構造の共有 <share>
Structure Sharing <share>

To conserve space in the XML encoding, MathML expression trees can make use of structure sharing.

4.2.7.1 The share element
Schema Fragment
Class Share
Attributes CommonAtt, src
src Attribute Values URI
Content Empty

The share element has an src attribute used to reference a MathML expression tree. The value of the src attribute is a URI specifying the id attribute of the root node of the expression tree. When building a MathML expression tree, the share element is equivalent to a copy of the MathML expression tree referenced by the src attribute. Note that this copy is structurally equal, but not identical to the element referenced. The values of the share will often be relative URI references, in which case they are resolved using the base URI of the document containing the share element.

For instance, the mathematical object f(f(f(a,a),f(a,a)),f(f(a,a),f(a,a))) can be encoded as either one of the following representations (and some intermediate versions as well).

<apply><ci>f</ci>
  <apply><ci>f</ci>
    <apply><ci>f</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
    </apply>
    <apply><ci>f</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
    </apply>
  </apply>
  <apply><ci>f</ci>
    <apply><ci>f</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
    </apply>
    <apply><ci>f</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
    </apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><ci>f</ci>
  <apply id="t1"><ci>f</ci>
    <apply id="t11"><ci>f</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <ci>a</ci>
    </apply>
    <share src="#t11"/>



  </apply>
  <share src="#t1"/>









</apply>
4.2.7.2 An Acyclicity Constraint

Say that an element dominates all its children and all elements they dominate. Say also that a share element dominates its target, i.e. the element that carries the id attribute pointed to by the src attribute. For instance in the representation on the right above, the apply element with id="t1" and also the second share (with src="t11") both dominate the apply element with id="t11".

The occurrences of the share element must obey the following global acyclicity constraint: An element may not dominate itself. For example, the following representation violates this constraint:

<apply id="badid1"><csymbol cd="arith1">divide</csymbol>
  <cn>1</cn>
  <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
    <cn>1</cn>
    <share src="#badid1"/>
  </apply>
</apply>

Here, the apply element with id="badid1" dominates its third child, which dominates the share element, which dominates its target: the element with id="badid1". So by transitivity, this element dominates itself. By the acyclicity constraint, the example is not a valid MathML expression tree. It might be argued that such an expression could be given the interpretation of the continued fraction 1/(1+1/(1+… . However, the procedure of building an expression tree by replacing share element does not terminate for such an expression, and hence such expressions are not allowed by Content MathML.

Note that the acyclicity constraint is not restricted to such simple cases, as the following example shows:

<apply id="bar">                        <apply id="baz">
  <csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>     <csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
  <cn>1</cn>                              <cn>1</cn>
  <share src="#baz"/>                    <share src="#bar"/>
</apply>                                </apply>

Here, the apply with id="bar" dominates its third child, the share with src="#baz". That element dominates its target apply (with id="baz"), which in turn dominates its third child, the share with src="#bar". Finally, the share with src="#bar" dominates its target, the original apply element with id="bar". So this pair of representations ultimately violates the acyclicity constraint.

4.2.7.3 Structure Sharing and Binding

Note that the share element is a syntactic referencing mechanism: a share element stands for the exact element it points to. In particular, referencing does not interact with binding in a semantically intuitive way, since it allows a phenomenon called variable capture to occur. Consider an example:

<bind id="outer"><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><ci>f</ci>
    <bind id="inner"><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <share id="copy" src="#orig"/>
    </bind>
    <apply id="orig"><ci>g</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</bind>

This represents a term λx. f( λx.g(x) , g(x) ) which has two sub-terms of the form g(x) , one with id="orig" (the one explicitly represented) and one with id="copy", represented by the share element. In the original, explicitly-represented term, the variable x is bound by the outer bind element. However, in the copy, the variable x is bound by the inner bind element. One says that the inner bind has captured the variable x.

Using references that capture variables in this way can easily lead to representation errors, and is not recommended. For instance, using α-conversion to rename the inner occurrence of x into, say, y leads to the semantically equivalent expression λx. f( λy.g(y) , g(x) ) . However, in this form, it is no longer possible to share the expression g(x) . Replacing x with y in the inner bvar without replacing the share element results in a change in semantics.

4.2.7.4 Rendering Expressions with Structure Sharing

There are several acceptable renderings for the share element. These include rendering the element as a hypertext link to the referenced element and using the rendering of the element referenced by the src attribute.

4.2.8 semanticsによる付加情報
Attribution via semantics

Content elements can be annotated with additional information via the semantics element. MathML uses the semantics element to wrap the annotated element and the annotation-xml and annotation elements used for representing the annotations themselves. The use of the semantics, annotation and annotation-xml is described in detail in 5. Annotating MathML.

The semantics element is considered part of both presentation MathML and Content MathML. MathML considers a semantics element (strict) Content MathML, if and only if its first child is (strict) Content MathML.

4.2.9 エラーマークアップ <cerror>
Error Markup <cerror>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Error Error
Attributes CommonAtt CommonAtt, DefEncAtt
Content csymbol, ContExp* csymbol, ContExp*

A content error expression is made up of a csymbol followed by a sequence of zero or more MathML expressions. The initial expression must be a csymbol indicating the kind of error. Subsequent children, if present, indicate the context in which the error occurred.

The cerror element has no direct mathematical meaning. Errors occur as the result of some action performed on an expression tree and are thus of real interest only when some sort of communication is taking place. Errors may occur inside other objects and also inside other errors.

As an example, to encode a division by zero error, one might employ a hypothetical aritherror Content Dictionary containing a DivisionByZero symbol, as in the following expression:

<cerror>
  <csymbol cd="aritherror">DivisionByZero</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">divide</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
</cerror>

Note that error markup generally should enclose only the smallest erroneous sub-expression. Thus a cerror will often be a sub-expression of a bigger one, e.g.

<apply><csymbol cd="relation1">eq</csymbol>
  <cerror>
    <csymbol cd="aritherror">DivisionByZero</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">divide</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </cerror>
  <cn>0</cn>
</apply>

The default presentation of a cerror element is an merror expression whose first child is a presentation of the error symbol, and whose subsequent children are the default presentations of the remaining children of the cerror. In particular, if one of the remaining children of the cerror is a presentation MathML expression, it is used literally in the corresponding merror.

<cerror>
  <csymbol cd="aritherror">DivisionByZero</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">divide</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
</cerror>

Sample Presentation

<merror>
  <mtext>DivisionByZero:&#160;</mtext>
  <mfrac><mi>x</mi><mn>0</mn></mfrac>
</merror>
DivisionByZero:  x0

Note that when the context where an error occurs is so nonsensical that its default presentation would not be useful, an application may provide an alternative representation of the error context. For example:

<cerror>
  <csymbol cd="error">Illegal bound variable</csymbol>
  <cs> &lt;bvar&gt;&lt;plus/&gt;&lt;/bvar&gt; </cs>
</cerror>

4.2.10 コード化されたバイト列 <cbytes>
Encoded Bytes <cbytes>

Schema Fragment (Strict) Schema Fragment (Full)
Class Cbytes Cbytes
Attributes CommonAtt CommonAtt, DefEncAtt
Content base64 base64

The content of cbytes represents a stream of bytes as a sequence of characters in Base64 encoding, that is it matches the base64Binary data type defined in [XMLSchemaDatatypes]. All white space is ignored.

The cbytes element is mainly used for OpenMath compatibility, but may be used, as in OpenMath, to encapsulate output from a system that may be hard to encode in MathML, such as binary data relating to the internal state of a system, or image data.

The rendering of cbytes is not expected to represent the content and the proposed rendering is that of an empty mrow. Typically cbytes is used in an annotation-xml or is itself annotated with Presentation MathML, so this default rendering should rarely be used.

4.3 具体的な構造に対するコンテントMathML
Content MathML for Specific Structures

The elements of Strict Content MathML described in the previous section are sufficient to encode logical assertions and expression structure, and they do so in a way that closely models the standard constructions of mathematical logic that underlie the foundations of mathematics. As a consequence, Strict markup can be used to represent all of mathematics, and is ideal for providing consistent mathematical semantics for all Content MathML expressions.

At the same time, many notational idioms of mathematics are not straightforward to represent directly with Strict Content markup. For example, standard notations for sums, integrals, sets, piecewise functions and many other common constructions require non-obvious technical devices, such as the introduction of lambda functions, to rigorously encode them using Strict markup. Consequently, in order to make Content MathML easier to use, a range of additional elements have been provided for encoding such idiomatic constructs more directly. This section discusses the general approach for encoding such idiomatic constructs, and their Strict Content equivalents. Specific constructions are discussed in detail in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures.

Most idiomatic constructions which Content markup addresses fall into about a dozen classes. Some of these classes, such as container elements, have their own syntax. Similarly, a small number of non-Strict constructions involve a single element with an exceptional syntax, for example partialdiff. These exceptional elements are discussed on a case-by-case basis in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures. However, the majority of constructs consist of classes of operator elements which all share a particular usage of qualifiers. These classes of operators are described in 4.3.4 Operator Classes.

In all cases, non-Strict expressions may be rewritten using only Strict markup. In most cases, the transformation is completely algorithmic, and may be automated. Rewrite rules for classes of non-Strict constructions are introduced and discussed later in this section, and rewrite rules for exceptional constructs involving a single operator are given in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures. The complete algorithm for rewriting arbitrary Content MathML as Strict Content markup is summarized at the end of the Chapter in F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation.

4.3.1 入れ物マークアップ
Container Markup

Many mathematical structures are constructed from subparts or parameters. For example, a set is a mathematical object that contains a collection of elements, so it is natural for the markup for a set to contain the markup for its constituent elements. The markup for a set may define the set of elements explicitly by enumerating them, or implicitly by rule that uses qualifier elements. In either case, the markup for the elements is contained in the markup for the set, and this style of representation is called container markup in MathML. By contrast, Strict markup represents an instance of a set as the result of applying a function or constructor symbol to arguments. In this style of markup, the markup for the set construction is a sibling of the markup for the set elements in an enclosing apply element.

MathML provides container markup for the following mathematical constructs: sets, lists, intervals, vectors, matrices (two elements), piecewise functions (three elements) and lambda functions. There are corresponding constructor symbols in Strict markup for each of these, with the exception of lambda functions, which correspond to binding symbols in Strict markup.

The rewrite rules for obtaining equivalent Strict Content markup from container markup depend on the operator class of the particular operator involved. For details about a specific container element, obtain its operator class (and any applicable special case information) by consulting the syntax table and discussion for that element in E. The Content MathML Operators. Then apply the rewrite rules for that specific operator class as described in F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation.

4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols

The arguments to container elements that correspond to constructors may be explicitly given as a sequence of child elements, or implicitly given by a rule using qualifiers. The exceptions are the interval, piecewise, piece, and otherwise elements. The arguments of these elements must be specified explicitly.

Here is an example of container markup with explicitly specified arguments:

<set><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci></set>

This is equivalent to the following Strict Content MathML expression:

<apply><csymbol cd="set1">set</csymbol><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci></apply>

Another example of container markup, where the list of arguments is given indirectly as an expression with a bound variable. The container markup for the set of even integers is:

<set>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><integers/></domainofapplication>
  <apply><times/><cn>2</cn><ci>x</ci></apply>
</set>

This may be written as follows in Strict Content MathML:

<apply><csymbol cd="set1">map</csymbol>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">times</csymbol>
      <cn>2</cn>
      <ci>x</ci>
    </apply>
  </bind>
  <csymbol cd="setname1">Z</csymbol>
</apply>
4.3.1.2 Container Markup for Binding Constructors

The lambda element is a container element corresponding to the lambda symbol in the fns1 Content Dictionary. However, unlike the container elements of the preceding section, which purely construct mathematical objects from arguments, the lambda element performs variable binding as well. Therefore, the child elements of lambda have distinguished roles. In particular, a lambda element must have at least one bvar child, optionally followed by qualifier elements, followed by a Content MathML element. This basic difference between the lambda container and the other constructor container elements is also reflected in the OpenMath symbols to which they correspond. The constructor symbols have an OpenMath role of application, while the lambda symbol has a role of bind.

This example shows the use of lambda container element and the equivalent use of bind in Strict Content MathML

<lambda><bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar><ci>x</ci></lambda>
<bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar><ci>x</ci>
</bind>

4.3.2 <apply>による束縛
Bindings with <apply>

MathML allows the use of the apply element to perform variable binding in non-Strict constructions instead of the bind element. This usage conserves backwards compatibility with MathML 2. It also simplifies the encoding of several constructs involving bound variables with qualifiers as described below.

Use of the apply element to bind variables is allowed in two situations. First, when the operator to be applied is itself a binding operator, the apply element merely substitutes for the bind element. The logical quantifiers <forall/>, <exists/> and the container element lambda are the primary examples of this type.

The second situation arises when the operator being applied allows the use of bound variables with qualifiers. The most common examples are sums and integrals. In most of these cases, the variable binding is to some extent implicit in the notation, and the equivalent Strict representation requires the introduction of auxiliary constructs such as lambda expressions for formal correctness.

Because expressions using bound variables with qualifiers are idiomatic in nature, and do not always involve true variable binding, one cannot expect systematic renaming (alpha-conversion) of variables bound with apply to preserve meaning in all cases. An example for this is the diff element where the bvar term is technically not bound at all.

The following example illustrates the use of apply with a binding operator. In these cases, the corresponding Strict equivalent merely replaces the apply element with a bind element:

<apply><forall/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><geq/><ci>x</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>

The equivalent Strict expression is:

<bind><csymbol cd="logic1">forall</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">geq</csymbol><ci>x</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
</bind>

In this example, the sum operator is not itself a binding operator, but bound variables with qualifiers are implicit in the standard notation, which is reflected in the non-Strict markup. In the equivalent Strict representation, it is necessary to convert the summand into a lambda expression, and recast the qualifiers as an argument expression:

<apply><sum/>
  <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><cn>100</cn></uplimit>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><ci>i</ci></apply>
</apply>

The equivalent Strict expression is:

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">sum</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="interval1">integer_interval</csymbol>
    <cn>0</cn>
    <cn>100</cn>
  </apply>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">power</csymbol>
      <ci>x</ci>
      <ci>i</ci>
    </apply>
  </bind>
</apply>

4.3.3 修飾要素
Qualifiers

Many common mathematical constructs involve an operator together with some additional data. The additional data is either implicit in conventional notation, such as a bound variable, or thought of as part of the operator, as is the case with the limits of a definite integral. MathML 3 uses qualifier elements to represent the additional data in such cases.

Qualifier elements are always used in conjunction with operator or container elements. Their meaning is idiomatic, and depends on the context in which they are used. When used with an operator, qualifiers always follow the operator and precede any arguments that are present. In all cases, if more than one qualifier is present, they appear in the order bvar, lowlimit, uplimit, interval, condition, domainofapplication, degree, momentabout, logbase.

The precise function of qualifier elements depends on the operator or container that they modify. The majority of use cases fall into one of several categories, discussed below, and usage notes for specific operators and qualifiers are given in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures.

4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit>
Class qualifier
Attributes CommonAtt
Content ContExp

(For the syntax of interval see 4.3.10.3 Interval <interval>.)

The primary use of domainofapplication, interval, uplimit, lowlimit and condition is to restrict the values of a bound variable. The most general qualifier is domainofapplication. It is used to specify a set (perhaps with additional structure, such as an ordering or metric) over which an operation is to take place. The interval qualifier, and the pair lowlimit and uplimit also restrict a bound variable to a set in the special case where the set is an interval. Note that interval is only interpreted as a qualifier if it immediately follows bvar. The condition qualifier, like domainofapplication, is general, and can be used to restrict bound variables to arbitrary sets. However, unlike the other qualifiers, it restricts the bound variable by specifying a Boolean-valued function of the bound variable. Thus, condition qualifiers always contain instances of the bound variable, and thus require a preceding bvar, while the other qualifiers do not. The other qualifiers may even be used when no variables are being bound, e.g. to indicate the restriction of a function to a subdomain.

In most cases, any of the qualifiers capable of representing the domain of interest can be used interchangeably. The most general qualifier is domainofapplication, and therefore has a privileged role. It is the preferred form, unless there are particular idiomatic reasons to use one of the other qualifiers, e.g. limits for an integral. In MathML 3, the other forms are treated as shorthand notations for domainofapplication because they may all be rewritten as equivalent domainofapplication constructions. The rewrite rules to do this are given below. The other qualifier elements are provided because they correspond to common notations and map more easily to familiar presentations. Therefore, in the situations where they naturally arise, they may be more convenient and direct than domainofapplication.

To illustrate these ideas, consider the following examples showing alternative representations of a definite integral. Let C denote the interval from 0 to 1, and f(x) = x2. Then domainofapplication could be used to express the integral of a function f over C in this way:

<apply><int/>
  <domainofapplication>
    <ci type="set">C</ci>
  </domainofapplication>
  <ci type="function">f</ci>
</apply>

Note that no explicit bound variable is identified in this encoding, and the integrand is a function. Alternatively, the interval qualifier could be used with an explicit bound variable:

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <interval><cn>0</cn><cn>1</cn></interval>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
</apply>

The pair lowlimit and uplimit can also be used. This is perhaps the most standard representation of this integral:

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><cn>1</cn></uplimit>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
</apply>

Finally, here is the same integral, represented using a condition on the bound variable:

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><and/>
      <apply><leq/><cn>0</cn><ci>x</ci></apply>
      <apply><leq/><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
</apply>

Note the use of the explicit bound variable within the condition term. Note also that when a bound variable is used, the integrand is an expression in the bound variable, not a function.

The general technique of using a condition element together with domainofapplication is quite powerful. For example, to extend the previous example to a multivariate domain, one may use an extra bound variable and a domain of application corresponding to a cartesian product:

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication>
    <set>
      <bvar><ci>t</ci></bvar>
      <bvar><ci>u</ci></bvar>
      <condition>
        <apply><and/>
          <apply><leq/><cn>0</cn><ci>t</ci></apply>
          <apply><leq/><ci>t</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
          <apply><leq/><cn>0</cn><ci>u</ci></apply>
          <apply><leq/><ci>u</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
        </apply>
      </condition>
      <list><ci>t</ci><ci>u</ci></list>
    </set>
  </domainofapplication>
  <apply><times/>
    <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
    <apply><power/><ci>y</ci><cn>3</cn></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>

Note that the order of the inner and outer bound variables is significant.

4.3.3.2 Uses of <degree>
Class qualifier
Attributes CommonAtt
Content ContExp

The degree element is a qualifier used to specify the degree or order of an operation. MathML uses the degree element in this way in three contexts: to specify the degree of a root, a moment, and in various derivatives. Rather than introduce special elements for each of these families, MathML provides a single general construct, the degree element in all three cases.

Note that the degree qualifier is not used to restrict a bound variable in the same sense of the qualifiers discussed above. Indeed, with roots and moments, no bound variable is involved at all, either explicitly or implicitly. In the case of differentiation, the degree element is used in conjunction with a bvar, but even in these cases, the variable may not be genuinely bound.

For the usage of degree with the root and moment operators, see the discussion of those operators below. The usage of degree in differentiation is more complex. In general, the degree element indicates the order of the derivative with respect to that variable. The degree element is allowed as the second child of a bvar element identifying a variable with respect to which the derivative is being taken. Here is an example of a second derivative using the degree qualifier:

<apply><diff/>
  <bvar>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <degree><cn>2</cn></degree>
  </bvar>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>4</cn></apply>
</apply>

For details see 4.3.8.2 Differentiation <diff/> and 4.3.8.3 Partial Differentiation <partialdiff/>.

4.3.3.3 Uses of <momentabout> and <logbase>

The qualifiers momentabout and logbase are specialized elements specifically for use with the moment and log operators respectively. See the descriptions of those operators below for their usage.

4.3.4 演算子の種類
Operator Classes

The Content MathML elements described in detail in the following sections may be broadly separated into classes. The class of each element is listed in the operator syntax table given in E.3 The Content MathML Operators. The class gives an indication of the general intended mathematical usage of the element, and also determines its usage as determined by the schema. Links to the operator syntax and schema class for each element are provided in the sections that introduce the elements.

The operator class also determines the applicable rewrite rules for mapping to Strict Content MathML. These rewrite rules are presented in detail in F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation. They include use cases applicable to specific operator classes, special-case rewrite rules for individual elements, and a generic rewrite rule F.8 Rewrite operators used by operators from almost all operator classes.

The following sections present elements representing a core set of mathematical operators, functions and constants. Most are empty elements, covering the subject matter of standard mathematics curricula up to the level of calculus. The remaining elements are container elements for sets, intervals, vectors and so on. For brevity, all elements defined in this section are sometimes called operator elements.

4.3.5 複数項の演算子
N-ary Operators

Many MathML operators may be used with an arbitrary number of arguments. The corresponding OpenMath symbols for elements in these classes also take an arbitrary number of arguments. In all such cases, either the arguments may be given explicitly as children of the apply or bind element, or the list may be specified implicitly via the use of qualifier elements.

4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The plus and times elements represent the addition and multiplication operators. The arguments are normally specified explicitly in the enclosing apply element. As an n-ary commutative operator, they can be used with qualifiers to specify arguments, however, this is discouraged, and the sum or product operators should be used to represent such expressions instead.

4.3.5.1.1
Example

Content MathML

<apply><plus/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci><ci>z</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>z</mi></mrow>
x+y+z

The gcd and lcm elements represent the n-ary operators which return the greatest common divisor, or least common multiple of their arguments. The arguments may be explicitly specified in the enclosing apply element, or specified by quantifiers.

This default renderings are English-language locale specific: other locales may have different default renderings.

4.3.5.1.2
Example

Content MathML

<apply><gcd/><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>gcd</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>b</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>c</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
gcd (a,b,c)
4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The sum element represents the n-ary addition operator. The terms of the sum are normally specified by rule through the use of qualifiers. While it can be used with an explicit list of arguments, this is strongly discouraged, and the plus operator should be used instead in such situations.

The sum operator may be used either with or without explicit bound variables. When a bound variable is used, the sum element is followed by one or more bvar elements giving the index variables, followed by qualifiers giving the domain for the index variables. The final child in the enclosing apply is then an expression in the bound variables, and the terms of the sum are obtained by evaluating this expression at each point of the domain of the index variables. Depending on the structure of the domain, the domain of summation is often given by using uplimit and lowlimit to specify upper and lower limits for the sum.

When no bound variables are explicitly given, the final child of the enclosing apply element must be a function, and the terms of the sum are obtained by evaluating the function at each point of the domain specified by qualifiers.

4.3.5.2.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><sum/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><ci>a</ci></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><ci>b</ci></uplimit>
  <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>
<apply><sum/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><in/><ci>x</ci><ci type="set">B</ci></apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><ci type="function">f</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>
<apply><sum/>
  <domainofapplication>
    <ci type="set">B</ci>
  </domainofapplication>
  <ci type="function">f</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <munderover>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>=</mo><mi>a</mi></mrow>
    <mi>b</mi>
  </munderover>
  <mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
</mrow>
x=a b f(x)
<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
  </munder>
  <mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
</mrow>
xB f(x)
<mrow><munder><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></munder><mi>f</mi></mrow>
Bf
4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The product element represents the n-ary multiplication operator. The terms of the product are normally specified by rule through the use of qualifiers. While it can be used with an explicit list of arguments, this is strongly discouraged, and the times operator should be used instead in such situations.

The product operator may be used either with or without explicit bound variables. When a bound variable is used, the product element is followed by one or more bvar elements giving the index variables, followed by qualifiers giving the domain for the index variables. The final child in the enclosing apply is then an expression in the bound variables, and the terms of the product are obtained by evaluating this expression at each point of the domain. Depending on the structure of the domain, it is commonly given using uplimit and lowlimit qualifiers.

When no bound variables are explicitly given, the final child of the enclosing apply element must be a function, and the terms of the product are obtained by evaluating the function at each point of the domain specified by qualifiers.

4.3.5.3.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><product/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><ci>a</ci></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><ci>b</ci></uplimit>
  <apply><ci type="function">f</ci>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><product/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><in/>
      <ci>x</ci>
      <ci type="set">B</ci>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <munderover>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>=</mo><mi>a</mi></mrow>
    <mi>b</mi>
  </munderover>
  <mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
</mrow>
x=a b f(x)
<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
  </munder>
  <mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
</mrow>
xB f(x)
4.3.5.4 N-ary Functional Operators: <compose/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The compose element represents the function composition operator. Note that MathML makes no assumption about the domain and codomain of the constituent functions in a composition; the domain of the resulting composition may be empty.

The compose element is a commutative n-ary operator. Consequently, it may be lifted to the induced operator defined on a collection of arguments indexed by a (possibly infinite) set by using qualifier elements as described in 4.3.5.4 N-ary Functional Operators: <compose/>.

4.3.5.4.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><compose/><ci>f</ci><ci>g</ci><ci>h</ci></apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply>
    <apply><compose/><ci>f</ci><ci>g</ci></apply>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </apply>
  <apply><ci>f</ci><apply><ci>g</ci><ci>x</ci></apply></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>f</mi><mo></mo><mi>g</mi><mo></mo><mi>h</mi>
</mrow>
fgh
<mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>f</mi><mo></mo><mi>g</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi>f</mi>
    <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
    <mrow>
     <mo>(</mo>
      <mrow>
        <mi>g</mi>
        <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
        <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
      </mrow>
      <mo>)</mo>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
(fg) (x) = f ( g (x) )
4.3.5.5 N-ary Logical Operators: <and/>, <or/>, <xor/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

These elements represent n-ary functions taking Boolean arguments and returning a Boolean value. The arguments may be explicitly specified in the enclosing apply element, or specified via qualifier elements.

and is true if all arguments are true, and false otherwise.
or is true if any of the arguments are true, and false otherwise.
xor is the logical exclusive or function. It is true if there are an odd number of true arguments or false otherwise.

4.3.5.5.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><and/><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci></apply>
<apply><and/>
  <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><ci>n</ci></uplimit>
  <apply><gt/><apply><selector/><ci>a</ci><ci>i</ci></apply><cn>0</cn></apply>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML

<apply><csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci></apply>
<apply><csymbol cd="fns2">apply_to_list</csymbol>
  <csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="list1">map</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
      <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">gt</csymbol>
        <apply><csymbol cd="linalg1">vector_selector</csymbol>
          <ci>i</ci>
          <ci>a</ci>
        </apply>
        <cn>0</cn>
      </apply>
    </bind>
    <apply><csymbol cd="interval1">integer_interval</csymbol>
      <cn type="integer">0</cn>
      <ci>n</ci>
    </apply>
  </apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>a</mi><mo></mo><mi>b</mi></mrow>
ab
<mrow>
  <munderover>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>=</mo><mn>0</mn></mrow>
    <mi>n</mi>
  </munderover>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <msub><mi>a</mi><mi>i</mi></msub>
    <mo>&gt;</mo>
    <mn>0</mn>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
i=0 n ( ai > 0 )
4.3.5.6 N-ary Linear Algebra Operators: <selector/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The selector element is the operator for indexing into vectors, matrices and lists. It accepts one or more arguments. The first argument identifies the vector, matrix or list from which the selection is taking place, and the second and subsequent arguments, if any, indicate the kind of selection taking place.

When selector is used with a single argument, it should be interpreted as giving the sequence of all elements in the list, vector or matrix given. The ordering of elements in the sequence for a matrix is understood to be first by column, then by row; so the resulting list is of matrix rows given entry by entry. That is, for a matrix (ai,j), where the indices denote row and column, respectively, the ordering would be a1,1, a1,2, ..., a2,1, a2,2, ... etc.

When two arguments are given, and the first is a vector or list, the second argument specifies the index of an entry in the list or vector. If the first argument is a matrix then the second argument specifies the index of a matrix row.

When three arguments are given, the last one is ignored for a list or vector, and in the case of a matrix, the second and third arguments specify the row and column indices of the selected element.

4.3.5.6.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><selector/><ci type="vector">V</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><selector/>
    <matrix>
      <matrixrow><cn>1</cn><cn>2</cn></matrixrow>
      <matrixrow><cn>3</cn><cn>4</cn></matrixrow>
    </matrix>
    <cn>1</cn>
  </apply>
  <matrix>
    <matrixrow><cn>1</cn><cn>2</cn></matrixrow>
  </matrix>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<msub><mi>V</mi><mn>1</mn></msub>
V1
<mrow>
  <msub>
    <mrow>
      <mo>(</mo>
      <mtable>
        <mtr><mtd><mn>1</mn></mtd><mtd><mn>2</mn></mtd></mtr>
        <mtr><mtd><mn>3</mn></mtd><mtd><mn>4</mn></mtd></mtr>
      </mtable>
      <mo>)</mo>
    </mrow>
    <mn>1</mn>
  </msub>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <mtable><mtr><mtd><mn>1</mn></mtd><mtd><mn>2</mn></mtd></mtr></mtable>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
( 12 34 ) 1 = ( 12 )
4.3.5.7 N-ary Set Operators: <union/>, <intersect/>, <cartesianproduct/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The union element is used to denote the n-ary union of sets. It takes sets as arguments, and denotes the set that contains all the elements that occur in any of them.

The intersect element is used to denote the n-ary union of sets. It takes sets as arguments, and denotes the set that contains all the elements that occur in all of them.

The cartesianproduct element is used to represent the Cartesian product operator.

Arguments may be explicitly specified in the enclosing apply element, or specified using qualifier elements as described in 4.3.5 N-ary Operators.

4.3.5.7.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><union/><ci>A</ci><ci>B</ci></apply>
<apply><intersect/><ci>A</ci><ci>B</ci><ci>C</ci></apply>
<apply><cartesianproduct/><ci>A</ci><ci>B</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi><mo></mo><mi>C</mi></mrow>
ABC
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo>×</mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
A×B
4.3.5.7.2 Examples (Qualifiers)

Content MathML

<apply><union/>
  <bvar><ci type="set">S</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication>
    <ci type="list">L</ci>
  </domainofapplication>
  <ci type="set"> S</ci>
</apply>
<apply><intersect/>
  <bvar><ci type="set">S</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication>
    <ci type="list">L</ci>
  </domainofapplication>
  <ci type="set"> S</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><munder><mo></mo><mi>L</mi></munder><mi>S</mi></mrow>
LS
<mrow><munder><mo></mo><mi>L</mi></munder><mi>S</mi></mrow>
LS
4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

A vector is an ordered n-tuple of values representing an element of an n-dimensional vector space.

For purposes of interaction with matrices and matrix multiplication, vectors are regarded as equivalent to a matrix consisting of a single column, and the transpose of a vector as a matrix consisting of a single row.

The components of a vector may be given explicitly as child elements, or specified by rule as described in 4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols.

4.3.5.8.1
Examples

Content MathML

<vector>
  <apply><plus/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
  <cn>3</cn>
  <cn>7</cn>
</vector>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo>(</mo>
  <mtable>
    <mtr><mtd><mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow></mtd></mtr>
    <mtr><mtd><mn>3</mn></mtd></mtr>
    <mtr><mtd><mn>7</mn></mtd></mtr>
  </mtable>
  <mo>)</mo>
</mrow>
( x+y 3 7 )
<mrow>
  <mo>(</mo>
  <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
  <mo>,</mo>
  <mn>3</mn>
  <mo>,</mo>
  <mn>7</mn>
  <mo>)</mo>
</mrow>
( x+y , 3 , 7 )

A matrix is regarded as made up of matrix rows, each of which can be thought of as a special type of vector.

Note that the behavior of the matrix and matrixrow elements is substantially different from the mtable and mtr presentation elements.

The matrix element is a constructor element, so the entries may be given explicitly as child elements, or specified by rule as described in 4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols. In the latter case, the entries are specified by providing a function and a 2-dimensional domain of application. The entries of the matrix correspond to the values obtained by evaluating the function at the points of the domain.

Matrix rows are not directly rendered by themselves outside of the context of a matrix.

4.3.5.8.2
Example

Content MathML

<matrix>
  <bvar><ci type="integer">i</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci type="integer">j</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><and/>
      <apply><in/>
        <ci>i</ci>
        <interval><ci>1</ci><ci>5</ci></interval>
      </apply>
      <apply><in/>
        <ci>j</ci>
        <interval><ci>5</ci><ci>9</ci></interval>
      </apply>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><power/><ci>i</ci><ci>j</ci></apply>
</matrix>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo>[</mo>
  <msub><mi>m</mi><mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>j</mi></mrow></msub>
  <mo>|</mo>
  <mrow>
    <msub><mi>m</mi><mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>j</mi></mrow></msub>
    <mo>=</mo>
    <msup><mi>i</mi><mi>j</mi></msup>
  </mrow>
  <mo>;</mo>
  <mrow>
    <mrow>
      <mi>i</mi>
      <mo></mo>
      <mrow><mo>[</mo><mi>1</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>5</mi><mo>]</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>j</mi>
      <mo></mo>
      <mrow><mo>[</mo><mi>5</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>9</mi><mo>]</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mo>]</mo>
</mrow>
[ mi,j | mi,j = ij ; i [1,5] j [5,9] ]
4.3.5.9 N-ary Set Theoretic Constructors: <set>, <list>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The set element represents the n-ary function which constructs a mathematical set from its arguments. The set element takes the attribute type which may have the values set and multiset. The members of the set to be constructed may be given explicitly as child elements of the constructor, or specified by rule as described in 4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols. There is no implied ordering to the elements of a set.

The list element represents the n-ary function which constructs a list from its arguments. Lists differ from sets in that there is an explicit order to the elements. The list element takes the attribute order which may have the values numeric and lexicographic. The list entries and order may be given explicitly or specified by rule as described in 4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols.

4.3.5.9.1 Examples (Explicit elements)

Content MathML

<set>
  <ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci>
</set>
<list>
  <ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci>
</list>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo>{</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>b</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>c</mi><mo>}</mo>
</mrow>
{a,b,c}
<mrow>
  <mo>(</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>b</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>c</mi><mo>)</mo>
</mrow>
(a,b,c)

In general sets and lists can be constructed by providing a function and a domain of application. The elements correspond to the values obtained by evaluating the function at the points of the domain. When this method is used for lists, the ordering of the list elements may not be clear, so the kind of ordering may be specified by the order attribute. Two orders are supported: lexicographic and numeric.

4.3.5.9.2 Examples (Elements specified by condition)

Content MathML

<set>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><lt/><ci>x</ci><cn>5</cn></apply>
  </condition>
  <ci>x</ci>
</set>
<list order="numeric">
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><lt/><ci>x</ci><cn>5</cn></apply>
  </condition>
</list>
<set>
  <bvar><ci type="set">S</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><in/><ci>S</ci><ci type="list">T</ci></apply>
  </condition>
  <ci>S</ci>
</set>
<set>
  <bvar><ci> x </ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><and/>
      <apply><lt/><ci>x</ci><cn>5</cn></apply>
      <apply><in/><ci>x</ci><naturalnumbers/></apply>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <ci>x</ci>
</set>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo>{</mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>|</mo>
  <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>&lt;</mo><mn>5</mn></mrow>
  <mo>}</mo>
</mrow>
{ x | x<5 }
<mrow>
  <mo>(</mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>|</mo>
  <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>&lt;</mo><mn>5</mn></mrow>
  <mo>)</mo>
</mrow>
( x | x<5 )
<mrow>
  <mo>{</mo>
  <mi>S</mi>
  <mo>|</mo>
  <mrow><mi>S</mi><mo></mo><mi>T</mi></mrow>
  <mo>}</mo>
</mrow>
{ S | ST }
<mrow>
  <mo>{</mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>|</mo>
  <mrow>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>&lt;</mo><mn>5</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi mathvariant="double-struck">N</mi>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mo>}</mo>
</mrow>
{ x | (x<5) xN }
4.3.5.10 N-ary Arithmetic Relations: <eq/>, <gt/>, <lt/>, <geq/>, <leq/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

MathML allows transitive relations to be used with multiple arguments, to give a natural expression to chains of relations such as a < b < c < d. However unlike the case of the arithmetic operators, the underlying symbols used in the Strict Content MathML are classed as binary, so it is not possible to use apply_to_list as in the previous section, but instead a similar function predicate_on_list is used, the semantics of which is essentially to take the conjunction of applying the predicate to elements of the domain two at a time.

The elements eq, gt, lt, geq, leq represent respectively the equality, greater than, less than, greater than or equal to and less than or equal to relations that return true or false depending on the relationship of the first argument to the second.

4.3.5.10.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><eq/>
   <ci>x</ci>
   <cn type="rational">2<sep/>4</cn>
   <cn type="rational">1<sep/>2</cn>
 </apply>
<apply><gt/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
<apply><lt/><ci>y</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
<apply><geq/><cn>4</cn><cn>3</cn><cn>3</cn></apply>
<apply><leq/><cn>3</cn><cn>3</cn><cn>4</cn></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow><mn>2</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>4</mn></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow><mn>1</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>2</mn></mrow>
</mrow>
x = 2/4 = 1/2
<mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>&gt;</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
x>y
<mrow><mi>y</mi><mo>&lt;</mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
y<x
<mrow><mn>4</mn><mo></mo><mn>3</mn><mo></mo><mn>3</mn></mrow>
433
<mrow><mn>3</mn><mo></mo><mn>3</mn><mo></mo><mn>4</mn></mrow>
334
4.3.5.11 N-ary Set Theoretic Relations: <subset/>, <prsubset/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

MathML allows transitive relations to be used with multiple arguments, to give a natural expression to chains of relations such as a < b < c < d. However unlike the case of the arithmetic operators, the underlying symbols used in the Strict Content MathML are classed as binary, so it is not possible to use apply_to_list as in the previous section, but instead a similar function predicate_on_list is used, the semantics of which is essentially to take the conjunction of applying the predicate to elements of the domain two at a time.

The subset and prsubset elements represent respectively the subset and proper subset relations. They are used to denote that the first argument is a subset or proper subset of the second. As described above they may also be used as an n-ary operator to express that each argument is a subset or proper subset of its predecessor.

4.3.5.11.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><subset/>
  <ci type="set">A</ci>
  <ci type="set">B</ci>
</apply>
<apply><prsubset/>
  <ci type="set">A</ci>
  <ci type="set">B</ci>
  <ci type="set">C</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi><mo></mo><mi>C</mi></mrow>
ABC
4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The MathML elements max, min and some statistical elements such as mean may be used as an n-ary function as in the above classes, however a special interpretation is given in the case that a single argument is supplied. If a single argument is supplied the function is applied to the elements represented by the argument.

The underlying symbol used in Strict Content MathML for these elements is Unary and so if the MathML is used with 0 or more than 1 argument, the function is applied to the set constructed from the explicitly supplied arguments according to the following rule.

The min element denotes the minimum function, which returns the smallest of the arguments to which it is applied. Its arguments may be explicitly specified in the enclosing apply element, or specified using qualifier elements as described in 4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/>. Note that when applied to infinite sets of arguments, no minimal argument may exist.

The max element denotes the maximum function, which returns the largest of the arguments to which it is applied. Its arguments may be explicitly specified in the enclosing apply element, or specified using qualifier elements as described in 4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/>. Note that when applied to infinite sets of arguments, no maximal argument may exist.

4.3.5.12.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><min/><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci></apply>
<apply><max/><cn>2</cn><cn>3</cn><cn>5</cn></apply>
<apply><min/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><notin/><ci>x</ci><ci type="set">B</ci></apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
</apply>
<apply><max/>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><in/>
      <ci>y</ci>
      <interval><cn>0</cn><cn>1</cn></interval>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><power/><ci>y</ci><cn>3</cn></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>min</mi>
  <mrow><mo>{</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>b</mi><mo>}</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
min {a,b}
<mrow>
  <mi>max</mi>
  <mrow>
    <mo>{</mo><mn>2</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>3</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>5</mn><mo>}</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
max {2,3,5}
<mrow>
  <mi>min</mi>
  <mrow><mo>{</mo><msup><mi>x</mi><mn>2</mn></msup><mo>|</mo>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
    <mo>}</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
min {x2| xB }
<mrow>
  <mi>max</mi>
  <mrow>
    <mo>{</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>|</mo>
    <mrow>
      <msup><mi>y</mi><mn>3</mn></msup>
      <mo></mo>
      <mrow><mo>[</mo><mn>0</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>]</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>}</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
max {y| y3 [0,1] }
4.3.5.13 N-ary/Unary Statistical Operators: <mean/>, <median/>, <mode/>, <sdev/>, <variance/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

Some statistical MathML elements, elements such as mean may be used as an n-ary function as in the above classes, however a special interpretation is given in the case that a single argument is supplied. If a single argument is supplied the function is applied to the elements represented by the argument.

The underlying symbol used in Strict Content MathML for these elements is Unary and so if the MathML is used with 0 or more than 1 argument, the function is applied to the set constructed from the explicitly supplied arguments according to the following rule.

The mean element represents the function returning arithmetic mean or average of a data set or random variable.

The median element represents an operator returning the median of its arguments. The median is a number separating the lower half of the sample values from the upper half.

The mode element is used to denote the mode of its arguments. The mode is the value which occurs with the greatest frequency.

The sdev element is used to denote the standard deviation function for a data set or random variable. Standard deviation is a statistical measure of dispersion given by the square root of the variance.

The variance element represents the variance of a data set or random variable. Variance is a statistical measure of dispersion, averaging the squares of the deviations of possible values from their mean.

4.3.5.13.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><mean/>
  <cn>3</cn><cn>4</cn><cn>3</cn><cn>7</cn><cn>4</cn>
</apply>
<apply><mean/><ci>X</ci></apply>
<apply><sdev/>
  <cn>3</cn><cn>4</cn><cn>2</cn><cn>2</cn>
</apply>
<apply><sdev/>
  <ci type="discrete_random_variable">X</ci>
</apply>
<apply><variance/>
  <cn>3</cn><cn>4</cn><cn>2</cn><cn>2</cn>
</apply>
<apply><variance/>
  <ci type="discrete_random_variable">X</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mn>3</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>4</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>3</mn>
  <mo>,</mo><mn>7</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>4</mn>
  <mo></mo>
</mrow>
3,4,3 ,7,4
<mrow>
  <mo></mo><mi>X</mi><mo></mo>
</mrow>
<mtext>&nbsp;or&nbsp;</mtext>
<mover><mi>X</mi><mo>¯</mo></mover>
X  or  X¯
<mrow>
  <mo>σ</mo>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <mn>3</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>4</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>2</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>2</mn>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
σ ( 3,4,2,2 )
<mrow>
  <mo>σ</mo>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>X</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
σ (X)
<mrow>
  <msup>
    <mo>σ</mo>
    <mn>2</mn>
  </msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <mn>3</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>4</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>2</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>2</mn>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
σ 2 ( 3,4,2,2 )
<mrow>
  <msup><mo>σ</mo><mn>2</mn></msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>X</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
σ2 (X)

4.3.6 二項演算子
Binary Operators

Binary operators take two arguments and simply map to OpenMath symbols via Rewrite: element without the need of any special rewrite rules. The binary constructor interval is similar but uses constructor syntax in which the arguments are children of the element, and the symbol used depends on the type element as described in 4.3.10.3 Interval <interval>.

4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The quotient element represents the integer division operator. When the operator is applied to integer arguments a and b, the result is the quotient of a divided by b. That is, the quotient of integers a and b is the integer q such that a = b * q + r, with |r| less than |b| and a * r positive. In common usage, q is called the quotient and r is the remainder.

The divide element represents the division operator in a number field.

The minus element can be used as a unary arithmetic operator (e.g. to represent −x), or as a binary arithmetic operator (e.g. to represent xy). Some further examples are given in 4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>.

The power element represents the exponentiation operator. The first argument is raised to the power of the second argument.

The rem element represents the modulus operator, which returns the remainder that results from dividing the first argument by the second. That is, when applied to integer arguments a and b, it returns the unique integer r such that a = b * q + r, with |r| less than |b| and a * r positive.

The root element is used to extract roots. The kind of root to be taken is specified by a degree element, which should be given as the second child of the apply element enclosing the root element. Thus, square roots correspond to the case where degree contains the value 2, cube roots correspond to 3, and so on. If no degree is present, a default value of 2 is used.

4.3.6.1.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><quotient/><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci></apply>
<apply><divide/>
  <ci>a</ci>
  <ci>b</ci>
</apply>
<apply><minus/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
<apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>3</cn></apply>
<apply><rem/><ci> a </ci><ci> b </ci></apply>
<apply><root/>
  <degree><ci type="integer">n</ci></degree>
  <ci>a</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mo></mo><mi>a</mi><mo>/</mo><mi>b</mi><mo></mo></mrow>
a/b
<mrow><mi>a</mi><mo>/</mo><mi>b</mi></mrow>
a/b
<mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
xy
<msup><mi>x</mi><mn>3</mn></msup>
x3
<mrow><mi>a</mi><mo>mod</mo><mi>b</mi></mrow>
amodb
<mroot><mi>a</mi><mi>n</mi></mroot>
an
4.3.6.2 Binary Logical Operators: <implies/>, <equivalent/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The implies element represents the logical implication function which takes two Boolean expressions as arguments. It evaluates to false if the first argument is true and the second argument is false, otherwise it evaluates to true.

The equivalent element represents the relation that asserts two Boolean expressions are logically equivalent, that is have the same Boolean value for any inputs.

4.3.6.2.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><implies/><ci>A</ci><ci>B</ci></apply>
<apply><equivalent/>
  <ci>a</ci>
  <apply><not/><apply><not/><ci>a</ci></apply></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB
<mrow>
  <mi>a</mi>
  <mo></mo>
  <mrow><mo>¬</mo><mrow><mo>¬</mo><mi>a</mi></mrow></mrow>
</mrow>
a ¬¬a
4.3.6.3 Binary Relations: <neq/>, <approx/>, <factorof/>, <tendsto/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The neq element represents the binary inequality relation, i.e. the relation not equal to which returns true unless the two arguments are equal.

The approx element represents the relation that asserts the approximate equality of its arguments.

The factorof element is used to indicate the mathematical relationship that the first argument is a factor of the second. This relationship is true if and only if b mod a = 0.

4.3.6.3.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><neq/><cn>3</cn><cn>4</cn></apply>
<apply><approx/>
  <pi/>
  <cn type="rational">22<sep/>7</cn>
</apply>
<apply><factorof/><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mn>3</mn><mo></mo><mn>4</mn></mrow>
34
<mrow>
  <mi>π</mi>
  <mo></mo>
  <mrow><mn>22</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>7</mn></mrow>
</mrow>
π 22/7
<mrow><mi>a</mi><mo>|</mo><mi>b</mi></mrow>
a|b

The tendsto element is used to express the relation that a quantity is tending to a specified value. While this is used primarily as part of the statement of a mathematical limit, it exists as a construct on its own to allow one to capture mathematical statements such as As x tends to y, and to provide a building block to construct more general kinds of limits.

The tendsto element takes the attribute type to set the direction from which the limiting value is approached. It may have any value, but common values include above and below.

4.3.6.3.2
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><tendsto type="above"/>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
  <apply><power/><ci>a</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
</apply>
<apply><tendsto/>
  <vector><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></vector>
  <vector>
    <apply><ci type="function">f</ci><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
    <apply><ci type="function">g</ci><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </vector>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <msup><mi>x</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
  <mo></mo>
  <msup><msup><mi>a</mi><mn>2</mn></msup><mo>+</mo></msup>
</mrow>
x2 a2+
<mrow><mo>(</mo><mtable>
  <mtr><mtd><mi>x</mi></mtd></mtr>
  <mtr><mtd><mi>y</mi></mtd></mtr>
</mtable><mo>)</mo></mrow>
<mo></mo>
<mrow><mo>(</mo><mtable>
  <mtr><mtd>
    <mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
  </mtd></mtr>
  <mtr><mtd>
    <mi>g</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
  </mtd></mtr>
</mtable><mo>)</mo></mrow>
( x y ) ( f(x,y) g(x,y) )
4.3.6.4 Binary Linear Algebra Operators: <vectorproduct/>, <scalarproduct/>, <outerproduct/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The vectorproduct element represents the vector product. It takes two three-dimensional vector arguments and represents as value a three-dimensional vector.

The scalarproduct element represents the scalar product function. It takes two vector arguments and returns a scalar value.

The outerproduct element represents the outer product function. It takes two vector arguments and returns as value a matrix.

4.3.6.4.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><eq/>
  <apply><vectorproduct/>
    <ci type="vector"> A </ci>
    <ci type="vector"> B </ci>
  </apply>
  <apply><times/>
    <ci>a</ci>
    <ci>b</ci>
    <apply><sin/><ci>θ</ci></apply>
    <ci type="vector"> N </ci>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><scalarproduct/>
    <ci type="vector">A</ci>
    <ci type="vector">B</ci>
  </apply>
  <apply><times/>
    <ci>a</ci>
    <ci>b</ci>
    <apply><cos/><ci>θ</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><outerproduct/>
  <ci type="vector">A</ci>
  <ci type="vector">B</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>A</mi><mo>×</mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi>a</mi>
    <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mi>b</mi>
    <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mrow><mi>sin</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>θ</mi></mrow>
    <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mi>N</mi>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
A×B = a b sinθ N
<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>A</mi><mo>.</mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi>a</mi>
    <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mi>b</mi>
    <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mrow><mi>cos</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>θ</mi></mrow>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
A.B = a b cosθ
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB
4.3.6.5 Binary Set Operators: <in/>, <notin/>, <notsubset/>, <notprsubset/>, <setdiff/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The in element represents the set inclusion relation. It has two arguments, an element and a set. It is used to denote that the element is in the given set.

The notin represents the negated set inclusion relation. It has two arguments, an element and a set. It is used to denote that the element is not in the given set.

The notsubset element represents the negated subset relation. It is used to denote that the first argument is not a subset of the second.

The notprsubset element represents the negated proper subset relation. It is used to denote that the first argument is not a proper subset of the second.

The setdiff element represents the set difference operator. It takes two sets as arguments, and denotes the set that contains all the elements that occur in the first set, but not in the second.

4.3.6.5.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><in/><ci>a</ci><ci type="set">A</ci></apply>
<apply><notin/><ci>a</ci><ci type="set">A</ci></apply>
<apply><notsubset/>
  <ci type="set">A</ci>
  <ci type="set">B</ci>
</apply>
<apply><notprsubset/>
  <ci type="set">A</ci>
  <ci type="set">B</ci>
</apply>
<apply><setdiff/>
  <ci type="set">A</ci>
  <ci type="set">B</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>a</mi><mo></mo><mi>A</mi></mrow>
aA
<mrow><mi>a</mi><mo></mo><mi>A</mi></mrow>
aA
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB
<mrow><mi>A</mi><mo></mo><mi>B</mi></mrow>
AB

4.3.7 単一項の演算子
Unary Operators

Unary operators take a single argument and map to OpenMath symbols via Rewrite: element without the need of any special rewrite rules.

4.3.7.1 Unary Logical Operators: <not/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The not element represents the logical not function which takes one Boolean argument, and returns the opposite Boolean value.

4.3.7.1.1
Example

Content MathML

<apply><not/><ci>a</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mo>¬</mo><mi>a</mi></mrow>
¬a
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The factorial element represents the unary factorial operator on non-negative integers. The factorial of an integer n is given by n! = n×(n-1)×⋯×1.

The abs element represents the absolute value function. The argument should be numerically valued. When the argument is a complex number, the absolute value is often referred to as the modulus.

The conjugate element represents the function defined over the complex numbers which returns the complex conjugate of its argument.

The arg element represents the unary function which returns the angular argument of a complex number, namely the angle which a straight line drawn from the number to zero makes with the real line (measured anti-clockwise).

The real element represents the unary operator used to construct an expression representing the real part of a complex number, that is, the x component in x + iy.

The imaginary element represents the unary operator used to construct an expression representing the imaginary part of a complex number, that is, the y component in x + iy.

The floor element represents the operation that rounds down (towards negative infinity) to the nearest integer. This function takes one real number as an argument and returns an integer.

The ceiling element represents the operation that rounds up (towards positive infinity) to the nearest integer. This function takes one real number as an argument and returns an integer.

The exp element represents the exponentiation function associated with the inverse of the ln function. It takes one argument.

The minus element can be used as a unary arithmetic operator (e.g. to represent −x), or as a binary arithmetic operator (e.g. to represent xy). Some further examples are given in 4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>.

The root element in MathML is treated as a unary element taking an optional degree qualifier, however it represents the binary operation of taking an nth root, and is described in 4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>.

4.3.7.2.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><factorial/><ci>n</ci></apply>
<apply><abs/><ci>x</ci></apply>
<apply><conjugate/>
  <apply><plus/>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <apply><times/><cn></cn><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><arg/>
  <apply><plus/>
    <ci> x </ci>
    <apply><times/><imaginaryi/><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><real/>
  <apply><plus/>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <apply><times/><imaginaryi/><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><imaginary/>
  <apply><plus/>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <apply><times/><imaginaryi/><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><floor/><ci>a</ci></apply>
<apply><ceiling/><ci>a</ci></apply>
<apply><exp/><ci>x</ci></apply>
<apply><minus/><cn>3</cn></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>n</mi><mo>!</mo></mrow>
n!
<mrow><mo>|</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>|</mo></mrow>
|x|
<mover>
  <mrow>
    <mi>x</mi>
    <mo>+</mo>
    <mrow><mn></mn><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mo>¯</mo>
</mover>
x + y ¯
<mrow>
  <mi>arg</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>x</mi>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
arg ( x + iy )
<mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>x</mi>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
( x + iy )
<mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>x</mi>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mrow><mi>i</mi><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
( x + iy )
<mrow><mo></mo><mi>a</mi><mo></mo></mrow>
a
<mrow><mo></mo><mi>a</mi><mo></mo></mrow>
a
<msup><mi>e</mi><mi>x</mi></msup>
ex
<mrow><mo></mo><mn>3</mn></mrow>
3
4.3.7.3 Unary Linear Algebra Operators: <determinant/>, <transpose/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The determinant element is used for the unary function which returns the determinant of its argument, which should be a square matrix.

The transpose element represents a unary function that signifies the transpose of the given matrix or vector.

4.3.7.3.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><determinant/>
  <ci type="matrix">A</ci>
</apply>
<apply><transpose/>
  <ci type="matrix">A</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>det</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>A</mi></mrow>
detA
<msup><mi>A</mi><mi>T</mi></msup>
AT
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The inverse element is applied to a function in order to construct a generic expression for the functional inverse of that function.

The ident element represents the identity function. Note that MathML makes no assumption about the domain and codomain of the represented identity function, which depends on the context in which it is used.

The domain element represents the domain of the function to which it is applied. The domain is the set of values over which the function is defined.

The codomain represents the codomain, or range, of the function to which it is applied. Note that the codomain is not necessarily equal to the image of the function, it is merely required to contain the image.

The image element represents the image of the function to which it is applied. The image of a function is the set of values taken by the function. Every point in the image is generated by the function applied to some point of the domain.

The ln element represents the natural logarithm function.

The elements may either be applied to arguments, or may appear alone, in which case they represent an abstract operator acting on other functions.

4.3.7.4.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><inverse/><ci>f</ci></apply>
<apply>
  <apply><inverse/><ci type="matrix">A</ci></apply>
  <ci>a</ci>
</apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><compose/>
    <ci type="function">f</ci>
    <apply><inverse/>
      <ci type="function">f</ci>
    </apply>
  </apply>
  <ident/>
</apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><domain/><ci>f</ci></apply>
  <reals/>
</apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><codomain/><ci>f</ci></apply>
  <rationals/>
</apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><image/><sin/></apply>
  <interval><cn>-1</cn><cn> 1</cn></interval>
</apply>
<apply><ln/><ci>a</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<msup><mi>f</mi><mrow><mo>(</mo><mn>-1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow></msup>
f(-1)
<mrow>
  <msup><mi>A</mi><mrow><mo>(</mo><mn>-1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow></msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
A(-1) (a)
<mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mi>f</mi>
    <mo></mo>
    <msup><mi>f</mi><mrow><mo>(</mo><mn>-1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow></msup>
  </mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi>id</mi>
</mrow>
f f(-1) = id
<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>domain</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>f</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi mathvariant="double-struck">R</mi>
</mrow>
domain(f) = R
<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>codomain</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>f</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi mathvariant="double-struck">Q</mi>
</mrow>
codomain(f) = Q
<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>image</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>sin</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow><mo>[</mo><mn>-1</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>]</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
image(sin) = [-1,1]
<mrow><mi>ln</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>a</mi></mrow>
lna
4.3.7.5 Unary Set Operators: <card/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The card element represents the cardinality function, which takes a set argument and returns its cardinality, i.e. the number of elements in the set. The cardinality of a set is a non-negative integer, or an infinite cardinal number.

4.3.7.5.1
Example

Content MathML

<apply><eq/>
  <apply><card/><ci>A</ci></apply>
  <cn>5</cn>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mrow><mo>|</mo><mi>A</mi><mo>|</mo></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mn>5</mn>
</mrow>
|A| = 5
4.3.7.6 Unary Elementary Operators: <sin/>, <cos/>, <tan/>, <sec/>, <csc/>, <cot/>, <sinh/>, <cosh/>, <tanh/>, <sech/>, <csch/>, <coth/>, <arcsin/>, <arccos/>, <arctan/>, <arccosh/>, <arccot/>, <arccoth/>, <arccsc/>, <arccsch/>, <arcsec/>, <arcsech/>, <arcsinh/>, <arctanh/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

These operator elements denote the standard trigonometric and hyperbolic functions and their inverses. Since their standard interpretations are widely known, they are discussed as a group.

Differing definitions are in use for the inverse functions, so for maximum interoperability applications evaluating such expressions should follow the definitions in [DLMF], Chapter 4: Elementary Functions.

4.3.7.6.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
<apply><sin/>
  <apply><plus/>
    <apply><cos/><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>3</cn></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>
<apply><arcsin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
<apply><sinh/><ci>x</ci></apply>
<apply><arcsinh/><ci>x</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>sin</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
sinx
<mrow>
  <mi>sin</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow><mi>cos</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
    <mo>+</mo>
    <msup><mi>x</mi><mn>3</mn></msup>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
sin ( cosx + x3 )
<mrow>
  <mi>arcsin</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
</mrow>
<mtext>&nbsp;&nbsp;or&nbsp;&nbsp;</mtext>
<mrow>
  <msup><mi>sin</mi><mrow><mo>-</mo><mn>1</mn></mrow></msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
</mrow>
arcsin x   or   sin-1 x
<mrow><mi>sinh</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
sinhx
<mrow>
  <mi>arcsinh</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
</mrow>
<mtext>&nbsp;&nbsp;or&nbsp;&nbsp;</mtext>
<mrow>
  <msup><mi>sinh</mi><mrow><mo>-</mo><mn>1</mn></mrow></msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
</mrow>
arcsinh x   or   sinh-1 x
4.3.7.7 Unary Vector Calculus Operators: <divergence/>, <grad/>, <curl/>, <laplacian/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The divergence element is the vector calculus divergence operator, often called div. It represents the divergence function which takes one argument which should be a vector of scalar-valued functions, intended to represent a vector-valued function, and returns the scalar-valued function giving the divergence of the argument.

The grad element is the vector calculus gradient operator, often called grad. It is used to represent the grad function, which takes one argument which should be a scalar-valued function and returns a vector of functions.

The curl element is used to represent the curl function of vector calculus. It takes one argument which should be a vector of scalar-valued functions, intended to represent a vector-valued function, and returns a vector of functions.

The laplacian element represents the Laplacian operator of vector calculus. The Laplacian takes a single argument which is a vector of scalar-valued functions representing a vector-valued function, and returns a vector of functions.

4.3.7.7.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><divergence/><ci>a</ci></apply>
<apply><divergence/>
  <ci type="vector">E</ci>
</apply>
<apply><grad/><ci type="function">f</ci></apply>
<apply><curl/><ci>a</ci></apply>
<apply><laplacian/><ci type="vector">E</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mi>div</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
div(a)
<mrow><mi>div</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>E</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
<mtext> or </mtext>
<mrow><mo></mo><mo></mo><mi>E</mi></mrow>
div(E)  or  E
<mrow>
  <mi>grad</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>f</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
<mtext> or </mtext>
<mrow>
  <mo></mo><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>f</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
grad(f)  or  (f)
<mrow><mi>curl</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>a</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
<mtext> or </mtext>
<mrow><mo></mo><mo>×</mo><mi>a</mi></mrow>
curl(a)  or  ×a
<mrow>
  <msup><mo></mo><mn>2</mn></msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>E</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
</mrow>
2 (E)

The functions defining the coordinates may be defined implicitly as expressions defined in terms of the coordinate names, in which case the coordinate names must be provided as bound variables.

4.3.7.7.2
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><divergence/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>z</ci></bvar>
  <vector>
    <apply><plus/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
    <apply><plus/><ci>x</ci><ci>z</ci></apply>
    <apply><plus/><ci>z</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </vector>
</apply>
<apply><grad/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>z</ci></bvar>
  <apply><times/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci><ci>z</ci></apply>
</apply>
<apply><laplacian/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>z</ci></bvar>
  <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>div</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mo>(</mo>
  <mtable>
    <mtr><mtd>
      <mi>x</mi>
      <mo></mo>
      <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
    </mtd></mtr>
    <mtr><mtd>
      <mi>y</mi>
      <mo></mo>
      <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>z</mi></mrow>
    </mtd></mtr>
    <mtr><mtd>
      <mi>z</mi>
      <mo></mo>
      <mrow><mi>z</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
    </mtd></mtr>
  </mtable>
  <mo>)</mo>
</mrow>
div ( x x+y y x+z z z+y )
<mrow>
  <mi>grad</mi>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>z</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>x</mi><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>y</mi><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>z</mi>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
grad ( (x,y,z) xyz )
<mrow>
  <msup><mo></mo><mn>2</mn></msup>
  <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>z</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>f</mi>
      <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
      <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
2 ( (x,y,z) f (x,y) )
4.3.7.8 Moment <moment/>, <momentabout>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The moment element is used to denote the ith moment of a set of data set or random variable. The moment function accepts the degree and momentabout qualifiers. If present, the degree schema denotes the order of the moment. Otherwise, the moment is assumed to be the first order moment. When used with moment, the degree schema is expected to contain a single child. If present, the momentabout schema denotes the point about which the moment is taken. Otherwise, the moment is assumed to be the moment about zero.

4.3.7.8.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><moment/>
  <degree><cn>3</cn></degree>
  <momentabout><mean/></momentabout>
  <cn>6</cn><cn>4</cn><cn>2</cn><cn>2</cn><cn>5</cn>
</apply>
<apply><moment/>
  <degree><cn>3</cn></degree>
  <momentabout><ci>p</ci></momentabout>
  <ci>X</ci>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<msub>
  <mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <msup>
      <mrow>
        <mo>(</mo>
        <mn>6</mn><mo>,</mo>
        <mn>4</mn><mo>,</mo>
        <mn>2</mn><mo>,</mo>
        <mn>2</mn><mo>,</mo>
        <mn>5</mn>
        <mo>)</mo>
      </mrow>
      <mn>3</mn>
    </msup>
    <mo></mo>
  </mrow>
  <mi>mean</mi>
</msub>
( 6, 4, 2, 2, 5 ) 3 mean
<msub>
  <mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <msup><mi>X</mi><mn>3</mn></msup>
    <mo></mo>
  </mrow>
  <mi>p</mi>
</msub>
X3 p
4.3.7.9 Logarithm <log/> , <logbase>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The log element represents the logarithm function relative to a given base. When present, the logbase qualifier specifies the base. Otherwise, the base is assumed to be 10.

4.3.7.9.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><log/>
  <logbase><cn>3</cn></logbase>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>
<apply><log/><ci>x</ci></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><msub><mi>log</mi><mn>3</mn></msub><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
log3x
<mrow><mi>log</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
logx

4.3.8 単一項の微積分演算子
Unary Qualified Calculus Operators

4.3.8.1 Integral <int/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The int element is the operator element for a definite or indefinite integral over a function or a definite integral over an expression with a bound variable.

4.3.8.1.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><eq/>
  <apply><int/><sin/></apply>
  <cos/>
</apply>
<apply><int/>
  <interval><ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci></interval>
  <cos/>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mrow><mi></mi><mi>sin</mi></mrow><mo>=</mo><mi>cos</mi></mrow>
sin=cos
<mrow>
  <msubsup><mi></mi><mi>a</mi><mi>b</mi></msubsup><mi>cos</mi>
</mrow>
abcos

The int element can also be used with bound variables serving as the integration variables.

Definite integrals are indicated by providing qualifier elements specifying a domain of integration. A lowlimit/uplimit pair is perhaps the most standard representation of a definite integral.

4.3.8.1.2
Example

Content MathML

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><cn>1</cn></uplimit>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <msubsup><mi></mi><mn>0</mn><mn>1</mn></msubsup>
  <msup><mi>x</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
  <mi>d</mi>
  <mi>x</mi>
</mrow>
01 x2 d x
4.3.8.2 Differentiation <diff/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The diff element is the differentiation operator element for functions or expressions of a single variable. It may be applied directly to an actual function thereby denoting a function which is the derivative of the original function, or it can be applied to an expression involving a single variable.

4.3.8.2.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><diff/><ci>f</ci></apply>
<apply><eq/>
  <apply><diff/>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
  </apply>
  <apply><cos/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<msup><mi>f</mi><mo></mo></msup>
f
<mrow>
  <mfrac>
    <mrow><mi>d</mi><mrow><mi>sin</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow></mrow>
    <mrow><mi>d</mi><mi>x</mi></mrow>
  </mfrac>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mrow><mi>cos</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
</mrow>
dsinx dx = cosx

The bvar element may also contain a degree element, which specifies the order of the derivative to be taken.

4.3.8.2.2
Example

Content MathML

<apply><diff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci><degree><cn>2</cn></degree></bvar>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>4</cn></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <msup><mi>d</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
    <msup><mi>x</mi><mn>4</mn></msup>
  </mrow>
  <mrow><mi>d</mi><msup><mi>x</mi><mn>2</mn></msup></mrow>
</mfrac>
d2 x4 dx2
4.3.8.3 Partial Differentiation <partialdiff/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The partialdiff element is the partial differentiation operator element for functions or expressions in several variables.

For the case of partial differentiation of a function, the containing partialdiff takes two arguments: firstly a list of indices indicating by position which function arguments are involved in constructing the partial derivatives, and secondly the actual function to be partially differentiated. The indices may be repeated.

4.3.8.3.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><partialdiff/>
  <list><cn>1</cn><cn>1</cn><cn>3</cn></list>
  <ci type="function">f</ci>
</apply>
<apply><partialdiff/>
  <list><cn>1</cn><cn>1</cn><cn>3</cn></list>
  <lambda>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
    <bvar><ci>z</ci></bvar>
    <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci><ci>z</ci></apply>
  </lambda>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <msub>
    <mi>D</mi>
    <mrow><mn>1</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>3</mn></mrow>
  </msub>
  <mi>f</mi>
</mrow>
D 1,1,3 f
<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <msup><mo></mo><mn>3</mn></msup>
    <mrow>
      <mi>f</mi>
      <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
      <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>z</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mrow><mo></mo><msup><mi>x</mi><mn>2</mn></msup></mrow>
    <mrow><mo></mo><mi>z</mi></mrow>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
3 f (x,y,z) x2 z

In the case of algebraic expressions, the bound variables are given by bvar elements, which are children of the containing apply element. The bvar elements may also contain degree elements, which specify the order of the partial derivative to be taken in that variable.

Where a total degree of differentiation must be specified, this is indicated by use of a degree element at the top level, i.e. without any associated bvar, as a child of the containing apply element.

4.3.8.3.2
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><partialdiff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <apply><ci type="function">f</ci><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
</apply>
<apply><partialdiff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci><degree><ci>m</ci></degree></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci><degree><ci>n</ci></degree></bvar>
  <degree><ci>k</ci></degree>
  <apply><ci type="function">f</ci>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <ci>y</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <msup><mo></mo><mn>2</mn></msup>
    <mrow>
      <mi>f</mi>
      <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
      <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mrow><mo></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
    <mrow><mo></mo><mi>y</mi></mrow>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
2 f (x,y) x y
<mfrac>
  <mrow>
    <msup><mo></mo><mi>k</mi></msup>
    <mrow>
      <mi>f</mi>
      <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
      <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mi>y</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
  <mrow>
    <mrow><mo></mo><msup><mi>x</mi><mi>m</mi></msup>
    </mrow>
    <mrow><mo></mo><msup><mi>y</mi><mi>n</mi></msup></mrow>
  </mrow>
</mfrac>
k f (x,y) xm yn

4.3.9 定数
Constants

Constant symbols relate to mathematical constants such as e and true and also to names of sets such as the Real Numbers, and Integers. In Strict Content MathML, they rewrite simply to the corresponding symbol listed in the syntax tables for Arithmetic Constants and Set Theory Constants.

4.3.9.1 Arithmetic Constants: <exponentiale/>, <imaginaryi/>, <notanumber/>, <true/>, <false/>, <pi/>, <eulergamma/>, <infinity/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The elements <exponentiale/>, <imaginaryi/>, <notanumber/>, <true/>, <false/>, <pi/>, <eulergamma/>, <infinity/> represent respectively:
the base of the natural logarithm, approximately 2.718;
the square root of -1, commonly written i;
not-a-number, i.e. the result of an ill-posed floating point computation (see [IEEE754]);
the Boolean value true;
the Boolean value false;
pi (π), approximately 3.142, which is the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter;
the gamma constant (γ), approximately 0.5772;
infinity (∞).

4.3.9.1.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><eq/><apply><ln/><exponentiale/></apply><cn>1</cn></apply>
<apply><eq/><apply><power/><imaginaryi/><cn>2</cn></apply><cn>-1</cn></apply>
<apply><eq/><apply><divide/><cn>0</cn><cn>0</cn></apply><notanumber/></apply>
<apply><eq/><apply><or/><true/><ci type="boolean">P</ci></apply><true/></apply>
<apply><eq/><apply><and/><false/><ci type="boolean">P</ci></apply><false/></apply>
<apply><approx/><pi/><cn type="rational">22<sep/>7</cn></apply>
<apply><approx/><eulergamma/><cn>0.5772156649</cn></apply>
<infinity/>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>ln</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>e</mi></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mn>1</mn>
</mrow>
lne = 1
<mrow><msup><mi>i</mi><mn>2</mn></msup><mo>=</mo><mn>-1</mn></mrow>
i2=-1
<mrow>
  <mrow><mn>0</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>0</mn></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi>NaN</mi>
</mrow>
0/0 = NaN
<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>true</mi><mo></mo><mi>P</mi></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi>true</mi>
</mrow>
trueP = true
<mrow>
  <mrow><mi>false</mi><mo></mo><mi>P</mi></mrow>
  <mo>=</mo>
  <mi>false</mi>
</mrow>
falseP = false
<mrow>
  <mi>π</mi>
  <mo></mo>
  <mrow><mn>22</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>7</mn></mrow>
</mrow>
π 22/7
<mrow>
  <mi>γ</mi><mo></mo><mn>0.5772156649</mn>
</mrow>
γ0.5772156649
<mi></mi>
4.3.9.2 Set Theory Constants: <integers/>, <reals/>, <rationals/>, <naturalnumbers/>, <complexes/>, <primes/>, <emptyset/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

These elements represent the standard number sets, Integers, Reals, Rationals, Natural Numbers (including zero), Complex Numbers, Prime Numbers, and the Empty Set.

4.3.9.2.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><in/><cn type="integer">42</cn><integers/></apply>
<apply><in/><cn type="real">44.997</cn><reals/></apply>
<apply><in/><cn type="rational">22<sep/>7</cn><rationals/></apply>
<apply><in/><cn type="integer">1729</cn><naturalnumbers/></apply>
<apply><in/><cn type="complex-cartesian">17<sep/>29</cn><complexes/></apply>
<apply><in/><cn type="integer">17</cn><primes/></apply>
<apply><neq/><integers/><emptyset/></apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mn>42</mn><mo></mo><mi mathvariant="double-struck">Z</mi></mrow>
42Z
<mrow>
  <mn>44.997</mn><mo></mo><mi mathvariant="double-struck">R</mi>
</mrow>
44.997R
<mrow>
  <mrow><mn>22</mn><mo>/</mo><mn>7</mn></mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mi mathvariant="double-struck">Q</mi>
</mrow>
22/7 Q
<mrow>
  <mn>1729</mn><mo></mo><mi mathvariant="double-struck">N</mi>
</mrow>
1729N
<mrow>
  <mrow><mn>17</mn><mo>+</mo><mn>29</mn><mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo><mi>i</mi></mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mi mathvariant="double-struck">C</mi>
</mrow>
17+29i C
<mrow><mn>17</mn><mo></mo><mi mathvariant="double-struck">P</mi></mrow>
17P
<mrow>
  <mi mathvariant="double-struck">Z</mi><mo></mo><mi></mi>
</mrow>
Z

4.3.10 特別な要素の形式
Special Element forms

4.3.10.1 Quantifiers: <forall/>, <exists/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The forall and <exists/> elements represent the universal (for all) and existential (there exists) quantifiers which take one or more bound variables, and an argument which specifies the assertion being quantified. In addition, condition or other qualifiers may be used to limit the domain of the bound variables.

4.3.10.1.1
Examples

Content MathML

<bind><forall/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><eq/>
    <apply><minus/><ci>x</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <cn>0</cn>
  </apply>
</bind>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>.</mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow>
      <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
      <mo>=</mo>
      <mn>0</mn>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
x . ( xx = 0 )

Content MathML

<bind><exists/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><eq/>
    <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <cn>0</cn>
  </apply>
</bind>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>.</mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow>
      <mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
      <mo>=</mo>
      <mn>0</mn>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
x . ( f(x) = 0 )

Content MathML

<apply><exists/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication>
    <integers/>
  </domainofapplication>
  <apply><eq/>
    <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <cn>0</cn>
  </apply>
</apply>

Strict MathML equivalent:

<bind><csymbol cd="quant1">exists</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="set1">in</csymbol>
      <ci>x</ci>
      <csymbol cd="setname1">Z</csymbol>
    </apply>
    <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">eq</csymbol>
      <apply><ci>f</ci><ci>x</ci></apply>
      <cn>0</cn>
    </apply>
  </apply>
</bind>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo></mo>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>.</mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mi mathvariant="double-struck">Z</mi></mrow>
    <mo></mo>
    <mrow>
      <mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow></mrow>
      <mo>=</mo>
      <mn>0</mn>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
x . ( xZ f(x) = 0 )
4.3.10.2 Lambda <lambda>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The lambda element is used to construct a user-defined function from an expression, bound variables, and qualifiers. In a lambda construct with n (possibly 0) bound variables, the first n children are bvar elements that identify the variables that are used as placeholders in the last child for actual parameter values. The bound variables can be restricted by an optional domainofapplication qualifier or one of its shorthand notations. The meaning of the lambda construct is an n-ary function that returns the expression in the last child where the bound variables are replaced with the respective arguments.

The domainofapplication child restricts the possible values of the arguments of the constructed function. For instance, the following lambda construct represents a function on the integers.

<lambda>
  <bvar><ci> x </ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><integers/></domainofapplication>
  <apply><sin/><ci> x </ci></apply>
</lambda>

If a lambda construct does not contain bound variables, then the lambda construct is superfluous and may be removed, unless it also contains a domainofapplication construct. In that case, if the last child of the lambda construct is itself a function, then the domainofapplication restricts its existing functional arguments, as in this example, which is a variant representation for the function above.

<lambda>
  <domainofapplication><integers/></domainofapplication>
  <sin/>
</lambda>

Otherwise, if the last child of the lambda construct is not a function, say a number, then the lambda construct will not be a function, but the same number, and any domainofapplication is ignored.

4.3.10.2.1
Examples

Content MathML

<lambda>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><sin/>
    <apply><plus/><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
  </apply>
</lambda>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mi>λ</mi>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo>.</mo>
  <mrow>
   <mo>(</mo>
    <mrow>
      <mi>sin</mi>
      <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
      <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>)</mo>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
<mtext>&nbsp;or&nbsp;</mtext>
<mrow>
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo></mo>
  <mrow>
    <mi>sin</mi>
    <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow>
  </mrow>
</mrow>
λ x . ( sin (x+1) )  or  x sin (x+1)
4.3.10.3 Interval <interval>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The interval element is a container element used to represent simple mathematical intervals of the real number line. It takes an optional attribute closure, which can take any of the values open, closed, open-closed, or closed-open, with a default value of closed.

As described in 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit>, interval is interpreted as a qualifier if it immediately follows bvar.

4.3.10.3.1
Example

Content MathML

<interval closure="open"><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></interval>
<interval closure="closed"><cn>0</cn><cn>1</cn></interval>
<interval closure="open-closed"><cn>0</cn><cn>1</cn></interval>
<interval closure="closed-open"><cn>0</cn><cn>1</cn></interval>

Sample Presentation

<mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow>
(x,1)
<mrow><mo>[</mo><mn>0</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>]</mo></mrow>
[0,1]
<mrow><mo>(</mo><mn>0</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>]</mo></mrow>
(0,1]
<mrow><mo>[</mo><mn>0</mn><mo>,</mo><mn>1</mn><mo>)</mo></mrow>
[0,1)
4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The limit element represents the operation of taking a limit of a sequence. The limit point is expressed by specifying a lowlimit and a bvar, or by specifying a condition on one or more bound variables.

The direction from which a limiting value is approached is given as an argument limit in Strict Content MathML, which supplies the direction specifier symbols both_sides, above, and below for this purpose. The first correspond to the values all, above, and below of the type attribute of the tendsto element. The null symbol corresponds to the case where no type attribute is present.

4.3.10.4.1
Examples

Content MathML

<apply><limit/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>
<apply><limit/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><tendsto/><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>
<apply><limit/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><tendsto type="above"/><ci>x</ci><ci>a</ci></apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mi>lim</mi>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mn>0</mn></mrow>
  </munder>
  <mrow><mi>sin</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
</mrow>
lim x0 sinx
<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mi>lim</mi>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><mn>0</mn></mrow>
  </munder>
  <mrow><mi>sin</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
</mrow>
lim x0 sinx
<mrow>
  <munder>
    <mi>lim</mi>
    <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo></mo><msup><mi>a</mi><mo>+</mo></msup></mrow>
  </munder>
  <mrow><mi>sin</mi><mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow>
</mrow>
lim xa+ sinx
4.3.10.5 Piecewise declaration <piecewise>, <piece>, <otherwise>

Operator Syntax, Schema Class

The piecewise, piece, and otherwise elements are used to represent piecewise function definitions of the form H(x) = 0 if x less than 0, H(x) = 1 otherwise.

The declaration is constructed using the piecewise element. This contains zero or more piece elements, and optionally one otherwise element. Each piece element contains exactly two children. The first child defines the value taken by the piecewise expression when the condition specified in the associated second child of the piece is true. The degenerate case of no piece elements and no otherwise element is treated as undefined for all values of the domain.

The otherwise element allows the specification of a value to be taken by the piecewise function when none of the conditions (second child elements of the piece elements) is true, i.e. a default value.

It should be noted that no order of execution is implied by the ordering of the piece child elements within piecewise. It is the responsibility of the author to ensure that the subsets of the function domain defined by the second children of the piece elements are disjoint, or that, where they overlap, the values of the corresponding first children of the piece elements coincide. If this is not the case, the meaning of the expression is undefined.

4.3.10.5.1
Example

Content MathML

<piecewise>
  <piece>
    <apply><minus/><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <apply><lt/><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </piece>
  <piece>
    <cn>0</cn>
    <apply><eq/><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </piece>
  <piece>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <apply><gt/><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </piece>
</piecewise>

Sample Presentation

<mrow>
  <mo>{</mo>
  <mtable>
    <mtr>
      <mtd><mrow><mo></mo><mi>x</mi></mrow></mtd>
      <mtd columnalign="left"><mtext>&#xa0; if &#xa0;</mtext></mtd>
      <mtd><mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>&lt;</mo><mn>0</mn></mrow></mtd>
    </mtr>
    <mtr>
      <mtd><mn>0</mn></mtd>
      <mtd columnalign="left"><mtext>&#xa0; if &#xa0;</mtext></mtd>
      <mtd><mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>=</mo><mn>0</mn></mrow></mtd>
    </mtr>
    <mtr>
      <mtd><mi>x</mi></mtd>
      <mtd columnalign="left"><mtext>&#xa0; if &#xa0;</mtext></mtd>
      <mtd><mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>&gt;</mo><mn>0</mn></mrow></mtd>
    </mtr>
  </mtable>
</mrow>
{ x   if   x<0 0   if   x=0 x   if   x>0

5. MathMLに注釈を付ける
Annotating MathML

課題257: intentの"別名"の能力 intent
Issue 257: Intent "alias" capability

課題257

Issue 257

課題255: "自分の名前そのもの"であるものに対して, intent概念辞書のCoreの一覧でintentが必要とされるか? intent
Issue 255: Are intents needed in intent-core for "self-describing" things?

課題255

Issue 255

課題254: "水準0"の名前を結合したり分割したりする枠組み・方針・計画が必要 intent
Issue 254: Need a scheme/philosophy/plan for unifying/breaking apart "level 0" names

課題254

Issue 254

課題253: 複数項の演算子に対するintentの議論 intent
Issue 253: n-ary Intent discussion

課題253

Issue 253

付加情報は, 式の代替表現の間を結び付けるために加えられたマークアップに関係します. 多様な付加情報を, semantics要素を使用してお互いに結び付けることができます. お互いに結び付けられる2つの重要な表現は, プレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップです. semanticsの他の利用方法は, 式の独自のソースコード表現とプレゼンテーションMathMLまたはコンテントMathMLを結び付けることを含みます. 5.2 付加情報要素が, semantics要素について説明しています.

Annotation refers to markup added to make associations between alternate representations of an expression. Multiple annotations can be associated with each other using the semantics element. Two important representations that can be associated with each other are presentation markup and content markup. Other uses of semantics include associating the original source representation of an expression with presentation or content MathML. 5.2 Annotation Elements describes the semantics element.

MathMLは, 支援技術(AT)によって広く採用されてきました. ただし, 数学表記は, ATが状況によって何と音読されるべきか推測するに当たってあいまいでしょう. MathML4は, 著者らのために意図を表現する軽量な方法intent属性を加えます. この属性は, 重要な相違はあるもののaria-label属性と類似しています. アクセシビリティの観点から, 主要な違いは, intentはブレイユ点字の生成に影響を与えないことです. ほとんどの言語は, 音読するための言葉が点字の生成から影響を受けるべきでないことから, 数学に対する別個の点字コードを持っています. 言語によっては, 例えば英語のように, 複数の数学用点字コードを持っていて, 音読ソフトウェアがどれを望んでいるか知ることが著者にとって不可能なものもあります. したがって, 著者が要素に対する(数学用)点字を知っていたとしても, 音読ソフトウェアはどのコードが使われているか分からないため, 提案されたaria-braillelabelを使用してaria-labelを上書きすることができません.

MathML has been widely adopted by assistive technologies (AT). However, math notations can be ambiguous which can result in AT guessing at what should be spoken in some cases. MathML 4 adds a lightweight method for authors to express their intent: the intent attribute. This attribute is similar to the aria-label attribute with some important distinctions. In terms of accessibility, the major difference is that intent does not affect braille generation. Most languages have a separate braille code for math so that the words used for speech should not be affected by braille generation. Some languages, such as English, have more than one braille math code and it is impossible for the author to know which is desired by the reader. Hence, even if the author knew the (math) braille for the element, they could not override aria-label by using the proposed aria-braillelabel because they wouldn't know which code to use.

5.1 intent属性
The intent attribute

2.1.6 全てのMathML要素で利用できる属性で述べたように, MathML要素は, 指定された用語のintent(訳注:"意図"の意味)を持つことのできる属性intentargを持つことができます. この付加情報は, 用語の完全な数学的定義を提供することを意味しません. その付加情報は, 第一にATが音声表現や点字表現を生成することを手助けすることを意味しており, C. MathMLアクセシビリティを参照して下さい. それでも, その付加情報は, コンテントMathMLまたは数式システムへの変換を導くのにも使い勝手がよいでしょう.

As described in 2.1.6 Attributes Shared by all MathML Elements, MathML elements allow attributes intent and arg that allow the intent of the term to be specified. This annotation is not meant to provide a full mathematical definition of the term. It is primarily meant to help AT generate audio and/or braille renderings, see C. MathML Accessibility. Nevertheless, it may also be useful to guide translations to Content MathML, or computational systems.

intent属性は, 意図する読み方を表現する簡単で機能的な構文をコード化します. 正式な文法は後で示しますが, 典型的な例は, 次のような文脈で使われるintent="power($base,$exponent)"でしょう.

The intent attribute encodes a simple functional syntax representing the intended speech. A formal grammar is given below, but a typical example would be intent="power($base,$exponent)" used in a context such as:

<msup intent="power($base,$exp)">
  <mi arg="base">x</mi>
  <mi arg="exp">n</mi>
</msup>
x n

power($base,$exp)というintentの値は, この式が他のたくさんの上付き添え字の意味とは対称的に, 指数を意味すると著者が意図していることを明確にします. 指数はATに知られた概念であろうことから, ATは, 文脈や引数や他の詳細な部分に頼って違った音読方法を選んでもよいです. 例えば, 上記の式は, "x to the power n"(訳注:"xのn乗"の意味)と読まれるでしょうが, "n"の代わりに"2"が与えられた場合, "x squared"(訳注:"xの平方"の意味)と読まれてもよいです.

The intent value of power($base,$exp) makes it clear that the author intends that this expression denotes exponentiation as opposed to one of many other meanings of superscripts. Since power will be a concept known to the AT, it may choose different ways of speaking depending on context, arguments or other details. For example, the above expression might be spoken as "x to the power n", but if "2" were given instead of "n", it may say "x squared".

5.1.1 intentに対する文法
The Grammar for intent

intent属性の値は, 素子の間の空白を無視した後, 次の文法に一致すべきです.

The value of the intent attribute, after ignoring white space between tokens, should match the following grammar.

intent             := concept-or-literal | number | reference | application
concept-or-literal := NCName
number             := '-'? digit+ ( '.' digit+ )?
reference          := '$' NCName
application        := intent hint? '(' arguments? ')'
arguments          := intent ( ',' intent )*
hint               := '@' ( 'prefix' | 'infix' | 'postfix' | 'function' | 'silent' )

ここで, NCNameは, [名前空間]で定義されたもので, digitは, 0-9の範囲の文字です.

Here NCName is as defined in in [xml-names], and digit is a character in the range 0–9.

部分部分は, 次のものから構成されています.

The parts consist of:

concept-or-literal
名前は, 名前空間を持たない要素の名前に使われるNCName生成物に一致すべきです. concept-or-literalは, conceptまたはliteralのいずれかとして解釈されます.
Names should match the NCName production as used for no-namespace element name. A concept-or-literal are interpreted either as a concept or literal.
  • conceptは, 数学的またはソフトウェア特有の関数または概念に相当します. たくさんの概念に対し, 概念を音読するために使われる言葉は, 概念を参照するときに使われる名前にとても似ています. conceptは, intent概念辞書により与えられた音読の助言に基づく特定の音声または点字表現を提供するために, ATによって受け入れられた辞書の名前に一致します.

    A concept corresponds to some mathematical or application specific function or concept. For many concepts, the words used to speak a concept are very similar to the name used when referencing a concept. A concept matches a name in an Intent Concept Dictionary recognized by the AT, to produce specific audio or braille renderings based on the speech hints given in the dictionary.

  • literalは, conceptの名前に一致しないソフトウェアによって知られている名前です. この場合, 通常の読み方は, 名前の中の何らかの-, _, .を空白で置き換え, 結果として生じた言葉を読むことで生み出されます. _ (U+00F5)で始まる名前は, 常にliteralと見なされ, 決してintent概念辞書の中に入るべきではありません.

    A literal is a name that does not match a concept name known to the application. In this case, a default reading is generated by replacing any -, _, . in the name by spaces and then reading the resulting phrase. Names starting with _ (U+00F5) are always considered to be literal names, and should never be in an Intent Concept Dictionary.

number
2.5のような文字列numberは, それ自身を意味します.
A literal number such as 2.5 denotes itself.
reference
$nameのような引数referenceは, 属性arg="name"をもつ子孫要素を参照します. id属性と違って, argは文書の中で唯一のものである必要はありません. 一致する要素を探索する場合は, 探索は, intent属性またはarg属性の組を持つ何らかの要素で早めに止まったとしても, それらを対象とせずに子孫要素のみを対象とすべきです. referenceの適切な利用は, 同じ文字列を挿入する代わりに, 数学構造をあちこち探索する際にintentを利用することを認めます.
An argument reference such as $name refers to a descendent element that has an attribute arg="name". Unlike id attributes, arg do not have to be unique within a document. When searching for a matching element the search should only consider descendants, while stopping early at any elements that have a set intent or arg attribute, without descending into them. Proper use of reference, instead of inserting equivalent literals, allows intent to be used while navigating the mathematical structure.
application
applicationは, 標準的な前置の表記を使用する, 引数に適用される関数を意味します. 任意で, 関数の頭や引数の一覧の間で, 生成される文章の音読方法に影響する, 後で述べるhintがあってもよいです.
An application denotes a function applied to arguments using a standard prefix notation. Optionally, between the head of the function and the list of arguments there may be a hint as described below to influence the style of text reading generated.
hint
関数applicationの中のhintは, 名前を読むのを止めたり, 言葉の並びに影響したりすることを要求します. prefix, infix, postfixというhintは, 表示された数学表記の中で使われる(必然的な)順番によらずに, 名前と引数の音読される言葉の順番を表すことに注意して下さい.
A hint in a function application requests that the reading of the name may be suppressed, or the word ordering may be affected. Note that the hints prefix, infix and postfix refer to the spoken word order of the name and arguments, and not (necessarily) the order used in the displayed mathematical notation.
  • conceptの名前の場合, hintは, ATが対応している代替表現を選択する際に使われてもよいです. 例えば, union(訳注:"和集合"の意味)は, "$1 union $2"(訳注:"$1和集合$2"の意味)や"union of $1 and $2"(訳注:"$1と$2の和集合"の意味)という音読形式でCore辞書にあります. union @prefix ($a,$b)というintentは, 後者の形式が適切であることを意図しています.
    In the case of a concept name, the hint MAY be used in choosing the alternatives supported by the AT. For example union is in the Core dictionary with speech patterns "$1 union $2" and "union of $1 and $2". An intent union @prefix ($a,$b) would indicate that the latter style is preferred.
  • literalの名前に対しては, 最初に来る関数から生成される文章は, hintで指定されたように読まれるべきです.
    For literal names, the text generated from the function head SHOULD be read as specified in the hint.
    • f @prefix ($x) : f x
    • f @infix ($x,y) : x f y
    • f @postix ($x) : x f
    • f @function ($x, $y): f of x and y(訳注:"xとyのf"の意味)
    • f @silent ($x,$y) : x y
    上記で使われる特定の言葉は単に例です. ATは 他の適切な音声表現を選択するかは自由です. 例えば, f@function($x, $y)は, f of x comma y(訳注:"xコンマyのf"の意味)と音読されることもあるでしょう.
    The specific words used above are only examples; AT is free to choose other appropriate audio renderings. For example, f@function($x, $y) could also be spoken as f of x comma y.

5.1.2 intent概念辞書
Intent Concept Dictionaries

intent概念辞書は, conceptの名前と, 概念に対する特定の音声や点字を対応させます. 対応は, 音声に続く何らかのhintに注意して行われます. intentを利用するATは, 後で論じるCore一覧の中の概念の何かに一致する音声や点字を提供できるようにすべきです. また, intentを使用するATは, 後で論じるOpen一覧の中の概念やAT独自の辞書の概念も含んでもよいです.

An Intent Concept Dictionary is a mapping from a concept name to specific speech or braille for that concept. The mapping may take into account any hint that follows the name. AT that makes use of intent SHOULD be able to produce speech or braille that corresponds to any of the concepts in the Core table discussed below. AT that makes use of intent MAY also include concepts in the Open table discussed below, as well as its own built-in dictionaries.

intent概念辞書は, 描画ソフトウェアが知っているべき既定値の集合を提供する点で, MathML描画ソフトウェアで用いられるB. 演算子辞書にやや類似しています. hintも, 演算子辞書のformの利用方法と類似性を持っている点があります.

The Intent Concept Dictionary is somewhat analogous to the B. Operator Dictionary used by MathML renderers in that it provides a set of defaults renderers should be aware of. The hint also has some analogies to the operator dictionary's use of form.

課題410: intentの名前の場所や配置 MathML 4intent
Issue 410: Intent: location/arrangement of names

課題410

Issue 410

intent識別子は, 現在Googleのシートにある2つの一覧で管理されています.

Intent identifiers are maintained in two lists, currently located at Google Sheets.

  • Core: 数学作業部会で管理されている核となくconceptの一覧です. この一覧は, divide(訳注:"割る"の意味), power(訳注:"累乗"の意味), greater-than(訳注:"大なり"の意味)といった一般的な概念を含んでいます. この一覧の名前であると考えられるMathMLを音読するATは, その名前を, どのように中身を音読するかの助言と見なすべきです. ただし, 一般的な表記には音読されるたくさんの特別な方法を持っていることから(例えば, <mfrac intent="divide($num,$denom)>の中身に対して, three quarters(訳注:"4分の3"の意味), x over three(訳注:"3分のx"の意味), 3 meters per second(訳注:"毎秒3メートル"の意味)と読まれるかもしれないので), ATは, 与えられた名前を使用することを強いられません. 音読ソフトウェアに依存しながら, ATは, 聞き手に分かりやすい音読とするために, 言葉や音声を加えてもよいです. 例えば, 分数を見ることができない人に対して, ATは, fraction x over three end fraction(訳注:"分数3分のx分数終わり"の意味)と読むかもしれず, そのことで聞き手は, 正確に何が分数の部分なのか理解するでしょう. 中身を見ることができる人に対しては, それらの追加の言葉は邪魔者になるでしょう. ATは, 利用される集団で適切な音声データをいつでも提供すべきです.
    Core: This is a list of core concept names curated by the Math Working Group. This list includes common concepts such as divide, power, and greater-than. AT reading MathML attributed with a name in this list SHOULD consider this name to be a hint how the content could be read. However, because common notations have many specialized ways of being spoken (e.g., for division, one might say three quarters, x over three, or 3 meters per second depending one the contents of <mfrac intent="divide($num,$denom)>), AT is not constrained to use the name given. Depending upon the reader, AT may add words or sounds to make the speech clearer to the listener. For example, for someone who can not see the a fraction, AT might say fraction x over three end fraction so the listener knows exactly what is part of the fraction. For someone who can see the content, these extra words can be a distraction. AT should always produce speech that is appropriate to the community they serve.
  • Open: 寄与が求められるconceptの開かれた一覧です. この一覧の名前であると考えられるMathMLを音読するATは, 概念の定義によって提供される音読の助言を利用してもよいですが, ソフトウェアは, 与えられた識別子の名前の読み方を頼ってもよいです. 著者は, 存在する概念に一致するこの一覧の名前を利用することを妨げられるにも関わらず, NCNameである何らかの文字が利用可能です.
    Open: This is an open list of concepts to which contributions are invited. AT reading MathML attributed with a name in this list MAY use the speech hints provided by the intent definition but a system may also fall back on reading the identifier name as given. Although authors are encouraged to use a name in this list that matches their intent if one exists, any string that is an NCName is allowed.

conceptの一覧の将来版は, 利用法が適切であると示されたならopenの一覧からcoreの一覧に名前を編入してもよいです.

Future versions of the concept list may incorporate names from the open list into the core list if usage indicates that is appropriate.

intent属性内の文字列であるconceptの名前と, intentの一覧の項目を比較する場合, 比較は, 大文字・小文字を区別せずに, また, _ (U+00F5)と. (U+002E)を- (U+002D)に標準化して行われるべきです. 音読の助言が利用できない場合, 文字列であるconceptの名前が音読されるときは, それぞれの-, _, .を単語間の空白として音読すべきです.

When comparing the literal concept name in the intent attribute with entries in the intent lists, the comparison should be ASCII case-insensitive and also normalize _ (U+00F5) and . (U+002E) to - (U+002D). If the speech hints are not being used and the literal concept name is being read then each of -, _ and . should be read as an inter-word space.

5.1.3 intentの例
Intent Examples

intentの第一の使用方法は, 同じ構文が違う意味を持っていたり, 典型的に違う音読方法を持っていたりする場合のあいまいさを除くことです.

A primary use for intent is to disambiguate cases where the same syntax is used for different meanings, and typically has different readings.

上付き添え字msupは, 累乗, 転置, 微分, 修飾された記号を表してもよいです. これらの状況は, intent有る無しによって利用可能な音声データを示すと, 次のように区別されるでしょう.

Superscript, msup, may represent a power, a transpose, a derivative or an embellished symbol. These cases would be distinguished as follows, showing possible readings with and without intent

<msup intent="power($base,$exp)">
  <mi arg="base">x</mi>
  <mi arg="exp">n</mi>
</msup>
x to the n-th power(訳注:"xのn乗"の意味)
x superscript n end superscript(訳注:"x上付き添え字n上付き添え字終わり"の意味)
x n

intent無しの代替の通常の表現は, msupが常に累乗と想定することで, そのため, 上記の2つ目の表現もx to the n-th powerかもしれません. その場合, 下記の2番目の表現は, (間違って)raised to the ... power(訳注:"...乗まで累乗する"の意味)を用いて例を音読されるでしょう.

An alternative default rendering without intent would be to assume that msup is always a power, so the second rendering above might also be x to the n-th power. In that case the second renderings below will (incorrectly) speak the examples using raised to the ... power.

<msup intent="$op($a)">
  <mi arg="a">A</mi>
  <mi arg="op" intent="transpose">T</mi>
</msup>
transpose of A(訳注:"Aの転置行列"の意味)
A superscript T end superscript (訳注:"A上付き添え字T上付き添え字終わり"の意味)
A T

ただし, hintを用いることで, この例は上記とは違うように音読されるかもしれません.

However, with a hint, this example might be read differently.

<msup intent="$op @postfix ($a)">
  <mi arg="a">A</mi>
  <mi arg="op" intent="transpose">T</mi>
</msup>
A transpose(訳注:"Aの転置行列"の意味)
A T
<msup intent="derivative($a)">
  <mi arg="a">f</mi>
  <mi></mi>
</msup>
derivative of f(訳注:"fの微分"の意味)
f superscript prime end superscript(訳注:"f上付き添え字プライム上付き添え字終わり"の意味)
f
<msup intent="x-prime">
  <mi>x</mi>
  <mo></mo>
</msup>
x prime(訳注:"xプライム"の意味)
f superscript prime end superscript(訳注:"f上付き添え字プライム上付き添え字終わり"の意味)
x

同様に, 上線は, 共役複素数を表現しても, 平均(訳注:原文では"mean"と"average"ですが, どちらも日本語では平均)を表現してもよいです. また一方で, intentの有る無しによって可能性のある音読表現は次のとおりです.

Similarly an over bar may represent complex conjugation, or mean (average), again with possible readings with and without intent:

<mover intent="conjugate($v)">
  <mi arg="v">z</mi>
  <mo>&#xaf;</mo>
</mover>
<mtext>&#x00A0;<!--nbsp-->is not&#x00A0;<!--nbsp--></mtext>
<mover intent="mean($var)">
  <mi arg="var">X</mi>
  <mo>&#xaf;</mo>
</mover>
conjugate of z is not mean of X(訳注:"zの共役複素数はXの平均ではありません"の意味)
z with bar above is not X with bar above(訳注:"上線付きzは上線付きXではありません"の意味)
z ¯  is not  X ¯

intentの仕組みは, literalの名前を利用して拡張できます. 例えば, ベル数は概念辞書に存在しないと想定されるので, 次の例のとおりです.

The intent mechanism is extensible through the use of literal names. For example, assuming that the Bell Number is not present in any the dictionaries, the following example

<msub intent="bell-number($index)">
  <mi>B</mi>
  <mn arg="index">2</mn>
</msub>

この式は, 次の期待された音読法を依然として提供するでしょう.

will still produce the expected reading:

bell number of 2(訳注:"2のベル数"の意味)
B 2

5.1.4 literalhintについての警告
A Warning about literal and hint

literalhintの機能は, 定義済の概念辞書を超えて, 数学概念の範囲を拡張し, 音読の好みの表現を可能にします. 例えば, それぞれ<mi arg="x">x</mi><mi arg="y">y</mi>を参照する$x$yがあるとき, 次のとおりです.

The literal and hint features extend the coverage of mathematical concepts beyond the predefined dictionaries and allow expression of speech preferences. For example, when $x and $y reference <mi arg="x">x</mi> and <mi arg="y">y</mi> respectively, then

  • list @silent ($x,$y)は, x yと音読されるでしょう.
    list @silent ($x,$y) would be read as x y
  • semi-factorial @postfix($x)は, x semi factorial(訳注:"xの二重階乗"の意味)と音読されるでしょう.
    semi-factorial @postfix($x) would be read as x semi factorial

これらの機能は, 生成された音読方法のほぼ完全な制御を実施することもできます. 例えば, 比較すると次のとおりです.

These features also allow taking almost complete control of the generated speech. For example, compare:

  • free-algebra ($r, $x)
    は, free algebra of r and x(訳注:"rとxの自由代数"の意味. なお、他の2つの例とは原文の英語では音読方法が異なります.)と音読されるでしょう.
    free-algebra ($r, $x)
    would be read as free algebra of r and x
  • free-algebra-construct@silent (_free, $r, _algebra, _on, $x)
    は, free r algebra on x(訳注:"rとxの自由代数"の意味. なお、他の2つの例とは原文の英語では音読方法が異なります.)と音読されるでしょう.
    free-algebra-construct@silent (_free, $r, _algebra, _on, $x)
    would be read as free r algebra on x
  • _(free, _($r,algebra), on, $x)
    は, free r algebra; on x(訳注:"rとxの自由代数"の意味. なお、他の2つの例とは原文の英語では音読方法が異なります.)と音読されるでしょう.
    _(free, _($r,algebra), on, $x)
    would be read as free r algebra; on x

しかしながら, literalは概念辞書の中に無いことから, 式の背景となる意味はより分かりにくくなります. そのため, これらの機能を過度に利用することは, 利用者の必要な事を採用するATの機能を制限しがちでしょうし, 音読方法の翻訳や地域固有の音読方法を制限しがちでしょう. したがって, 最後の2つの例は, 妨げられるでしょう.

However, since the literals are not in dictionaries, the meaning behind the expressions become more opaque, and thus excessive use of these features will tend to limit the AT's ability to adapt to the needs of the user, as well as limit translation and locale-specific speech. Thus, the last two examples would be discouraged.

5.1.5
Tables

編集者による注釈
Editor's note

<mtable>要素は, 行列, 一連の等式, 証明の過程の各段階などを示すたくさんの使い方をされます. それらの使い方に加えて, 特に3.1.7 式の改行を実装しないソフトウェアにおいて, または, 位置揃えの構造が表と同じような方法を使用している(La)TeXからの変換において, 改行の強制や位置揃えの実装に使われてもよいです.

The <mtable> element is used in many ways, for denoting matrices, systems of equations, steps in a proof derivation, etc. In addition to these uses it may be used to implement forced line breaking and alignment, especially for systems that do not implement 3.1.7 Linebreaking of Expressions, or for conversions from (La)TeX where alignment constructs are used in similar ways.

後で例をいくつか示し, 作業部会は, それらの利用状況を扱うのに, intentの推奨される利用方法を提案します. このことは, intentの文法, またはintentの用語のコンテント辞書にある用語を少し拡張してもよいです. 議論は, 次の2つのGitHub Issueの中で実施しています.

Some examples are given below, and the Working Group plans to propose recommended uses of intent to address these use cases. This may require some small extensions to the intent grammar or to the terms in the Core Concept dictionary of intent terms. Discussions are taking place in the following two GitHub Issues.

課題337: "mtable"構造に対するintent intent
Issue 337: Intent for "mtable" constructs

課題337

Issue 337

課題402: 兄弟要素のintentの参照 MathML 4intent
Issue 402: sibling intent references

課題402

Issue 402

行列

Matrices

<mrow>
  <mo>(</mo>
  <mtable>
    <mtr>
      <mtd><mn>1</mn></mtd>
      <mtd><mn>0</mn></mtd>
    </mtr>
    <mtr>
      <mtd><mn>0</mn></mtd>
      <mtd><mn>1</mn></mtd>
    </mtr>
  </mtable>
  <mo>)</mo>
</mrow>
( 1 0 0 1 )

揃えられた式

Aligned equations

<mtable>
  <mtr>
    <mtd columnalign="right">
      <mn>2</mn>
      <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
      <mi>x</mi>
    </mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="center">
      <mo>=</mo>
    </mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="left">
      <mn>1</mn>
    </mtd>
  </mtr>
  <mtr>
    <mtd columnalign="right">
      <mi>y</mi>
    </mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="center">
      <mo>></mo>
    </mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="left">
      <mi>x</mi>
      <mo>-</mo>
      <mn>3</mn>
    </mtd>
  </mtr>
</mtable>
2 x = 1 y > x - 3

改行された表現の揃えられた式

Aligned Equations with wrapped expressions

<mtable>
  <mtr>
    <mtd columnalign="right">
      <mi>a</mi>
    </mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="center">
      <mo>=</mo>
    </mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="left">
      <mi>b</mi>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mi>c</mi>
      <mo>-</mo>
      <mi>d</mi>
    </mtd>
  </mtr>
  <mtr>
    <mtd columnalign="right"></mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="center"></mtd>
    <mtd columnalign="left">
      <mo form="infix">+</mo>
      <mi>e</mi>
      <mo>-</mo>
      <mi>f</mi>
    </mtd>
  </mtr>
</mtable>
a = b + c - d + e - f

5.2 付加情報要素
Annotation Elements

上で述べたintent属性に加えて, MathMLは付加情報に対するより一般的な枠組みを提供します. MathMLの式は, 付加情報の鍵として知られる付加情報の種類を示す記号と, 付加情報の値として知られる結び付けられたデータから成る一連の組で, 装飾されてもよいです.

In addition to the intent attribute described above, MathML provides a more general framework for annotation. A MathML expression may be decorated with a sequence of pairs made up of a symbol that indicates the kind of annotation, known as the annotation key, and associated data, known as the annotation value.

semantics要素, annotation要素, annotation-xml要素は, MathMLで付加情報を表現するのに一緒に利用されます. semantics要素は, 式とその付加情報をまとめる要素を提供します. annotation要素は, 文字列の付加情報をまとめる要素であり, annotation-xml要素は, 構造化された付加情報に用いられます. semantics要素は, 最初の子要素として付加情報を付けた式, それに続く一連の1つ以上のannotation要素やannotation-xml要素を含みます.

The semantics, annotation, and annotation-xml elements are used together to represent annotations in MathML. The semantics element provides the container for an expression and its annotations. The annotation element is the container for text annotations, and the annotation-xml element is used for structured annotations. The semantics element contains the expression being annotated as its first child, followed by a sequence of zero or more annotation and/or annotation-xml elements.

semantics要素は, プレゼンテーション要素とコンテント要素の両方であると見なされ, どちらの文脈で利用されてもよいです. 全てのMathMLソフトウェアは, MathMLのそれらの2つのマークアップのうち一方しか, または[MathMLコア]しか処理しないとしても, semantics要素を処理すべきです.

The semantics element is considered to be both a presentation element and a content element, and may be used in either context. All MathML processors should process the semantics element, even if they only process one of these two subsets of MathML, or [MathML-Core].

5.2.1 付加情報の鍵
Annotation keys

付加情報の鍵は, 式と付加情報の関係を指定します. たくさんの種類の関係が指定可能です. 例としては, 代替表現, 意味の指定もしくは明確化, 型情報, 描画の手助けとなる情報, 特定の処理ソフトウェアを想定したデータを含みます. 付加情報の鍵は, 処理ソフトウェアが付加情報を処理するかどうか決める主な方法です.

An annotation key specifies the relationship between an expression and an annotation. Many kinds of relationships are possible. Examples include alternate representations, specification or clarification of semantics, type information, rendering hints, and private data intended for specific processors. The annotation key is the primary means by which a processor determines whether or not to process an annotation.

式と付加情報の論理的な関係は, 式の適切な処理に重要な意味を持っています, 例えば, 意味の帰属と呼ばれる特定の付加情報の形は, とにかく何らかの処理をされる文脈で, 付加情報の付いた式の意味を変えることなく, 無視することはできません. 別の点で, 代替表現は式の意味を変えることはしませんが, 描画の手助けとなる情報を提供するためによく利用されるといった具合に, 式の表現を変更してもよいです. それでもなお, 他の付加情報が特定の文脈で使い勝手の良い, 特定のソフトウェア用のデータやメタデータを提供するでしょうが, 式の意味も表現も変えないでしょう.

The logical relationship between an expression and an annotation can have a significant impact on the proper processing of the expression. For example, a particular annotation form, called semantic attributions, cannot be ignored without altering the meaning of the annotated expression, at least in some processing contexts. On the other hand, alternate representations do not alter the meaning of an expression, but may alter the presentation of the expression as they are frequently used to provide rendering hints. Still other annotations carry private data or metadata that are useful in a specific context, but do not alter either the semantics or the presentation of the expression.

付加情報の鍵はコンテント辞書の中の記号として定義されてもよく, annotation要素とannotation-xml要素のcd属性とname属性を用いて指定されます. 代わりに, 付加情報の鍵は, cd属性とname属性の代わりとなるdefinitionURL属性を用いて参照されてもよいです.

Annotation keys may be defined as a symbol in a Content Dictionary, and are specified using the cd and name attributes on the annotation and annotation-xml elements. Alternatively, an annotation key may also be referenced using the definitionURL attribute as an alternative to the cd and name attributes.

MathMLは, 付加情報の最も一般的な種類に対し, 2つの定義済の付加情報の鍵を提供します. mathmlkeysコンテント辞書で定義されているalternate-representationcontentequivです. 付加情報の鍵alternate-representationは, 付加情報の値が, 式に対する他のマークアップ言語による代わりの表現を提供することを指定しています. また, 付加情報の鍵contentequivは, 付加情報の値が, 付加情報の付けられた式の意味的に等しい代わりの表現を提供することを指定しています.

MathML provides two predefined annotation keys for the most common kinds of annotations: alternate-representation and contentequiv defined in the mathmlkeys content dictionary. The alternate-representation annotation key specifies that the annotation value provides an alternate representation for an expression in some other markup language, and the contentequiv annotation key specifies that the annotation value provides a semantically equivalent alternative for the annotated expression.

付加情報の鍵が何も明確に指定されていない場合, annotation要素またはannotation-xml要素の, 付加情報の鍵の既定値はalternate-representationです.

The default annotation key is alternate-representation when no annotation key is explicitly specified on an annotation or annotation-xml element.

典型的に, 付加情報の鍵は, 式と付加情報の関係の論理的な性質のみを指定しています. 付加情報のデータ形式は, encoding属性で示されます. MathML2では, encoding属性は, 処理ソフトウェアが付加情報を解釈できるかどうか決めるのに利用できる第一の情報でした. 下位互換性のために, 処理ソフトウェアは, 付加情報の鍵とencoding属性の両方を調べることを促されています. 特に, MathML2は, 定義済のコード化手法の値MathML, MathML-Content, MathML-Presentationを指定していました. コード化手法の値MathMLは, annotation-xml要素がMathMLの式を含んでいることを示すのに利用されます. 他の値の利用については, より細かく次の節で論じています.

Typically, annotation keys specify only the logical nature of the relationship between an expression and an annotation. The data format for an annotation is indicated with the encoding attribute. In MathML 2, the encoding attribute was the primary information that a processor could use to determine whether or not it could understand an annotation. For backward compatibility, processors are encouraged to examine both the annotation key and encoding attribute. In particular, MathML 2 specified the predefined encoding values MathML, MathML-Content, and MathML-Presentation. The MathML encoding value is used to indicate an annotation-xml element contains a MathML expression. The use of the other values is more specific, as discussed in following sections.

5.2.2 代替表現
Alternate representations

代替表現の付加情報は, 式の描画を提供したり, 他のマークアップ言語で同じ表現を提供したりするために最もよく利用されます. 一般に, 代替表現の付加情報は, 付加情報の付けられた式の意味を変更しませんが, 表現は変更してもよいです.

Alternate representation annotations are most often used to provide renderings for an expression, or to provide an equivalent representation in another markup language. In general, alternate representation annotations do not alter the meaning of the annotated expression, but may alter its presentation.

特に重要な状況としては, プレゼンテーションMathMLの式を, コンテントMathMLの式の好ましい描画を示すのに利用することです. この状況は, encoding属性の値をapplication/mathml-presentation+xmlとして付加情報を分類することで表されてもよいです. MathML2.0との下位互換性のために, この状況はまた, encoding属性の値を同じ意味のMathML-Presentationとして表されるかもしれません. プレゼンテーションMathMLの付加情報がsemantics要素の中に存在する場合, 最初の子要素の通常の描画の代わりに, プレゼンテーションMathMLの付加情報がsemanticsの通常の描画として利用されてもよいことに注意して下さい.

A particularly important case is the use of a presentation MathML expression to indicate a preferred rendering for a content MathML expression. This case may be represented by labeling the annotation with the application/mathml-presentation+xml value for the encoding attribute. For backward compatibility with MathML 2.0, this case can also be represented with the equivalent MathML-Presentation value for the encoding attribute. Note that when a presentation MathML annotation is present in a semantics element, it may be used as the default rendering of the semantics element, instead of the default rendering of the first child.

下の例では, semantics要素が, コンテントMathMLの式に対する様々な代わりの表現を一緒にまとめています. プレゼンテーションMathMLの付加情報は, 他の付加情報が他のマークアップ言語での表現を示している限り, 通常の描画として用いられてもよいです. 帰属の鍵が何も明確に指定されていないことから, 付加情報の鍵の既定値であるalternate-representationが, それぞれの付加情報に適用されます.

In the example below, the semantics element binds together various alternate representations for a content MathML expression. The presentation MathML annotation may be used as the default rendering, while the other annotations give representations in other markup languages. Since no attribution keys are explicitly specified, the default annotation key alternate-representation applies to each of the annotations.

<semantics>
  <apply>
    <plus/>
    <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <cn>5</cn>
  </apply>
  <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Presentation">
    <mrow>
      <mrow>
        <mi>sin</mi>
        <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
        <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
      </mrow>
      <mo>+</mo>
      <mn>5</mn>
    </mrow>
  </annotation-xml>
  <annotation encoding="application/x-maple">sin(x) + 5</annotation>
  <annotation encoding="application/vnd.wolfram.mathematica">Sin[x] + 5</annotation>
  <annotation encoding="application/x-tex">\sin x + 5</annotation>
  <annotation-xml encoding="application/openmath+xml">
    <OMA xmlns="http://www.openmath.org/OpenMath">
      <OMA>
        <OMS cd="arith1" name="plus"/>
        <OMA><OMS cd="transc1" name="sin"/><OMV name="x"/></OMA>
        <OMI>5</OMI>
      </OMA>
    </OMA>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

この例は, MathMLのXML構文でのみ利用可能な名前空間の拡張を利用していることに注意して下さい. この例がHTML文書に含まれている場合, この例は無効と見なされ, OpenMath要素はMathML名前空間でない要素として処理されるでしょう. 詳しくは, 5.2.7.3 HTML文書でannotation-xmlを利用するを参照して下さい.

Note that this example makes use of the namespace extensibility that is only available in the XML syntax of MathML. If this example is included in an HTML document then it would be considered invalid and the OpenMath elements would be parsed as elements in the MathML namespace. See 5.2.7.3 Using annotation-xml in HTML documents for details.

5.2.3 同一内容
Content equivalents

同一内容の付加情報は, 式に対する追加のコンピュータ処理上の情報を提供します. 鍵contentequivを持つ付加情報は, 潜在的に式の挙動を変えない限り無視することはできません.

Content equivalent annotations provide additional computational information about an expression. Annotations with the contentequiv key cannot be ignored without potentially changing the behavior of an expression.

重要な状況として, コンテントMathMLの付加情報を, プレゼンテーションMathMLの式の意味のあいまいさを無くすために利用することが挙げられます. この状況は, encoding属性の値をapplication/mathml-content+xmlとして付加情報を分類することで表されてもよいです. MatML2では, 付加情報の型は, encoding属性を同じ意味のMathML-Contentとして表されていたので, 処理ソフトウェアは, 下位互換性のためにこの利用に対応するよう促されます. 付加情報が式と同一の最終的なコンテントマークアップを提供することを明確に伝達できるように, 付加情報の鍵contentequivが利用されるべきです.

An important case arises when a content MathML annotation is used to disambiguate the meaning of a presentation MathML expression. This case may be represented by labeling the annotation with the application/mathml-content+xml value for the encoding attribute. In MathML 2, this type of annotation was represented with the equivalent MathML-Content value for the encoding attribute, so processors are urged to support this usage for backward compatibility. The contentequiv annotation key should be used to make an explicit assertion that the annotation provides a definitive content markup equivalent for an expression.

下の例では, あいまいなプレゼンテーションMathMLの式にMathML-Content付加情報を付け加えることで, 正確な意味を明確にしています.

In the example below, an ambiguous presentation MathML expression is annotated with a MathML-Content annotation clarifying its precise meaning.

<semantics>
  <mrow>
    <mrow>
      <mi>a</mi>
      <mrow>
        <mo>(</mo>
        <mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>+</mo><mn>5</mn></mrow>
        <mo>)</mo>
      </mrow>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>
  <annotation-xml cd="mathmlkeys" name="contentequiv" encoding="MathML-Content">
    <apply>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <apply><plus/><ci>x</ci><cn>5</cn></apply>
    </apply>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

5.2.4 付加情報参照
Annotation references

通常の場合, それぞれの付加情報要素は, 付加情報の値を表す, 文字データの内容(annotationの場合)またはXMLマークアップのデータ(annotation-xmlの場合)のどちらかを含みます. semantics要素の中に現れてもよい付加情報の型には何ら制限はありません. 例えば, 付加情報は, TEXのコード, 数式処理システムからの一連の入力, 描画された画像, 詳細な数学の型情報を提供することもできます.

In the usual case, each annotation element includes either character data content (in the case of annotation) or XML markup data (in the case of annotation-xml) that represents the annotation value. There is no restriction on the type of annotation that may appear within a semantics element. For example, an annotation could provide a TEX encoding, a linear input form for a computer algebra system, a rendered image, or detailed mathematical type information.

場合によっては, semantics要素の代替表現の子要素が, 付加された式の挙動の本質的な部分ではなく, 特定のソフトウェアで利用可能なものでもよいです. 効果的な方法で様々な付加情報の形式を利用可能にするのに, semantics要素は, 付加情報と結び付けられた値に対する外部の場所を指定するencoding属性とsrc属性を提供する, 空のannotation要素とannotation-xml要素を含んでもよいです.

In some cases the alternative children of a semantics element are not an essential part of the behavior of the annotated expression, but may be useful to specialized processors. To enable the availability of several annotation formats in a more efficient manner, a semantics element may contain empty annotation and annotation-xml elements that provide encoding and src attributes to specify an external location for the annotation value associated with the annotation. This type of annotation is known as an annotation reference.

<semantics>
  <mfrac><mi>a</mi><mrow><mi>a</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>b</mi></mrow></mfrac>
  <annotation encoding="image/png" src="333/formula56.png"/>
  <annotation encoding="application/x-maple" src="333/formula56.ms"/>
</semantics>

出力されたマークアップの利用者が, そのような付加情報が参照している外部実体を検索できないだろうと予測した処理プログラムは, 示された場所にある外部実体の内容を要求し, 展開された形式で付加情報を置き換えるべきです.

Processing agents that anticipate that consumers of exported markup may not be able to retrieve the external entity referenced by such annotations should request the content of the external entity at the indicated location and replace the annotation with its expanded form.

付加情報参照は, 他の付加情報に適用される, 付加情報が付けられたものと付加情報の関係を指定する付加情報の鍵を決めるのと同じ決まりに従います.

An annotation reference follows the same rules as for other annotations to determine the annotation key that specifies the relationship between the annotated object and the annotation value.

5.2.5 <semantics>要素
The <semantics> element

5.2.5.1 説明
Description

semantics要素は, MathMLの式に付加情報を結び付ける入れ物となる要素です. semantics要素は, 最初の子要素として付加情報が付けられる式を持ちます. どんなMathMLの式でもsemantics要素の最初の子要素として現れてよいです. 後に続く子要素annotationannotation-xmlは, 付加情報を囲います. XMLで表される付加情報はannotation-xml要素で囲われます. 文字データで表される付加情報はannotation要素で囲われます.

The semantics element is the container element that associates annotations with a MathML expression. The semantics element has as its first child the expression to be annotated. Any MathML expression may appear as the first child of the semantics element. Subsequent annotation and annotation-xml children enclose the annotations. An annotation represented in XML is enclosed in an annotation-xml element. An annotation represented in character data is enclosed in an annotation element.

前に注意したように, semantics要素は, 内容に従って, プレゼンテーション要素とコンテント要素のどちらとしても動作するため, それらの両方の要素と見なされます. 結果として, MathML処理ソフトウェアは, プレゼンテーションマークアップのみか, コンテントマークアップのみしか処理しないとしても, semantics要素を処理すべきです.

As noted above, the semantics element is considered to be both a presentation element and a content element, since it can act as either, depending on its content. Consequently, all MathML processors should process the semantics element, even if they process only presentation markup or only content markup.

semantics要素の通常の描画は, 最初の子要素の通常の描画です. 描画ソフトウェアは, 付加情報の付けられた要素の描画を変更するのに, 付加情報の中に含まれる情報を利用してもよいです.

The default rendering of a semantics element is the default rendering of its first child. A renderer may use the information contained in the annotations to customize its rendering of the annotated element.

<semantics>
  <mrow>
    <mrow>
      <mi>sin</mi>
      <mo>&#x2061;<!--ApplyFunction--></mo>
      <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>x</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    </mrow>
    <mo>+</mo>
    <mn>5</mn>
  </mrow>
  <annotation-xml cd="mathmlkeys" name="contentequiv" encoding="MathML-Content">
    <apply>
      <plus/>
      <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
      <cn>5</cn>
    </apply>
  </annotation-xml>
  <annotation encoding="application/x-tex">\sin x + 5</annotation>
</semantics>
sin (x) + 5 x 5 \sin x + 5

5.2.6 <annotation>要素
The <annotation> element

5.2.6.1 説明
Description

annotation要素は, 意味付加情報の入れ物となる要素で, その表現がXMLでない文字データとして処理されるものです. annotation要素は, 付加情報として文字データを含むべきで, XMLマークアップ要素を含むべきではありません. 付加情報がXMLの予約済の文字&, <の1つを含んでいる場合, それらの文字は, 実体参照または(XML構文の)XML CDATAセクションを使ってコード化されなければなりません.

The annotation element is the container element for a semantic annotation whose representation is parsed character data in a non-XML format. The annotation element should contain the character data for the annotation, and should not contain XML markup elements. If the annotation contains one of the XML reserved characters &, < then these characters must be encoded using an entity reference or (in the XML syntax) an XML CDATA section.

5.2.6.2 属性
Attributes
名前
Name

values
既定値
default
definitionURL URI 無し
none
付加情報の鍵の記号の場所
The location of the annotation key symbol
encoding 文字列
string
無し
none
付加情報における意味情報のコード化手法
The encoding of the semantic information in the annotation
cd 文字列
string
mathmlkeys
付加情報の鍵の記号を含むコンテント辞書
The content dictionary that contains the annotation key symbol
name 文字列
string
alternate-representation
付加情報の鍵の記号の名前
The name of the annotation key symbol
src URI 無し
none
意味情報の外部媒体の場所
The location of an external source for semantic information

まとめると, cd属性とname属性は, 付加情報の付けられた要素と付加情報の関係を特定する, 5.2 付加情報要素で述べた, 付加情報の記号を指定します. definitionURL属性は, 単独の属性で付加情報の鍵を参照する代わりの方法を提供します. これらの属性が存在しない場合, 付加情報の鍵は, mathmlkeysコンテント辞書のalternate-representation記号です.

Taken together, the cd and name attributes specify the annotation key symbol, which identifies the relationship between the annotated element and the annotation, as described in 5.2 Annotation Elements. The definitionURL attribute provides an alternate way to reference the annotation key symbol as a single attribute. If none of these attributes are present, the annotation key symbol is the symbol alternate-representation from the mathmlkeys content dictionary.

encoding属性は, 付加情報の中身の型を説明します. encoding属性の値は, コード化されたデータのデータ形式を特定するメディアタイプを含んでもよいです. 結び付けられたメディアタイプを持たないデータ形式に対して, 実装者は, そのデータの中身の型を特定するデータ自体を説明する文字列を選んでもよいです.

The encoding attribute describes the content type of the annotation. The value of the encoding attribute may contain a media type that identifies the data format for the encoding data. For data formats that do not have an associated media type, implementors may choose a self-describing character string to identify their content type.

src属性は, MathMLの式に付加情報として, 外部実体を付け加える仕組みを提供します.

The src attribute provides a mechanism to attach external entities as annotations on MathML expressions.

<annotation encoding="image/png" src="333/formula56.png"/>

annotation要素は, semantics要素の子要素としてのみ利用されてもよい, 意味を結び付ける要素です. annotation要素に対する通常の描画が無いと同時に, 描画ソフトウェアは, 付加情報に含まれている情報を, それが付けられた要素の描画を変更するのに利用してもよいです.

The annotation element is a semantic mapping element that may only be used as a child of the semantics element. While there is no default rendering for the annotation element, a renderer may use the information contained in an annotation to customize its rendering of the annotated element.

5.2.7 <annotation-xml>要素
The <annotation-xml> element

5.2.7.1 説明
Description

annotation-xml要素は, 意味付加情報の入れ物となる要素で, その表現が構造化されたマークアップのものです. annotation-xml要素は, 付加情報としてマークアップ要素, 属性, 文字データを含むべきです.

The annotation-xml element is the container element for a semantic annotation whose representation is structured markup. The annotation-xml element should contain the markup elements, attributes, and character data for the annotation.

5.2.7.2 属性
Attributes
名前
Name

values
既定値
default
definitionURL URI 無し
none
付加情報の鍵の記号の場所
The location of the annotation key symbol
encoding 文字列
string
無し
none
付加情報における意味情報のコード化手法
The encoding of the semantic information in the annotation
cd 文字列
string
mathmlkeys
付加情報の鍵の記号を含むコンテント辞書
The content dictionary that contains the annotation key symbol
name 文字列
string
alternate-representation
付加情報の鍵の記号の名前
The name of the annotation key symbol
src URI 無し
none
意味情報の外部媒体の場所
The location of an external source for semantic information

まとめると, cd属性とname属性は, 付加情報の付けられた要素と付加情報の関係を特定する, 5.2 付加情報要素で述べた, 付加情報の記号を指定します. definitionURL属性は, 単独の属性で付加情報の鍵を参照する代わりの方法を提供します. これらの属性が存在しない場合, 付加情報の鍵は, mathmlkeysコンテント辞書のalternate-representation記号です.

Taken together, the cd and name attributes specify the annotation key symbol, which identifies the relationship between the annotated element and the annotation, as described in 5.2 Annotation Elements. The definitionURL attribute provides an alternate way to reference the annotation key symbol as a single attribute. If none of these attributes are present, the annotation key symbol is the symbol alternate-representation from the mathmlkeys content dictionary.

encoding属性は, 付加情報の中身の型を説明します. encoding属性の値は, コード化されたデータのデータ形式を特定するメディアタイプを含んでもよいです. 結び付けられたメディアタイプを持たないデータ形式に対して, 実装者は, そのデータの中身の型を特定するデータ自体を説明する文字列を選んでもよいです. 特に, 前の方の節で説明したり, 6.2.4 MathMLのコード化された名前にあったりするように, MathMLは, MathML, MathML-Presentation, MathML-Contentを, encoding属性の定義済の値として指定しています. 最後に, src属性は, MathMLの式に付加情報としてXMLの外部実体を付け加える仕組みを指定します.

The encoding attribute describes the content type of the annotation. The value of the encoding attribute may contain a media type that identifies the data format for the encoding data. For data formats that do not have an associated media type, implementors may choose a self-describing character string to identify their content type. In particular, as described above and in 6.2.4 Names of MathML Encodings, MathML specifies MathML, MathML-Presentation, and MathML-Content as predefined values for the encoding attribute. Finally, the src attribute provides a mechanism to attach external XML entities as annotations on MathML expressions.

<annotation-xml cd="mathmlkeys" name="contentequiv" encoding="MathML-Content">
  <apply>
    <plus/>
    <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
    <cn>5</cn>
  </apply>
</annotation-xml>

<annotation-xml encoding="application/openmath+xml">
  <OMA xmlns="http://www.openmath.org/OpenMath">
    <OMS cd="arith1" name="plus"/>
    <OMA><OMS cd="transc1" name="sin"/><OMV name="x"/></OMA>
    <OMI>5</OMI>
  </OMA>
</annotation-xml>

MathMLがXMLとして処理され, 付加情報の値がMathML以外のXML言語で表されている場合, 付加情報に対するXMLマークアップの名前空間は, 名前空間属性や名前空間接頭辞といった方法で特定されるべきです. 例えば, 次のようにです.

When the MathML is being parsed as XML and the annotation value is represented in an XML dialect other than MathML, the namespace for the XML markup for the annotation should be identified by means of namespace attributes and/or namespace prefixes on the annotation value. For instance:

<annotation-xml encoding="application/xhtml+xml">
  <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
    <head><title>E</title></head>
    <body>
      <p>The base of the natural logarithms, approximately 2.71828.</p>
    </body>
  </html>
</annotation-xml>

annotation-xml要素は, semantics要素の子要素としてのみ利用されてもよい, 意味を結び付ける要素です. annotation-xml要素に対する通常の描画が無いと同時に, 描画ソフトウェアは, 付加情報に含まれている情報を, それが付けられた要素の描画を変更するのに利用してもよいです.

The annotation-xml element is a semantic mapping element that may only be used as a child of the semantics element. While there is no default rendering for the annotation-xml element, a renderer may use the information contained in an annotation to customize its rendering of the annotated element.

5.2.7.3 HTML文書でannotation-xmlを利用する
Using annotation-xml in HTML documents

上の例で使われている名前空間の拡張は, MathMLがXML文書として取り扱われなければ利用できないであろうことに注意して下さい. 特にHTML処理プログラムはxmlns属性を通常の属性として扱うことから, OpenMathの例は, HTML検証ツールによって無効と分類されるでしょう. それでもOpenMath要素は, annotation-xml要素の子要素として処理されるでしょうし, それらは, MathML名前空間に置かれるでしょう. 上の例では, この仕様書のHTMLヴァージョンでは, その文書が有効なHTML5文書であることを確かにするため, 描画されません.

Note that the Namespace extensibility used in the above examples may not be available if the MathML is not being treated as an XML document. In particular HTML parsers treat xmlns attributes as ordinary attributes, so the OpenMath example would be classified as invalid by an HTML validator. The OpenMath elements would still be parsed as children of the annotation-xml element, however they would be placed in the MathML namespace. The above examples are not rendered in the HTML version of this specification, to ensure that that document is a valid HTML5 document.

annotation-xmlを処理するHTML処理プログラムの詳細については, [HTML]で指定されており, 6.4.3 MathMLとHTMLの混在で要約していますが, MathML付加情報に影響するXML処理プログラムの挙動との主な違いは, HTML処理プログラムが, xmlns属性を処理せず, 要素の名前の中の:を特別なものとして扱わず, 3つの既知の名前空間HTML, SVG, MathMLを利用すると決めた元からの決まりを持っていることです.

The details of the HTML parser handling of annotation-xml is specified in [HTML] and summarized in 6.4.3 Mixing MathML and HTML, however the main differences from the behavior of an XML parser that affect MathML annotations are that the HTML parser does not treat xmlns attributes, nor : in element names as special and has built-in rules determining whether the three known namespaces, HTML, SVG or MathML are used.

  • annotation-xmltext/htmlまたはannotation/xhtml+xmlであるencoding属性を持っている場合(異なる場合は無視され), 中身はHTMLとして処理され, (最初から)HTML名前空間に置かれます.

    If the annotation-xml has an encoding attribute that is (ignoring case differences) text/html or annotation/xhtml+xml then the content is parsed as HTML and placed (initially) in the HTML namespace.

  • それ以外の場合, annotation-xmlは, 外部の内容として処理され, よりXMLに近い決まりで(HTMLの中のMathML自体のように)/>が空要素を示すといった具合に処理されます. 中身はMathML名前空間に置かれます.

    Otherwise it is parsed as foreign content and parsed in a more XML-like manner (like MathML itself in HTML) in which /> signifies an empty element. Content will be placed in the MathML namespace.

    何らかのHTML要素として認知される要素が外部の内容である付加情報の中に現れた場合, HTML処理プログラムはMathMLの式を事実上終わらせ, math要素が閉じるまでの全ての開いている要素を閉じさせ, math要素の文脈の中でないかのように入れ子になったHTMLを処理します. 何らかのそれに続くMathML要素は, math要素の文脈もしくはMathML名前空間に無いものとされ, 正確には描画されないでしょう.

    If any recognised HTML element appears in this foreign content annotation the HTML parser will effectively terminate the math expression, closing all open elements until the math element is closed, and then process the nested HTML as if it were not inside the math context. Any following MathML elements will then not render correctly as they are not in a math context, or in the MathML namespace.

これらの課題は, 次の例がXML処理プログラムまたはHTML処理プログラムのどちらで処理されても有効であることを意味しています.

These issues mean that the following example is valid whether parsed by an XML or HTML parser:

<math>
  <semantics>
    <mi>a</mi>
    <annotation-xml encoding="text/html">
      <span>xxx</span>
    </annotation-xml>
  </semantics>
  <mo>+</mo>
  <mi>b</mi>
</math>

しかしながら, encoding属性が無い場合, この式はXMLとして処理される場合のみ有効です.

However if the encoding attribute is omitted then the expression is only valid if parsed as XML:

<math>
  <semantics>
    <mi>a</mi>
    <annotation-xml>
      <span>xxx</span>
    </annotation-xml>
  </semantics>
  <mo>+</mo>
  <mi>b</mi>
</math>

上の例がHTML処理プログラムで処理された場合, この例は, 全てのMathML要素が早まって閉じられることをspan要素が引き落とすといった, 次の無効な入力と等しい結果を提供します. spanに続く残されたMathML要素は, もはや<math>の中には含まれず, 未知のHTML要素として処理され, 不正確に描画されるでしょう.

If the above is parsed by an HTML parser it produces a result equivalent to the following invalid input, where the span element has caused all MathML elements to be prematurely closed. The remaining MathML elements following the span are no longer contained within <math> so will be parsed as unknown HTML elements and render incorrectly.

<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
  <semantics>
    <mi>a</mi>
    <annotation-xml>
    </annotation-xml>
  </semantics>
</math>
<span xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">xxx</span>
<mo xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">+</mo>
<mi xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">b</mi>

ここでHTMLspan要素が, 全ての開いているMathML要素に早まって閉じられることを引き起こし, 続くMathML要素が未知のHTML要素として, もはやmathの子孫要素でないものとして扱われる結果を招いていることに注意して下さい. HTMLの中のMathMLの処理についてより詳しくは, 6.4.3 MathMLとHTMLの混在を参照して下さい.

Note here that the HTML span element has caused all open MathML elements to be prematurely closed, resulting in the following MathML elements being treated as unknown HTML elements as they are no longer descendants of math. See 6.4.3 Mixing MathML and HTML for more details of the parsing of MathML in HTML.

(上の例のOpenMathといった)他の種類の要素の何らかの利用は, HTMLでは無効と見なされます. 正当性が厳密に必要でないなら, そのような要素を利用できますが, それらはMathML名前空間の要素として処理されます. 文書は, 名前空間接頭辞やコロン(:)を含む要素を使うべきではありません. すなわち, HTML処理プログラムによって提供される要素が, 名前空間を扱うことのできるXML処理プログラムで組み立てできない, コロンを含む環境に依存した名前を持つべきではありません. そのような外部の付加情報を利用するよりも, HTML処理プログラムを使う場合, 既存の種類の言語を使って付加情報をコード化した方がより良いです. 4. コンテントマークアップの例のように, OpenMathは厳格なコンテントマークアップとして正確にコード化されてもよいです. 同様に, RDF付加情報は, annotation-xml要素でRDF/XMLをencodingの値として使うのではなく, annotationの中でtext/html付加情報のRDFaまたはN3(と呼ばれる)表記を使ってコード化されるでしょう.

Any use of elements in other vocabularies (such as the OpenMath examples above) is considered invalid in HTML. If validity is not a strict requirement it is possible to use such elements but they will be parsed as elements on the MathML namespace. Documents SHOULD NOT use namespace prefixes and element names containing colon (:) as the element nodes produced by the HTML parser have local names containing a colon, which can not be constructed by a namespace aware XML parser. Rather than use such foreign annotations, when using an HTML parser it is better to encode the annotation using the existing vocabulary. For example as shown in 4. Content Markup OpenMath may be encoded faithfully as Strict Content MathML. Similarly RDF annotations could be encoded using RDFa in text/html annotation or (say) N3 notation in annotation rather than using RDF/XML encoding in an annotation-xml element.

5.2.8 プレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップを混在させる
Combining Presentation and Content Markup

プレゼンテーションマークアップは, 式の表記の構造をコード化します. コンテントマークアップは, 式の機能の構造をコード化します. ある状況において, MathMLの特定のソフトウェアは, プレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップの両方の組合せを必要としてもよいです. この節は, コンテントマークアップの中でプレゼンテーションマークアップの利用を行う場合, および逆の場合の特定の制約について説明しています.

Presentation markup encodes the notational structure of an expression. Content markup encodes the functional structure of an expression. In certain cases, a particular application of MathML may require a combination of both presentation and content markup. This section describes specific constraints that govern the use of presentation markup within content markup, and vice versa.

5.2.8.1 コンテントマークアップの中のプレゼンテーションマークアップ
Presentation Markup in Content Markup

プレゼンテーションマークアップは, 最終的な表現があいまいでない機能の適用される構造を持つ限りは, コンテントマークアップの中に埋め込まれてもよいです. 具体的に言えば, プレゼンテーションマークアップは, 次の3つの場合のみコンテントマークアップの中に現れてもよいです.

Presentation markup may be embedded within content markup so long as the resulting expression retains an unambiguous function application structure. Specifically, presentation markup may only appear in content markup in three ways:

  1. ci素子要素とcn素子要素の中

    within ci and cn token elements

  2. csymbol要素の中

    within the csymbol element

  3. semantics要素の中

    within the semantics element

これら以外のコンテントマークアップの中に現れるどのプレゼンテーションマークアップもMathMLエラーになります. それらの3つの状況のより詳しい議論は次のとおりです.

Any other presentation markup occurring within content markup is a MathML error. More detailed discussion of these three cases follows:

素子要素の中のプレゼンテーションマークアップ
Presentation markup within token elements.

素子要素cicnは, 何らかの一連の(7. 文字, 実体, フォントで定義されている)MathML文字やプレゼンテーション要素を含むことができます. ci要素またはcn要素のMathML文字の連続した部分は, 適切にmi要素またはmn要素で囲まれているかのように扱われ, 最終的なプレゼンテーション要素の集まりは, 省略されたmrow要素で囲まれているかのように描画されます.

The token elements ci and cn are permitted to contain any sequence of MathML characters (defined in 7. Characters, Entities and Fonts) and/or presentation elements. Contiguous blocks of MathML characters in ci or cn elements are treated as if wrapped in mi or mn elements, as appropriate, and the resulting collection of presentation elements is rendered as if wrapped in an implicit mrow element.

csymbol要素の中のプレゼンテーション要素
Presentation markup within the csymbol element.

csymbol要素に対して, 素子要素cicnに適用されたのと同じ描画の決まりが使用されます.

The same rendering rules that apply to the token elements ci and cn should be used for the csymbol element.

semantics要素の中のプレゼンテーションマークアップ
Presentation markup within the semantics element.

semantics要素の主な目的の1つは, 任意のMathMLの式をコンテントマークアップに有意義な方法で組み入れる仕組みを提供することです. 特に, 何らかの有効なプレゼンテーションマークアップの式は, semantics要素の最初の子要素とすることで, コンテントマークアップの式に埋め込めます. 囲まれた式の意味は, semantics要素に一緒に含まれる1つ以上の付加情報要素により示されるべきです.

One of the main purposes of the semantics element is to provide a mechanism for incorporating arbitrary MathML expressions into content markup in a semantically meaningful way. In particular, any valid presentation expression can be embedded in a content expression by placing it as the first child of a semantics element. The meaning of this wrapped expression should be indicated by one or more annotation elements also contained in the semantics element.

5.2.8.2 プレゼンテーションマークアップの中のコンテントマークアップ
Content Markup in Presentation Markup

コンテントマークアップは, 最終的な式が明確な描画を持ってさえいれば, プレゼンテーションマークアップに埋め込んでもよいです. つまり, 原則として, 組合せた式に現れるコンテントマークアップの各部分に対する, プレゼンテーションマークアップの部分を提供することが可能でなければなりません. コンテントマークアップの各部分を対応するプレゼンテーションマークアップで置き換える際には, 整形式のプレゼンテーションマークアップの式を提供すべきです. よって, プレゼンテーションマークアップ対応のプログラムは, 元の式に含まれるコンテントマークアップの部分を参照することなく, プレゼンテーションマークアップの式を処理できるべきです.

Content markup may be embedded within presentation markup so long as the resulting expression has an unambiguous rendering. That is, it must be possible, in principle, to produce a presentation markup fragment for each content markup fragment that appears in the combined expression. The replacement of each content markup fragment by its corresponding presentation markup should produce a well-formed presentation markup expression. A presentation engine should then be able to process this presentation expression without reference to the content markup bits included in the original expression.

一般に, この制約は, それぞれの埋め込まれたコンテント要素が, コンテントマークアップの式として整形式でなければならず, 何らかの含まれているコンテントマークアップの文脈の外でも単独で成立できなけらばならないことを意味しています. 結果として, 次のコンテント要素は, プレゼンテーション要素の途中の子要素として現れないでしょう. annotation, annotation-xml, bvar, condition, degree, logbase, lowlimit, uplimit.

In general, this constraint means that each embedded content expression must be well-formed, as a content expression, and must be able to stand alone outside the context of any containing content markup element. As a result, the following content elements may not appear as an immediate child of a presentation element: annotation, annotation-xml, bvar, condition, degree, logbase, lowlimit, uplimit.

加えて, プレゼンテーションマークアップにおいて, コンテントマークアップは, プレゼンテーション素子要素の中に現れないでしょう.

In addition, within presentation markup, content markup may not appear within presentation token elements.

5.2.9 並列のマークアップ
Parallel Markup

ソフトウェアの中には, プレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップ両方の情報を利用するものもあります. 並列のマークアップは, 2つ以上のマークアップのツリー構造を同じ数式として組合せる方法です. 並列のマークアップは, semantics要素と一緒に成し遂げられます. 式に対する並列のマークアップは, それ単独で, もしくは大きなコンテントマークアップまたはプレゼンテーションマークアップのツリー構造の一部として認められてもよいです.

Some applications are able to use both presentation and content information. Parallel markup is a way to combine two or more markup trees for the same mathematical expression. Parallel markup is achieved with the semantics element. Parallel markup for an expression may appear on its own, or as part of a larger content or presentation tree.

5.2.9.1 並列のマークアップの一番上の要素
Top-level Parallel Markup

多くの場合, 目標は, 数式全体に対するプレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップを提供することです. 単独のsemantics要素は, 2つのマークアップのツリー構造の組に利用されてもよいです. 1つの子要素がプレゼンテーションマークアップを提供し, 他の子要素がコンテントマークアップを提供するでしょう.

In many cases, the goal is to provide presentation markup and content markup for a mathematical expression as a whole. A single semantics element may be used to pair two markup trees, where one child element provides the presentation markup, and the other child element provides the content markup.

次の例は, ブール演算の式 (a + b) (c + d) をこの方法でコード化しています.

The following example encodes the Boolean arithmetic expression (a + b) (c + d) in this way.

<semantics>
  <mrow>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>a</mi> <mo>+</mo> <mi>b</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
    <mo>&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mrow><mo>(</mo><mi>c</mi> <mo>+</mo> <mi>d</mi><mo>)</mo></mrow>
  </mrow>
  <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Content">
    <apply><and/>
      <apply><xor/><ci>a</ci> <ci>b</ci></apply>
      <apply><xor/><ci>c</ci> <ci>d</ci></apply>
    </apply>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>
(a + b) (c + d) a b c d

上のマークアップは, 最初の子要素であるプレゼンテーション要素に, annotation-xml要素の部分としてコンテントマークアップを付け加えていることに注意して下さい. 同一のことを, 最初の子要素としてのコンテントマークアップにannotation-xml要素の部分としてプレゼンテーションマークアップを付け加えても表せます.

Note that the above markup annotates the presentation markup as the first child element, with the content markup as part of the annotation-xml element. An equivalent form could be given that annotates the content markup as the first child element, with the presentation markup as part of the annotation-xml element.

5.2.9.2 相互参照を通した並列のマークアップ
Parallel Markup via Cross-References

大きなデータの式の一部を処理しなければならないソフトウェアを考慮に入れるために, MathMLは, semantics要素の対応する式の構造を特定するツリーの枝どうしの相互参照に対応します. これらの相互参照は, semantics要素の中で, id属性とxref属性を利用して確立します. このsemantics要素の中のid属性とxref属性の利用は, 利用者がsemantics要素の代替のツリーの枝の任意の式を選ぶことができるようにする最も良い方法として見られるべきです. id属性とxref属性は, どちらのマークアップのMathML要素にも配置されてもよいです.

To accommodate applications that must process sub-expressions of large objects, MathML supports cross-references between the branches of a semantics element to identify corresponding sub-structures. These cross-references are established by the use of the id and xref attributes within a semantics element. This application of the id and xref attributes within a semantics element should be viewed as best practice to enable a recipient to select arbitrary sub-expressions in each alternative branch of a semantics element. The id and xref attributes may be placed on MathML elements of any type.

次の例は, ブール演算の式 (a + b) (c + d) . に対する相互参照を説明しています.

The following example demonstrates cross-references for the Boolean arithmetic expression (a + b) (c + d) .

<semantics>
  <mrow id="E">
    <mrow id="E.1">
      <mo id="E.1.1">(</mo>
      <mi id="E.1.2">a</mi>
      <mo id="E.1.3">+</mo>
      <mi id="E.1.4">b</mi>
      <mo id="E.1.5">)</mo>
    </mrow>
    <mo id="E.2">&#x2062;<!--InvisibleTimes--></mo>
    <mrow id="E.3">
      <mo id="E.3.1">(</mo>
      <mi id="E.3.2">c</mi>
      <mo id="E.3.3">+</mo>
      <mi id="E.3.4">d</mi>
      <mo id="E.3.5">)</mo>
    </mrow>
  </mrow>

  <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Content">
    <apply xref="E">
      <and xref="E.2"/>
      <apply xref="E.1">
        <xor xref="E.1.3"/><ci xref="E.1.2">a</ci><ci xref="E.1.4">b</ci>
      </apply>
      <apply xref="E.3">
        <xor xref="E.3.3"/><ci xref="E.3.2">c</ci><ci xref="E.3.4">d</ci>
      </apply>
    </apply>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>
( a + b ) ( c + d ) ab cd

同じsemantics要素の中に現れるid属性に対応するxref属性は, 対応する式の部分どうしの相互参照を確立します.

An id attribute and associated xref attributes that appear within the same semantics element establish the cross-references between corresponding sub-expressions.

並列のマークアップにおいて, 何らかのxref属性によって参照される全てのid属性は, 囲っているsemantics要素の同じツリーの枝にあるべきです. この制限は, 相互参照がうかつな循環を作り出さないことを保証します. この制限は, 囲っているsemantics要素の他のツリーの枝でのid属性の使用を除外するものではありません. ただし, 同じsemantics要素から生じたそれら他のid属性への参照を除いてです.

For parallel markup, all of the id attributes referenced by any xref attribute should be in the same branch of an enclosing semantics element. This constraint guarantees that the cross-references do not create unintentional cycles. This restriction does not exclude the use of id attributes within other branches of the enclosing semantics element. It does, however, exclude references to these other id attributes originating from the same semantics element.

semantics要素のどちらのツリーの枝が参照先のid属性を含んでもよいかについては, 何の制限もありません. このことは, どちらのツリーの枝を利用するかを決めることにも適用されます.

There is no restriction on which branch of the semantics element may contain the destination id attributes. It is up to the application to determine which branch to use.

一般に, 並列のツリーの枝の要素の間に1対1の対応がある訳ではないでしょう. 例えば, プレゼンテーションマークアップのツリー構造は, かっこといった要素を持ってもよいですが, コンテントマークアップのツリー構造には対応するものはありません. そのため, 最も細かく分けられた要素の構造を持つツリーの枝にid属性を付けることが, 大抵の場合に利用しやすいです. その場合, 全ての他のツリーの枝は, 一連のid属性に対するxref属性を持つでしょう.

In general, there will not be a one-to-one correspondence between nodes in parallel branches. For example, a presentation tree may contain elements, such as parentheses, that have no correspondents in the content tree. It is therefore often useful to put the id attributes on the branch with the finest-grained node structure. Then all of the other branches will have xref attributes to some subset of the id attributes.

他に基準が無いため, semantics要素の最初のツリーの枝は, id属性を含むのに懸命な選択です. その場合, 付加情報を加えたり外したりするソフトウェアは, 付加情報が変わってもこれらの属性を再割当てする必要は無いでしょう.

In absence of other criteria, the first branch of the semantics element is a sensible choice to contain the id attributes. Applications that add or remove annotations will then not have to re-assign these attributes as the annotations change.

一般に, id属性とxref属性の利用は, せいぜい参照元より大きな固定の因子を持つ文章で与えられる式との間の完全な対応を認めています. 参照の方向は, 式の選択をsemantics要素の1つの子要素のみで認められるように暗にするべきではありません. 何らかのツリーの枝にあるより小さなツリー構造を選ぶことや, 他のツリーの枝の対応するより小さなツリー構造を回復させることも同じように可能です.

In general, the use of id and xref attributes allows a full correspondence between sub-expressions to be given in text that is at most a constant factor larger than the original. The direction of the references should not be taken to imply that sub-expression selection is intended to be permitted only on one child of the semantics element. It is equally feasible to select a subtree in any branch and to recover the corresponding subtrees of the other branches.

相互参照を伴う並列のマークアップは, プレゼンテーションMathMLの描画とOpenMath付加情報の間で相互参照している例のように, annotation-xmlの中のどの意味付加情報で使用してもよいです.

Parallel markup with cross-references may be used in any of the semantic annotations within annotation-xml, for example cross referencing between a presentation MathML rendering and an OpenMath annotation.

前に注意したように, annotation-xmlの中でMathML, SVG, HTML以外の名前空間の利用は, HTML構文の中では有効と見なされません. コロンや名前空間接頭辞の付いた要素名の利用は, HTML処理プログラムが環境特有の名前(例えば)om:OMAという要素を生成してしまったり, そのような要素が名前空間に配慮したXML処理プログラムによって構造化できなかったりすることから, 避けられるべきです.

As noted above, the use of namespaces other than MathML, SVG or HTML within annotation-xml is not considered valid in the HTML syntax. Use of colons and namespace-prefixed element names should be avoided as the HTML parser will generate nodes with local name om:OMA (for example), and such nodes can not be constructed by a namespace-aware XML parser.

6. ホスト環境との相互作用
Interactions with the Host Environment

課題267: ホスト環境との相互作用の章の更新
Issue 267: Chapter: Interactions with the Host Environment updates

第一にPaulが何らかの更新が必要か考察しています

Paul to take first look at any updates needed

6.1 導入
Introduction

効果的であるように, MathMLは, 幅広い種類の描画ソフトウェア, 処理プログラム, 変換ソフトウェア, 編集ツールとうまく機能しなければなりません. この章は, MathMLを生成したり描画したりすることに関する連携部分での課題について, いくつか挙げます. MathMLは第一にインターネットの文書をコード化するために存在していることから, ひょっとしたら最も重要な連携部分の課題は, MathMLを[HTML]や[XHTML], もしくは新しく現れる何らかのHTMLに埋め込むことに関係するかもしれません.

To be effective, MathML must work well with a wide variety of renderers, processors, translators and editors. This chapter raises some of the interface issues involved in generating and rendering MathML. Since MathML exists primarily to encode mathematics in Web documents, perhaps the most important interface issues relate to embedding MathML in [HTML], and [XHTML], and in any newer HTML when it appears.

MathMLを他のXML文書に埋め込む際に起こる3種類の連携部分の課題があります. 1つ目の課題として, MathMLのマークアップは, 有効な埋め込まれたXMLと認知され, エラーが無いものでなければなりません. この課題は, XMLの名前空間[名前空間]を管理する第一の課題として見なされるかもしれません.

There are three kinds of interface issues that arise in embedding MathML in other XML documents. First, MathML markup must be recognized as valid embedded XML content, and not as an error. This issue could be seen primarily as a question of managing namespaces in XML [Namespaces].

2つ目の課題として, HTML/XHTMLにおいて, MathMLの描画はブラウザと統合されていなければなりません. ブラウザの中には, 既に元々の機能としてMathMLの描画を実装しているものもあり, よりたくさんのブラウザがその機能を実装することが期待されています. 同時に, 他のブラウザは, 別のソフトウェアメーカーや他の備え付けの技術によって, MathMLや他の埋め込まれたXMLの内容を描画することを促す基盤を開発してきました. この備え付けの技術の例としては, 現在利用可能な洗練されたCSS描画エンジンや一般的となったJavaScript/ECMAScriptの強力な実装があります. これらのブラウザ特有の仕組みの利用は, 一般にこれらを活性化する種類の追加の連携部分のマークアップを必要とします. CSSの場合は, CSS 2.1 [CSS21]に対応したCSS描画エンジンに合わせたMathMLの特別な制限された形式[MathMLforCSS]があります. このMathML3の制限された概要は, MathML3の完全な表記の豊かさは提供できませんが, 現在のCSSエンジンによって外面上で許容できる内容で描画できる, どこでも利用できる単純な形式を提供しています.

Second, in the case of HTML/XHTML, MathML rendering must be integrated with browser software. Some browsers already implement MathML rendering natively, and one can expect more browsers will do so in the future. At the same time, other browsers have developed infrastructure to facilitate the rendering of MathML and other embedded XML content by third-party software or other built-in technology. Examples of this built-in technology are the sophisticated CSS rendering engines now available, and the powerful implementations of JavaScript/ECMAScript that are becoming common. Using these browser-specific mechanisms generally requires additional interface markup of some sort to activate them. In the case of CSS, there is a special restricted form of MathML3 [MathMLforCSS] that is tailored for use with CSS rendering engines that support CSS 2.1 [CSS21]. This restricted profile of MathML3 does not offer the full expressiveness of MathML3, but it provides a portable simpler form that can be rendered acceptably on the screen by modern CSS engines.

3つ目の課題として, MathMLを生成したり処理したりする他のプログラムは, 利用者と意思疎通ができなければなりません. 数々のMathMLソフトウェアが, 編集ツール, 変換ソフトウェア, 数式処理システム, 他の科学的なソフトウェアを含めて, 開発されてきたか開発されています. しかしながら, MathMLの式は長くなる傾向があり, 手入力すると間違いがちです. そのため, 特別な強調する機能が, 使い勝手の良い変換ソフトウェアや編集ツールによって, MathMLの生成を容易にすることを確実にしなければなりません. それらのソフトウェアは, 信頼できる, 環境に依存せず, 製造元に依存しない方法で協調して動作すべきです.

Third, other tools for generating and processing MathML must be able to communicate. A number of MathML tools have been or are being developed, including editors, translators, computer algebra systems, and other scientific software. However, since MathML expressions tend to be lengthy, and prone to error when entered by hand, special emphasis must be made to ensure that MathML can easily be generated by user-friendly conversion and authoring tools, and that these tools work together in a dependable, platform-independent, and vendor-independent way.

この章は, コンテントマークアップとプレゼンテーションマークアップの両方に適用され, 5.2 付加情報要素で述べたsemantics要素, annotation要素, annotation-xml要素に対する特別な処理モデルについて説明します.

This chapter applies to both content and presentation markup, and describes a particular processing model for the semantics, annotation and annotation-xml elements described in 5.2 Annotation Elements.

6.2 MathML処理プログラムを呼び出す
Invoking MathML Processors

6.2.1 XMLの中のMathMLの認知
Recognizing MathML in XML

名前空間[名前空間]に対応しているXML文書[XML]の中で, MathMLマークアップを認知する好ましい方法は, MathML名前空間URI http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathMLの使用によって, MathML名前空間中のmath要素を認知するということです.

Within an XML document supporting namespaces [XML], [Namespaces], the preferred method to recognize MathML markup is by the identification of the math element in the MathML namespace by the use of the MathML namespace URI http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML.

MathML名前空間URIは, [XHTML]文書の中に埋め込まれたMathMLに対して推奨される方法です. ただし, 利用者のソフトウェアの中には, MathMLマークアップを処理する特定の拡張機能を呼び出すことができるように, 補足の情報を必要とするものがあってもよいです.

The MathML namespace URI is the recommended method to embed MathML within [XHTML] documents. However, some user-agents may require supplementary information to be available to allow them to invoke specific extensions to process the MathML markup.

MathMLを埋め込もうとしているマークアップ言語の仕様書は, この勧告文書とは独立したMathMLを認知する特別な条件を必要としてもよいです. その条件は, この勧告文書で説明されているものと類似したものであるべきです. また, MathML要素のその環境での名前は, この勧告文書で定義されたものと同じであるべきです.

Markup-language specifications that wish to embed MathML may require special conditions to recognize MathML markup that are independent of this recommendation. The conditions should be similar to those expressed in this recommendation, and the local names of the MathML elements should remain the same as those defined in this recommendation.

6.2.2 HTMLの中のMathMLの認知
Recognizing MathML in HTML

HTMLは何ら名前空間を認めていませんが, MathML名前空間を認識するものをして組み込んでいます. math要素やその子孫要素は, HTML処理プログラムによってhttp://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML名前空間に置かれ, 入力が前の節で宣言した名前空間を伴うXHTMLであるかのように処理されるでしょう. HTML処理プログラムがMathMLを制御する詳細な決まりについては, 6.4.3 MathMLとHTMLの混在を参照して下さい.

HTML does not allow arbitrary namespaces, but has built in knowledge of the MathML namespace. The math element and its descendants will be placed in the http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML namespace by the HTML parser, and will appear to applications as if the input had been XHTML with the namespace declared as in the previous section. See 6.4.3 Mixing MathML and HTML for detailed rules of the HTML parser's handling of MathML.

6.2.3 MathML文書の内容の形式
Resource Types for MathML Documents

MathMLの式を描画することは, ウェブブラウザの中でしばしば行われますが, 描画以外のMathMLを処理する機能は, 他のソフトウェアで行われるのがより自然です. 特に, 一般的な機能は, 数式編集ツールや数式処理システムでMathMLの式を開くことを含んでいます. よって, MathMLマークアップの形式を特定する, コード化された名前を指定することは重要です.

Although rendering MathML expressions often takes place in a Web browser, other MathML processing functions take place more naturally in other applications. Particularly common tasks include opening a MathML expression in an equation editor or computer algebra system. It is important therefore to specify the encoding names by which MathML fragments should be identified.

XML名前空間を認知した環境以外では, MathML処理プログラムを呼び出すことを確実にすることができるように, メディアタイプ[RFC2045], [RFC2046]が利用されるべきです. メディアタイプが適切でない環境では, ある特定の動作環境におけるクリップボードの形式といった, 次の節で述べるコード化された名前が使用されるべきです.

Outside of those environments where XML namespaces are recognized, media types [RFC2045], [RFC2046] should be used if possible to ensure the invocation of a MathML processor. For those environments where media types are not appropriate, such as clipboard formats on some platforms, the encoding names described in the next section should be used.

6.2.4 MathMLのコード化された名前
Names of MathML Encodings

MathMLは2つの別個の種類があります. 1つは視覚的表現をコード化したもので, 3. プレゼンテーションマークアップで定義しています. もう1つはコンピュータでの構造をコード化したもので, 4. コンテントマークアップで定義しています. MathMLソフトウェアの中には, 2つの種類のうち1つしか入出力しないものもあってもよいです. もしくは, それらのソフトウェアは, それぞれを別の方法で提供したり使用したりしてもよいですし, 2つの違いを除いて両方を処理してもよいです. 次に示すコード化された名前は, コンテントMathMLやプレゼンテーションMathMLのマークアップを必要に応じて確立するために利用されてもよいです.

MathML contains two distinct vocabularies: one for encoding visual presentation, defined in 3. Presentation Markup, and one for encoding computational structure, defined in 4. Content Markup. Some MathML applications may import and export only one of these two vocabularies, while others may produce and consume each in a different way, and still others may process both without any distinction between the two. The following encoding names may be used to distinguish between content and presentation MathML markup when needed.

  • MathML-プレゼンテーション: プレゼンテーションMathMLのマークアップを含む実例

    MathML-Presentation: The instance contains presentation MathML markup only.

    • メディアタイプ: application/mathml-presentation+xml

      Media Type: application/mathml-presentation+xml

    • ウィンドウズクリップボードフレーバー: MathML Presentation
      (訳注:ウィンドウズのクリップボードのデータ形式を決める値)

      Windows Clipboard Flavor: MathML Presentation

    • ユニバーサルタイプ識別子: public.mathml.presentation

      Universal Type Identifier: public.mathml.presentation

  • MathML-コンテント:コンテントMathMLマークアップを含む実例

    MathML-Content: The instance contains content MathML markup only.

    • メディアタイプ: application/mathml-content+xml

      Media Type: application/mathml-content+xml

    • ウィンドウズクリップボードフレーバー: MathML Content

      Windows Clipboard Flavor: MathML Content

    • ユニバーサルタイプ識別子: public.mathml.content

      Universal Type Identifier: public.mathml.content

  • MathML (一般): プレゼンテーションMathMLマークアップ, コンテントMathMLマークアップ, その2つを混合したもののどれかを含むであろう実例

    MathML (generic): The instance may contain presentation MathML markup, content MathML markup, or a mixture of the two.

    • 拡張子: .mml

      File name extension: .mml

    • メディアタイプ: application/mathml+xml

      Media Type: application/mathml+xml

    • ウィンドウズクリップボードフレーバー: MathML

      Windows Clipboard Flavor: MathML

    • ユニバーサルタイプ識別子: public.mathml

      Universal Type Identifier: public.mathml

これらのコード化された名前それぞれに対する詳細については, [MathMLメディアタイプ]を参照して下さい.

See [MathML-Media-Types] for more details about each of these encoding names.

MathML2は, annotation-xml要素のencoding属性に, 定義済みの値MathML, MathML-Content, MathML-Presentationを指定していました. これらの値は, 以前との互換性のためにメディアタイプの代わりに用いられてもよいです. 詳細については, 5.2.2 代替表現5.2.3 同一内容を参照して下さい. MathML1.0は, [RFC7303]で廃止されたメディアタイプtext/mathmlを提案していました.

MathML 2 specified the predefined encoding values MathML, MathML-Content, and MathML-Presentation for the encoding attribute on the annotation-xml element. These values may be used as an alternative to the media type for backward compatibility. See 5.2.2 Alternate representations and 5.2.3 Content equivalents for details. Moreover, MathML 1.0 suggested the media-type text/mathml, which has been superseded by [RFC7303].

6.3 MathMLを受け渡す
Transferring MathML

MathMLの式は, しばしばコピー貼り付けまたはドラッグアンドドロップといった, よく知られた枠組みを利用するソフトウェア間で交換され, ファイルに保存されたり, HTTPプロトコルを通じて交換されたりします. この節は, そういった受け渡しの際にMathMLを処理するのに推奨される方法を提供します.

MathML expressions are often exchanged between applications using the familiar copy-and-paste or drag-and-drop paradigms and are often stored in files or exchanged over the HTTP protocol. This section provides recommended ways to process MathML during these transfers.

この節で述べているMathMLデータの受け渡しは, しばしばメディアタイプ, クリップボードフォーマット, データフレーバーと呼ばれる, いくつかのフレーバーを利用可能なMathMLデータを作る, 2つのソフトウェアのデータの間で起こります. これらのフレーバーは, 通常は提供するソフトウェアの優先度の順に並べられ, 通常は利用するソフトウェアの望ましい順で探索されます. コピー貼り付けの枠組みは, 中央のクリップボードに, クリップボードフォーマットごとに1つのデータの流れとして, ソフトウェアにそれ自身のデータを置くことを認めています. 利用するソフトウェアは, それ自身が望む形式のデータを選んで読み込むことで折衝します. ドラッグアンドドロップの枠組みは, 利用可能な形式を宣言することで, その形式のデータを提供することを, ソフトウェアに認めています. データを受け入れることになるソフトウェアは, 利用可能な形式の一覧に基づき, ドロップを受け入れるか拒否するか決めます. また, ドロップ動作は, 示されている形式の中から1つのデータを引き渡すよう, 受け入れるソフトウェアが求めることを認めています. [HTTP11]におけるHTTP GET通信は, 利用可能なメディアタイプの一覧の送信を, クライアントに認めています. そして, サーバーは, 示されたメディアタイプの中から1つのデータを引き渡します. [HTTP11]におけるHTTP POST通信は, サーバーのソフトウェアが利用可能なメディアタイプと関連付けられたデータの送信を, クライアントに認めています.

The transfers of MathML fragments described in this section occur between the contexts of two applications by making the MathML data available in several flavors, often called media types, clipboard formats, or data flavors. These flavors are typically ordered by preference by the producing application, and are typically examined in preference order by the consuming application. The copy-and-paste paradigm allows an application to place content in a central clipboard, with one data stream per clipboard format; a consuming application negotiates by choosing to read the data of the format it prefers. The drag-and-drop paradigm allows an application to offer content by declaring the available formats; a potential recipient accepts or rejects a drop based on the list of available formats, and the drop action allows the receiving application to request the delivery of the data in one of the indicated formats. An HTTP GET transfer, as in [HTTP11], allows a client to submit a list of acceptable media types; the server then delivers the data using one of the indicated media types. An HTTP POST transfer, as in [HTTP11], allows a client to submit data labelled with a media type that is acceptable to the server application.

現在の端末環境は, 同じような構造を利用するコピー貼り付けとドラッグアンドドロップによる受け渡しを提供します. ただし, 環境に依存する名前付けの構文を検証しながらです. HTTP通信は全てメディアタイプに基づきます. この節は, ソフトウェアが提供すべき通信の形式は何か, どのようにそれらの形式を名付けるべきか, どのようにそれらの形式がsemantics要素, annotation要素, annotation-xml要素を扱うべきか指定します.

Current desktop platforms offer copy-and-paste and drag-and-drop transfers using similar architectures, but with varying naming schemes depending on the platform. HTTP transfers are all based on media types. This section specifies what transfer types applications should provide, how they should be named, and how they should handle the special semantics, annotation, and annotation-xml elements.

3つの折衝の仕組みを要約するために, 次の段落は, 提供され, 受け入れられ, 出力されるフレーバー, それぞれの名前(文字列)と中のデータ(バイナリデータの流れ)について説明します.

To summarize the three negotiation mechanisms, the following paragraphs will describe transfer flavors, each with a name (a character string) and content (a stream of binary data), which are offered, accepted, and/or exported.

6.3.1 基となる転送フレーバーの名前と内容
Basic Transfer Flavor Names and Contents

6.2.4 MathMLのコード化された名前で一覧にした名前は, MathMLのコード化に対応する転送フレーバーを特定するのに使われる正確な文字列です. そのようなものを認めたオペレーティングシステムにおいて, ソフトウェアは, それらのフレーバーに対するそのソフトウェアの対応状況を登録すべきです(例えば, Windowsにおけるレジスタークリップボードフォーマット, マッキントッシュ環境におけるソフトウェア記述子の中のユニバーサルタイプ識別子への対応の宣言).

The names listed in 6.2.4 Names of MathML Encodings are the exact strings that should be used to identify the transfer flavors that correspond to the MathML encodings. On operating systems that allow such, an application should register their support for these flavor names (e.g. on Windows, a call to RegisterClipboardFormat, or, on the Macintosh platform, declaration of support for the universal type identifier in the application descriptor).

MathMLを受け渡すとき, ソフトウェアは, 受け渡されるデータの中身がMathML文書型の整形式のXMLの実例であることを確実にしなければなりません. とりわけ次のようにです.

When transferring MathML, an application MUST ensure the content of the data transfer is a well-formed XML instance of a MathML document type. Specifically:

  1. その例は, 例えば<?xml version="1.0">のようなXML宣言で始まってもよいです.

    The instance MAY begin with an XML declaration, e.g. <?xml version="1.0">

  2. その例は, きっちり1つのルート要素であるmath要素を含まなければなりません.

    The instance MUST contain exactly one root math element.

  3. その例は, ルート要素であるmath要素の中でMathML名前空間を宣言しなければなりません.

    The instance MUST declare the MathML namespace on the root math element.

  4. その例は, math要素のschemaLocation属性を, その例が適合しているMathML文書型を述べているMathML構文の場所を示すのに利用してもよいです. schemaLocation属性の存在は, MathMLの利用者が参照している構文を取得したり利用したりするのに必須ではありません.

    The instance MAY use a schemaLocation attribute on the math element to indicate the location of the MathML schema that describes the MathML document type to which the instance conforms. The presence of the schemaLocation attribute does not require a consumer of the MathML instance to obtain or use the referenced schema.

  5. その例は, より高い相互運用性のために, 文字実体参照名(例えば&alpha;)よりも, 数値文字参照(例えば&#x03b1;)を利用すべきです.

    The instance SHOULD use numeric character references (e.g. &#x03b1;) rather than character entity names (e.g. &alpha;) for greater interoperability.

  6. UTF-8以外の文字コードが使われている場合, XML宣言か, UTF-16でコード化されたデータに対するバイト順マーク(BOM)の利用かによって, その例は文字コードを指定しなければなりません.

    The instance MUST specify the character encoding, if it uses an encoding other than UTF-8, either in the XML declaration, or by the use of a byte-order mark (BOM) for UTF-16-encoded data.

6.3.3 議論
Discussion

MathMLの実例が純粋なコンテントマークアップか純粋なプレゼンテーションマークアップのどちらか決めるのに, math要素, semantics要素, annotation要素, annotation-xml要素は, プレゼンテーションマークアップとコンテントマークアップの両方の種類に属することができると見なされるべきです. math要素は, 全てのMathMLの受け渡しでルート要素として必要とされることから, この方法で取り扱われます. semantics要素とその子要素の付加情報要素は, MathMLの中で代わりの付加情報の仕組みを構成しており, また, プレゼンテーションマークアップかコンテントマークアップかのどちらかと結び付けられるわけではありません. 結果として, MathMLを利用するソフトウェアは, 2つの種類のうち1つしか実装していないとしても, いつもこれらの4つの要素を処理する必要があります.

To determine whether a MathML instance is pure content markup or pure presentation markup, the math, semantics, annotation and annotation-xml elements should be regarded as belonging to both the presentation and content markup vocabularies. The math element is treated in this way because it is required as the root element in any MathML transfer. The semantics element and its child annotation elements comprise an arbitrary annotation mechanism within MathML, and are not tied to either presentation or content markup. Consequently, an application that consumes MathML should always process these four elements, even if it only implements one of the two vocabularies.

MathMLを提供するプログラムが, 例えば画像や他のソフトウェア特有の形式であるバイナリデータをクリップボードに提供することを, 前で述べた推奨される挙動が認めることは価値を持ちません. XML文字データは何らかのバイトの流れのデータを受け渡すことができないことから, バイナリデータを受け渡す唯一の方法は, 付加情報のsrc属性を利用してバイナリーデータを参照することです.

It is worth noting that the above recommendations allow agents that produce MathML to provide binary data for the clipboard, for example in an image or other application-specific format. The sole method to do so is to reference the binary data using the src attribute of an annotation, since XML character data does not allow for the transfer of arbitrary byte-stream data.

前で述べた推奨される挙動は, MathMLを受け渡す枠組を利用する, MathMLに関係したソフトウェア間の相互運用性を改良することを意図されていますが, それらの推奨される挙動は相互運用性を保証していないことに注意すべきです. 例えば, MathMLデータの中の(例えば, スタイルシート等の)外部のデータへの参照は, データの利用者がそれらが置かれた場所を利用できない場合に, HTMLや他のデータ形式を切り取り貼り付けしたときに起こるであろう相互運用性の問題を引き起こすでしょう. 外部データへの参照を利用するソフトウェアは, 潜在的な問題を利用者に意識させ, 参照しているデータを得る代わりの方法を提供するように促されています. 一般に, 解決できなかったり理解できなかったりする参照を含むMathMLデータの利用者は, 外部の参照を無視すべきです.

While the above recommendations are intended to improve interoperability between MathML-aware applications that use these transfer paradigms, it should be noted that they do not guarantee interoperability. For example, references to external resources (e.g. stylesheets, etc.) in MathML data can cause interoperability problems if the consumer of the data is unable to locate them, as can happen when cutting and pasting HTML or other data types. An application that makes use of references to external resources is encouraged to make users aware of potential problems and provide alternate ways to obtain the referenced resources. In general, consumers of MathML data that contains references they cannot resolve or do not understand should ignore the external references.

6.3.4
Examples

例1
Example 1

あるeラーニングソフトウェアが, MathMLを含んでいるものもあるクイズの問題のデータベースを持っています. MathMLは複数のデータから成り立っており, eラーニングソフトウェアは単にデータを表示部分に渡していますが, 洗練されたMathML解析の能力は持っていません. 結果として, ソフトウェアは与えられたMathMLの実例が純粋なプレゼンテーションマークアップか純粋なコンテントマークアップかのどちらか知らず, 実例が特定のヴァージョンのMathML構文に関して有効か分かりません. したがって, このソフトウェアは, クリップボードに次の形式のデータを置きます.

An e-learning application has a database of quiz questions, some of which contain MathML. The MathML comes from multiple sources, and the e-learning application merely passes the data on for display, but does not have sophisticated MathML analysis capabilities. Consequently, the application is not aware whether a given MathML instance is pure presentation or pure content markup, nor does it know whether the instance is valid with respect to a particular version of the MathML schema. It therefore places the following data formats on the clipboard:

フレーバーの名前
Flavor Name
フレーバーの内容
Flavor Content
MathML
<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">...</math>
Unicode Text
<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">...</math>
例2
Example 2

あるWindows環境の数式編集ツールは, MathML3に関して有効な純粋なプレゼンテーションマークアップを生成することができます. 結果として, このソフトウェアは次のフレーバーを出力します.

An equation editor on the Windows platform is able to generate pure presentation markup, valid with respect to MathML 3. Consequently, it exports the following flavors:

フレーバーの名前
Flavor Name
フレーバーの内容
Flavor Content
MathML Presentation
<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">...</math>
Tiff (描画された例)
(a rendering sample)
Unicode Text
<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">...</math>
例3
Example 3

あるXMLスキーマを基にしたMac OS X環境のコンテンツマネジメントシステムは, 数式の集合の複数のMathML表現を含んでいます. その表現は, 著者による混合されたマークアップ, 記号計算プログラムの芯となる純粋なコンテントマークアップ, 印刷出版のための純粋なプレゼンテーションマークアップを含みます. XMLスキーマのシステムによる利用のために, マークアップは名前空間の接頭辞と一緒に保存されます. よって, そのシステムは次のデータを受け渡します.

A schema-based content management system on the Mac OS X platform contains multiple MathML representations of a collection of mathematical expressions, including mixed markup from authors, pure content markup for interfacing to symbolic computation engines, and pure presentation markup for print publication. Due to the system's use of schemata, markup is stored with a namespace prefix. The system therefore can transfer the following data:

フレーバーの名前
Flavor Name
フレーバーの内容
Flavor Content
public.mathml.presentation
<math
  xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <mrow>
  ...
  </mrow>
</math>
public.mathml.content
<math
  xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <apply>
    ...
  </apply>
</math>
public.mathml
<math
  xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <mrow>
    <apply>
      ... content markup within presentation markup ...
    </apply>
    ...
  </mrow>
</math>
public.plain-text.tex
{x \over x-1}
public.plain-text
<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <mrow>
   ...
  </mrow>
</math>
例4
Example 4

ある同じようなコンテンツマネジメントシステムがウェブ上で構築されており, 数式のMathML表現を受け渡します. そのシステムはMathML-プレゼンテーション, MathML-コンテント, Tex, TIFF形式の画像を提供できます. ホームページが見られているとき, そのシステムは次のようなMathMLデータを提供するでしょう.

A similar content management system is web-based and delivers MathML representations of mathematical expressions. The system is able to produce MathML-Presentation, MathML-Content, TeX and pictures in TIFF format. In web-pages being browsed, it could produce a MathML fragment such as the following:

<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
  <semantics>
    <mrow>...</mrow>
    <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Content">...</annotation-xml>
    <annotation encoding="TeX">{1 \over x}</annotation>
    <annotation encoding="image/tiff" src="formula3848.tiff"/>
  </semantics>
</math>

そのようなデータを受け取りドラッグアンドドロップ動作の一部として出力しようとするWindowsブラウザは, 次のフレーバーを提供できるでしょう.

A web browser on the Windows platform that receives such a fragment and tries to export it as part of a drag-and-drop action can offer the following flavors:

フレーバーの名前
Flavor Name
フレーバーの内容
Flavor Content
MathML Presentation
<math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <mrow>
    ...
  </mrow>
</math>
MathML Content
<math
  xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <apply>
    ...
  </apply>
</math>
MathML
<math
  xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <mrow>
    <apply>
      ... content markup within presentation markup ...
    </apply>
    ...
  </mrow>
</math>
TeX
{x \over x-1}
CF_TIFF (formula3848.tiffから要求された画像ファイルの内容)
(the content of the picture file, requested from formula3848.tiff)
CF_UNICODETEXT
<math
  xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
  xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
  xsi:schemaLocation=
    "http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd">
  <mrow>
    ...
  </mrow>
</math>

6.4 MathMLと他の言語を組み合せる
Combining MathML and Other Formats

MathMLは, 通常, 他のマークアップ言語と組合せられて利用されます. 最も典型的な事例は, ひょっとしたらHTMLまたはDocBookといった文書に基づいたマークアップ言語の中でのMathMLの利用かもしれません. 他の文書の要素に基づいたマークアップ言語が, HTML5の中のMathMLやSVGといったように複合文書書式の中に含まれることも一般的です. 他の一般的な利用状況としては, 他のマークアップをMathMLの中に混在させる場合があります. 例えば, 編集ツールは, カーソルの場所を表す要素, または他の状況の情報を, MathMLマークアップの中におそらく挿入するので, 著者は編集を中断した場所を見つけ出すことができます.

MathML is usually used in combination with other markup languages. The most typical case is perhaps the use of MathML within a document-level markup language, such as HTML or DocBook. It is also common that other object-level markup languages are also included in a compound document format, such as MathML and SVG in HTML5. Other common use cases include mixing other markup within MathML. For example, an authoring tool might insert an element representing a cursor position or other state information within MathML markup, so that an author can pick up editing where it was broken off.

ほとんどの文書マークアップ言語は, 行の中の式(または, 画像, 文書の要素等)の概念を持っており, 典型的にMathMLの実例を内容モデルに統合させる自然な文法があります. しかしながら, 他の面で, MathMLの中にマークアップを埋め込むことは, そのように明確に処理することはできません. なぜなら, たくさんのMathML要素で子要素の役割は場所によって定義されるからです. 例えば, applyの最初の子要素は演算子でなければならず, mfracの2番目の子要素は分母です. それらの文脈に他のマークアップが現れた場合の適切な挙動は未解決のままです. そのような挙動が特定の文脈で定義できる場合でさえ, 一般的なMathML処理プログラムに対して, 実装の課題が示されています.

Most document markup languages have some concept of an inline equation (or graphic, object, etc.), so there is typically a natural way to incorporate MathML instances into the content model. However, in the other direction, embedding of markup within MathML is not so clear cut, since in many MathML elements, the role of child elements is defined by position. For example, the first child of an apply must be an operator, and the second child of an mfrac is the denominator. The proper behavior when foreign markup appears in such contexts is problematic. Even when such behavior can be defined in a particular context, it presents an implementation challenge for generic MathML processors.

この理由から, 通常MathMLスキーマは, 外部のマークアップ要素をMathMLの実例の中に含めることを認めていません.

For this reason, the default MathML schema does not allow foreign markup elements to be included within MathML instances.

標準的な構文において, 他の名前空間の要素は認められませんが, 他の名前空間の属性は認められています. 知らないXMLマークアップに出くわしたMathML処理プログラムは, 次のようにふるまうべきです.

In the standard schema, elements from other namespaces are not allowed, but attributes from other namespaces are permitted. MathML processors that encounter unknown XML markup should behave as follows:

  1. MathMLでない名前空間の属性は, 静かに無視されるべきです.

    An attribute from a non-MathML namespace should be silently ignored.

  2. MathMLでない名前空間の要素は, annotation-xml要素の中の場合を除いて, エラーとして扱われるべきです. その要素がプレゼンテーション要素の子要素ならば, 3.3.5 エラーメッセージ <merror>で述べたように扱われるべきです. その要素がコンテント要素の子要素ならば, 4.2.9 エラーマークアップ <cerror>で述べたように扱われるべきです.

    An element from a non-MathML namespace should be treated as an error, except in an annotation-xml element. If the element is a child of a presentation element, it should be handled as described in 3.3.5 Error Message <merror>. If the element is a child of a content element, it should be handled as described in 4.2.9 Error Markup <cerror>.

例えば, mfrac要素の2番目の子要素が知らない要素だった場合, その分数は, エラーを意図する分母とともに描かれるべきです.

For example, if the second child of an mfrac element is an unknown element, the fraction should be rendered with a denominator that indicates the error.

MathMLが大きな文書型に含まれているように複合文書書式を記述する場合, 設計者はMathMLの内容モデルを, 追加の要素を認めるように拡張してもよいです. 例えば, 一般的な拡張方法は, MathMLでない名前空間の要素を素子要素の中で認められるように, ただし他の要素の中では認められないように, MathML構文を拡張することです. 知らないマークアップに出くわしたMathML処理プログラムは, 次のようにふるまうべきです.

When designing a compound document format in which MathML is included in a larger document type, the designer may extend the content model of MathML to allow additional elements. For example, a common extension is to extend the MathML schema such that elements from non-MathML namespaces are allowed in token elements, but not in other elements. MathML processors that encounter unknown markup should behave as follows:

  1. 認知されていないXML属性は, 静かに無視されるべきです.

    An unrecognized XML attribute should be silently ignored.

  2. MathML素子要素の中の認知されていない要素は, 静かに無視されるべきです.

    An unrecognized element in a MathML token element should be silently ignored.

  3. MathMLでない名前空間の要素は, annotation-xml要素の中の場合を除いて, エラーとして扱われるべきです. その要素がプレゼンテーション要素の子要素ならば, 3.3.5 エラーメッセージ <merror>で述べたように扱われるべきです. その要素がコンテント要素の子要素ならば, 4.2.9 エラーマークアップ <cerror>で述べたように扱われるべきです.

    An element from a non-MathML namespace should be treated as an error, except in an annotation-xml element. If the element is a child of a presentation element, it should be handled as described in 3.3.5 Error Message <merror>. If the element is a child of a content element, it should be handled as described in 4.2.9 Error Markup <cerror>.

この方法で構文を拡張することは, A. MathMLを処理するで述べるRelax NGを用いて簡単に行えます. この拡張は, mtextの内容モデルを上書きすることで, 単純にMathML構文に組み込めるでしょう.

Extending the schema in this way is easily achieved using the Relax NG schema described in A. Parsing MathML, it may be as simple as including the MathML schema whilst overriding the content model of mtext:

default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"

include "mathml4.rnc" {
mtext = element mtext {mtext.attributes, (token.content|anyElement)*}
}

ここで与えられた定義は, MathML名前空間でない何らかの整形式のXMLを, mtextの子要素として認めようとするものです. 実際はこの定義はとてもあいまいです. 例えば, XHTML+MathML構文は, 単に行の中のXHTML要素をmtextの追加の子要素として認めたがるでしょう. このことは, anyElementをホストの文書型の構文の適切な成果で置き換えることで実現されてもよいです. 6.4.1 MathMLとXHTMLの混在を参照して下さい.

The definition given here would allow any well formed XML that is not in the MathML namespace as a child of mtext. In practice this may be too lax. For example, an XHTML+MathML Schema may just want to allow inline XHTML elements as additional children of mtext. This may be achieved by replacing anyElement by a suitable production from the schema for the host document type, see 6.4.1 Mixing MathML and XHTML.

複合文書の中でマークアップの種類を混在させる場合に考慮すべき状況としては, 複合文書の型を最初に設計するときが挙げられます. ただし, 文書型が1度固まったら, 特定のソフトウェアの必要性に合わせて内容モデルをさらに修正することは一般に現実的ではないです. しかしながら, そのようなソフトウェアがMathMLの実例の中に追加の情報を保存する必要があるだろう状況がまだ頻繁に起こります. MathMLはしばしば編集ツールによって生成されます. そのため, 特に一般的で重要な状況としては, 編集ツールがMathMLの式と一緒にツール内部の状態についての情報を保存する必要がある状況があります. そのため, 著者は以前の状態から編集を再開できるでしょう. 例えば, 式の不完全な部分を示すために仮のものが利用されてもよいですし, また, 式の中の挿入の場所が保存される必要があってもよいです.

Considerations about mixing markup vocabularies in compound documents arise when a compound document type is first designed. But once the document type is fixed, it is not generally practical for specific software tools to further modify the content model to suit their needs. However, it is still frequently the case that such tools may need to store additional information within a MathML instance. Since MathML is most often generated by authoring tools, a particularly common and important case is where an authoring tool needs to store information about its internal state along with a MathML expression, so an author can resume editing from a previous state. For example, placeholders may be used to indicate incomplete parts of an expression, or an insertion point within an expression may need to be stored.

MathMLの式の中に固有のデータを残す必要があるソフトウェアは, 残すことが可能な状況であっても, 一般に内容モデルを変更せずに残すことを試みるべきです. 2つの必要性に対応するため, 特定の複合文書書式の内容モデルによって認められているかどうかに関わらず, MathMLは, 次の方法によって固有のデータの保存を認めています.

An application that needs to persist private data within a MathML expression should generally attempt to do so without altering the underlying content model, even in situations where it is feasible to do so. To support this requirement, regardless of what may be allowed by the content model of a particular compound document format, MathML permits the storage of private data via the following strategies:

  1. XML名前空間の利用を認めている書式において, 小さいデータに対して, 他の名前空間の属性が, 全てのMathML要素において認められています.

    In a format that permits the use of XML Namespaces, for small amounts of data, attributes from other namespaces are allowed on all MathML elements.

  2. 大きいデータに対して, 5.2 付加情報要素で説明しているように, ソフトウェアは, semantics要素を使ってもよいです.

    For larger amounts of data, applications may use the semantics element, as described in 5.2 Annotation Elements.

  3. 編集ツールや, 例えば, 著者によってあてはめられるべき完全ではない式に印を付けるといった特定の動作と, プレゼンテーションMathMLのツリー構造を結び付ける他のソフトウェアに対して, 3.7.1 式の一部に動作を結び付けるで説明したようにmaction要素が用いられてもよいです.

    For authoring tools and other applications that need to associate particular actions with presentation MathML subtrees, e.g. to mark an incomplete expression to be filled in by an author, the maction element may be used, as described in 3.7.1 Bind Action to Sub-Expression.

6.4.1 MathMLとXHTMLの混在
Mixing MathML and XHTML

XHTMLにMathMLを統合するには, XHTMLにMathMLを埋め込むだけでなく, MathMLにXHTMLを埋め込むことも可能とすべきです. W3C HTML5検証ツールで使用される構文は, (svgを含む)全ての行の中のHTML(を表す)要素を, mtextの内容に利用できるように, mtextを拡張しています. 3.2.2.1 MathMLの中にHTMLを埋め込むの例を参照して下さい. 前に注意したように, mtextの中のXHTML要素を使用するMathMLデータは, 文書から抜き出されたり, 分離して利用されたりした場合, 有効なMathMLデータではないでしょう. 編集ツールは, mtextの中から全てのHTMLのマークアップを取り除くか, 代わりの文字列で置き換えるかする対応を提案してもよいです.

To fully integrate MathML into XHTML, it should be possible not only to embed MathML in XHTML, but also to embed XHTML in MathML. The schema used for the W3C HTML5 validator extends mtext to allow all inline (phrasing) HTML elements (including svg) to be used within the content of mtext. See the example in 3.2.2.1 Embedding HTML in MathML. As noted above, MathML fragments using XHTML elements within mtext will not be valid MathML if extracted from the document and used in isolation. Editing tools may offer support for removing any HTML markup from within mtext and replacing it by a text alternative.

ほとんどの場合に, XHTML要素(ヘッダー, 段落, 一覧等)が数学の文脈の中に適用されないか, MathMLがあらかじめ数学の内容(表, 数学の書式の変更等)に特別に合わせられた同様のまたは改良された機能を提供するかします.

In most cases, XHTML elements (headings, paragraphs, lists, etc.) either do not apply in mathematical contexts, or MathML already provides equivalent or improved functionality specifically tailored to mathematical content (tables, mathematics style changes, etc.).

最新のブラウザや他のMathML関連ソフトウェアに対する互換性や実装の提案は, W3C数学作業部会のホームページに相談して下さい.

Consult the W3C Math Working Group home page for compatibility and implementation suggestions for current browsers and other MathML-aware tools.

6.4.2 MathMLとXMLでない言語の混在
Mixing MathML and non-XML contexts

数式の記述を必要としているXMLでない種類の言語があり, この仕様書を参照することが有意義な場合があるかもしれません. HTMLは次の節で論じている重要な例ですが, 他の例が存在します. \frac{a}{b}といったTeXのような構文を, 明確に<mfrac><mi">を利用する代わりに利用できます. プログラムが特定の構文を処理し, MathML構文に適合しているであろうツリー構造を提供するならば, その構文はMathMLの応用と見られてもよいです. それでもその体系を利用した文書は, MathMLに適合していないことに注意して下さい. そのような構文の実装は, ここで定義されているXML構文でのMathMLとして, 可能な限り何らかの数式を出力する機能を提供すべきです. そのようなプログラムは, D.1 MathML適合で述べたMathML出力適合です.

There may be non-XML vocabularies which require markup for mathematical expressions, where it makes sense to reference this specification. HTML is an important example discussed in the next section, however other examples exist. It is possible to use a TeX-like syntax such as \frac{a}{b} rather than explicitly using <mfrac> and <mi>. If a system parses a specified syntax and produces a tree that may be validated against the MathML schema then it may be viewed as a MathML application. Note however that documents using such a system are not valid MathML. Implementations of such a syntax should, if possible, offer a facility to output any mathematical expressions as MathML in the XML syntax defined here. Such an application would then be a MathML-output-conformant processor as described in D.1 MathML Conformance.

6.4.3 MathMLとHTMLの混在
Mixing MathML and HTML

XMLに基づかない体系の重要な例が[HTML]で定義されています. HTMLの中のMathMLについて考えると, 2つに分けられる考え得る課題があります. 1つ目は, XHTMLの内容について前に述べたように, 構文がmtextの中のHTMLを認めるよう拡張されることです. 2つ目は, XML処理プログラムではなくHTML処理プログラムが利用されることです. HTML処理プログラムによってMathMLを処理することは, [HTML]で規範的に定義しています. ここでの議論は, 処理プログラムの実装者に向けられており, 処理プログラムが入力それぞれの文字を処理する際の, 状態の移り変わりの観点から書かれています. 後の規範的でない説明は, 高い水準の説明や例を与えようとしています.

An important example of a non-XML based system is defined in [HTML]. When considering MathML in HTML there are two separate issues to consider. Firstly the schema is extended to allow HTML in mtext as described above in the context of XHTML. Secondly an HTML parser is used rather than an XML parser. The parsing of MathML by an HTML parser is normatively defined in [HTML]. The description there is aimed at parser implementers and written in terms of the state transitions of the parser as it parses each character of the input. The non-normative description below aims to give a higher level description and examples.

XMLの処理は完全に一般的なもので, 何らかのXML文書は, 利用されている特定の種類の言語への参照無しに処理されてもよいです. HTMLの処理は, それぞれの要素に特定の決まりと一緒にHTML言語に特化した処理プログラムという点で異なっています. XMLでの場合と同様に, HTML処理プログラムは, 検証からの処理を確立します. 入力の中には, 正確に描画されたとしても, 検証プログラムによって報告されるであろう(ただし, 通常は描画システムからは報告されない)処理エラーに分類されるものもあります.

XML parsing is completely regular, any XML document may be parsed without reference to the particular vocabulary being used. HTML parsing differs in that it is a custom parser for the HTML vocabulary with specific rules for each element. Similarly to XML though, the HTML parser distinguishes parsing from validation; some input, even if it renders correctly, is classed as a parse error which may be reported by validators (but typically is not reported by rendering systems).

MathMLの利用に影響する主な違いは, 次のように要約されます.

The main differences that affect MathML usage may be summarized as:

  • ほとんどの場合, 属性値は引用符で囲う必要がありません. <mfenced open=( close=)>は正しく処理されます.

    Attribute values in most cases do not need to be quoted: <mfenced open=( close=)> would parse correctly.

  • 終了タグは, 多くの状況で省略されてもよいです.

    End tags may in many cases be omitted.

  • HTMLは, HTML, MathML,SVGの3つのいずれかからなる名前空間以外に対応しておらず, また, 名前空間の接頭辞にも対応していません. よって, <mml:math xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">のような接頭辞の付いた形は利用できず, <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">は利用してもよいですが, 名前空間の宣言は本質的に無視され, その入力は<math>として扱われます. どちらの場合でも, math要素とその子孫要素はMathML名前空間に置かれます. 5. MathMLに注釈を付けるで注意したように, 名前空間への対応の欠乏は, HTMLの中で利用する場合に, MathMLに他の言語のマークアップで付加情報を付ける何らかの可能性を制限します.

    HTML does not support namespaces other than the three built in ones for HTML, MathML and SVG, and does not support namespace prefixes. Thus you can not use a prefix form like <mml:math xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"> and while you may use <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">, the namespace declaration is essentially ignored and the input is treated as <math>. In either case the math element and its descendants are placed in the MathML namespace. As noted in 5. Annotating MathML the lack of namespace support limits some of the possibilities for annotating MathML with markup from other vocabularies when used in HTML.

  • XML処理プログラムとは異なり, HTML処理プログラムは, どんな入力文字列も受入れ, 定義された結果を提供するよう定義されています. (その結果は, 不適合に分類されてもよいです.) 例として, 極端な例である<math></<><z =5>は, 検証ツールによりエラーと処理されるでしょうが, コメント<とXMLでは表現できない名前が=5で値が""の属性をもつ要素zを含んでいるmath要素に対応するツリー構造を返すでしょう.

    Unlike the XML parser, the HTML parser is defined to accept any input string and produce a defined result (which may be classified as non-conforming). The extreme example <math></<><z =5> for example would be flagged as a parse error by validators but would return a tree corresponding to a math element containing a comment < and an element z with an attribute that could not be expressed in XML with name =5 and value "".

  • 素子要素<mtext>, <mo>, <mn>, <mi>, <ms>の中, またはencoding属性がtext/htmlまたはannotation/xhtml+xmlである<annotation-xml>の中を除いて, HTML要素の存在は, 全ての開いたMathML要素を閉じることで数式を終わらせるでしょう. そのため, そのHTML要素は, 外側のHTMLの文脈にあると解釈されます. 何らかのそれに続くMathML要素は<math>に含まれておらず, そのため無効なHTML要素として処理され, MathMLとして描画されないでしょう. 例については, 5.2.7.3 HTML文書でannotation-xmlを利用するで与えられた例を参照して下さい.

    Unless inside the token elements <mtext>, <mo>, <mn>, <mi>, <ms>, or inside an <annotation-xml> with encoding attribute text/html or annotation/xhtml+xml, the presence of an HTML element will terminate the math expression by closing all open MathML elements, so that the HTML element is interpreted as being in the outer HTML context. Any following MathML elements are then not contained in <math> so will be parsed as invalid HTML elements and not rendered as MathML. See for example the example given in 5.2.7.3 Using annotation-xml in HTML documents.

既存のMathMLソフトウェアとの互換性の観点から, 著者や編集ツールは, HTML文書の中でさえ, 整形式のXMLであるMathMLの断片を利用すべきです. 前に注意したように, HTML文書の中にMathMLを受け入れるソフトウェアが, それらのHTML処理プログラムの機能をMathMLが利用することを受け入れなければならないとしても, それらのソフトウェアは, 軽量なXML構文の中にMathMLを出力する方法を提供すべきです.

In the interests of compatibility with existing MathML applications authors and editing systems should use MathML fragments that are well formed XML, even when embedded in an HTML document. Also as noted above, although applications accepting MathML in HTML documents must accept MathML making use of these HTML parser features, they should offer a way to export MathML in a portable XML syntax.

MathML3において, href属性の存在によって, 要素はリンクとして指定されます. MathMLは, HTML/XHTMLのアンカー要素aに対応する要素を何ら持ちません.

In MathML 3, an element is designated as a link by the presence of the href attribute. MathML has no element that corresponds to the HTML/XHTML anchor element a.

MathMLは全ての要素にhrefを認めています. しかしながら, ほとんどのソフトウェアは, 入れ子になったリンクまたは視覚的に描画されない要素でのリンクを実装する方法を持ちません. そのようなリンクは何ら効果がありません.

MathML allows the href attribute on all elements. However, most user agents have no way to implement nested links or links on elements with no visible rendering; such links may have no effect.

通常視覚的に描画されず, そのためリンク要素として利用すべきでないプレゼンテーションマークアップ要素の一覧は, 下の表に示すとおりです.

The list of presentation markup elements that do not ordinarily have a visual rendering, and thus should not be used as linking elements, is given in the table below.

リンクの仕組みに対応した複合文書書式において, id属性は, MathMLの式へのリンクの場所を特定するために使用すべきです. id属性は全てのMathML要素で認められており, その値は文書の中で唯一のものでなければなりません.

For compound document formats that support linking mechanisms, the id attribute should be used to specify the location for a link into a MathML expression. The id attribute is allowed on all MathML elements, and its value must be unique within a document, making it ideal for this purpose.

MathML2は, リンクに直接対応していないことに注意して下さい. MathML2は, W3C勧告"XMLリンク言語" [XLink]を参照しており, xlink:href属性を利用して複合文書の中のリンクを定義していました. 上で話したように, MathML3はリンクのためのhref属性を加えたことから, xlink:hrefはもはや必要ありません. しかしながら, MathMLがMathMLでない名前空間の属性の利用を認めていることから, xlink:hrefは今でも利用可能です. 新しい複合文書書式は, リンクにMathML3href属性を使用することが推奨されています. ソフトウェアが, href属性とxlink:href属性の両方を持つMathML要素に出くわしたとき, href属性が優先されるべきです. 以前との互換性に対応するため, MathML2を含む複合文書でXMLリンクを実装したソフトウェアは, href属性への対応に加えて, xlink:href属性の利用への対応も継続すべきです.

Note that MathML 2 has no direct support for linking; it refers to the W3C Recommendation "XML Linking Language" [XLink] in defining links in compound document contexts by using an xlink:href attribute. As mentioned above, MathML 3 adds an href attribute for linking so that xlink:href is no longer needed. However, xlink:href is still allowed because MathML permits the use of attributes from non-MathML namespaces. It is recommended that new compound document formats use the MathML 3 href attribute for linking. When user agents encounter MathML elements with both href and xlink:href attributes, the href attribute should take precedence. To support backward compatibility, user agents that implement XML Linking in compound documents containing MathML 2 should continue to support the use of the xlink:href attribute in addition to supporting the href attribute.

6.4.5 MathMLと画像のマークアップ
MathML and Graphical Markup

新しい字形の導入を別にすれば, 画像を利用したいと思う状況の多くは, 文字付きの図式を表示する場合です. 例えば, 結び目図式, ベン図, ディンキン図形, ファイマンダイアグラム, 可換図式は全てこの状況に分類されます. そのような, それらの中身は, 構造化された画像とMathMLマークアップを組合せることを通じて, より良くコード化できるでしょう. しかしながら, このことについて書く場合に, 文字付きの図式としてそのような概念をコード化することは, W3C数学事業の範囲の及ばないところです. (最新の数学におけるW3Cの事業についてはhttp://www.w3.org/Mathを, W3Cの画像事業についてはhttp://www.w3.org/Graphicsを参照して下さい.)

Apart from the introduction of new glyphs, many of the situations where one might be inclined to use an image amount to displaying labeled diagrams. For example, knot diagrams, Venn diagrams, Dynkin diagrams, Feynman diagrams and commutative diagrams all fall into this category. As such, their content would be better encoded via some combination of structured graphics and MathML markup. However, at the time of this writing, it is beyond the scope of the W3C Math Activity to define a markup language to encode such a general concept as labeled diagrams. (See http://www.w3.org/Math for current W3C activity in mathematics and http://www.w3.org/Graphics for the W3C graphics activity.)

semantics要素を利用して, 追加の画像の内容を埋め込む仕組みの1つは, 次の例のとおりです.

One mechanism for embedding additional graphical content is via the semantics element, as in the following example:

<semantics>
  <apply>
    <intersect/>
    <ci>A</ci>
    <ci>B</ci>
  </apply>
  <annotation-xml encoding="image/svg+xml">
    <svg xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"  viewBox="0 0 290 180">
      <clipPath id="a">
        <circle cy="90" cx="100" r="60"/>
      </clipPath>
      <circle fill="#AAAAAA" cy="90" cx="190" r="60" style="clip-path:url(#a)"/>
      <circle stroke="black" fill="none" cy="90" cx="100" r="60"/>
      <circle stroke="black" fill="none" cy="90" cx="190" r="60"/>
    </svg>
  </annotation-xml>
  <annotation-xml encoding="application/xhtml+xml">
    <img xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" src="intersect.png" alt="A intersect B"/>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

ここで, annotation-xml要素は, 2つの集合の集合積をMathMLコンテントで描画する代わりの表現を示すのに使用しています. 1つ目のものは, Scalable Vector Graphics書式[SVG](MathMLとSVGを統合したXHTMLの概要の定義は[XHTML-MathML-SVG]参照)で, 2つ目のものは, XHTMLの断片として埋め込まれるXHTMLimg要素を利用しています. この状況では, MathML処理プログラムはこれらの表現のどれでも表示に利用することができ, ひょっとしたら下記の画像のような画像書式を提供するかもしれません.

Here, the annotation-xml elements are used to indicate alternative representations of the MathML-Content depiction of the intersection of two sets. The first one is in the Scalable Vector Graphics format [SVG] (see [XHTML-MathML-SVG] for the definition of an XHTML profile integrating MathML and SVG), the second one uses the XHTML img element embedded as an XHTML fragment. In this situation, a MathML processor can use any of these representations for display, perhaps producing a graphical format such as the image below.

\includegraphics{image/intersect}

この例の意味の表現は, MathMLコンテントマークアップで, semantics要素の最初の子要素として与えられていることに注意して下さい. この点に関して, XHTMLのimg要素のalt属性とほとんど同じ表現で, 視覚的でない表現では最も適切な選択になるでしょう.

Note that the semantics representation of this example is given in MathML-Content markup, as the first child of the semantics element. In this regard, it is the representation most analogous to the alt attribute of the img element in XHTML, and would likely be the best choice for non-visual rendering.

6.5 MathMLと一緒にCSSを利用する
Using CSS with MathML

CSS[CSS21]に対応した環境でMathMLが描画されるとき, CSSスタイルシートを利用して数学の書式の特性を制御することが望ましいです. ただし, MathML配置の構文の書式とCSSの視覚的書式のモデルは完全に異なり, 数学の配置に影響するたくさんの書式の変数は直接の類似した文字表現を持っていないことから, 一番最初に現れたであろう時のように単純ではありません. 類似の特性がある状況でさえ, それらの特性の実用的な値は一致しなくてもよいです. この違いのために, MathMLに元から対応しているソフトウェアは, MathMLの配置の構文に適用できるCSSプロパティを, 配置に影響を与えないものに限定することを選んでもよいです.

When MathML is rendered in an environment that supports CSS [CSS21], controlling mathematics style properties with a CSS style sheet is desirable, but not as simple as it might first appear, because the formatting of MathML layout schemata is quite different from the CSS visual formatting model and many of the style parameters that affect mathematics layout have no direct textual analogs. Even in cases where there are analogous properties, the sensible values for these properties may not correspond. Because of this difference, applications that support MathML natively may choose to restrict the CSS properties applicable to MathML layout schemata to those properties that do not affect layout.

一般的に言って, 数学書式属性とCSSの相互作用に対応するモデルは, 次のように処理されます. CSSスタイルシートは次のように書式の決まりを提供しているとします.

Generally speaking, the model for CSS interaction with the math style attributes runs as follows. A CSS style sheet might provide a style rule such as:

math *.[mathsize="small"] {
font-size: 80%
}

この決まりは, smallに設定されているmathsize属性を持つ, math要素の全ての子要素に対して, CSS font-sizeプロパティを設定します. MathML描画ソフトウェアは, CSS環境の書式エンジンに確認し, 返値をソフトウェア自身の配置アルゴリズムの入力として利用します. MathMLは, 書式情報を描画環境から継承する仕組みを指定していません. しかしながら, 周囲の書式環境の特性とMathMLが指定した描画の決まりの間の相互作用に対し提案されている描画の決まりは, 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で論じられており, より一般的に3. プレゼンテーションマークアップを通して論じられています.

This rule sets the CSS font-size property for all children of the math element that have the mathsize attribute set to small. A MathML renderer would then query the style engine for the CSS environment, and use the values returned as input to its own layout algorithms. MathML does not specify the mechanism by which style information is inherited from the environment. However, some suggested rendering rules for the interaction between properties of the ambient style environment and MathML-specific rendering rules are discussed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements, and more generally throughout 3. Presentation Markup.

しかしながら, MathMLに対するCSSスタイルシートを書く場合には, いくらかの慎重さが必要なことが強調されるべきです. 数学記号の植字の特性を変えることは, 数式の意味を変えられることから, 文書全体の植字の書式が, 埋め込まれたMathMLの式に影響を与えないような方法で, スタイルシートは書かれるべきです.

It should be stressed, however, that some caution is required in writing CSS stylesheets for MathML. Because changing typographic properties of mathematics symbols can change the meaning of an equation, stylesheets should be written in a way such that changes to document-wide typographic styles do not affect embedded MathML expressions.

避けるべき他の注意点は, 数式の適切な理解に必要な植字の書式情報を提供するためにCSSを使用することです. 意味の上でCSSに依存している式は, 数式処理システムといったCSSでない環境では利用できないでしょう. CSSの決まりの選択子として新しいMathML3.0数学書式属性の論理的な値を利用することで, 式の意味のために必要な書式情報をMathMLで直接コード化することを確実にできます.

Another pitfall to be avoided is using CSS to provide typographic style information necessary to the proper understanding of an expression. Expressions dependent on CSS for meaning will not be portable to non-CSS environments such as computer algebra systems. By using the logical values of the new MathML 3.0 mathematics style attributes as selectors for CSS rules, it can be assured that style information necessary to the sense of an expression is encoded directly in the MathML.

MathML3.0は, どのように利用者のソフトウェアが書式情報を処理すべきか指定してません. なぜなら, たくさんのCSSに対応していないMathML環境があり, いろいろな利用者のソフトウェアや描画ソフトウェアが, CSS情報を読み込む際の幅広く異なった度合いを持っているからです.

MathML 3.0 does not specify how a user agent should process style information, because there are many non-CSS MathML environments, and because different users agents and renderers have widely varying degrees of access to CSS information.

6.5.1 属性とスタイルシートを処理する順番
Order of processing attributes versus style sheets

CSSまたは類似したスタイルシートは, 選択したMathML要素の描画特性の変更を指定することができます. 描画特性は, 要素の属性からも変更することができたり, 描画ソフトウェアによって自動で変更されたりすることから, 様々なデータから要請された変更が適用されるべき順番を指定する必要があります. 順番は, CSSでない表現の助言の優先度を考慮した順番を幾層にも重ねることで[CSS21]で定義しています.

CSS or analogous style sheets can specify changes to rendering properties of selected MathML elements. Since rendering properties can also be changed by attributes on an element, or be changed automatically by the renderer, it is necessary to specify the order in which changes requested by various sources should occur. The order is defined by [CSS21] cascading order taking into account precedence of non-CSS presentational hints.

7. 文字, 実体, フォント
Characters, Entities and Fonts

課題247: 仕様書は何の文字がアクセントや線に使用されるか指定すべき
Issue 247: Spec should specify what char to use for accents/lines

TeXは, MathMLのmover/munderのアクセントに相当する数々のコマンドを持っています. 仕様書は, 何の文字をそれらのアクセントに対して使用するか言及していません. 場合によっては, 使用できるASCII文字がありますが, ASCII文字でない類似した文字もあります. それらの文字の多くは, mover/munderと伊井署に使用されるときに引き伸ばされるべきです.

TeX has a number of commands that correspond to mover/munder accents in MathML. The spec does not say what character to use for those accents. In some cases there are ASCII chars that could be used but also non-ASCII ones that are similar. Many of these characters should be stretchy when used with mover/munder.

At a minimum, the spec should say which (or all) of the following should be used for (stretchable) accents (some options listed) so that renderers and generators of MathML agree on what character(s) to use:

Note: based on experience with MathPlayer, many of these alternatives were encountered "in the wild" so it is important that Core specifies these (MathML 3 should have) as people are having to guess what character to use.

7.1 導入
Introduction

この章はMathMLで使用される文字についての議論やそれらの利用についての仕様を含んでいます. また, ユニコード[ユニコード]で体系化された世界的な複数オクテットコードによる文字集合(UCS)ISO-10646で示されるコードポイントに対応する正確な形に関する警告を含んでいます.

This chapter contains discussion of characters for use within MathML, recommendations for their use, and warnings concerning the correct form of the corresponding code points given in the Universal Multiple-Octet Coded Character Set (UCS) ISO-10646 as codified in Unicode [Unicode].

7.2 数学用英数字記号
Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols

追加の数学用英数字記号は, ユニコード3.1で提供されました. 3.2.2 素子要素に共通の数学書式属性で論じたとおり, MathMLは, 数学用英数字記号を指定する代わりの仕組みを用意するべきです. この代わりの仕組みは, ユニコードのコードポイントとしての数学用英数字記号の仕様と, それらに対応するソフトウェアやフォントの普及との隔たりを橋渡しします. すなわち, miのような素子要素でmathvariant属性を使用することで, 素子要素の文字データが数学用英数字記号であることを示すことができます.

Additional Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols were provided in Unicode 3.1. As discussed in 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements, MathML offers an alternative mechanism to specify mathematical alphanumeric characters. Namely, one uses the mathvariant attribute on a token element such as mi to indicate that the character data in the token element selects a mathematical alphanumeric symbol.

第1面の数学用英数字記号の重要な用途は, フラクタル, ギリシア文字, 太字, スクリプトといった特別な数学用フォントで識別子を普通に表示することです. 他の例では, 数学用フラクタル文字はU+1D504 ("A")からU+1D537 ("z")までの範囲です. よって, 変数の識別子でフラクタル文字を使用する場合, 次のように記述します.

An important use of the mathematical alphanumeric symbols in Plane 1 is for identifiers normally printed in special mathematical fonts, such as Fraktur, Greek, Boldface, or Script. As another example, the Mathematical Fraktur alphabet runs from U+1D504 ("A") to U+1D537 ("z"). Thus, an identifier for a variable that uses Fraktur characters could be marked up as

<mi>&#x1D504;<!--BLACK-LETTER CAPITAL A--></mi>
𝔄 代わりの, この例と等しい結果になる記述方法として, 普通の大文字Aを使用してmathvariantで修飾する方法もあります.
An alternative, equivalent markup for this example is to use the common upper-case A, modified by using the mathvariant attribute:
<mi mathvariant="fraktur">A</mi>
A

MathMLを処理するソフトウェアは, 数学用英数字記号を, (それが現れたときに)対応する書式のない文字とmathvariant属性の値との組合せと同一として扱わなければなりません.

A MathML processor must treat a mathematical alphanumeric character (when it appears) as identical to the corresponding combination of the unstyled character and mathvariant attribute value.

このことは, 表示ソフトウェアがユニコードコードポイントと等しい最低限の組合せを表示することを意味しており, ユニコードコードポイントを持たず, 十分なフォントの対応もされていない組合せを無視しても良いことを意味しています.

It is intended that renderers distinguish at least those combinations that have equivalent Unicode code points, and renderers are free to ignore those combinations that have no assigned Unicode code point or for which adequate font support is unavailable.

7.3 表示されない文字
Non-Marking Characters

印刷の品質や代用の表示に重要であるにも関わらず, 直接対応する字形を持たない文字があります. それらをここでは表示されない文字と呼んでいます. それらの文字の役割は, 3. プレゼンテーションマークアップ4. コンテントマークアップで論じています.

Some characters, although important for the quality of print or alternative rendering, do not have glyph marks that correspond directly to them. They are called here non-marking characters. Their roles are discussed in 3. Presentation Markup and 4. Content Markup.

MathMLにおいて, 改行のようなページの構成の制御は, momspace要素の適切な属性を利用して行います.

In MathML, control of page composition, such as line-breaking, is effected by the use of the proper attributes on the mo and mspace elements.

下記の文字は単純な空白ではありません. これらの文字は, 表示の表現の質を向上させるための文字の手がかりを提供したり, 聴覚表現を正確にできるようにしたり, 視覚的にあいまいな文章から数学の意味を唯一のものとして再現したりできることから, UCSに特に重要として新しく追加された文字です.

The characters below are not simple spacers. They are especially important new additions to the UCS because they provide textual clues which can increase the quality of print rendering, permit correct audio rendering, and allow the unique recovery of mathematical semantics from text which is visually ambiguous.

ユニコードコードポイント
Unicode code point
ユニコード名
Unicode name
説明
Description
U+2061 関数の適用
FUNCTION APPLICATION
プレゼンテーションマークアップにおいて関数の適用を表す文字(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>)
character showing function application in presentation tagging (3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>)
U+2062 見えない掛ける
INVISIBLE TIMES
記号無しで理解される場合の掛け算の記号(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>)
marks multiplication when it is understood without a mark (3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>)
U+2063 見えない区切り記号
INVISIBLE SEPARATOR
例えば添え字の中で区切りとして利用されるもの(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>)
used as a separator, e.g., in indices (3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>)
U+2064 見えないプラス
INVISIBLE PLUS
特別に1½のような構成において使用される足し算の記号(3.2.5 演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセント <mo>)
marks addition, especially in constructs such as 1½ (3.2.5 Operator, Fence, Separator or Accent <mo>)

7.4 変則的な数学用文字
Anomalous Mathematical Characters

数学の文脈で同じと見なされたり, 特別な意味を持っていたりする文字は, UCSの他の文字とよく混同されます. 例えば, 普通にキーボードで入力される文字が, よりふさわしい数学用文字の代用として確立されてきたりしています. 他にも, 数式と文章の両方で合理的用途のある文字には, 矛盾した表現やフォントの慣習があったりします. これらの文字は全て変則的な数学用文字と呼ばれます.

Some characters which occur fairly often in mathematical texts, and have special significance there, are frequently confused with other similar characters in the UCS. In some cases, common keyboard characters have become entrenched as alternatives to the more appropriate mathematical characters. In others, characters have legitimate uses in both formulas and text, but conflicting rendering and font conventions. All these characters are called here anomalous characters.

7.4.1 キーボードで入力される文字
Keyboard Characters

典型的なラテン1をもとにしたキーボードは, 重要な数学用文字と視覚的に似た文字をいくつか含んでいます. その結果, これらの文字は, 故意にまたは故意でなく, より正確な数学用文字の代わりにたびたび使われます.

Typical Latin-1-based keyboards contain several characters that are visually similar to important mathematical characters. Consequently, these characters are frequently substituted, intentionally or unintentionally, for their more correct mathematical counterparts.

マイナス
Minus

特別な数学の用途を持っている最も一般的な普通の文字はU+002D [ハイフン-マイナス]です. そのユニコード名が暗示しているように, 文章の中ではハイフンとして使われ, 数式の中では負の記号として使われます. 文章での利用には, 単に文章中での利用を意図する特定のコードポイントU+2010 [ハイフン]があり, ハイフンまたは短いダッシュとして表示されるべきです. 数学での利用には, 数式中での利用を意図する他のコードポイントU+2212 [マイナス記号]があり, 長いマイナスまたは負の記号として表示されるべきです. MathMLを表示するソフトウェアは, U+002D [ハイフン-マイナス]を, moのような数式の中ではU+2212 [マイナス記号]と等しいものとして, mtextのような文章の中ではU+2010 [ハイフン]と等しいものとして扱うべきです.

The most common ordinary text character which enjoys a special mathematical use is U+002D [HYPHEN-MINUS]. As its Unicode name suggests, it is used as a hyphen in prose contexts, and as a minus or negative sign in formulas. For text use, there is a specific code point U+2010 [HYPHEN] which is intended for prose contexts, and which should render as a hyphen or short dash. For mathematical use, there is another code point U+2212 [MINUS SIGN] which is intended for mathematical formulas, and which should render as a longer minus or negative sign. MathML renderers should treat U+002D [HYPHEN-MINUS] as equivalent to U+2212 [MINUS SIGN] in formula contexts such as mo, and as equivalent to U+2010 [HYPHEN] in text contexts such as mtext.

アポストロフィ, 引用符, プライム
Apostrophes, Quotes and Primes

典型的なヨーロッパのキーボードでは, アポストロフィまたは引用符(直立した, もしくは右側の引用符)に見えるキーが利用できます. そのため, 1つのキーがU+0027 [アポストロフィ]とU+2019 [右の一重引用符]を入力する二重の役割をします. 数学の文脈では, そのキーはU+2032 [プライム]であるべきプライムとして一般に使われます. ユニコードは, この記号を上書きして分やフィートの単位を表すのに記述することを認めています. 普通の文脈で構造化されていない表示においては, それらの文字は他の文字に続いて書かれます. U+0027 [アポストロフィ]とU+2019 [右の一重引用符]は, 文の中央から上にあげた小さい字形で記述されます. 使用されるフォントは, ユニコードの索引により, ふさわしい場所に上げた小さい字形を提供します. 数学のU+2032 [プライム]は, 全高のユニコードフォントと同じように扱われます.

On a typical European keyboard there is a key available which is viewed as an apostrophe or a single quotation mark (an upright or right quotation mark). Thus one key is doing double duty for prose input to enter U+0027 [APOSTROPHE] and U+2019 [RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK]. In mathematical contexts it is also commonly used for the prime, which should be U+2032 [PRIME]. Unicode recognizes the overloading of this symbol and remarks that it can also signify the units of minutes or feet. In the unstructured printed text of normal prose the characters are placed next to one another. The U+0027 [APOSTROPHE] and U+2019 [RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK] are marked with glyphs that are small and raised with respect to the center line of the text. The fonts used provide small raised glyphs in the appropriate places indexed by the Unicode codes. The U+2032 [PRIME] of mathematics is similarly treated in fuller Unicode fonts.

MathML表示ソフトウェアは, 数式の中で現れた場合にU+0027 [アポストロフィ]をU+2032 [プライム]として扱うように促されています.

MathML renderers are encouraged to treat U+0027 [APOSTROPHE] as U+2032 [PRIME] when appropriate in formula contexts.

最後の注意として, ‘プライム’はよく, キリル文字U+044C [キリル文字の小文字の軟音記号]の音訳で使われることがあります. このプライムの変わった使い方は, 数式において考慮すべき点ではありません.

A final remark is that a ‘prime’ is often used in transliteration of the Cyrillic character U+044C [CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN]. This different use of primes is not part of considerations for mathematical formulas.

キーボードで入力される他の代用文字
Other Keyboard Substitutions

マイナスとプライムといった文字が, より精密な数学の分野で最も一般的で重要なキーボードで入力される文字ですが, 他にも数々のときどき利用されるキーボードで入力される代用の文字があります. 例えば, 次のようなものがあります.

While the minus and prime characters are the most common and important keyboard characters with more precise mathematical counterparts, there are a number of other keyboard character substitutions that are sometimes used. For example some may expect

<mo>''</mo>
''

これは, U+2033 [二重のプライム]として扱われます. 類似した代用の例として, U+2034 [三重のプライム]やU+2057 [四重のプライム]が挙げられるかもしれません. 同じように, U+007C [縦線]はときどきU+2223 [割り切れる]として使われます. MathMLはこれらをソフトウェア特有の慣習と見なしており, 入力用のソフトウェアに対して互換性を向上するために, より正確な数学用文字を使用した記述を生成するよう推奨しています.

to be treated as U+2033 [DOUBLE PRIME], and analogous substitutions could perhaps be made for U+2034 [TRIPLE PRIME] and U+2057 [QUADRUPLE PRIME]. Similarly, sometimes U+007C [VERTICAL LINE] is used for U+2223 [DIVIDES]. MathML regards these as application-specific authoring conventions, and recommends that authoring tools generate markup using the more precise mathematical characters for better interoperability.

7.4.2 疑似添え字
Pseudo-scripts

UCSには, 自然な添え字の外観を持っているように以前から扱われている数々の文字があります. これらの文字の視覚的表現は添え字に似ており, つまり基となる位置から上げて, 基となる文字の大きさより小さめに描かれます. 分の記号やプライム記号などです. 文章で使う場合, このような文字は識別子の後に続けて概ね同じフォントで描画されます. ここでは, これらの文字を疑似添え字と呼びます.

There are a number of characters in the UCS that traditionally have been taken to have a natural ‘script’ aspect. The visual presentation of these characters is similar to a script, that is, raised from the baseline, and smaller than the base font size. The degree symbol and prime characters are examples. For use in text, such characters occur in sequence with the identifier they follow, and are typically rendered using the same font. These characters are called pseudo-scripts here.

ほとんど全ての数学の文脈において, 疑似添え字は, MathMLで添え字としての明確な記述を使用している基となる式と連携されるべきです. 例えば, xプライムのより適切な表現は次のとおりです.

In almost all mathematical contexts, pseudo-script characters should be associated with a base expression using explicit script markup in MathML. For example, the preferred encoding of x prime is

<msup><mi>x</mi><mo>&#x2032;<!--PRIME--></mo></msup>
x

次のようではありません.

and not

<mi>x'</mi>
x'

また, 他の明確な添え字の構造を用いない表現も適切ではありません. しかしながら, mtextのような文章の中では, 疑似添え字が他の文字データと一緒に利用されてもよいことに注意が必要です.

or any other variants not using an explicit script construct. Note, however, that within text contexts such as mtext, pseudo-scripts may be used in sequence with other character data.

数学の文脈において, 明確な記述が適切とされるのには2つの理由があります. まず, 疑似添え字を下付きの識別子と一緒に用いる場合の植字の問題があります. 以前から, x'の下付き添え字はプライムの下に描かれていました. 添え字の記述を用いることで簡単に達成されます. 例えば, 次のようにです.

There are two reasons why explicit markup is preferable in mathematical contexts. First, a problem arises with typesetting, when pseudo-scripts are used with subscripted identifiers. Traditionally, subscripting of x' would be rendered stacked under the prime. This is easily accomplished with script markup, for example:

<mrow><msubsup><mi>x</mi><mn>0</mn><mo>&#x2032;<!--PRIME--></mo></msubsup></mrow>
x0

対照的に,

By contrast,

<mrow><msub><mi>x'</mi><mn>0</mn></msub></mrow>
x'0

この記述では, 添え字がずれた位置に描かれます.

will render with staggered scripts.

このことは, MathML表示ソフトウェアが, 上付き文字の位置に見つかった他の文字コードとは違うように疑似添え字を扱わなければならないことを意味してることに注意が必要です. ほとんどのフォントで, 疑似添え字に対する字形は最初から小さく, 基となる位置より上げられています.

Note this means that a renderer of MathML will have to treat pseudo-scripts differently from most other character codes it finds in a superscript position; in most fonts, the glyphs for pseudo-scripts are already shrunk and raised from the baseline.

文字を並列で書くより, 明確な添え字として記述することが適切である2番目の理由は, 意図している数学上の構造を一般により良く反映できるからです. 例えば, 次のようにです.

The second reason that explicit script markup is preferrable to juxtaposition of characters is that it generally better reflects the intended mathematical structure. For example,

<msup>
  <mrow><mo>(</mo><mrow><mi>f</mi><mo>+</mo><mi>g</mi></mrow><mo>)</mo></mrow>
  <mo>&#x2032;<!--PRIME--></mo>
</msup>
(f+g)

これは, ここのプライムが式全体に係ることを正確に反映しており, プライムが最後の右端のかっことしてふるまわないことを意味しています.

accurately reflects that the prime here is operating on an entire expression, and does not suggest that the prime is acting on the final right parenthesis.

しかしながら, MathMLの素子要素内のデータはユニコードの文字であるため, 次のような構文を含むMathMLの記述の有効性を否定することができません.

However, the data model for all MathML token elements is Unicode text, so one cannot rule out the possibility of valid MathML markup containing constructions such as

<mrow><mi>x'</mi></mrow>
x'

または

and

<mrow><mi>x</mi><mo>'</mo></mrow>
x'

最初の表記は, 状況によっては関数xの派生物として複数文字から成る識別子x'を表すために正当に利用されるかもしれません. しかし, このような表記は通常避けられるべきです. 入力したり, 有効性を確認したりするソフトウェアは, 推奨される添え字の記述を生成するよう促されます.

While the first form may, in some rare situations, legitimately be used to distinguish a multi-character identifer named x' from the derivative of a function x, such forms should generally be avoided. Authoring and validation tools are encouraged to generate the recommended script markup:

<mrow><msup><mi>x</mi><mo>&#x2032;<!--PRIME--></mo></msup></mrow>
x

U+2032 [プライム]文字は, おそらく最も一般的な疑似添え字ですが, 次の一覧に示すたくさんの他の疑似添え字があります.

The U+2032 [PRIME] character is perhaps the most common pseudo-script, but there are many others, as listed below:

疑似添え字
Pseudo-script Characters
U+0022 引用符
QUOTATION MARK
U+0027 アポストロフィ
APOSTROPHE
U+002A アスタリスク
ASTERISK
U+0060 グレーブアクセント
GRAVE ACCENT
U+00AA 女性序数標識
FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR
U+00B0 度記号
DEGREE SIGN
U+00B2 上付き2
SUPERSCRIPT TWO
U+00B3 上付き3
SUPERSCRIPT THREE
U+00B4 アキュートアクセント
ACUTE ACCENT
U+00B9 上付き1
SUPERSCRIPT ONE
U+00BA 男性序数標識
MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR
U+2018 左の一重引用符
LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
U+2019 右の一重引用符
RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK
U+201A 下側の一重引用符
SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
U+201B 高い反転した一重引用符
SINGLE HIGH-REVERSED-9 QUOTATION MARK
U+201C 左の二重引用符
LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
U+201D 右の二重引用符
RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK
U+201E 下側の二重引用符
DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK
U+201F 高い反転した二重引用符
DOUBLE HIGH-REVERSED-9 QUOTATION MARK
U+2032 プライム
PRIME
U+2033 二重のプライム
DOUBLE PRIME
U+2034 三重のプライム
TRIPLE PRIME
U+2035 反転したプライム
REVERSED PRIME
U+2036 反転した二重のプライム
REVERSED DOUBLE PRIME
U+2037 反転した三重のプライム
REVERSED TRIPLE PRIME
U+2057 四重のプライム
QUADRUPLE PRIME

加えて, (U+2070で始まる)ユニコードの上付き文字と下付き文字の範囲にある文字は, 数式の中に現れた場合, 疑似添え字として扱われるべきです.

In addition, the characters in the Unicode Superscript and Subscript block (beginning at U+2070) should be treated as pseudo-scripts when they appear in mathematical formulas.

これらの文字の中には, U+002A [アスタリスク], U+00B0 [度記号], U+2033 [二重のプライム], バックプライムとしても知られるU+2035 [反転したプライム]といったキーボードでありふれたものもあることに注意が必要です.

Note that several of these characters are common on keyboards, including U+002A [ASTERISK], U+00B0 [DEGREE SIGN], U+2033 [DOUBLE PRIME], and U+2035 [REVERSED PRIME] also known as a back prime.

7.4.3 合成文字
Combining Characters

UCSには, 数々の異なる自然言語のアクセントとして使われる合成文字がたくさんあります. これらの中には, 数学のアクセントとして必要な記述を提供するかのように見えるものもあるかもしれません. これらは数学の記述では使用すべきではありません. 上付き文字, 下付き文字, 下側の文字, 上側の文字といった上記でたった今論じた構成を, 数学の記述では使うべきです. もちろん, 合成文字が複数文字の識別子として必要だった場合や通常の文章の中では使用して構いません.

In the UCS there are many combining characters that are intended to be used for the many accents of numerous different natural languages. Some of them may seem to provide markup needed for mathematical accents. They should not be used in mathematical markup. Superscript, subscript, underscript, and overscript constructions as just discussed above should be used for this purpose. Of course, combining characters may be used in multi-character identifiers as they are needed, or in text contexts.

数学の記述に合成文字が自然に出てくる場合がもう1つあります. いくつかの文字は, U+003E [大なり記号]の打ち消しにあたるU+226F [大なりでない]といった具合に打ち消しに関連付けられています. U+226F [大なりでない]の字形は通常, U+003E [大なり記号]とそれを貫く斜線です. そのため, 合成する斜線U+0338 [文字に合成する長い斜線]を使って作られたU+003E-0338を用いて表現することもできます. これは, その文字固有のユニコードコードポイントを持っている, よく数学で使われる他の25の文字にも当てはまります. 一方で, [実体]で一覧にされたU+0338 [文字に合成する長い斜線]を用いて表現される31の文字実体もあります.

There is one more case where combining characters turn up naturally in mathematical markup. Some relations have associated negations, such as U+226F [NOT GREATER-THAN] for the negation of U+003E [GREATER-THAN SIGN]. The glyph for U+226F [NOT GREATER-THAN] is usually just that for U+003E [GREATER-THAN SIGN] with a slash through it. Thus it could also be expressed by U+003E-0338 making use of the combining slash U+0338 [COMBINING LONG SOLIDUS OVERLAY]. That is true of 25 other characters in common enough mathematical use to merit their own Unicode code points. In the other direction there are 31 character entity names listed in [Entities] which are to be expressed using U+0338 [COMBINING LONG SOLIDUS OVERLAY].

同じように, 縦線を重ねることによって打ち消しを表す文字U+20D2 [文字に合成する長い縦線]があります. 中には合成済みの形で利用できるものもあり, 名前付き文字実体が合成文字に明確に与えられていることもあります. 加えて, U+0333 [文字に合成する二重下線]とU+20E5 [文字に合成する長い逆の斜線]を利用した例があり, U+FE00 [異体字選択用文字1]の利用により指定された異体字もあります. これらの文字の一覧は, [実体]の一覧で見ることができます.

In a similar way there are mathematical characters which have negations given by a vertical bar overlay U+20D2 [COMBINING LONG VERTICAL LINE OVERLAY]. Some are available in pre-composed forms, and some named character entities are given explicitly as combinations. In addition there are examples using U+0333 [COMBINING DOUBLE LOW LINE] and U+20E5 [COMBINING REVERSE SOLIDUS OVERLAY], and variants specified by use of the U+FE00 [VARIATION SELECTOR-1]. For fuller listing of these cases see the listings in [Entities].

一般的な決まりとして, 合成する文字の前に来る基の文字は, あたかもその合成された文字が存在するかのように合成済みの文字として扱われるべきです.

The general rule is that a base character followed by a string of combining characters should be treated just as though it were the pre-composed character that results from the combination, if such a character exists.

A. MathMLの処理
Parsing MathML

Issue 178: Make MathML attributes ASCII case-insensitive MathML 4css / html5

Issue 178

Issue 361: structuring common attributes MathML 4

Issue 361

A.1 MathMLの検証
Validating MathML

The Relax NG schema may be used to check the XML serialization of MathML and serves as a foundation for validating other serializations of MathML, such as the HTML serialization.

Even when using the XML serialization, some normalization of the input may be required before applying this schema. Notably, following HTML, [MathML-Core] allows attributes such as onclick to be specified in any case, eg OnClick="...". It is not practically feasible to specify that attribute names are case insensitive here so only the lowercase names are allowed. Similarly any attribute with name starting with the prefix data- should be considered valid. The schema here only allows a fixed attribute, data-other, so input should be normalized to remove data attributes before validating, or the schema should be extended to support the attributes used in a particular application.

A.2 MathMLに対するRelaxNGスキーマの利用
Using the RelaxNG Schema for MathML

MathML documents should be validated using the RelaxNG Schema for MathML, either in the XML encoding (http://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4.rng) or in compact notation (https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4.rnc) which is also shown below.

In contrast to DTDs there is no in-document method to associate a RelaxNG schema with a document.

A.2.1 MathML Core

MathML Core is specified in MathML Core however the Schema is developed alongside the schema for MathML 4 and presented here, it can also be found at https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4-core.rnc.

# MathML 4 (Core Level 1)
# #######################

#     Copyright 1998-2022 W3C (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang)
# 
#     Use and distribution of this code are permitted under the terms
#     W3C Software Notice and License
#     http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231

default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
namespace h = "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"

start |= math

math = element math {math.attributes,ImpliedMrow}

MathMLoneventAttributes =
  attribute onabort {text}?,
  attribute onauxclick {text}?,
  attribute onblur {text}?,
  attribute oncancel {text}?,
  attribute oncanplay {text}?,
  attribute oncanplaythrough {text}?,
  attribute onchange {text}?,
  attribute onclick {text}?,
  attribute onclose {text}?,
  attribute oncontextlost {text}?,
  attribute oncontextmenu {text}?,
  attribute oncontextrestored {text}?,
  attribute oncuechange {text}?,
  attribute ondblclick {text}?,
  attribute ondrag {text}?,
  attribute ondragend {text}?,
  attribute ondragenter {text}?,
  attribute ondragleave {text}?,
  attribute ondragover {text}?,
  attribute ondragstart {text}?,
  attribute ondrop {text}?,
  attribute ondurationchange {text}?,
  attribute onemptied {text}?,
  attribute onended {text}?,
  attribute onerror {text}?,
  attribute onfocus {text}?,
  attribute onformdata {text}?,
  attribute oninput {text}?,
  attribute oninvalid {text}?,
  attribute onkeydown {text}?,
  attribute onkeypress {text}?,
  attribute onkeyup {text}?,
  attribute onload {text}?,
  attribute onloadeddata {text}?,
  attribute onloadedmetadata {text}?,
  attribute onloadstart {text}?,
  attribute onmousedown {text}?,
  attribute onmouseenter {text}?,
  attribute onmouseleave {text}?,
  attribute onmousemove {text}?,
  attribute onmouseout {text}?,
  attribute onmouseover {text}?,
  attribute onmouseup {text}?,
  attribute onpause {text}?,
  attribute onplay {text}?,
  attribute onplaying {text}?,
  attribute onprogress {text}?,
  attribute onratechange {text}?,
  attribute onreset {text}?,
  attribute onresize {text}?,
  attribute onscroll {text}?,
  attribute onsecuritypolicyviolation {text}?,
  attribute onseeked {text}?,
  attribute onseeking {text}?,
  attribute onselect {text}?,
  attribute onslotchange {text}?,
  attribute onstalled {text}?,
  attribute onsubmit {text}?,
  attribute onsuspend {text}?,
  attribute ontimeupdate {text}?,
  attribute ontoggle {text}?,
  attribute onvolumechange {text}?,
  attribute onwaiting {text}?,
  attribute onwebkitanimationend {text}?,
  attribute onwebkitanimationiteration {text}?,
  attribute onwebkitanimationstart {text}?,
  attribute onwebkittransitionend {text}?,
  attribute onwheel {text}?,
  attribute onafterprint {text}?,
  attribute onbeforeprint {text}?,
  attribute onbeforeunload {text}?,
  attribute onhashchange {text}?,
  attribute onlanguagechange {text}?,
  attribute onmessage {text}?,
  attribute onmessageerror {text}?,
  attribute onoffline {text}?,
  attribute ononline {text}?,
  attribute onpagehide {text}?,
  attribute onpageshow {text}?,
  attribute onpopstate {text}?,
  attribute onrejectionhandled {text}?,
  attribute onstorage {text}?,
  attribute onunhandledrejection {text}?,
  attribute onunload {text}?,
  attribute oncopy {text}?,
  attribute oncut {text}?,
  attribute onpaste {text}?

# Sample set. May need preprocessing 
# or schema extension to allow more see MathML Core (and HTML) spec
MathMLDataAttributes =
  attribute data-other {text}?


# sample set, like data- may need preprocessing to allow more
MathMLARIAattributes =
  attribute aria-label {text}?,
  attribute aria-describedby {text}?,
  attribute aria-details {text}?

MathMLintentAttributes =
  attribute intent {text}?,
  attribute arg {xsd:NCName}?

MathMLPGlobalAttributes = attribute id {xsd:ID}?,
                   attribute class {xsd:NCName}?,
                   attribute style {xsd:string}?,
                   attribute dir {"ltr" | "rtl"}?,
                   attribute mathbackground {color}?,
                   attribute mathcolor {color}?,
                   attribute mathsize {length-percentage}?,
                   attribute mathvariant {xsd:string{pattern="\s*([Nn][Oo][Rr][Mm][Aa][Ll]|[Bb][Oo][Ll][Dd]|[Ii][Tt][Aa][Ll][Ii][Cc]|[Bb][Oo][Ll][Dd]-[Ii][Tt][Aa][Ll][Ii][Cc]|[Dd][Oo][Uu][Bb][Ll][Ee]-[Ss][Tt][Rr][Uu][Cc][Kk]|[Bb][Oo][Ll][Dd]-[Ff][Rr][Aa][Kk][Tt][Uu][Rr]|[Ss][Cc][Rr][Ii][Pp][Tt]|[Bb][Oo][Ll][Dd]-[Ss][Cc][Rr][Ii][Pp][Tt]|[Ff][Rr][Aa][Kk][Tt][Uu][Rr]|[Ss][Aa][Nn][Ss]-[Ss][Ee][Rr][Ii][Ff]|[Bb][Oo][Ll][Dd]-[Ss][Aa][Nn][Ss]-[Ss][Ee][Rr][Ii][Ff]|[Ss][Aa][Nn][Ss]-[Ss][Ee][Rr][Ii][Ff]-[Ii][Tt][Aa][Ll][Ii][Cc]|[Ss][Aa][Nn][Ss]-[Ss][Ee][Rr][Ii][Ff]-[Bb][Oo][Ll][Dd]-[Ii][Tt][Aa][Ll][Ii][Cc]|[Mm][Oo][Nn][Oo][Ss][Pp][Aa][Cc][Ee]|[Ii][Nn][Ii][Tt][Ii][Aa][Ll]|[Tt][Aa][Ii][Ll][Ee][Dd]|[Ll][Oo][Oo][Pp][Ee][Dd]|[Ss][Tt][Rr][Ee][Tt][Cc][Hh][Ee][Dd])\s*"}}?,
                   attribute displaystyle {mathml-boolean}?,
                   attribute scriptlevel {xsd:integer}?,
                   attribute tabindex {xsd:integer}?,
                   attribute nonce {text}?,
		   MathMLoneventAttributes,
                   # Extension attributes, no defined behavior
                   MathMLDataAttributes,
                   # No specified behavior in Core, see MathML4
		   MathMLintentAttributes,
                   # No specified behavior in Core, see WAI-ARIA
		   MathMLARIAattributes
                       


math.attributes = MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
                  attribute display {"block" | "inline"}?,
                  # No specified behavior in Core, see MathML4
                  attribute alttext {text}?


annotation = element annotation {MathMLPGlobalAttributes,encoding?,text}

anyElement =  element (*) {(attribute * {text}|text| anyElement)*}

annotation-xml = element annotation-xml {annotation-xml.attributes,
                                         (MathExpression*|anyElement*)}

annotation-xml.attributes = MathMLPGlobalAttributes, encoding?

encoding=attribute encoding {xsd:string}?


semantics = element semantics {semantics.attributes,
                               MathExpression, 
                              (annotation|annotation-xml)*}

semantics.attributes = MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mathml-boolean = xsd:string {
    pattern = '\s*([Tt][Rr][Uu][Ee]|[Ff][Aa][Ll][Ss][Ee])\s*'
}
			    
length-percentage = xsd:string {
  pattern = '\s*((-?[0-9]*([0-9]\.?|\.[0-9])[0-9]*(r?em|ex|in|cm|mm|p[xtc]|Q|v[hw]|vmin|vmax|%))|0)\s*'
}

MathExpression = TokenExpression|
                     mrow|mfrac|msqrt|mroot|mstyle|merror|mpadded|mphantom|
                     msub|msup|msubsup|munder|mover|munderover|
                     mmultiscripts|mtable|maction|
		     semantics

MathMalignExpression = MathExpression
			   
ImpliedMrow = MathMalignExpression*

TableRowExpression = mtr

MultiScriptExpression = (MathExpression|none),(MathExpression|none)


color =  xsd:string {
  pattern = '\s*((#[0-9a-fA-F]{3}([0-9a-fA-F]{3})?)|[a-zA-Z]+|[a-zA-Z]+\s*\([0-9, %.]+\))\s*'}

TokenExpression = mi|mn|mo|mtext|mspace|ms


textorHTML = text | element (h:*)  {attribute * {text}*,textorHTML*}
			    
token.content = textorHTML
		    
mi = element mi {mi.attributes, token.content}
mi.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mn = element mn {mn.attributes, token.content}
mn.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mo = element mo {mo.attributes, token.content}
mo.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute form {"prefix" | "infix" | "postfix"}?,
  attribute fence {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute separator {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute lspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute rspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute stretchy {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute symmetric {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute maxsize {length-percentage}?,
  attribute minsize {length-percentage}?,
  attribute largeop {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute movablelimits {mathml-boolean}?


mtext = element mtext {mtext.attributes, token.content}
mtext.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mspace = element mspace {mspace.attributes, empty}
mspace.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute width {length-percentage}?,
  attribute height {length-percentage}?,
  attribute depth {length-percentage}?

ms = element ms {ms.attributes, token.content}
ms.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes


none = element none {none.attributes,empty}
none.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mprescripts = element mprescripts {mprescripts.attributes,empty}
mprescripts.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mrow = element mrow {mrow.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
mrow.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mfrac = element mfrac {mfrac.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression}
mfrac.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute linethickness {length-percentage}?

msqrt = element msqrt {msqrt.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
msqrt.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mroot = element mroot {mroot.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression}
mroot.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mstyle = element mstyle {mstyle.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
mstyle.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

merror = element merror {merror.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
merror.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mpadded = element mpadded {mpadded.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
mpadded.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute height {mpadded-length-percentage}?,
  attribute depth {mpadded-length-percentage}?,
  attribute width {mpadded-length-percentage}?,
  attribute lspace {mpadded-length-percentage}?,
  attribute rspace {mpadded-length-percentage}?,
  attribute voffset {mpadded-length-percentage}?

mpadded-length-percentage=length-percentage

mphantom = element mphantom {mphantom.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
mphantom.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

      
msub = element msub {msub.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression}
msub.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

msup = element msup {msup.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression}
msup.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

msubsup = element msubsup {msubsup.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression, MathExpression}
msubsup.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

munder = element munder {munder.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression}
munder.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute accentunder {mathml-boolean}?

mover = element mover {mover.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression}
mover.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute accent {mathml-boolean}?

munderover = element munderover {munderover.attributes, MathExpression, MathExpression, MathExpression}
munderover.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute accent {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute accentunder {mathml-boolean}?

mmultiscripts = element mmultiscripts {mmultiscripts.attributes,
                                       MathExpression,
                                       MultiScriptExpression*,
                                       (mprescripts,MultiScriptExpression*)?}
mmultiscripts.attributes = 
  msubsup.attributes

mtable = element mtable {mtable.attributes, TableRowExpression*}
mtable.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes


mtr = element mtr {mtr.attributes, mtd*}
mtr.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes

mtd = element mtd {mtd.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
mtd.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute rowspan {xsd:positiveInteger}?,
  attribute columnspan {xsd:positiveInteger}?


maction = element maction {maction.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
maction.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute actiontype {text}?,
  attribute selection {xsd:positiveInteger}?

A.2.2 Presentation MathML

The grammar for Presentation MathML 4 builds on the grammar for the MathML Core, and can be found at https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4-presentation.rnc.

# MathML 4 (Presentation)
# #######################

#     Copyright 1998-2022 W3C (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang)
# 
#     Use and distribution of this code are permitted under the terms
#     W3C Software Notice and License
#     http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231

default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
namespace local = ""

		      
# MathML Core
include "mathml4-core.rnc" {

# named lengths
length-percentage = xsd:string {
  pattern = '\s*((-?[0-9]*([0-9]\.?|\.[0-9])[0-9]*(r?em|ex|in|cm|mm|p[xtc]|Q|v[hw]|vmin|vmax|%))|0|(negative)?((very){0,2}thi(n|ck)|medium)mathspace)\s*'
}

mpadded-length-percentage = xsd:string {
  pattern = '\s*([\+\-]?[0-9]*([0-9]\.?|\.[0-9])[0-9]*\s*((%?\s*(height|depth|width)?)|r?em|ex|in|cm|mm|p[xtc]|Q|v[hw]|vmin|vmax|%|((negative)?((very){0,2}thi(n|ck)|medium)mathspace))?)\s*' 
}


}

NonMathMLAtt = attribute (* - (local:* | m:*)) {xsd:string}
					     
MathMLPGlobalAttributes &=
		   NonMathMLAtt*,
		   attribute xref {text}?,
                   attribute href {xsd:anyURI}?,
                   attribute other {text}?

MathMalignExpression |= MalignExpression
			    
MathExpression |= PresentationExpression

TableRowExpression |= mlabeledtr


MstackExpression = MathMalignExpression|mscarries|msline|msrow|msgroup

MsrowExpression = MathMalignExpression|none


linestyle = "none" | "solid" | "dashed"

verticalalign =
      "top" |
      "bottom" |
      "center" |
      "baseline" |
      "axis"

columnalignstyle = "left" | "center" | "right"

notationstyle =
     "longdiv" |
     "actuarial" |
     "radical" |
     "box" |
     "roundedbox" |
     "circle" |
     "left" |
     "right" |
     "top" |
     "bottom" |
     "updiagonalstrike" |
     "downdiagonalstrike" |
     "verticalstrike" |
     "horizontalstrike" |
     "madruwb"

idref = text
unsigned-integer = xsd:unsignedLong
integer = xsd:integer
number = xsd:decimal

character = xsd:string {
  pattern = '\s*\S\s*'}


positive-integer = xsd:positiveInteger


token.content |= mglyph|text



mo.attributes &= 
  attribute linebreak {"auto" | "newline" | "nobreak" | "goodbreak" | "badbreak"}?,
  attribute lineleading {length-percentage}?,
  attribute linebreakstyle {"before" | "after" | "duplicate" | "infixlinebreakstyle"}?,
  attribute linebreakmultchar {text}?,
  attribute indentalign {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id"}?,
  attribute indentshift {length-percentage}?,
  attribute indenttarget {idref}?,
  attribute indentalignfirst {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign"}?,
  attribute indentshiftfirst {length-percentage | "indentshift"}?,
  attribute indentalignlast {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign"}?,
  attribute indentshiftlast {length-percentage | "indentshift"}?,
  attribute accent {mathml-boolean}?,
  attribute maxsize {"infinity"}?
 

mspace.attributes &= 
  attribute linebreak {"auto" | "newline" | "nobreak" | "goodbreak" | "badbreak" | "indentingnewline"}?,
  attribute indentalign {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id"}?,
  attribute indentshift {length-percentage}?,
  attribute indenttarget {idref}?,
  attribute indentalignfirst {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign"}?,
  attribute indentshiftfirst {length-percentage | "indentshift"}?,
  attribute indentalignlast {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign"}?,
  attribute indentshiftlast {length-percentage | "indentshift"}?


ms.attributes &= 
  attribute lquote {text}?,
  attribute rquote {text}?


mglyph = element mglyph {mglyph.attributes,empty}
mglyph.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute src {xsd:anyURI}?,
  attribute width {length-percentage}?,
  attribute height {length-percentage}?,
  attribute valign {length-percentage}?,
  attribute alt {text}?

msline = element msline {msline.attributes,empty}
msline.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute position {integer}?,
  attribute length {unsigned-integer}?,
  attribute leftoverhang {length-percentage}?,
  attribute rightoverhang {length-percentage}?,
  attribute mslinethickness {length-percentage | "thin" | "medium" | "thick"}?

MalignExpression = maligngroup|malignmark

malignmark = element malignmark {malignmark.attributes, empty}
malignmark.attributes =  MathMLPGlobalAttributes


maligngroup = element maligngroup {maligngroup.attributes, empty}
maligngroup.attributes = MathMLPGlobalAttributes
  

PresentationExpression = TokenExpression|
                         mrow|mfrac|msqrt|mroot|mstyle|merror|mpadded|mphantom|
                         mfenced|menclose|msub|msup|msubsup|munder|mover|munderover|
                         mmultiscripts|mtable|mstack|mlongdiv|maction





mfrac.attributes &= 
  attribute numalign {"left" | "center" | "right"}?,
  attribute denomalign {"left" | "center" | "right"}?,
  attribute bevelled {"true" | "false"}?



mstyle.attributes &= 
  mstyle.specificattributes,
  mstyle.generalattributes

mstyle.specificattributes =
  attribute Xscriptlevel {integer}?,
  attribute Xdisplaystyle {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute scriptsizemultiplier {number}?,
  attribute scriptminsize {length-percentage}?,
  attribute infixlinebreakstyle {"before" | "after" | "duplicate"}?,
  attribute decimalpoint {character}?

mstyle.generalattributes =
  attribute accent {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute accentunder {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute align {"left" | "right" | "center"}?,
  attribute alignmentscope {list {("true" | "false") +}}?,
  attribute bevelled {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute charalign {"left" | "center" | "right"}?,
  attribute charspacing {length-percentage | "loose" | "medium" | "tight"}?,
  attribute close {text}?,
  attribute columnalign {list {columnalignstyle+} }?,
  attribute columnlines {list {linestyle +}}?,
  attribute columnspacing {list {(length-percentage) +}}?,
  attribute columnspan {positive-integer}?,
  attribute columnwidth {list {("auto" | length-percentage | "fit") +}}?,
  attribute crossout {list {("none" | "updiagonalstrike" | "downdiagonalstrike" | "verticalstrike" | "horizontalstrike")*}}?,
  attribute denomalign {"left" | "center" | "right"}?,
  attribute depth {length-percentage}?,
  attribute dir {"ltr" | "rtl"}?,
  attribute equalcolumns {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute equalrows {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute fence {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute form {"prefix" | "infix" | "postfix"}?,
  attribute frame {linestyle}?,
  attribute framespacing {list {length-percentage, length-percentage}}?,
  attribute height {length-percentage}?,
  attribute indentalign {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id"}?,
  attribute indentalignfirst {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign"}?,
  attribute indentalignlast {"left" | "center" | "right" | "auto" | "id" | "indentalign"}?,
  attribute indentshift {length-percentage}?,
  attribute indentshiftfirst {length-percentage | "indentshift"}?,
  attribute indentshiftlast {length-percentage | "indentshift"}?,
  attribute indenttarget {idref}?,
  attribute largeop {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute leftoverhang {length-percentage}?,
  attribute length {unsigned-integer}?,
  attribute linebreak {"auto" | "newline" | "nobreak" | "goodbreak" | "badbreak"}?,
  attribute linebreakmultchar {text}?,
  attribute linebreakstyle {"before" | "after" | "duplicate" | "infixlinebreakstyle"}?,
  attribute lineleading {length-percentage}?,
  attribute linethickness {length-percentage | "thin" | "medium" | "thick"}?,
  attribute location {"w" | "nw" | "n" | "ne" | "e" | "se" | "s" | "sw"}?,
  attribute longdivstyle {"lefttop" | "stackedrightright" | "mediumstackedrightright" | "shortstackedrightright" | "righttop" | "left/\right" | "left)(right" | ":right=right" | "stackedleftleft" | "stackedleftlinetop"}?,
  attribute lquote {text}?,
  attribute lspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute mathsize {"small" | "normal" | "big" | length-percentage}?,
  attribute mathvariant {"normal" | "bold" | "italic" | "bold-italic" | "double-struck" | "bold-fraktur" | "script" | "bold-script" | "fraktur" | "sans-serif" | "bold-sans-serif" | "sans-serif-italic" | "sans-serif-bold-italic" | "monospace" | "initial" | "tailed" | "looped" | "stretched"}?,
  attribute minlabelspacing {length-percentage}?,
  attribute minsize {length-percentage}?,
  attribute movablelimits {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute mslinethickness {length-percentage | "thin" | "medium" | "thick"}?,
  attribute notation {text}?,
  attribute numalign {"left" | "center" | "right"}?,
  attribute open {text}?,
  attribute position {integer}?,
  attribute rightoverhang {length-percentage}?,
  attribute rowalign {list {verticalalign+} }?,
  attribute rowlines {list {linestyle +}}?,
  attribute rowspacing {list {(length-percentage) +}}?,
  attribute rowspan {positive-integer}?,
  attribute rquote {text}?,
  attribute rspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute selection {positive-integer}?,
  attribute separator {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute separators {text}?,
  attribute shift {integer}?,
  attribute side {"left" | "right" | "leftoverlap" | "rightoverlap"}?,
  attribute stackalign {"left" | "center" | "right" | "decimalpoint"}?,
  attribute stretchy {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute subscriptshift {length-percentage}?,
  attribute superscriptshift {length-percentage}?,
  attribute symmetric {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute valign {length-percentage}?,
  attribute width {length-percentage}?


math.attributes &= mstyle.specificattributes
math.attributes &= mstyle.generalattributes
math.attributes &= attribute overflow {"linebreak" | "scroll" | "elide" | "truncate" | "scale"}?

mfenced = element mfenced {mfenced.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
mfenced.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute open {text}?,
  attribute close {text}?,
  attribute separators {text}?


menclose = element menclose {menclose.attributes, ImpliedMrow}
menclose.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute notation {text}?


munder.attributes &= 
  attribute align {"left" | "right" | "center"}?

mover.attributes &= 
  attribute align {"left" | "right" | "center"}?

munderover.attributes &= 
  attribute align {"left" | "right" | "center"}?

msub.attributes &=
  attribute subscriptshift {length-percentage}?

msup.attributes &=
  attribute superscriptshift {length-percentage}?

msubsup.attributes &=
  attribute subscriptshift {length-percentage}?,
  attribute superscriptshift {length-percentage}?


mtable.attributes &= 
  attribute align {xsd:string {
    pattern ='\s*(top|bottom|center|baseline|axis)(\s+-?[0-9]+)?\s*'}}?,
  attribute rowalign {list {verticalalign+} }?,
  attribute columnalign {list {columnalignstyle+} }?,
  attribute alignmentscope {list {("true" | "false") +}}?,
  attribute columnwidth {list {("auto" | length-percentage | "fit") +}}?,
  attribute width {"auto" | length-percentage}?,
  attribute rowspacing {list {(length-percentage) +}}?,
  attribute columnspacing {list {(length-percentage) +}}?,
  attribute rowlines {list {linestyle +}}?,
  attribute columnlines {list {linestyle +}}?,
  attribute frame {linestyle}?,
  attribute framespacing {list {length-percentage, length-percentage}}?,
  attribute equalrows {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute equalcolumns {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute displaystyle {"true" | "false"}?,
  attribute side {"left" | "right" | "leftoverlap" | "rightoverlap"}?,
  attribute minlabelspacing {length-percentage}?


mlabeledtr = element mlabeledtr {mlabeledtr.attributes, mtd+}
mlabeledtr.attributes = 
  mtr.attributes



      
mtr.attributes &= 
  attribute rowalign {"top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis"}?,
  attribute columnalign {list {columnalignstyle+} }?


mtd.attributes &= 
  attribute rowalign {"top" | "bottom" | "center" | "baseline" | "axis"}?,
  attribute columnalign {columnalignstyle}?


mstack = element mstack {mstack.attributes, MstackExpression*}
mstack.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute align {xsd:string {
    pattern ='\s*(top|bottom|center|baseline|axis)(\s+-?[0-9]+)?\s*'}}?,
  attribute stackalign {"left" | "center" | "right" | "decimalpoint"}?,
  attribute charalign {"left" | "center" | "right"}?,
  attribute charspacing {length-percentage | "loose" | "medium" | "tight"}?


mlongdiv = element mlongdiv {mlongdiv.attributes, MstackExpression,MstackExpression,MstackExpression+}
mlongdiv.attributes = 
  msgroup.attributes,
  attribute longdivstyle {"lefttop" | "stackedrightright" | "mediumstackedrightright" | "shortstackedrightright" | "righttop" | "left/\right" | "left)(right" | ":right=right" | "stackedleftleft" | "stackedleftlinetop"}?


msgroup = element msgroup {msgroup.attributes, MstackExpression*}
msgroup.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute position {integer}?,
  attribute shift {integer}?


msrow = element msrow {msrow.attributes, MsrowExpression*}
msrow.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute position {integer}?


mscarries = element mscarries {mscarries.attributes, (MsrowExpression|mscarry)*}
mscarries.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute position {integer}?,
  attribute location {"w" | "nw" | "n" | "ne" | "e" | "se" | "s" | "sw"}?,
  attribute crossout {list {("none" | "updiagonalstrike" | "downdiagonalstrike" | "verticalstrike" | "horizontalstrike")*}}?,
  attribute scriptsizemultiplier {number}?


mscarry = element mscarry {mscarry.attributes, MsrowExpression*}
mscarry.attributes = 
  MathMLPGlobalAttributes,
  attribute location {"w" | "nw" | "n" | "ne" | "e" | "se" | "s" | "sw"}?,
  attribute crossout {list {("none" | "updiagonalstrike" | "downdiagonalstrike" | "verticalstrike" | "horizontalstrike")*}}?

A.2.3 Strict Content MathML

The grammar for Strict Content MathML 4 can be found at https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4-strict-content.rnc.

# MathML 4 (Strict Content)
# #########################

#     Copyright 1998-2022 W3C (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang)
# 
#     Use and distribution of this code are permitted under the terms
#     W3C Software Notice and License
#     http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231


default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"

start |= math.strict

CommonAtt =
    attribute id {xsd:ID}?,
    attribute xref {text}?

math.strict = element math {math.attributes,ContExp*}

math.attributes &= CommonAtt

ContExp = semantics-contexp | cn | ci | csymbol | apply | bind | share | cerror | cbytes | cs

cn = element cn {cn.attributes,cn.content}
cn.content = text
cn.attributes = CommonAtt, attribute type {"integer" | "real" | "double" | "hexdouble"}

semantics-ci = element semantics {CommonAtt,(ci|semantics-ci), 
  (annotation|annotation-xml)*}

semantics-contexp = element semantics {CommonAtt,MathExpression, 
  (annotation|annotation-xml)*}

annotation |= element annotation {CommonAtt,text}

anyElement |=  element (* - m:*) {(attribute * {text}|text| anyElement)*}

annotation-xml |= element annotation-xml {annotation-xml.attributes,
                                         (MathExpression*|anyElement*)}

annotation-xml.attributes &= CommonAtt, cd?, encoding?

encoding &= attribute encoding {xsd:string}




ci = element ci {ci.attributes, ci.content}
ci.attributes = CommonAtt, ci.type?
ci.type = attribute type {"integer" | "rational" | "real" | "complex" | "complex-polar" | "complex-cartesian" | "constant" | "function" | "vector" | "list" | "set" | "matrix"}
ci.content = text


csymbol = element csymbol {csymbol.attributes,csymbol.content}

SymbolName = xsd:NCName
csymbol.attributes = CommonAtt, cd
csymbol.content = SymbolName
cd = attribute cd {xsd:NCName}
name = attribute name {xsd:NCName}
src = attribute src {xsd:anyURI}?

BvarQ = bvar*
bvar = element bvar {CommonAtt, (ci | semantics-ci)}

apply = element apply {CommonAtt,apply.content}
apply.content = ContExp+


bind = element bind {CommonAtt,bind.content}
bind.content = ContExp,bvar*,ContExp

share = element share {CommonAtt, src, empty}

cerror = element cerror {cerror.attributes, csymbol, ContExp*}
cerror.attributes = CommonAtt

cbytes = element cbytes {cbytes.attributes, base64}
cbytes.attributes = CommonAtt
base64 = xsd:base64Binary

cs = element cs {cs.attributes, text}
cs.attributes = CommonAtt

MathExpression |= ContExp

A.2.4 Content MathML

The grammar for Content MathML 4 builds on the grammar for the Strict Content MathML subset, and can be found at https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4-content.rnc.

# MathML 4 (Content)
# ##################

#     Copyright 1998-2022 W3C (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang)
# 
#     Use and distribution of this code are permitted under the terms
#     W3C Software Notice and License
#     http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231

default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
namespace local = ""
						
include "mathml4-strict-content.rnc"{
  cn.content = (text | sep | PresentationExpression)* 
  cn.attributes = CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, attribute type {text}?, base?

  ci.attributes = CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, ci.type?
  ci.type = attribute type {text}
  ci.content = (text | PresentationExpression)* 

  csymbol.attributes = CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, attribute type {text}?,cd?
  csymbol.content = (text | PresentationExpression)* 

  annotation-xml.attributes |= CommonAtt, cd?, name?, encoding?

  bvar = element bvar {CommonAtt, ((ci | semantics-ci) & degree?)}

  cbytes.attributes = CommonAtt, DefEncAtt

  cs.attributes = CommonAtt, DefEncAtt

  apply.content = ContExp+ | (ContExp, BvarQ, Qualifier*, ContExp*)

  bind.content = apply.content
}

NonMathMLAtt |= attribute (* - (local:*|m:*)) {xsd:string}

math.attributes &=
    attribute alttext {text}?

MathMLDataAttributes &=
  attribute data-other {text}?

CommonAtt &=
		   NonMathMLAtt*,
                   MathMLDataAttributes,
                   attribute class {xsd:NCName}?,
                   attribute style {xsd:string}?,
                   attribute href {xsd:anyURI}?,
                   attribute other {text}?,
                   attribute intent {text}?,
                   attribute arg {xsd:NCName}?

base = attribute base {text}


sep = element sep {empty}
PresentationExpression |= notAllowed
DefEncAtt = attribute encoding {xsd:string}?,
            attribute definitionURL {xsd:anyURI}?


DomainQ = (domainofapplication|condition|interval|(lowlimit,uplimit?))*
domainofapplication = element domainofapplication {ContExp}
condition = element condition {ContExp}
uplimit = element uplimit {ContExp}
lowlimit = element lowlimit {ContExp}

Qualifier = DomainQ|degree|momentabout|logbase
degree = element degree {ContExp}
momentabout = element momentabout {ContExp}
logbase = element logbase {ContExp}

type = attribute type {text}
order = attribute order {"numeric" | "lexicographic"}
closure = attribute closure {text}


ContExp |= piecewise


piecewise = element piecewise {CommonAtt, DefEncAtt,(piece* & otherwise?)}

piece = element piece {CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, ContExp, ContExp}

otherwise = element otherwise {CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, ContExp}


interval.class = interval
ContExp |= interval.class


interval = element interval { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt,closure?, ContExp,ContExp}

unary-functional.class = inverse | ident | domain | codomain | image | ln | log | moment
ContExp |= unary-functional.class


inverse = element inverse { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
ident = element ident { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
domain = element domain { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
codomain = element codomain { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
image = element image { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
ln = element ln { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
log = element log { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
moment = element moment { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

lambda.class = lambda
ContExp |= lambda.class


lambda = element lambda { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, BvarQ, DomainQ, ContExp}

nary-functional.class = compose
ContExp |= nary-functional.class


compose = element compose { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

binary-arith.class = quotient | divide | minus | power | rem | root
ContExp |= binary-arith.class


quotient = element quotient { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
divide = element divide { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
minus = element minus { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
power = element power { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
rem = element rem { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
root = element root { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

unary-arith.class = factorial | minus | root | abs | conjugate | arg | real | imaginary | floor | ceiling | exp
ContExp |= unary-arith.class


factorial = element factorial { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
abs = element abs { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
conjugate = element conjugate { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arg = element arg { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
real = element real { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
imaginary = element imaginary { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
floor = element floor { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
ceiling = element ceiling { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
exp = element exp { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-minmax.class = max | min
ContExp |= nary-minmax.class


max = element max { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
min = element min { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-arith.class = plus | times | gcd | lcm
ContExp |= nary-arith.class


plus = element plus { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
times = element times { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
gcd = element gcd { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
lcm = element lcm { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-logical.class = and | or | xor
ContExp |= nary-logical.class


and = element and { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
or = element or { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
xor = element xor { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

unary-logical.class = not
ContExp |= unary-logical.class


not = element not { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

binary-logical.class = implies | equivalent
ContExp |= binary-logical.class


implies = element implies { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
equivalent = element equivalent { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

quantifier.class = forall | exists
ContExp |= quantifier.class


forall = element forall { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
exists = element exists { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-reln.class = eq | gt | lt | geq | leq
ContExp |= nary-reln.class


eq = element eq { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
gt = element gt { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
lt = element lt { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
geq = element geq { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
leq = element leq { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

binary-reln.class = neq | approx | factorof | tendsto
ContExp |= binary-reln.class


neq = element neq { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
approx = element approx { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
factorof = element factorof { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
tendsto = element tendsto { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, type?, empty}

int.class = int
ContExp |= int.class


int = element int { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

Differential-Operator.class = diff
ContExp |= Differential-Operator.class


diff = element diff { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

partialdiff.class = partialdiff
ContExp |= partialdiff.class


partialdiff = element partialdiff { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

unary-veccalc.class = divergence | grad | curl | laplacian
ContExp |= unary-veccalc.class


divergence = element divergence { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
grad = element grad { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
curl = element curl { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
laplacian = element laplacian { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-setlist-constructor.class = set | \list
ContExp |= nary-setlist-constructor.class


set = element set { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, type?, BvarQ*, DomainQ*, ContExp*}
\list = element \list { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, order?, BvarQ*, DomainQ*, ContExp*}

nary-set.class = union | intersect | cartesianproduct
ContExp |= nary-set.class


union = element union { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
intersect = element intersect { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
cartesianproduct = element cartesianproduct { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

binary-set.class = in | notin | notsubset | notprsubset | setdiff
ContExp |= binary-set.class


in = element in { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
notin = element notin { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
notsubset = element notsubset { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
notprsubset = element notprsubset { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
setdiff = element setdiff { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-set-reln.class = subset | prsubset
ContExp |= nary-set-reln.class


subset = element subset { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
prsubset = element prsubset { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

unary-set.class = card
ContExp |= unary-set.class


card = element card { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

sum.class = sum
ContExp |= sum.class


sum = element sum { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

product.class = product
ContExp |= product.class


product = element product { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

limit.class = limit
ContExp |= limit.class


limit = element limit { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

unary-elementary.class = sin | cos | tan | sec | csc | cot | sinh | cosh | tanh | sech | csch | coth | arcsin | arccos | arctan | arccosh | arccot | arccoth | arccsc | arccsch | arcsec | arcsech | arcsinh | arctanh
ContExp |= unary-elementary.class


sin = element sin { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
cos = element cos { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
tan = element tan { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
sec = element sec { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
csc = element csc { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
cot = element cot { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
sinh = element sinh { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
cosh = element cosh { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
tanh = element tanh { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
sech = element sech { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
csch = element csch { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
coth = element coth { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arcsin = element arcsin { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arccos = element arccos { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arctan = element arctan { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arccosh = element arccosh { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arccot = element arccot { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arccoth = element arccoth { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arccsc = element arccsc { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arccsch = element arccsch { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arcsec = element arcsec { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arcsech = element arcsech { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arcsinh = element arcsinh { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
arctanh = element arctanh { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-stats.class = mean | median | mode | sdev | variance
ContExp |= nary-stats.class


mean = element mean { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
median = element median { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
mode = element mode { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
sdev = element sdev { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
variance = element variance { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-constructor.class = vector | matrix | matrixrow
ContExp |= nary-constructor.class


vector = element vector { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, BvarQ, DomainQ, ContExp*}
matrix = element matrix { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, BvarQ, DomainQ, ContExp*}
matrixrow = element matrixrow { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, BvarQ, DomainQ, ContExp*}

unary-linalg.class = determinant | transpose
ContExp |= unary-linalg.class


determinant = element determinant { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
transpose = element transpose { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

nary-linalg.class = selector
ContExp |= nary-linalg.class


selector = element selector { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

binary-linalg.class = vectorproduct | scalarproduct | outerproduct
ContExp |= binary-linalg.class


vectorproduct = element vectorproduct { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
scalarproduct = element scalarproduct { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
outerproduct = element outerproduct { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

constant-set.class = integers | reals | rationals | naturalnumbers | complexes | primes | emptyset
ContExp |= constant-set.class


integers = element integers { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
reals = element reals { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
rationals = element rationals { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
naturalnumbers = element naturalnumbers { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
complexes = element complexes { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
primes = element primes { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
emptyset = element emptyset { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

constant-arith.class = exponentiale | imaginaryi | notanumber | true | false | pi | eulergamma | infinity
ContExp |= constant-arith.class


exponentiale = element exponentiale { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
imaginaryi = element imaginaryi { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
notanumber = element notanumber { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
true = element true { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
false = element false { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
pi = element pi { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
eulergamma = element eulergamma { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}
infinity = element infinity { CommonAtt, DefEncAtt, empty}

A.2.5 Full MathML

The grammar for full MathML 4 is simply a merger of the above grammars, and can be found at https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4.rnc.

# MathML 4 (full)
# ##############

#     Copyright 1998-2022 W3C (MIT, ERCIM, Keio)
# 
#     Use and distribution of this code are permitted under the terms
#     W3C Software Notice and License
#     http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231

default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"

# Presentation MathML 
include "mathml4-presentation.rnc"  {
anyElement =  element (* - m:*) {(attribute * {text}|text| anyElement)*}
}
		

# Content  MathML
include "mathml4-content.rnc"

A.2.6 Legacy MathML

Some elements and attributes that were deprecated in MathML 3 are removed from MathML 4. This schema extends the full MathML 4 schema, adding these constructs back, allowing validation of existing MathML documents. It can be found at https://www.w3.org/Math/RelaxNG/mathml4/mathml4-legacy.rnc.

# MathML 4 (legacy)
# ################

#     Copyright 1998-2022 W3C (MIT, ERCIM, Keio)
# 
#     Use and distribution of this code are permitted under the terms
#     W3C Software Notice and License
#     http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231

default namespace m = "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"

# MathML 4
include "mathml4.rnc" {

# unitless lengths
length-percentage = xsd:string {
  pattern = '\s*((-?[0-9]*([0-9]\.?|\.[0-9])[0-9]*(e[mx]|in|cm|mm|p[xtc]|%)?)|(negative)?((very){0,2}thi(n|ck)|medium)mathspace)\s*' 
}
}

# Removed MathML 1/2/3 elements

ContExp |= reln | fn | declare

reln = element reln {ContExp*}
fn = element fn {ContExp}
declare = element declare {attribute type {xsd:string}?,
                           attribute scope {xsd:string}?,
                           attribute nargs {xsd:nonNegativeInteger}?,
                           attribute occurrence {"prefix"|"infix"|"function-model"}?,
                           DefEncAtt, 
                           ContExp+}



# legacy attributes


mglyph.deprecatedattributes =
  attribute fontfamily {text}?,
  attribute index {integer}?,
  attribute mathvariant {"normal" | "bold" | "italic" | "bold-italic" | "double-struck" | "bold-fraktur" | "script" | "bold-script" | "fraktur" | "sans-serif" | "bold-sans-serif" | "sans-serif-italic" | "sans-serif-bold-italic" | "monospace" | "initial" | "tailed" | "looped" | "stretched"}?,
  attribute mathsize {"small" | "normal" | "big" | length-percentage}?

mglyph.attributes &= mglyph.deprecatedattributes

mstyle.deprecatedattributes =
  attribute veryverythinmathspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute verythinmathspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute thinmathspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute mediummathspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute thickmathspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute verythickmathspace {length-percentage}?,
  attribute veryverythickmathspace {length-percentage}?

mstyle.attributes &= mstyle.deprecatedattributes


math.deprecatedattributes = attribute mode {xsd:string}?,
                            attribute macros {xsd:string}?

math.attributes &= math.deprecatedattributes


DeprecatedTokenAtt = 
  attribute fontfamily {text}?,
  attribute fontweight {"normal" | "bold"}?,
  attribute fontstyle {"normal" | "italic"}?,
  attribute fontsize {length-percentage}?,
  attribute color {color}?,
  attribute background {color}?,
  attribute mathsize {"small" | "normal" | "big" }?
					  
mstyle.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
mglyph.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
mn.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
mi.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
mo.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
mtext.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
mspace.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt
ms.attributes &= DeprecatedTokenAtt

semantics.attributes &= DefEncAtt


# malignmark in tokens
token.content |= malignmark
# malignmark in mfrac etc
MathExpression |= MalignExpression

maligngroup.attributes &=
  attribute groupalign {"left" | "center" | "right" | "decimalpoint"}?

malignmark.attributes &=
  attribute edge {"left" | "right"}?

mstyle.generalattributes &=
  attribute edge {"left" | "right"}?

# groupalign
group-alignment = "left" | "center" | "right" | "decimalpoint"
group-alignment-list = list {group-alignment+}
group-alignment-list-list = xsd:string {
  pattern = '(\s*\{\s*(left|center|right|decimalpoint)(\s+(left|center|right|decimalpoint))*\})*\s*' }

mstyle.generalattributes &=
  attribute groupalign {group-alignment-list-list}?

mtable.attributes &=
  attribute groupalign {group-alignment-list-list}?

mtr.attributes &=
  attribute groupalign {group-alignment-list-list}?
		       
mtd.attributes &=
  attribute groupalign {group-alignment-list}?

A.3 MathML DTDの利用
Using the MathML DTD

The MathML DTD uses the strategy outlined in [Modularization] to allow the use of namespace prefixes on MathML elements. However it is recommended that namespace prefixes are not used in XML serialization of MathML, for compatibility with the HTML serialization.

Note that unlike the HTML serialization, when using the XML serialization, character entity references such as &int; may not be used unless a DTD is specified, either the full MathML DTD as described here or the set of HTML/MathML entity declarations as specified by [Entities]. Characters may always be specified by using character data directly, or numeric character references, so or &#x222B; rather than &int;.

A.4 MathML XMLスキーマの利用
Using the MathML XML Schema

MathML fragments can be validated using the XML Schema for MathML, located at http://www.w3.org/Math/XMLSchema/mathml4/mathml4.xsd. The provided schema has been mechanically generated from the Relax NG schema, it omits some constraints that can not be enforced using XSD syntax.

B. 演算子辞書
Operator Dictionary

後で示す表は, MathMLにおける演算子, かっこ, 区切り, アクセントの描画特性について提案された辞書を表しています. それらは, mo要素で表現されます. 簡潔さのために全てのそのような要素は, この付録において単に演算子と呼ばれるでしょう. [MathMLコア]の実装は, 演算子周りの空白の既定値に対する規範的な定義として, これらの値を使用するであろうことに注意して下さい.

The following table gives the suggested dictionary of rendering properties for operators, fences, separators, and accents in MathML, all of which are represented by mo elements. For brevity, all such elements will be called simply operators in this Appendix. Note that implementations of [MathML-Core] will use these values as normative definitions of the default operator spacing.

B.1 演算子辞書の索引
Indexing of the operator dictionary

辞書は, 単に要素の内容だけでなく, 要素の内容とform属性の値を合わせて索引に用います. 複数の形式を持つ演算子は, 複数の項目を持ちます. MathML仕様書は, 描画ソフトウェアがform属性が与えられていない場合にどの形式を使用するか指定しています. 3.2.5.6.2 form属性の既定値を参照して下さい.

The dictionary is indexed not just by the element content, but by the element content and form attribute value, together. Operators with more than one possible form have more than one entry. The MathML specification specifies which form to use when no form attribute is given; see 3.2.5.6.2 Default value of the form attribute.

データは, unicode.xmlの中の機械判読可能な形式で全て利用可能です. そのファイルは, HTML・MathMLの実体定義のソースコードでもあり, [実体]で割り当てられています. そのデータは, 後で述べる2つの人間がより判読しやすい形式で表現されています. MathMLコアの仕様書で用いられるデータの代替表現については, [MathMLコア]も参照して下さい.

The data is all available in machine readable form in unicode.xml which is also the source of the HTML/MathML entity definitions and distributed with [Entities]. It is however presented below in two more human readable formats. See also [MathML-Core] for an alternative presentation of the data that is used in that specification.

データの1つ目の表現において, 演算子は, まずform属性と間隔の属性によって並べられ, 次に優先度によって並べられています. そして, 文字は, 適合したブラウザではポップアップツールチップとして現れるtitle属性を通して与えられる, それらの文字に対する演算子辞書の項目の残りのデータと一緒に一覧にされています.

In the first presentation, operators are ordered first by the form and spacing attributes, and then by priority. The characters are then listed, with additional data on remaining operator dictionary entries for that character given via a title attribute which will appear as a popup tooltip in suitable browsers.

データの2つ目の表現において, 表の行は, 適合したブラウザによって最初の行の見出しをクリックすることで, その見出しの列の順番に並び替えられてもよいです.

In the second presentation of the data, the rows of the table may be reordered in suitable browsers by clicking on a heading in the top row, to cause the table to be ordered by that column.

B.2 lspace属性とrspace属性についての注意点
Notes on lspace and rspace attributes

ここで与えられるlspacerspaceの値は, 名前付き空白で用いられる値に対応する, 1/18emの倍数を示す0から7までの範囲です.

The values for lspace and rspace given here range from 0 to 7 denoting multiples of 1/18 em matching the values used for namedspace.

内容がInvisibleTimesまたはApplyFunctionの見えない演算子に対して, MathML描画ソフトウェアは, 内容に応じた方法で間隔の取り方を選ぶことが提案されています(このことは後の表で与えられる値の例外です). <mo>&ApplyFunction;</mo>に対して, sinxのような(右の被演算子がかっこで始まっていない状態の)式における合計の空白(lspace+rspace)は0より大きくなるべきです. <mo>&InvisibleTimes;</mo>に対して, 両方の被演算子(もしくは, ベースライン上の両側の最も近い素子)が斜体でないフォントで表示される識別子(すなわち, 提案された決まりの下で両方の被演算子が複数文字の識別子)の場合, 合計の空白は0より大きくなるべきです.

For the invisible operators whose content is InvisibleTimes or ApplyFunction, it is suggested that MathML renderers choose spacing in a context-sensitive way (which is an exception to the static values given in the following table). For <mo>&ApplyFunction;</mo>, the total spacing (lspace+rspace) in expressions such as sinx (where the right operand doesn't start with a fence) should be greater than zero; for <mo>&InvisibleTimes;</mo>, the total spacing should be greater than zero when both operands (or the nearest tokens on either side, if on the baseline) are identifiers displayed in a non-slanted font (i.e.. under the suggested rules, when both operands are multi-character identifiers).

描画ソフトウェアの中には, TeXの描画のように, 添え字(すなわちscriptlevelが0より大きい場合, 3.3.4 書式の変更<mstyle>参照)の中に現れたほとんどの演算子に対して間隔を設けないものもあるでしょう.

Some renderers may wish to use no spacing for most operators appearing in scripts (i.e. when scriptlevel is greater than 0; see 3.3.4 Style Change <mstyle>), as is the case in TeX.

B.3 演算子辞書の内容
Operator dictionary entries

B.3.1 圧縮された表示
Compressed view

form:infix lspace:0 rspace:0
優先度: 160
Priority
invisible separator
優先度: 620
Priority
invisible times
優先度: 660
Priority
\
優先度: 720
Priority
優先度: 880
Priority
function application
優先度: 920
Priority
invisible plus
優先度: 940
Priority
_
form:infix lspace:0 rspace:3
優先度: 140
Priority
;
優先度: 160
Priority
,
優先度: 180
Priority
:
form:infix lspace:3 rspace:3
優先度: 560
Priority
@
優先度: 620
Priority
*, ., ·, ×, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ⨿,
優先度: 640
Priority
%
優先度: 680
Priority
, ,
優先度: 700
Priority
,
優先度: 740
Priority
⫝̸,
優先度: 760
Priority
**
優先度: 800
Priority
<>, ^
優先度: 840
Priority
?
優先度: 900
Priority
, , ,
form:infix lspace:4 rspace:4
優先度: 360
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 380
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 400
Priority
+, -, ±, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 420
Priority
優先度: 600
Priority
&&, , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 680
Priority
/, ÷, , , , , , , , , , , , ,
form:infix lspace:5 rspace:5
優先度: 140
Priority
優先度: 180
Priority
優先度: 220
Priority
->, , , ,
優先度: 240
Priority
//
優先度: 260
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 300
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ⪿, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 320
Priority
!=, *=, +=, -=, /=, :=, <, <=, =, ==, >, >=, |, ||, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ⩿, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 340
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ⤿, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ⥿, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ⬿, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
form:postfix lspace:0 rspace:0
優先度: 100
Priority
,
優先度: 120
Priority
), ], |, ||, }, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 820
Priority
!, !!, %,
優先度: 920
Priority
", &, ', ++, --, ^, _, `, ~, ¨, ¯, °, ², ³, ´, ¸, ¹, ˆ, ˇ, ˉ, ˊ, ˋ, ˍ, ˘, ˙, ˚, ˜, ˝, ˷, ̂, ̑ , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 𞻰, 𞻱
form:prefix lspace:0 rspace:0
優先度: 100
Priority
,
優先度: 120
Priority
(, [, {, |, ||, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 200
Priority
,
優先度: 280
Priority
!, ¬, , , , , , , ,
優先度: 580
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 720
Priority
+, -, ±, , , , ,
優先度: 780
Priority
form:prefix lspace:3 rspace:0
優先度: 780
Priority
, ,
優先度: 860
Priority
, ,
form:prefix lspace:3 rspace:3
優先度: 440
Priority
, , , ,
優先度: 460
Priority
優先度: 480
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
優先度: 500
Priority
, ,
優先度: 520
Priority
, , , , , , , , , , , ⫿
優先度: 540
Priority
,

B.3.2 並び替え可能な表での表示
Sortable Table View

文字
Character
字形
Glyph
名前
Name
form 優先度
priority
lspace rspace 特性
Properties
&#x2018; 左の一重引用符
left single quotation mark
prefix 100 0 0 fence
&#x2019; 右の一重引用符
right single quotation mark
postfix 100 0 0 fence
&#x201C; 左の二重引用符
left double quotation mark
prefix 100 0 0 fence
&#x201D; 右の二重引用符
right double quotation mark
postfix 100 0 0 fence
( ( 左かっこ
left parenthesis
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
) ) 右かっこ
right parenthesis
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
[ [ 左角がっこ
left square bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
] ] 右角がっこ
right square bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
{ { 左波かっこ
left curly bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
| | 縦線
vertical line
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
| | 縦線
vertical line
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
|| || 複数文字の演算子: ||
multiple character operator: ||
prefix 120 0 0 fence
|| || 複数文字の演算子: ||
multiple character operator: ||
postfix 120 0 0 fence
} } 右波かっこ
right curly bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2016; 二重の縦線
double vertical line
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2016; 二重の縦線
double vertical line
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2308; 左上かぎかっこ
left ceiling
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2309; 右上かぎかっこ
right ceiling
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x230A; 左下かぎかっこ
left floor
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x230B; 右下かぎかっこ
right floor
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2329; 左を指す山かっこ
left-pointing angle bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x232A; 右を指す山かっこ
right-pointing angle bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2772; 一本線の左装飾用亀甲かっこ
light left tortoise shell bracket ornament
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2773; 一本線の右装飾用亀甲かっこ
light right tortoise shell bracket ornament
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27E6; 数学用左二重角がっこ
mathematical left white square bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27E7; 数学用右二重角がっこ
mathematical right white square bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27E8; 数学用左山かっこ
mathematical left angle bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27E9; 数学用右山かっこ
mathematical right angle bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27EA; 数学用左二重山かっこ
mathematical left double angle bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27EB; 数学用右二重山かっこ
mathematical right double angle bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27EC; 数学用左二重亀甲かっこ
mathematical left white tortoise shell bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27ED; 数学用右二重亀甲かっこ
mathematical right white tortoise shell bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27EE; 数学用左平らにされたかっこ
mathematical left flattened parenthesis
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x27EF; 数学用右平らにされたかっこ
mathematical right flattened parenthesis
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2980; 三重の縦線区切り文字
triple vertical bar delimiter
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2980; 三重の縦線区切り文字
triple vertical bar delimiter
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2983; 左二重波かっこ
left white curly bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2984; 右二重波かっこ
right white curly bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2985; 左二重かっこ
left white parenthesis
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2986; 右二重かっこ
right white parenthesis
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2987; z表記の左の関係値域のかっこ
z notation left image bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2988; z表記の右の関係値域のかっこ
z notation right image bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2989; z表記の左の束縛のかっこ
z notation left binding bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x298A; z表記の右の束縛のかっこ
z notation right binding bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x298B; 下線付き左角がっこ
left square bracket with underbar
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x298C; 下線付き右角がっこ
right square bracket with underbar
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x298D; 上の角にしるしの付いた左角がっこ
left square bracket with tick in top corner
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x298E; 下の角にしるしの付いた右角がっこ
right square bracket with tick in bottom corner
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x298F; 下の角にしるしの付いた左角がっこ
left square bracket with tick in bottom corner
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2990; 上の角にしるしの付いた右角がっこ
right square bracket with tick in top corner
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2991; 点付き左山かっこ
left angle bracket with dot
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2992; 点付き右山かっこ
right angle bracket with dot
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2993; 左の弧と小なりかっこ
left arc less-than bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2994; 右の弧と大なりかっこ
right arc greater-than bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2995; 二重の左の弧と大なりかっこ
double left arc greater-than bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2996; 二重の右の弧と小なりかっこ
double right arc less-than bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2997; 左の黒の亀甲かっこ
left black tortoise shell bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2998; 右の黒の亀甲かっこ
right black tortoise shell bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2999; 点線のかっこ
dotted fence
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x2999; 点線のかっこ
dotted fence
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x29D8; 左の波線のかっこ
left wiggly fence
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x29D9; 右の波線のかっこ
right wiggly fence
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x29DA; 左の二重波線のかっこ
left double wiggly fence
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x29DB; 右の二重波線のかっこ
right double wiggly fence
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x29FC; 左を指す曲線の山かっこ
left-pointing curved angle bracket
prefix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
&#x29FD; 右を指す曲線の山かっこ
right-pointing curved angle bracket
postfix 120 0 0 fence, stretchy, symmetric
; ; セミコロン
semicolon
infix 140 0 3 separator, linebreakstyle=after
&#x2981; z表記の点
z notation spot
infix 140 5 5
, , コンマ
comma
infix 160 0 3 separator, linebreakstyle=after
&#x2063; 見えない区切り記号
invisible separator
infix 160 0 0 separator, linebreakstyle=after
: : コロン
colon
infix 180 0 3
&#x2982; z表記の型コロン
z notation type colon
infix 180 5 5
&#x2234; ゆえに
therefore
prefix 200 0 0
&#x2235; なぜなら
because
prefix 200 0 0
-> -> 複数文字の演算子: ->
multiple character operator: ->
infix 220 5 5
&#x22B6; 逆写像
original of
infix 220 5 5
&#x22B7; 写像
image of
infix 220 5 5
&#x22B8; 多重写像
multimap
infix 220 5 5
&#x29F4; 遅延規則
rule-delayed
infix 220 5 5
// // 複数文字の演算子: //
multiple character operator: //
infix 240 5 5
&#x22A2; 右向きの鋲
right tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x22A3; 左向きの鋲
left tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x22A7; 形作る
models
infix 260 5 5
&#x22A8; 正しい
true
infix 260 5 5
&#x22A9; 強制する
forces
infix 260 5 5
&#x22AA; 三重の縦線と右の横線
triple vertical bar right turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x22AB; 二重の縦線と右の二重の横線
double vertical bar double right turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x22AC; 証明しない
does not prove
infix 260 5 5
&#x22AD; 正しくない
not true
infix 260 5 5
&#x22AE; 強制しない
does not force
infix 260 5 5
&#x22AF; 打ち消された二重の縦線と右の二重の横線
negated double vertical bar double right turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x2ADE; 短い左向きの鋲
short left tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x2ADF; 短い下向きの鋲
short down tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE0; 短い上向きの鋲
short up tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE1; sの付いた「垂直」記号
perpendicular with s
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE2; 縦線と右の三重の横線
vertical bar triple right turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE3; 二重の縦線と左の横線
double vertical bar left turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE4; 縦線と左の二重の横線
vertical bar double left turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE5; 二重の縦線と左の二重の横線
double vertical bar double left turnstile
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE6; 二重の縦線と左の線から出る長いダッシュ
long dash from left member of double vertical
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE7; 上線付き短い下向きの鋲
short down tack with overbar
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE8; 下線付き短い上向きの鋲
short up tack with underbar
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AE9; 短い上向きの鋲と短い下向きの鋲
short up tack above short down tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AEA; 二重の下向きの鋲
double down tack
infix 260 5 5
&#x2AEB; 二重の上向きの鋲
double up tack
infix 260 5 5
! ! 感嘆符
exclamation mark
prefix 280 0 0
&#xAC; ¬ 否定記号
not sign
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2200; 任意の
for all
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2203; 存在する
there exists
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2204; 存在しない
there does not exist
prefix 280 0 0
&#x223C; チルダ演算子
tilde operator
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2310; 反転した否定記号
reversed not sign
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2319; ひっくり返った否定記号
turned not sign
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2AEC; 二重線の否定記号
double stroke not sign
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2AED; 反転した二重線の否定記号
reversed double stroke not sign
prefix 280 0 0
&#x2208; 要素である
element of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2209; 要素でない
not an element of
infix 300 5 5
&#x220A; 小さな「要素である」記号
small element of
infix 300 5 5
&#x220B; 要素として含む
contains as member
infix 300 5 5
&#x220C; 要素として含まない
does not contain as member
infix 300 5 5
&#x220D; 小さな「要素として含む」記号
small contains as member
infix 300 5 5
&#x2282; 含まれる
subset of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2283; 含む
superset of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2284; 含まれない
not a subset of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2285; 含まない
not a superset of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2286; 含まれるまたは等しい
subset of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2287; 含むまたは等しい
superset of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2288; 含まれないかつ等しくない
neither a subset of nor equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2289; 含まないかつ等しくない
neither a superset of nor equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x228A; 含まれるが等しくない
subset of with not equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x228B; 含むが等しくない
superset of with not equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x228F; 四角い「写像」記号
square image of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2290; 四角い「逆写像」記号
square original of
infix 300 5 5
&#x2291; 四角い「写像または等しい」記号
square image of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2292; 四角い「逆写像または等しい」記号
square original of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x22B0; 関係の基で先行する
precedes under relation
infix 300 5 5
&#x22B1; 関係の基で次に来る
succeeds under relation
infix 300 5 5
&#x22B2; 正規部分群である
normal subgroup of
infix 300 5 5
&#x22B3; 正規部分群として含む
contains as normal subgroup
infix 300 5 5
&#x22D0; 二重の含まれる
double subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x22D1; 二重の含む
double superset
infix 300 5 5
&#x22E2; 四角い「写像でないまた等しくない」記号
not square image of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x22E3; 四角い「逆写像でないまた等しくない」記号
not square original of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x22E4; 四角い「写像また等しくない」記号
square image of or not equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x22E5; 四角い「逆写像または等しくない」記号
square original of or not equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x22EA; 正規部分群でない
not normal subgroup of
infix 300 5 5
&#x22EB; 正規部分群として含まない
does not contain as normal subgroup
infix 300 5 5
&#x22EC; 正規部分群でないまた等しくない
not normal subgroup of or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x22ED; 正規部分群として含まないまた等しくない
does not contain as normal subgroup or equal
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F2; 長い水平線を持つ「要素である」記号
element of with long horizontal stroke
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F3; 水平線の終端に縦線の付いた「要素である」記号
element of with vertical bar at end of horizontal stroke
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F4; 水平線の終端に縦線の付いた小さい「要素である」記号
small element of with vertical bar at end of horizontal stroke
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F5; 上に点の付いた「要素である」記号
element of with dot above
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F6; 上線付き「要素である」記号
element of with overbar
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F7; 上線付き小さな「要素である」記号
small element of with overbar
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F8; 下線付き「要素である」記号
element of with underbar
infix 300 5 5
&#x22F9; 二重の水平線を持つ「要素である」記号
element of with two horizontal strokes
infix 300 5 5
&#x22FA; 長い水平線を持つ「要素として含む」記号
contains with long horizontal stroke
infix 300 5 5
&#x22FB; 水平線の末端に縦線の付いた「含む」記号
contains with vertical bar at end of horizontal stroke
infix 300 5 5
&#x22FC; 水平線の終端に縦線の付いた小さい「要素として含む」記号
small contains with vertical bar at end of horizontal stroke
infix 300 5 5
&#x22FD; 上線付き「含む」記号
contains with overbar
infix 300 5 5
&#x22FE; 上線付き小さな「含む」記号
small contains with overbar
infix 300 5 5
&#x22FF; z表記のバグ・メンバーシップ
z notation bag membership
infix 300 5 5
&#x2979; 含まれると右向き矢印
subset above rightwards arrow
infix 300 5 5
&#x297A; 含まれるを貫いた左向き矢印
leftwards arrow through subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x297B; 含むと左向き矢印
superset above leftwards arrow
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ABD; 点付き部分集合
subset with dot
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ABE; 点付き「含む」記号
superset with dot
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ABF; ⪿ 下にプラス記号の付いた含まれる
subset with plus sign below
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC0; 下にプラス記号の付いた含む
superset with plus sign below
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC1; 下に乗算記号の付いた含まれる
subset with multiplication sign below
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC2; 下に乗算記号の付いた含む
superset with multiplication sign below
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC3; 上に点の付いた含まれるまたは等しい
subset of or equal to with dot above
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC4; 上に点の付いた含むまたは等しい
superset of or equal to with dot above
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC5; 含まれると等号
subset of above equals sign
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC6; 含むと等号
superset of above equals sign
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC7; 含まれるとチルダ演算子
subset of above tilde operator
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC8; 含むとチルダ演算子
superset of above tilde operator
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AC9; 含まれるとほぼ等しい
subset of above almost equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ACA; 含むとほぼ等しい
superset of above almost equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ACB; 含まれると等しくない
subset of above not equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ACC; 含むと等しくない
superset of above not equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ACD; 四角い左が開いた箱演算子
square left open box operator
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ACE; 四角い右が開いた箱演算子
square right open box operator
infix 300 5 5
&#x2ACF; 閉じた含まれる
closed subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD0; 閉じた含む
closed superset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD1; 閉じた含まれるまたは等しい
closed subset or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD2; 閉じた含むまたは等しい
closed superset or equal to
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD3; 含まれると含む
subset above superset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD4; 含むと含まれる
superset above subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD5; 含まれると含まれる
subset above subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD6; 含むと含む
superset above superset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD7; 含むとその横の含まれる
superset beside subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD8; 含むとダッシュでつながった含まれる
superset beside and joined by dash with subset
infix 300 5 5
&#x2AD9; 下を向いた要素である
element of opening downwards
infix 300 5 5
!= != 複数文字の演算子: !=
multiple character operator: !=
infix 320 5 5
*= *= 複数文字の演算子: *=
multiple character operator: *=
infix 320 5 5
+= += 複数文字の演算子: +=
multiple character operator: +=
infix 320 5 5
-= -= 複数文字の演算子: -=
multiple character operator: -=
infix 320 5 5
/= /= 複数文字の演算子: /=
multiple character operator: /=
infix 320 5 5
:= := 複数文字の演算子: :=
multiple character operator: :=
infix 320 5 5
&lt; < 小なり記号
less-than sign
infix 320 5 5
&lt;= <= 複数文字の演算子: <=
multiple character operator: <=
infix 320 5 5
= = 等号
equals sign
infix 320 5 5
== == 複数文字の演算子: ==
multiple character operator: ==
infix 320 5 5
> > 大なり記号
greater-than sign
infix 320 5 5
>= >= 複数文字の演算子: >=
multiple character operator: >=
infix 320 5 5
| | 縦線
vertical line
infix 320 5 5 fence
|| || 複数文字の演算子: ||
multiple character operator: ||
infix 320 5 5 fence
&#x221D; 比例
proportional to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2223; 割り切れる
divides
infix 320 5 5
&#x2224; 割り切れない
does not divide
infix 320 5 5
&#x2225; 平行
parallel to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2226; 平行でない
not parallel to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2237; 割合
proportion
infix 320 5 5
&#x2239; 超過
excess
infix 320 5 5
&#x223A; 幾何学的比例
geometric proportion
infix 320 5 5
&#x223B; 相似
homothetic
infix 320 5 5
&#x223C; チルダ演算子
tilde operator
infix 320 5 5
&#x223D; 反転したチルダ
reversed tilde
infix 320 5 5
&#x223E; ひっくり返ったゆったりしたS
inverted lazy s
infix 320 5 5
&#x2241; チルダの否定
not tilde
infix 320 5 5
&#x2242; マイナスとチルダ
minus tilde
infix 320 5 5
&#x2243; 漸近的に等しい
asymptotically equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2244; 漸近的に等しくはない
not asymptotically equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2245; およそ等しい
approximately equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2246; 近似値であるただし等しくはない
approximately but not actually equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2247; およそかつ実際に等しくない
neither approximately nor actually equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2248; ほぼ等しい
almost equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2249; ほぼ等しくはない
not almost equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x224A; ほぼ等しいまたは等しい
almost equal or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x224B; 三重のチルダ
triple tilde
infix 320 5 5
&#x224C; 全て等しい
all equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x224D; 同値である
equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x224E; 幾何学的に同値である
geometrically equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x224F; 相違
difference between
infix 320 5 5
&#x2250; 限りなく近い
approaches the limit
infix 320 5 5
&#x2251; 幾何学的に等しい
geometrically equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2252; およそ等しいまたは写像
approximately equal to or the image of
infix 320 5 5
&#x2253; 写像またはおよそ等しい
image of or approximately equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2254; コロンと等しい
colon equals
infix 320 5 5
&#x2255; 等しいとコロン
equals colon
infix 320 5 5
&#x2256; 等しいの中のリング
ring in equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2257; リングと等しい
ring equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2258; 一致する
corresponds to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2259; 見積もる
estimates
infix 320 5 5
&#x225A; 全ての角が等しい
equiangular to
infix 320 5 5
&#x225B; 星と等しい
star equals
infix 320 5 5
&#x225C; デルタと等しい
delta equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x225D; 定義により等しい
equal to by definition
infix 320 5 5
&#x225E; 測定される
measured by
infix 320 5 5
&#x225F; 疑問符付き等しい
questioned equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2260; 等しくない
not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2261; 同一である
identical to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2262; 同一でない
not identical to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2263; 厳密に同値である
strictly equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2264; 小なりまたは等しい
less-than or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2265; 大なりまたは等しい
greater-than or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2266; 小なりと等しい
less-than over equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2267; 大なりと等しい
greater-than over equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2268; 小なりただし等しくない
less-than but not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2269; 大なりただし等しくない
greater-than but not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x226A; とても小さい
much less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x226B; とても大きい
much greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x226C;
between
infix 320 5 5
&#x226D; 同値でない
not equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x226E; 小なりでない
not less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x226F; 大なりでない
not greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2270; 小なりでないかつ等しくない
neither less-than nor equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2271; 大なりでないかつ等しくない
neither greater-than nor equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2272; 小なりまたは同値である
less-than or equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2273; 大なりまたは同値である
greater-than or equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2274; 小なりでないかつ同値でない
neither less-than nor equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2275; 大なりでないかつ同値でない
neither greater-than nor equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2276; 小なりまたは大なり
less-than or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2277; 大なりまたは小なり
greater-than or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2278; 小さくないかつ大きくない
neither less-than nor greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2279; 大きくないかつ小さくない
neither greater-than nor less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x227A; 先行する
precedes
infix 320 5 5
&#x227B; 次に来る
succeeds
infix 320 5 5
&#x227C; 先行するまたは等しい
precedes or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x227D; 次に来るまたは等しい
succeeds or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x227E; 先行するまたは同値である
precedes or equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x227F; 次に来るまたは同値である
succeeds or equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2280; 先行しない
does not precede
infix 320 5 5
&#x2281; 次に来ない
does not succeed
infix 320 5 5
&#x229C; 円で囲まれた等しい
circled equals
infix 320 5 5
&#x22A6; 主張
assertion
infix 320 5 5
&#x22B4; 正規部分群であるまたは等しい
normal subgroup of or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x22B5; 正規部分群として含むまたは等しい
contains as normal subgroup or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x22C8; 蝶ネクタイ
bowtie
infix 320 5 5
&#x22CD; 反転したチルダと等しい
reversed tilde equals
infix 320 5 5
&#x22D4; 熊手
pitchfork
infix 320 5 5
&#x22D5; 等しいと平行
equal and parallel to
infix 320 5 5
&#x22D6; 点付き小なり
less-than with dot
infix 320 5 5
&#x22D7; 点付き大なり
greater-than with dot
infix 320 5 5
&#x22D8; 非常に小さい
very much less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x22D9; 非常に大きい
very much greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x22DA; 小なりまたは等しいまたは大なり
less-than equal to or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x22DB; 大なりまたは等しいまたは小なり
greater-than equal to or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x22DC; 等しいまたは小なり
equal to or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x22DD; 等しいまたは大なり
equal to or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x22DE; 等しいまたは先行する
equal to or precedes
infix 320 5 5
&#x22DF; 等しいまたは次に来る
equal to or succeeds
infix 320 5 5
&#x22E0; 先行しないまた等しくない
does not precede or equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x22E1; 次に来ないまた等しくない
does not succeed or equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x22E6; 小なりただし同値でない
less-than but not equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x22E7; 大なりただし同値でない
greater-than but not equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x22E8; 先行するただし同値でない
precedes but not equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x22E9; 次に来るただし同値でない
succeeds but not equivalent to
infix 320 5 5
&#x27C2; 垂直
perpendicular
infix 320 5 5
&#x2976; 小なりと左向き矢印
less-than above leftwards arrow
infix 320 5 5
&#x2977; 小なりを貫いた左向き矢印
leftwards arrow through less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2978; 大なりと右向き矢印
greater-than above rightwards arrow
infix 320 5 5
&#x29B6; 円で囲まれた縦線
circled vertical bar
infix 320 5 5
&#x29B7; 円で囲まれた「平行」記号
circled parallel
infix 320 5 5
&#x29B9; 円で囲まれた「垂直」記号
circled perpendicular
infix 320 5 5
&#x29C0; 円で囲まれた小なり
circled less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x29C1; 円で囲まれた大なり
circled greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x29CE; 右向きの三角と左向きの三角
right triangle above left triangle
infix 320 5 5
&#x29CF; 左向きの三角と縦線
left triangle beside vertical bar
infix 320 5 5
&#x29D0; 縦線と右向きの三角
vertical bar beside right triangle
infix 320 5 5
&#x29D1; 左半分が黒い蝶ネクタイ
bowtie with left half black
infix 320 5 5
&#x29D2; 右半分が黒い蝶ネクタイ
bowtie with right half black
infix 320 5 5
&#x29D3; 黒い蝶ネクタイ
black bowtie
infix 320 5 5
&#x29E1; 増加する
increases as
infix 320 5 5
&#x29E3; 等しいと傾いた平行
equals sign and slanted parallel
infix 320 5 5
&#x29E4; 上にチルダの付いた等号と傾いた平行
equals sign and slanted parallel with tilde above
infix 320 5 5
&#x29E5; 同一であると傾いた等しい
identical to and slanted parallel
infix 320 5 5
&#x29E6; グライヒシュタルク
gleich stark
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A66; 下に点の付いた等号
equals sign with dot below
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A67; 上に点の付いた同一である
identical with dot above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A68; 三重の水平線と二重の縦線
triple horizontal bar with double vertical stroke
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A69; 三重の水平線と三重の縦線
triple horizontal bar with triple vertical stroke
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A6A; 上点付きチルダ演算子
tilde operator with dot above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A6B; 右上がりの点々付きチルダ演算子
tilde operator with rising dots
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A6C; 相似マイナス相似
similar minus similar
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A6D; 上に点の付いた合同
congruent with dot above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A6E; アスタリスク付き等しい
equals with asterisk
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A6F; サーカムフレックスアクセント付きほぼ等しい
almost equal to with circumflex accent
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A70; およそ等しいまたは等しい
approximately equal or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A71; 等号とプラス記号
equals sign above plus sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A72; プラス記号と等号
plus sign above equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A73; 等号とチルダ
equals sign above tilde operator
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A74; 二重のコロンと等しい
double colon equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A75; 2つの連続した等号
two consecutive equals signs
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A76; 3つの連続した等号
three consecutive equals signs
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A77; 上に2つの点と下に2つの点の付いた等号
equals sign with two dots above and two dots below
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A78; 上に4つの点の付いた同値
equivalent with four dots above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A79; 内側に円の付いた小なり
less-than with circle inside
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A7A; 内側に円の付いた大なり
greater-than with circle inside
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A7B; 上に疑問符の付いた小なり
less-than with question mark above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A7C; 上に疑問符の付いた大なり
greater-than with question mark above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A7D; 小なりまたは傾いた等しい
less-than or slanted equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A7E; 大なりまたは傾いた等しい
greater-than or slanted equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A7F; ⩿ 内側に点の付いた小なりまたは傾いた等しい
less-than or slanted equal to with dot inside
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A80; 内側に点の付いた大なりまたは傾いた等しい
greater-than or slanted equal to with dot inside
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A81; 上に点の付いた小なりまたは傾いた等しい
less-than or slanted equal to with dot above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A82; 上に点の付いた大なりまたは傾いた等しい
greater-than or slanted equal to with dot above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A83; 右上に点の付いた小なりまたは傾いた等しい
less-than or slanted equal to with dot above right
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A84; 左上に点の付いた大なりまたは傾いた等しい
greater-than or slanted equal to with dot above left
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A85; 小なりまたはおよそ等しい
less-than or approximate
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A86; 大なりまたはおよそ等しい
greater-than or approximate
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A87; 小なりかつ一本線の等しくない
less-than and single-line not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A88; 大なりかつ一本線の等しくない
greater-than and single-line not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A89; 小なりかつ近似値でない
less-than and not approximate
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A8A; 大なりかつ近似値でない
greater-than and not approximate
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A8B; 小なりと二重線の等しいと大なり
less-than above double-line equal above greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A8C; 大なりと二重線の等しいと小なり
greater-than above double-line equal above less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A8D; 小なりと相似または等しい
less-than above similar or equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A8E; 大なりと相似または等しい
greater-than above similar or equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A8F; 小なりと相似と大なり
less-than above similar above greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A90; 大なりと相似と小なり
greater-than above similar above less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A91; 小なりと大なりと二重線の等しい
less-than above greater-than above double-line equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A92; 大なりと小なりと二重線の等しい
greater-than above less-than above double-line equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A93; 小なりと傾いた等しいと大なりと傾いた等しい
less-than above slanted equal above greater-than above slanted equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A94; 大なりと傾いた等しいと小なりと傾いた等しい
greater-than above slanted equal above less-than above slanted equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A95; 傾いた等しいまたは小なり
slanted equal to or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A96; 傾いた等しいまたは大なり
slanted equal to or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A97; 内側に点の付いた傾いた等しいまたは小なり
slanted equal to or less-than with dot inside
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A98; 内側に点の付いた傾いた等しいまたは大なり
slanted equal to or greater-than with dot inside
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A99; 二重線の等しいまたは小なり
double-line equal to or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A9A; 二重線の等しいまたは大なり
double-line equal to or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A9B; 二重線の傾いた等しいまたは小なり
double-line slanted equal to or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A9C; 二重線の傾いた等しいまたは大なり
double-line slanted equal to or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A9D; 相似または小なり
similar or less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A9E; 相似または大なり
similar or greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2A9F; 相似と小なりと等号
similar above less-than above equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA0; 相似と大なりと等号
similar above greater-than above equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA1; 二重の小なり
double nested less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA2; 二重の大なり
double nested greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA3; 下線付き二重の小なり
double nested less-than with underbar
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA4; 大なりと重なった小なり
greater-than overlapping less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA5; 大なりとその横の小なり
greater-than beside less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA6; 曲線で閉じられた小なり
less-than closed by curve
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA7; 曲線で閉じられた大なり
greater-than closed by curve
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA8; 曲線で閉じられた小なりと傾いた等しい
less-than closed by curve above slanted equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AA9; 曲線で閉じられた大なりと傾いた等しい
greater-than closed by curve above slanted equal
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AAA; より小さい
smaller than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AAB; より大きい
larger than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AAC; より小さいまたは等しい
smaller than or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AAD; より大きいまたは等しい
larger than or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AAE; 上にでこぼこの付いた等号
equals sign with bumpy above
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AAF; 先行すると一本線の等号
precedes above single-line equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB0; 次に来ると一本線の等号
succeeds above single-line equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB1; 先行すると一本線の等しくない
precedes above single-line not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB2; 次に来ると一本線の等しくない
succeeds above single-line not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB3; 先行すると等号
precedes above equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB4; 次に来ると等号
succeeds above equals sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB5; 先行すると等しくない
precedes above not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB6; 次に来ると等しくない
succeeds above not equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB7; 先行するとほぼ等しい
precedes above almost equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB8; 次に来るとほぼ等しい
succeeds above almost equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AB9; 先行するとほぼ等しくはない
precedes above not almost equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2ABA; 次に来るとほぼ等しくはない
succeeds above not almost equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2ABB; 二重の先行する
double precedes
infix 320 5 5
&#x2ABC; 二重の次に来る
double succeeds
infix 320 5 5
&#x2ADA; 頭にT字の付いた熊手
pitchfork with tee top
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AEE; 逆向きの打ち消しの斜線付き割りきれない
does not divide with reversed negation slash
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF2; 水平線付き平行
parallel with horizontal stroke
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF3; チルダ演算子付き平行
parallel with tilde operator
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF4; 二項関係の三重の縦線
triple vertical bar binary relation
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF5; 水平線付き三重の縦線
triple vertical bar with horizontal stroke
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF7; 三重の小なり
triple nested less-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF8; 三重の大なり
triple nested greater-than
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AF9; 二重線の傾いた小なりまたは等しい
double-line slanted less-than or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2AFA; 二重線の傾いた大なりまたは等しい
double-line slanted greater-than or equal to
infix 320 5 5
&#x2BD1; 不確実性記号
uncertainty sign
infix 320 5 5
&#x2190; 左向き矢印
leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2191; 上向き矢印
upwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2192; 右向き矢印
rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2193; 下向き矢印
downwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2194; 左右両方を向いた矢印
left right arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2195; 上下両方を向いた矢印
up down arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2196; 北西向き矢印
north west arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2197; 北東向き矢印
north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2198; 南東向き矢印
south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2199; 南西向き矢印
south west arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x219A; 斜線付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x219B; 斜線付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x219C; 左向き波線矢印
leftwards wave arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x219D; 右向き波線矢印
rightwards wave arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x219E; 左向きの先端が2つある矢印
leftwards two headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x219F; 上向きの先端が2つある矢印
upwards two headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A0; 右向きの先端が2つある矢印
rightwards two headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A1; 下向きの先端が2つある矢印
downwards two headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A2; 尾付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A3; 尾付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A4; 縦線から伸びる左向き矢印
leftwards arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A5; 横線から伸びる上向き矢印
upwards arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A6; 縦線から伸びる右向き矢印
rightwards arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A7; 横線から伸びる下向き矢印
downwards arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A8; 土台付き上下両方を向いた矢印
up down arrow with base
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21A9; フック付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with hook
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21AA; フック付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with hook
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21AB; ループ付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with loop
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21AC; ループ付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with loop
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21AD; 左右両方を向いた波線矢印
left right wave arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21AE; 斜線付き左右両方を向いた矢印
left right arrow with stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21AF; 下向きジグザグ矢印
downwards zigzag arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21B0; 左向きの先端が付いた上に向かう矢印
upwards arrow with tip leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21B1; 右向きの先端が付いた上へ向かう矢印
upwards arrow with tip rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21B2; 左向きの先端が付いた下へ向かう矢印
downwards arrow with tip leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21B3; 右向きの先端の付いた下へ向かう矢印
downwards arrow with tip rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21B4; 下向きに折れた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with corner downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21B5; 左向きに折れた下向き矢印
downwards arrow with corner leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21B6; 上半円形の反時計回りの矢印
anticlockwise top semicircle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21B7; 上半円形の反時計回りの矢印
clockwise top semicircle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21B8; 長い横線に向かう北西向き矢印
north west arrow to long bar
infix 340 5 5
&#x21B9; 縦線に向かう左向き矢印とその下の縦線に向かう右向き矢印
leftwards arrow to bar over rightwards arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21BA; 反時計周りの中の空いた円形の矢印
anticlockwise open circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21BB; 時計周りの中の空いた円形の矢印
clockwise open circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21BC; 先端が上半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21BD; 先端が下半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21BE; 先端が右半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21BF; 先端が左半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C0; 先端が上半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C1; 先端が下半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C2; 先端が右半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C3; 先端が左半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C4; 右向き矢印とその下の左向き矢印
rightwards arrow over leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C5; 上向き矢印とその右側の下向き矢印
upwards arrow leftwards of downwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C6; 左向き矢印とその下の右向き矢印
leftwards arrow over rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C7; 左向きの対になった矢印
leftwards paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C8; 上向きの対になった矢印
upwards paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21C9; 右向きの対になった矢印
rightwards paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21CA; 下向きの対になった矢印
downwards paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21CB; 先端が半分の左向き矢印とその下の先端が半分の右向き矢印
leftwards harpoon over rightwards harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21CC; 先端が半分の右向き矢印と先端が半分の左向き矢印
rightwards harpoon over leftwards harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21CD; 斜線付き左向き二重線矢印
leftwards double arrow with stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21CE; 斜線付き左右両方を向いた二重線矢印
left right double arrow with stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21CF; 斜線付き右向き二重線矢印
rightwards double arrow with stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D0; 左向き二重線矢印
leftwards double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D1; 上向き二重線矢印
upwards double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D2; 右向き二重線矢印
rightwards double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D3; 下向き二重線矢印
downwards double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D4; 左右両方を向いた二重線矢印
left right double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D5; 上下両方を向いた二重線矢印
up down double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21D6; 北西向き二重線矢印
north west double arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21D7; 北東向き二重線矢印
north east double arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21D8; 南東向き二重線矢印
south east double arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21D9; 南西向き二重線矢印
south west double arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x21DA; 左向き三重線矢印
leftwards triple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21DB; 右向き三重線矢印
rightwards triple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21DC; 左向きのくねった矢印
leftwards squiggle arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21DD; 右向きのくねった矢印
rightwards squiggle arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21DE; 二重横線付き上向き矢印
upwards arrow with double stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21DF; 二重横線付き下向き矢印
downwards arrow with double stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E0; 左向き点線矢印
leftwards dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E1; 上向き点線矢印
upwards dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E2; 右向き点線矢印
rightwards dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E3; 下向き点線矢印
downwards dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E4; 縦線に向かう左向き矢印
leftwards arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E5; 縦線に向かう右向き矢印
rightwards arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E6; 左向き白い矢印
leftwards white arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E7; 上向き白い矢印
upwards white arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E8; 右向き白い矢印
rightwards white arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21E9; 下向き白い矢印
downwards white arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21EA; 横線から伸びる上向き白い矢印
upwards white arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21EB; 台の上の上向き白い矢印
upwards white arrow on pedestal
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21EC; 台の上の水平線付き上向き白い矢印
upwards white arrow on pedestal with horizontal bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21ED; 台の上の縦線付き上向き白い矢印
upwards white arrow on pedestal with vertical bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21EE; 二重の上向き白い矢印
upwards white double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21EF; 台の上の二重の上向き白い矢印
upwards white double arrow on pedestal
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F0; 壁から出た右向き白い矢印
rightwards white arrow from wall
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F1; 角に向かう北西向き矢印
north west arrow to corner
infix 340 5 5
&#x21F2; 角に向かう南東向き矢印
south east arrow to corner
infix 340 5 5
&#x21F3; 上下両方を向いた白い矢印
up down white arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F4; 小さい円の付いた右向き矢印
right arrow with small circle
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F5; 下向き矢印とその右側の上向き矢印
downwards arrow leftwards of upwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F6; 3つの右向き矢印
three rightwards arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F7; 縦線付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F8; 縦線付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21F9; 縦線付き左右両方を向いた矢印
left right arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21FA; 二重の縦線付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21FB; 二重の縦線付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21FC; 二重の縦線付き左右両方を向いた矢印
left right arrow with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21FD; 先端が中抜きの左向き矢印
leftwards open-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21FE; 先端が中抜きの右向き矢印
rightwards open-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x21FF; 先端が中抜きの左右両方を向いた矢印
left right open-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2301; 電気の矢印
electric arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x237C; 下向きジグザグ矢印付き直角
right angle with downwards zigzag arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x238B; 北西向き矢印付き途切れた円
broken circle with northwest arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2794; 重厚感のある先端が広い幅の右向き矢印
heavy wide-headed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2798; 重厚感のある南東向き矢印
heavy south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2799; 重厚感のある右向き矢印
heavy rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x279A; 重厚感のある北東向き矢印
heavy north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x279B; 製図用の指し示す右向き矢印
drafting point rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x279C; 重厚感のある丸みの付いた右向き矢印
heavy round-tipped rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x279D; 先端が三角の右向き矢印
triangle-headed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x279E; 重厚感のある先端が三角の右向き矢印
heavy triangle-headed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x279F; 破線で先端が三角の右向き矢印
dashed triangle-headed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27A0; 重厚感のある破線で先端が三角の右向き矢印
heavy dashed triangle-headed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27A1; 黒い右向き矢印
black rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27A5; 重厚感のある黒い上から曲がって右に向かう矢印
heavy black curved downwards and rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27A6; 重厚感のある黒い下から曲がって右に向かう矢印
heavy black curved upwards and rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27A7; 潰れた黒い右向き矢印
squat black rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27A8; 重厚感のある凹んだ先端の右向き矢印
heavy concave-pointed black rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27A9; 右に影の付いた白い右向き矢印
right-shaded white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27AA; 左に影の付いた白い右向き矢印
left-shaded white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27AB; 奥に傾いた影付き白い右向き矢印
back-tilted shadowed white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27AC; 手前に傾いた影付き白い右向き矢印
front-tilted shadowed white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27AD; 重厚感のある下に影の付いた白い右向き矢印
heavy lower right-shadowed white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27AE; 重厚感のある上に影の付いた白い右向き矢印
heavy upper right-shadowed white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27AF; 切込みのある下に影の付いた白い右向き矢印
notched lower right-shadowed white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27B1; 切込みのある上に影の付いた白い右向き矢印
notched upper right-shadowed white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27B2; 円で囲まれた重厚感のある白い右向き矢印
circled heavy white rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27B3; 白い矢羽根付き右向き矢印
white-feathered rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27B4; 黒い矢羽根付き南東向き矢印
black-feathered south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27B5; 黒い矢羽根付き右向き矢印
black-feathered rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27B6; 黒い矢羽根付き北東向き矢印
black-feathered north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27B7; 重厚感のある黒い矢羽根付き南東向き矢印
heavy black-feathered south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27B8; 重厚感のある黒い矢羽根付き右向き矢印
heavy black-feathered rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27B9; 重厚感のある黒い矢羽根付き北東向き矢印
heavy black-feathered north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27BA; 端がしずく形の右向き矢印
teardrop-barbed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27BB; 重厚感のあるしずくを貫いた右向き矢印
heavy teardrop-shanked rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27BC; 尾がくさび形の右向き矢印
wedge-tailed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27BD; 重厚感のある尾がくさび形の右向き矢印
heavy wedge-tailed rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27BE; 閉じていない輪郭を描いた右向き矢印
open-outlined rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F0; 上向き四重線矢印
upwards quadruple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F1; 下向き四重線矢印
downwards quadruple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F2; 反時計回りの隙間のある円形矢印
anticlockwise gapped circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27F3; 時計回りの隙間のある円形矢印
clockwise gapped circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x27F4; 円で囲まれたプラス付き右向き矢印
right arrow with circled plus
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F5; 長い左向き矢印
long leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F6; 長い右向き矢印
long rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F7; 長い左右両方を向いた矢印
long left right arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F8; 長い左向き二重線矢印
long leftwards double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27F9; 長い右向き二重線矢印
long rightwards double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27FA; 長い左右両方を向いた二重線矢印
long left right double arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27FB; 縦線から伸びる長い左向き矢印
long leftwards arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27FC; 縦線から伸びる長い右向き矢印
long rightwards arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27FD; 縦線から伸びる長い左向き二重線矢印
long leftwards double arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27FE; 縦線から伸びる長い右向き二重線矢印
long rightwards double arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x27FF; 長い右向きのくねった矢印
long rightwards squiggle arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2900; 縦線付き右向きの先端が2つある矢印
rightwards two-headed arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2901; 二重の縦線付き右向きの先端が2つある矢印
rightwards two-headed arrow with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2902; 縦線付き左向き二重線矢印
leftwards double arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2903; 縦線付き右向き二重線矢印
rightwards double arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2904; 縦線付き左右両方を向いた二重線矢印
left right double arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2905; 縦線から伸びる右向きの先端が2つある矢印
rightwards two-headed arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2906; 縦線から伸びる左向き二重線矢印
leftwards double arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2907; 縦線から伸びる右向き二重線矢印
rightwards double arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2908; 水平線付き下向き矢印
downwards arrow with horizontal stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2909; 水平線付き上向き矢印
upwards arrow with horizontal stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x290A; 上向き三重線矢印
upwards triple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x290B; 下向き三重線矢印
downwards triple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x290C; 二重ダッシュの左向き矢印
leftwards double dash arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x290D; 二重ダッシュの右向き矢印
rightwards double dash arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x290E; 三重ダッシュの左向き矢印
leftwards triple dash arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x290F; 三重ダッシュの右向き矢印
rightwards triple dash arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2910; 先端が2つある三重ダッシュの右向き矢印
rightwards two-headed triple dash arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2911; 点線の右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with dotted stem
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2912; 横線に向かう上向き矢印
upwards arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2913; 横線に向かう下向き矢印
downwards arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2914; 縦線付き尾付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with tail with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2915; 二重の縦線付き尾付き右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with tail with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2916; 尾付き先端が2つある右向き矢印
rightwards two-headed arrow with tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2917; 縦線付き尾付き先端が2つある右向き矢印
rightwards two-headed arrow with tail with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2918; 二重の縦線付き尾付き先端が2つある右向き矢印
rightwards two-headed arrow with tail with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2919; 左向き矢印の尾
leftwards arrow-tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x291A; 右向き矢印の尾
rightwards arrow-tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x291B; 左向き矢印の二重の尾
leftwards double arrow-tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x291C; 右向き矢印の二重の尾
rightwards double arrow-tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x291D; 黒のひし形に伸びる左向き矢印
leftwards arrow to black diamond
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x291E; 黒のひし形に伸びる右向き矢印
rightwards arrow to black diamond
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x291F; 縦線から黒のひし形に伸びる左向き矢印
leftwards arrow from bar to black diamond
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2920; 縦線から黒のひし形に伸びる右向き矢印
rightwards arrow from bar to black diamond
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2921; 北西・南東両方を向いた矢印
north west and south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2922; 北東・南西両方を向いた矢印
north east and south west arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2923; フック付き北西向き矢印
north west arrow with hook
infix 340 5 5
&#x2924; フック付き北東向き矢印
north east arrow with hook
infix 340 5 5
&#x2925; フック付き南東向き矢印
south east arrow with hook
infix 340 5 5
&#x2926; フック付き南西向き矢印
south west arrow with hook
infix 340 5 5
&#x2927; 北西向き矢印と北東向き矢印
north west arrow and north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2928; 北東向き矢印と南東向き矢印
north east arrow and south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2929; 南東向き矢印と南西向き矢印
south east arrow and south west arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x292A; 南西向き矢印と北西向き矢印
south west arrow and north west arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x292B; 右下がりの対角線と交差する右上がりの対角線
rising diagonal crossing falling diagonal
infix 340 5 5
&#x292C; 右上がりの対角線と交差する右下がりの対角線
falling diagonal crossing rising diagonal
infix 340 5 5
&#x292D; 北東向き矢印と交差する南東向き矢印
south east arrow crossing north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x292E; 南東向き矢印と交差する北東向き矢印
north east arrow crossing south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x292F; 北東向き矢印と交差する右下がりの対角線
falling diagonal crossing north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2930; 南東向き矢印と交差する右上がりの対角線
rising diagonal crossing south east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2931; 北西向き矢印と交差する北東向き矢印
north east arrow crossing north west arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2932; 北東向き矢印と交差する北西向き矢印
north west arrow crossing north east arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2933; 直接右を指す波線矢印
wave arrow pointing directly right
infix 340 5 5
&#x2934; 左から曲がって上へ向かう矢印
arrow pointing rightwards then curving upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2935; 左から曲がって下へ向かう矢印
arrow pointing rightwards then curving downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2936; 上から曲がって左に向かう矢印
arrow pointing downwards then curving leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2937; 上から曲がって右に向かう矢印
arrow pointing downwards then curving rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2938; 右側に弧を描いた時計回りの矢印
right-side arc clockwise arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2939; 左側に弧を描いた反時計回りの矢印
left-side arc anticlockwise arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x293A; 上側に弧を描いた反時計回りの矢印
top arc anticlockwise arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x293B; 下側に弧を描いた反時計回りの矢印
bottom arc anticlockwise arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x293C; マイナス付き上側に弧を描いた時計回りの矢印
top arc clockwise arrow with minus
infix 340 5 5
&#x293D; プラス付き上側に弧を描いた反時計回りの矢印
top arc anticlockwise arrow with plus
infix 340 5 5
&#x293E; 右下の半円の時計回りの矢印
lower right semicircular clockwise arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x293F; ⤿ 左下の半円の時計回りの矢印
lower left semicircular anticlockwise arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2940; 反時計周りの閉じた円形の矢印
anticlockwise closed circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2941; 時計周りの閉じた円形の矢印
clockwise closed circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2942; 右向き矢印と短い左向き矢印
rightwards arrow above short leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2943; 左向き矢印と短い右向き矢印
leftwards arrow above short rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2944; 短い右向き矢印と左向き矢印
short rightwards arrow above leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2945; 下にプラスの付いた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with plus below
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2946; 下にプラスの付いた左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with plus below
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2947; xを貫いた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow through x
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2948; 小さい円を貫いた左右両方を向いた矢印
left right arrow through small circle
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2949; 小さい丸から伸びる上向きの先端が2つある矢印
upwards two-headed arrow from small circle
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x294A; 左側の先端が上半分で右側の先端が下半分の両方を向いた矢印
left barb up right barb down harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x294B; 左側の先端が下半分で右側の先端が上半分の両方を向いた矢印
left barb down right barb up harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x294C; 上側の先端が右半分で下側の先端が左半分の両方を向いた矢印
up barb right down barb left harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x294D; 上側の先端が左半分で下側の先端が右半分の両方を向いた矢印
up barb left down barb right harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x294E; 左側の先端が上半分で右側の先端が上半分の両方を向いた矢印
left barb up right barb up harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x294F; 上側の先端が右半分で下側の先端が右半分の両方を向いた矢印
up barb right down barb right harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2950; 左側の先端が下半分で右側の先端が下半分の両方を向いた矢印
left barb down right barb down harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2951; 上側の先端が左半分で下側の先端が左半分の両方を向いた矢印
up barb left down barb left harpoon
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2952; 縦線に向かう先端が上半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb up to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2953; 縦線に向かう先端が上半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb up to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2954; 横線に向かう先端が右半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb right to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2955; 横線に向かう先端が右半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb right to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2956; 縦線に向かう先端が下半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb down to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2957; 縦線に向かう先端が下半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb down to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2958; 横線に向かう先端が左半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb left to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2959; 横線に向かう先端が左半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb left to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x295A; 縦線から伸びる先端が上半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb up from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x295B; 縦線から伸びる先端が上半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb up from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x295C; 横線から伸びる先端が右半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb right from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x295D; 横線から伸びる先端が右半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb right from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x295E; 縦線から伸びる先端が下半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb down from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x295F; 縦線から伸びる先端が下半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb down from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2960; 横線から伸びる先端が左半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb left from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2961; 横線から伸びる先端が左半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb left from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2962; 先端が上半分の左向き矢印とその下の先端が下半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb up above leftwards harpoon with barb down
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2963; 先端が左半分の上向き矢印とその横の先端が右半分の上向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb left beside upwards harpoon with barb right
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2964; 先端が上半分の右向き矢印とその下の先端が下半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb up above rightwards harpoon with barb down
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2965; 先端が左半分の下向き矢印とその横の先端が右半分の下向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb left beside downwards harpoon with barb right
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2966; 先端が上半分の左向き矢印とその下の先端が上半分の右向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb up above rightwards harpoon with barb up
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2967; 先端が下半分の左向き矢印とその下の先端が下半分の右向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb down above rightwards harpoon with barb down
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2968; 先端が上半分の右向き矢印とその下の先端が上半分の左向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb up above leftwards harpoon with barb up
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2969; 先端が下半分の右向き矢印とその下の先端が下半分の左向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb down above leftwards harpoon with barb down
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x296A; 長いダッシュの上の先端が上半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb up above long dash
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x296B; 長いダッシュの下の先端が下半分の左向き矢印
leftwards harpoon with barb down below long dash
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x296C; 長いダッシュの上の先端が上半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb up above long dash
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x296D; 長いダッシュの下の先端が下半分の右向き矢印
rightwards harpoon with barb down below long dash
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x296E; 先端が左半分の上向き矢印とその横の先端が右半分の下向き矢印
upwards harpoon with barb left beside downwards harpoon with barb right
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x296F; 先端が左半分の下向き矢印とその横の先端が右半分の上向き矢印
downwards harpoon with barb left beside upwards harpoon with barb right
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2970; 丸まった先端を持つ右向き二重線矢印
right double arrow with rounded head
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2971; 等号の下の右向き矢印
equals sign above rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2972; チルダ演算子の下の右向き矢印
tilde operator above rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2973; チルダ演算子の上の左向き矢印
leftwards arrow above tilde operator
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2974; チルダ演算子の上の右向き矢印
rightwards arrow above tilde operator
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2975; ほぼ等しい記号の上の右向き矢印
rightwards arrow above almost equal to
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x297C; 左向きの魚の尾の形
left fish tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x297D; 右向きの魚の尾の形
right fish tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x297E; 上向きの魚の尾の形
up fish tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x297F; ⥿ 下向きの魚の尾の形
down fish tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x29DF; 両端の多重写像
double-ended multimap
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B00; 北東向き白い矢印
north east white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B01; 北西向き白い矢印
north west white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B02; 南東向き白い矢印
south east white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B03; 南西向き白い矢印
south west white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B04; 左右両方を向いた白い矢印
left right white arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B05; 左向き黒い矢印
leftwards black arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B06; 上向き黒い矢印
upwards black arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B07; 下向き黒い矢印
downwards black arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B08; 北東向き黒い矢印
north east black arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B09; 北西向き黒い矢印
north west black arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B0A; 南東向き黒い矢印
south east black arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B0B; 南西向き黒い矢印
south west black arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B0C; 左右両方を向いた黒い矢印
left right black arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B0D; 上下両方を向いた黒い矢印
up down black arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B0E; 下向きの先端の付いた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with tip downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B0F; 上向きの先端の付いた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow with tip upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B10; 下向きの先端の付いた左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with tip downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B11; 上向きの先端の付いた左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with tip upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B30; 小さい円の付いた左向き矢印
left arrow with small circle
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B31; 3つの右向き矢印
three leftwards arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B32; 円で囲まれたプラス付き左向き矢印
left arrow with circled plus
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B33; 長い左向きのくねった矢印
long leftwards squiggle arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B34; 縦線付き左向きの先端が2つある矢印
leftwards two-headed arrow with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B35; 二重の縦線付き左向きの先端が2つある矢印
leftwards two-headed arrow with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B36; 縦線から伸びる左向きの先端が2つある矢印
leftwards two-headed arrow from bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B37; 先端が2つある三重ダッシュの左向き矢印
leftwards two-headed triple dash arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B38; 点線の左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with dotted stem
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B39; 縦線付き尾付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with tail with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B3A; 二重の縦線付き尾付き左向き矢印
leftwards arrow with tail with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B3B; 尾付き先端が2つある左向き矢印
leftwards two-headed arrow with tail
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B3C; 縦線付き尾付き先端が2つある左向き矢印
leftwards two-headed arrow with tail with vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B3D; 二重の縦線付き尾付き先端が2つある左向き矢印
leftwards two-headed arrow with tail with double vertical stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B3E; xを貫いた左向き矢印
leftwards arrow through x
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B3F; ⬿ 直接左を指す波線矢印
wave arrow pointing directly left
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B40; 等号の下の左向き矢印
equals sign above leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B41; 反転したチルダ演算子の下の左向き矢印
reverse tilde operator above leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B42; 反転したほぼ等しい記号の上の左向き矢印
leftwards arrow above reverse almost equal to
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B43; 大なりを貫いた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow through greater-than
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B44; 含むを貫いた右向き矢印
rightwards arrow through superset
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B45; 左向き四重線矢印
leftwards quadruple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B46; 右向き四重線矢印
rightwards quadruple arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B47; 反転したチルダ演算子の下の右向き矢印
reverse tilde operator above rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B48; 反転したほぼ等しい記号の上の右向き矢印
rightwards arrow above reverse almost equal to
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B49; チルダ演算子の下の左向き矢印
tilde operator above leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B4A; ほぼ等しい記号の上の左向き矢印
leftwards arrow above almost equal to
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B4B; 反転したチルダ演算子の上の左向き矢印
leftwards arrow above reverse tilde operator
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B4C; 反転したチルダ演算子の上の右向き矢印
rightwards arrow above reverse tilde operator
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B4D; 先端が三角の下向きジグザグ矢印
downwards triangle-headed zigzag arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B4E; 短い傾いた北向き矢印
short slanted north arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B4F; 短い傾いた南向き矢印
short backslanted south arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B5A; 鍵型の先端の付いた傾いた北向き矢印
slanted north arrow with hooked head
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B5B; 鍵型の尾の付いた傾いた南向き矢印
backslanted south arrow with hooked tail
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B5C; 水平の尾の付いた傾いた北向き矢印
slanted north arrow with horizontal tail
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B5D; 水平の尾の付いた傾いた南向き矢印
backslanted south arrow with horizontal tail
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B5E; 下向きから北東向きに折れた矢印
bent arrow pointing downwards then north east
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B5F; 短い下向きから北東向きに折れた矢印
short bent arrow pointing downwards then north east
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B60; 先端が三角の左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B61; 先端が三角の上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B62; 先端が三角の右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B63; 先端が三角の下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B64; 左右両方を向いた先端が三角の矢印
left right triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B65; 上下両方を向いた先端が三角の矢印
up down triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B66; 先端が三角の北西向き矢印
north west triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B67; 先端が三角の北東向き矢印
north east triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B68; 先端が三角の南東向き矢印
south east triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B69; 先端が三角の南西向き矢印
south west triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B6A; 先端が三角で破線の左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B6B; 先端が三角で破線の上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B6C; 先端が三角で破線の右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B6D; 先端が三角で破線の下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed dashed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B6E; 時計周りの先端が三角で中の空いた円形の矢印
clockwise triangle-headed open circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B6F; 反時計周りの先端が三角で中の空いた円形の矢印
anticlockwise triangle-headed open circle arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B70; 縦線に向かう先端が三角の左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B71; 横線に向かう先端が三角の上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B72; 縦線に向かう先端が三角の右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B73; 横線に向かう先端が三角の下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B76; 横線に向かう先端が三角の北西向き矢印
north west triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B77; 横線に向かう先端が三角の北東向き矢印
north east triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B78; 横線に向かう先端が三角の南東向き矢印
south east triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B79; 横線に向かう先端が三角の南西向き矢印
south west triangle-headed arrow to bar
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B7A; 二重の縦線付き先端が三角の左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed arrow with double horizontal stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B7B; 二重の水平線付き先端が三角の上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed arrow with double horizontal stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B7C; 二重の縦線付き先端が三角の右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed arrow with double horizontal stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B7D; 二重の水平線付き先端が三角の下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed arrow with double horizontal stroke
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B80; 先端が三角の左向き矢印とその下の先端が三角の右向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed arrow over rightwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B81; 先端が三角の上向き矢印とその右側の先端が三角の下向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed arrow leftwards of downwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B82; 先端が三角の右向き矢印とその下の先端が三角の左向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed arrow over leftwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B83; 先端が三角の下向き矢印とその右側の先端が三角の上向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed arrow leftwards of upwards triangle-headed arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B84; 先端が三角で対になった左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B85; 先端が三角で対になった上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B86; 先端が三角で対になった右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B87; 先端が三角で対になった下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed paired arrows
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2B88; 黒い円で囲まれた白い左向き矢印
leftwards black circled white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B89; 黒い円で囲まれた白い上向き矢印
upwards black circled white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B8A; 黒い円で囲まれた白い右向き矢印
rightwards black circled white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B8B; 黒い円で囲まれた白い下向き矢印
downwards black circled white arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B8C; 反時計回りで先端が三角の底が右側のU字型矢印
anticlockwise triangle-headed right u-shaped arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B8D; 反時計回りで先端が三角の底が下側のU字型矢印
anticlockwise triangle-headed bottom u-shaped arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B8E; 反時計回りで先端が三角の底が左側のU字型矢印
anticlockwise triangle-headed left u-shaped arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B8F; 反時計回りで先端が三角の底が上側のU字型矢印
anticlockwise triangle-headed top u-shaped arrow
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B94; 半時計回りに一巡する四つ角の矢印
four corner arrows circling anticlockwise
infix 340 5 5
&#x2B95; 右向き黒い矢印
rightwards black arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA0; 頭が三角で長い左向きの先端が付いた下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA1; 頭が三角で長い右向きの先端が付いた下向き矢印
downwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA2; 頭が三角で長い左向きの先端が付いた上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip leftwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA3; 頭が三角で長い右向きの先端が付いた上向き矢印
upwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip rightwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA4; 頭が三角で長い上向きの先端が付いた左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA5; 頭が三角で長い上向きの先端が付いた右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip upwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA6; 頭が三角で長い下向きの先端が付いた左向き矢印
leftwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA7; 頭が三角で長い下向きの先端が付いた右向き矢印
rightwards triangle-headed arrow with long tip downwards
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA8; 黒い上から曲がって左に向かう矢印
black curved downwards and leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BA9; 黒い上から曲がって右に向かう矢印
black curved downwards and rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BAA; 黒い下から曲がって左に向かう矢印
black curved upwards and leftwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BAB; 黒い下から曲がって右に向かう矢印
black curved upwards and rightwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BAC; 黒い右から曲がって上に向かう矢印
black curved leftwards and upwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BAD; 黒い左から曲がって上に向かう矢印
black curved rightwards and upwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BAE; 黒い右から曲がって下に向かう矢印
black curved leftwards and downwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BAF; 黒い左から曲がって下に向かう矢印
black curved rightwards and downwards arrow
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x2BB0; 上から左に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow down left
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB1; 上から右に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow down right
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB2; 下から左に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow up left
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB3; 下から右に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow up right
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB4; 右から上に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow left up
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB5; 左から上に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow right up
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB6; 右から下に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow left down
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB7; 左から下に向かうリボン矢印
ribbon arrow right down
infix 340 5 5
&#x2BB8; 横線から伸びる水平線付き上向き白い矢印
upwards white arrow from bar with horizontal bar
infix 340 5 5 stretchy
&#x222A; 集合和
union
infix 360 4 4
&#x228C; 多重集合
multiset
infix 360 4 4
&#x228D; 多重集合の乗算
multiset multiplication
infix 360 4 4
&#x228E; 多重集合の集合和
multiset union
infix 360 4 4
&#x2294; 四角い「カップ」記号
square cup
infix 360 4 4
&#x22D3; 二重の集合和
double union
infix 360 4 4
&#x2A41; マイナス記号付き集合和
union with minus sign
infix 360 4 4
&#x2A42; 上線付き集合和
union with overbar
infix 360 4 4
&#x2A45; 論理和付き集合和
union with logical or
infix 360 4 4
&#x2A4A; 横の集合和とつながった集合和
union beside and joined with union
infix 360 4 4
&#x2A4C; セリフ付き閉じた集合和
closed union with serifs
infix 360 4 4
&#x2A4F; 二重の四角い集合和
double square union
infix 360 4 4
&#x2229; 集合積
intersection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2293; 四角い「キャップ」記号
square cap
infix 380 4 4
&#x22D2; 二重の集合積
double intersection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A1F; z表記のシーケンシャル合成
z notation schema composition
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A20; z表記のパイピング
z notation schema piping
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A21; z表記のスキーマ・プロジェクション
z notation schema projection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A3E; z表記の関係合成
z notation relational composition
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A40; 点付き集合積
intersection with dot
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A43; 上線付き集合積
intersection with overbar
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A44; 論理積付き集合積
intersection with logical and
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A46; 集合和と集合積
union above intersection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A47; 集合積と集合和
intersection above union
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A48; 集合和と横線と集合積
union above bar above intersection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A49; 集合積と横線と集合和
intersection above bar above union
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A4B; 横の集合積とつながった集合積
intersection beside and joined with intersection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A4D; セリフ付き閉じた集合積
closed intersection with serifs
infix 380 4 4
&#x2A4E; 二重の四角い集合積
double square intersection
infix 380 4 4
&#x2ADB; 線が貫いた集合積
transversal intersection
infix 380 4 4
+ + プラス記号
plus sign
infix 400 4 4
- - ハイフンマイナス
hyphen-minus
infix 400 4 4
&#xB1; ± プラスマイナス記号
plus-minus sign
infix 400 4 4
&#x2212; マイナス記号
minus sign
infix 400 4 4
&#x2213; マイナスプラス記号
minus-or-plus sign
infix 400 4 4
&#x2214; 点とプラス
dot plus
infix 400 4 4
&#x2216; 集合の差
set minus
infix 400 4 4
&#x2228; 論理和
logical or
infix 400 4 4
&#x2238; 点とマイナス
dot minus
infix 400 4 4
&#x2295; 円で囲まれたプラス
circled plus
infix 400 4 4
&#x2296; 円で囲まれたマイナス
circled minus
infix 400 4 4
&#x229D; 円で囲まれたダッシュ
circled dash
infix 400 4 4
&#x229E; 四角で囲まれたプラス
squared plus
infix 400 4 4
&#x229F; 四角で囲まれたマイナス
squared minus
infix 400 4 4
&#x22BD; 否定論理和
nor
infix 400 4 4
&#x22CE; 縮れた論理和
curly logical or
infix 400 4 4
&#x2795; 重厚感のあるプラス記号
heavy plus sign
infix 400 4 4
&#x2796; 重厚感のあるマイナス記号
heavy minus sign
infix 400 4 4
&#x29B8; 円で囲まれた逆の斜線
circled reverse solidus
infix 400 4 4
&#x29C5; 四角で囲まれた右下がりの対角線
squared falling diagonal slash
infix 400 4 4
&#x29F5; 逆の斜線演算子
reverse solidus operator
infix 400 4 4
&#x29F7; 水平線付き逆の斜線
reverse solidus with horizontal stroke
infix 400 4 4
&#x29F9; 大きい逆の斜線
big reverse solidus
infix 400 4 4
&#x29FA; 二重のプラス
double plus
infix 400 4 4
&#x29FB; 三重のプラス
triple plus
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A22; 上の小さい円付きプラス記号
plus sign with small circle above
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A23; 上のサーカムフレックスアクセント付きプラス記号
plus sign with circumflex accent above
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A24; 上のチルダ付きプラス記号
plus sign with tilde above
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A25; 下点付きプラス記号
plus sign with dot below
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A26; 下のチルダ付きプラス記号
plus sign with tilde below
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A27; 下付き2付きプラス記
plus sign with subscript two
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A28; 黒い三角付きプラス記号
plus sign with black triangle
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A29; 上にコンマの付いたマイナス記号
minus sign with comma above
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A2A; 下点付きマイナス記号
minus sign with dot below
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A2B; 右下がりの点々付きマイナス記号
minus sign with falling dots
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A2C; 右上がりの点々付きマイナス記号
minus sign with rising dots
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A2D; 左半円の中のプラス記号
plus sign in left half circle
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A2E; 右半円の中のプラス記号
plus sign in right half circle
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A39; 三角の中のプラス記号
plus sign in triangle
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A3A; 三角の中のマイナス記号
minus sign in triangle
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A52; 上点付き論理和
logical or with dot above
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A54; 二重の論理和
double logical or
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A56; 2つの重なった論理和
two intersecting logical or
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A57; 斜めになった大きな論理和
sloping large or
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A5B; 中心線付き論理和
logical or with middle stem
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A5D; 水平線付き論理和
logical or with horizontal dash
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A61; 下線付き小文字のヴイ
small vee with underbar
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A62; 二重の上線付き論理和
logical or with double overbar
infix 400 4 4
&#x2A63; 二重の下線付き論理和
logical or with double underbar
infix 400 4 4
&#x22BB; 排他的論理和
xor
infix 420 4 4
&#x2211; 配列用の和
n-ary summation
prefix 440 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A0A; モジュロ2加算
modulo two sum
prefix 440 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A0B; 積分付き和
summation with integral
prefix 440 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A1D; 結合
join
prefix 440 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A1E; 大きい左三角演算子
large left triangle operator
prefix 440 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A01; 配列用の円で囲まれたプラス演算子
n-ary circled plus operator
prefix 460 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x222B; 積分
integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x222C; 二重積分
double integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x222D; 三重積分
triple integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x222E; 線積分
contour integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x222F; 面積分
surface integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2230; 体積分
volume integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2231; 時計周りの積分
clockwise integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2232; 時計周りの線積分
clockwise contour integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2233; 反時計周りの線積分
anticlockwise contour integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A0C; 四重積分演算子
quadruple integral operator
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A0D; 有限部分積分
finite part integral
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A0E; 二重の横線付き積分
integral with double stroke
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A0F; 斜線付き積分平均
integral average with slash
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A10; 循環積分
circulation function
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A11; 反時計周りの積分法
anticlockwise integration
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A12; 極の周りを四角く結ぶ線積分
line integration with rectangular path around pole
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A13; 極の周りを半円に結ぶ線積分
line integration with semicircular path around pole
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A14; 極を含まない線積分法
line integration not including the pole
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A15; 点演算子の周りの積分
integral around a point operator
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A16; 四元数積分演算子
quaternion integral operator
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A17; フック付き左向き矢印の付いた積分
integral with leftwards arrow with hook
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A18; 掛ける記号付き積分
integral with times sign
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A19; 集合積付き積分
integral with intersection
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A1A; 集合和付き積分
integral with union
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A1B; 上線付き積分
integral with overbar
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x2A1C; 下線付き積分
integral with underbar
prefix 480 3 3 largeop, symmetric
&#x22C3; 配列用の集合和
n-ary union
prefix 500 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A03; 点付き配列用の集合和演算子
n-ary union operator with dot
prefix 500 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A04; プラス付き配列用の集合和演算子
n-ary union operator with plus
prefix 500 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x22C0; 配列用の論理積
n-ary logical and
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x22C1; 配列用の論理和
n-ary logical or
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x22C2; 配列用の集合積
n-ary intersection
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A00; 配列用の円で囲まれた点の演算子
n-ary circled dot operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A02; 配列用の円で囲まれた掛ける演算子
n-ary circled times operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A05; 配列用四角い集合積演算子
n-ary square intersection operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A06; 配列用の四角い集合和演算子
n-ary square union operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A07; 2つの論理積演算子
two logical and operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A08; 2つの論理和演算子
two logical or operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2A09; 配列用の掛ける演算子
n-ary times operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2AFC; 大きい三重の縦線演算子
large triple vertical bar operator
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2AFF; ⫿ 配列用の白い縦線
n-ary white vertical bar
prefix 520 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x220F; 配列用の積
n-ary product
prefix 540 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
&#x2210; 配列用の直和
n-ary coproduct
prefix 540 3 3 largeop, movablelimits, symmetric
@ @ 単価記号
commercial at
infix 560 3 3
&#x221F; 直角
right angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x2220;
angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x2221; 測定された角
measured angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x2222; 球体の角度
spherical angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x22BE; 弧付き直角
right angle with arc
prefix 580 0 0
&#x22BF; 直角三角形
right triangle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x27C0; 3次元の角
three dimensional angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x299B; 左側が開いた測定された角
measured angle opening left
prefix 580 0 0
&#x299C; 四角付き直角の異体字
right angle variant with square
prefix 580 0 0
&#x299D; 点付き測定された直角
measured right angle with dot
prefix 580 0 0
&#x299E; 内側に点の付いた角
angle with s inside
prefix 580 0 0
&#x299F; 鋭角
acute angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A0; 左向きに開いた球体の角度
spherical angle opening left
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A1; 上向きに開いた球体の角度
spherical angle opening up
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A2; ひっくり返った角
turned angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A3; 反転した角
reversed angle
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A4; 下線付き角
angle with underbar
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A5; 下線付き反転した角
reversed angle with underbar
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A6; 上向きに開いた斜角
oblique angle opening up
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A7; 下向きに開いた斜角
oblique angle opening down
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A8; 右上を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた横向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing up and right
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29A9; 左上を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた横向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing up and left
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29AA; 右下を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた横向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing down and right
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29AB; 左下を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた横向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing down and left
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29AC; 右上を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた縦向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing right and up
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29AD; 左上を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた縦向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing left and up
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29AE; 右下を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた縦向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing right and down
prefix 580 0 0
&#x29AF; 左下を指す矢印で終わる線の付いた縦向きの測定された角
measured angle with open arm ending in arrow pointing left and down
prefix 580 0 0
&amp;&amp; && 複数文字の演算子: &&
multiple character operator: &&
infix 600 4 4
&#x2227; 論理積
logical and
infix 600 4 4
&#x22BC; 否定論理積
nand
infix 600 4 4
&#x22CF; 縮れた論理積
curly logical and
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A51; 上点付き論理積
logical and with dot above
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A53; 二重の論理積
double logical and
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A55; 2つの重なった論理積
two intersecting logical and
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A58; 斜めになった大きな論理積
sloping large and
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A59; 論理積と重なった論理和
logical or overlapping logical and
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A5A; 中心線付き論理積
logical and with middle stem
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A5C; 水平線付き論理積
logical and with horizontal dash
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A5E; 二重の上線付き論理積
logical and with double overbar
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A5F; 下線付き論理積
logical and with underbar
infix 600 4 4
&#x2A60; 二重の下線付き論理積
logical and with double underbar
infix 600 4 4
* * アスタリスク
asterisk
infix 620 3 3
. . 終止符
full stop
infix 620 3 3
&#xB7; · 中点
middle dot
infix 620 3 3
&#xD7; × 乗算記号
multiplication sign
infix 620 3 3
&#x2022; ビュレット
bullet
infix 620 3 3
&#x2043; ハイフンビュレット
hyphen bullet
infix 620 3 3
&#x2062; 見えない掛ける
invisible times
infix 620 0 0
&#x2217; アスタリスク演算子
asterisk operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x2219; ビュレット演算子
bullet operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x2240; リース積
wreath product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2297; 円で囲まれた「掛ける」記号
circled times
infix 620 3 3
&#x2299; 円で囲まれた点演算子
circled dot operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x229B; 円で囲まれたアスタリスク演算子
circled asterisk operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x22A0; 四角で囲まれた「掛ける」記号
squared times
infix 620 3 3
&#x22A1; 四角で囲まれた点の演算子
squared dot operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x22BA; 挿入
intercalate
infix 620 3 3
&#x22C5; 点の演算子
dot operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x22C6; 星の演算子
star operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x22C7; 割ると掛ける
division times
infix 620 3 3
&#x22C9; 左の通常因子の半直積
left normal factor semidirect product
infix 620 3 3
&#x22CA; 右の通常因子の半直積
right normal factor semidirect product
infix 620 3 3
&#x22CB; 左の半直積
left semidirect product
infix 620 3 3
&#x22CC; 右の半直積
right semidirect product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2305; 射影
projective
infix 620 3 3
&#x2306; 投象
perspective
infix 620 3 3
&#x29C6; 四角で囲まれたアスタリスク
squared asterisk
infix 620 3 3
&#x29C8; 四角で囲まれた四角
squared square
infix 620 3 3
&#x29D4; 左半分が黒い掛ける
times with left half black
infix 620 3 3
&#x29D5; 右半分が黒い掛ける
times with right half black
infix 620 3 3
&#x29D6; 白い砂時計
white hourglass
infix 620 3 3
&#x29D7; 黒い砂時計
black hourglass
infix 620 3 3
&#x29E2; シャッフル積
shuffle product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A1D; 結合
join
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A1E; 大きい左三角演算子
large left triangle operator
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A2F; 外積またはバッテンの乗算記号
vector or cross product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A30; 上点付き乗算記号
multiplication sign with dot above
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A31; 下線付き乗算記号
multiplication sign with underbar
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A32; 下が塞がった半直積
semidirect product with bottom closed
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A33; スマッシュ積
smash product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A34; 左半円の中の乗算記号
multiplication sign in left half circle
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A35; 右半円の中の乗算記号
multiplication sign in right half circle
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A36; サーカムフレックスアクセント付き円で囲まれた乗算記号
circled multiplication sign with circumflex accent
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A37; 二重の円の中の乗算記号
multiplication sign in double circle
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A3B; 三角の中の乗算記号
multiplication sign in triangle
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A3C; 内部積
interior product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A3D; 右向きの内部積
righthand interior product
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A3F; ⨿ 混合または直和
amalgamation or coproduct
infix 620 3 3
&#x2A50; セリフ付き閉じた集合和とスマッシュ積
closed union with serifs and smash product
infix 620 3 3
% % パーセント記号
percent sign
infix 640 3 3
\ \ 逆の斜線
reverse solidus
infix 660 0 0
/ / 斜線
solidus
infix 680 4 4
&#xF7; ÷ 除算記号
division sign
infix 680 4 4
&#x2044; 分数の斜線
fraction slash
infix 680 4 4
&#x2215; 除算の斜線
division slash
infix 680 4 4
&#x2236; 割合
ratio
infix 680 4 4
&#x2298; 円で囲まれた除算の斜線
circled division slash
infix 680 4 4
&#x2797; 重厚感のある除算記号
heavy division sign
infix 680 4 4
&#x27CB; 数学用右上がりの対角線
mathematical rising diagonal
infix 680 3 3
&#x27CD; 数学用右下がりの対角線
mathematical falling diagonal
infix 680 3 3
&#x29BC; 円で囲まれた反時計回りに回転した除算記号
circled anticlockwise-rotated division sign
infix 680 4 4
&#x29C4; 四角で囲まれた右上がりの対角線
squared rising diagonal slash
infix 680 4 4
&#x29F6; 上線付き斜線
solidus with overbar
infix 680 4 4
&#x29F8; 大きい斜線
big solidus
infix 680 4 4
&#x2A38; 円で囲まれた除算記号
circled division sign
infix 680 4 4
&#x2AF6; 三重のコロン演算子
triple colon operator
infix 680 4 4
&#x2AFB; 二項関係の三重斜線
triple solidus binary relation
infix 680 4 4
&#x2AFD; 二重斜線の演算子
double solidus operator
infix 680 4 4
&#x2AFE; 白い縦線
white vertical bar
infix 680 3 3
&#x2A64; z表記の領域補制限
z notation domain antirestriction
infix 700 3 3
&#x2A65; z表記の値域補制限
z notation range antirestriction
infix 700 3 3
+ + プラス記号
plus sign
prefix 720 0 0
- - ハイフンマイナス
hyphen-minus
prefix 720 0 0
&#xB1; ± プラスマイナス記号
plus-minus sign
prefix 720 0 0
&#x2201; 補足
complement
prefix 720 0 0
&#x2206; 増加
increment
infix 720 0 0
&#x2212; マイナス記号
minus sign
prefix 720 0 0
&#x2213; マイナスプラス記号
minus-or-plus sign
prefix 720 0 0
&#x2795; 重厚感のあるプラス記号
heavy plus sign
prefix 720 0 0
&#x2796; 重厚感のあるマイナス記号
heavy minus sign
prefix 720 0 0
&#x2ADC; ⫝̸ 従属する
forking
infix 740 3 3
&#x2ADD; 従属しない
nonforking
infix 740 3 3
** ** 複数文字の演算子: **
multiple character operator: **
infix 760 3 3
&#x2145; 二重線の斜体の大文字D
double-struck italic capital d
prefix 780 3 0
&#x2146; 二重線の斜体の小文字d
double-struck italic small d
prefix 780 3 0
&#x2202; 偏微分
partial differential
prefix 780 3 0
&#x2207; ナブラ
nabla
prefix 780 0 0
&lt;> <> 複数文字の演算子: <>
multiple character operator: <>
infix 800 3 3
^ ^ サーカムフレックスアクセント
circumflex accent
infix 800 3 3
! ! 感嘆符
exclamation mark
postfix 820 0 0
!! !! 複数文字の演算子: !!
multiple character operator: !!
postfix 820 0 0
% % パーセント記号
percent sign
postfix 820 0 0
&#x2032; プライム
prime
postfix 820 0 0
? ? 疑問符
question mark
infix 840 3 3
&#x221A; 平方根
square root
prefix 860 3 0
&#x221B; 立方根
cube root
prefix 860 3 0
&#x221C; 四乗根
fourth root
prefix 860 3 0
&#x2061; 関数の適用
function application
infix 880 0 0
&#x2218; リング演算子
ring operator
infix 900 3 3
&#x229A; 円で囲まれたリング演算子
circled ring operator
infix 900 3 3
&#x22C4; ひし形の演算子
diamond operator
infix 900 3 3
&#x29C7; 四角で囲まれた小さい円
squared small circle
infix 900 3 3
" " 引用符
quotation mark
postfix 920 0 0
&amp; & アンパサンド
ampersand
postfix 920 0 0
' ' アポストロフィ
apostrophe
postfix 920 0 0
++ ++ 複数文字の演算子: ++
multiple character operator: ++
postfix 920 0 0
-- -- 複数文字の演算子: --
multiple character operator: --
postfix 920 0 0
^ ^ サーカムフレックスアクセント
circumflex accent
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
_ _ 下線
low line
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
` ` グレーブアクセント
grave accent
postfix 920 0 0
~ ~ チルダ
tilde
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#xA8; ¨ ダイエレシス
diaeresis
postfix 920 0 0
&#xAF; ¯ マクロン
macron
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#xB0; ° 度記号
degree sign
postfix 920 0 0
&#xB2; ² 上付き2
superscript two
postfix 920 0 0
&#xB3; ³ 上付き3
superscript three
postfix 920 0 0
&#xB4; ´ アキュートアクセント
acute accent
postfix 920 0 0
&#xB8; ¸ セディラ
cedilla
postfix 920 0 0
&#xB9; ¹ 上付き1
superscript one
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2C6; ˆ 修飾文字サーカムフレックスアクセント
modifier letter circumflex accent
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2C7; ˇ キャロン
caron
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2C9; ˉ 修飾文字マクロン
modifier letter macron
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2CA; ˊ 修飾文字アキュートアクセント
modifier letter acute accent
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2CB; ˋ 修飾文字グレーブアクセント
modifier letter grave accent
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2CD; ˍ 修飾文字下側のマクロン
modifier letter low macron
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2D8; ˘ ブリーブ
breve
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2D9; ˙ 上の点
dot above
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2DA; ˚ 上の丸
ring above
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2DC; ˜ 小さいチルダ
small tilde
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2DD; ˝ ダブルアキュートアクセント
double acute accent
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2F7; ˷ 修飾文字下側のチルダ
modifier letter low tilde
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x302; ̂ 合成用サーカムフレックスアクセント
combining circumflex accent
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x311; ̑ 合成用ひっくり返ったブリーブ
combining inverted breve
postfix 920 0 0
&#x201A; 下側の一重引用符
single low-9 quotation mark
postfix 920 0 0
&#x201B; 上側の反転した一重引用符
single high-reversed-9 quotation mark
postfix 920 0 0
&#x201E; 下側の二重引用符
double low-9 quotation mark
postfix 920 0 0
&#x201F; 上側の反転した二重引用符
double high-reversed-9 quotation mark
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2033; 二重のプライム
double prime
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2034; 三重のプライム
triple prime
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2035; 反転したプライム
reversed prime
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2036; 反転した二重のプライム
reversed double prime
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2037; 反転した三重のプライム
reversed triple prime
postfix 920 0 0
&#x203E; 上線
overline
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2057; 四重のプライム
quadruple prime
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2064; 見えないプラス
invisible plus
infix 920 0 0
&#x20DB; 文字の上に合成する3つの点
combining three dots above
postfix 920 0 0
&#x20DC; 文字の上に合成する4つの点
combining four dots above
postfix 920 0 0
&#x2322; しかめっ面
frown
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x2323; 笑顔
smile
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23B4; 上角がっこ
top square bracket
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23B5; 下角がっこ
bottom square bracket
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23CD; 平方フィート
square foot
postfix 920 0 0
&#x23DC; 上かっこ
top parenthesis
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23DD; 下かっこ
bottom parenthesis
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23DE; 上波かっこ
top curly bracket
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23DF; 下波かっこ
bottom curly bracket
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23E0; 上亀甲かっこ
top tortoise shell bracket
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x23E1; 下亀甲かっこ
bottom tortoise shell bracket
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x1EEF0; 𞻰 アラビア文字の数学演算子連結線付きミームとハー
arabic mathematical operator meem with hah with tatweel
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
&#x1EEF1; 𞻱 アラビア文字の数学演算子ハーとダール
arabic mathematical operator hah with dal
postfix 920 0 0 stretchy
_ _ 下線
low line
infix 940 0 0

C. MathMLアクセシビリティ
MathML Accessibility

C.1 Introduction

As an essential element of the Open Web Platform, the W3C MathML specification has the unprecedented potential to enable content authors and developers to incorporate mathematical expressions on the web in such a way that the underlying structural and semantic information can be exposed to other technologies. Enabling this information exposure is foundational for accessibility, as well as providing a path for making digital mathematics content machine readable, searchable and reusable

The internationally accepted standards and underpinning principles for creating accessible digital content on the web can be found in the W3C's Web Content Accessibility Guidelines [WCAG21]. In extending these principles to digital content containing mathematical information, WCAG provides a useful framework for defining accessibility wherever MathML is used.

As the current WCAG guidelines provide no direct guidance on how to ensure mathematical content encoded as MathML will be accessible to users with disabilities, this specification defines how to apply these guidelines to digital content containing MathML.

A benefit of following these recommendations is that it helps to ensure that digital mathematics content meets the accessibility requirements already widely used around the world for web content. In addition, ensuring that digital mathematics materials are accessible will expand the readership of such content to both readers with and without disabilities.

Additional guidance on best practices will be developed over time in [MathML-Notes]. Placing these in Notes allows them to adapt and evolve independent of the MathML specification, since accessibility practices often need more frequent updating. The Notes are also intended for use with past, present, and future versions of MathML, in addition to considerations for both the MathML-Core and the full MathML specification. The approach of a separate document ensures that the evolution of MathML does not lock accessibility best practices in time, and allows content authors to apply the most recent accessibility practices.

C.2 Accessibility benefits of using MathML

Many of the advances of mathematics in the modern world (i.e., since the late Renaissance) were arguably aided by the development of early symbolic notation which continues to be evolved in our present day. While simple literacy text can be used to state underlying mathematical concepts, symbolic notation provides a succinct method of representing abstract mathematical constructs in a portable manner which can be more easily consumed, manipulated and understood by humans and machines. Mathematics notation is itself a language intended for more than just visual rendering, inspection and manipulation, as it is also intended to express the underlying meaning of the author. These characteristics of mathematical notation have in turn a direct connection to mathematics accessibility.

Accessibility has been a purposeful consideration from the very beginning of the MathML specification, as alluded to in the 1998 MathML 1.0 specification. This understanding is further reflected in the very first version of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG 1.0, W3C Recommendation 5-May-1999), which mentions the use of MathML as a suggested technique to comply with Checkpoint 3.1, "When an appropriate markup language exists, use markup rather than images to convey information," by including the example technique to "use MathML to mark up mathematical equations..." It is also worth noting, that under the discussion of WCAG 1.0 Guideline 3, "Use markup and style sheets and do so properly," that the editors have included the admonition that "content developers must not sacrifice appropriate markup because a certain browser or assistive technology does not process it correctly." Now some 20 years after the publication of the original WCAG recommendation, we still struggle with the fact that many content developers have been slow to adopt MathML due to those very reasons. However, with the publication of MathML 4.0, the accessibility community is hopeful of what the future will bring for widespread mathematics accessibility on the web.

Using MathML in digital content extends the potential to support a wide array of accessibility use cases. We discuss these below.

Auditory output. Technological means of providing dynamic text-to-speech output for mathematical expressions precedes the origins of MathML, and this use case has had an impact on shaping the MathML specification from the beginning. Beyond simply generating spoken text strings, the use of audio cues such as changes in spoken pitch to help provide an auditory analog of two-dimensional visual structure has been found useful. Other audio applications have included other types of audio cues such as binaural spatialization, earcons, and spearcons to help disambiguate mathematical expressions rendered by synthetic speech. MathML provides a level of robust information about the structure and syntax of mathematical expressions to enable these techniques. It is also important to note that the ability to create extensive sets of automated speech rules used by MathML-aware TTS tools provide for virtually infinite portability of math speech to the various human spoken languages (e.g., internationalization), as well as different styles of spoken math (e.g., ClearSpeak, MathSpeak, SimpleSpeak, etc.). In the future, this could provide even more types of speech rules, such as when an educational assessment needs to apply a more restrictive reading so as not to invalidate the testing construct, or when instructional content aimed at early learners needs to adopt the spoken style used in the classroom for young students.

Braille output. The tactile rendering of mathematical expressions in braille is a very important use case. For someone who is blind, interpreting mathematics through auditory rendering alone is a cognitive taxing experience except for the most basic expressions. And for a deafblind user, auditory renderings are completely inaccessible. Several math braille codes are in common use globally, such as the Nemeth braille code, UEB Technical, German braille mathematics code, French braille mathematics code, etc. Dynamic mathematics braille translators such as Liblouis support translation of MathML content on webpages for individuals who access the web via a refreshable braille display. Thus, using MathML is essential for providing dynamic braille content for mathematics.

Other forms of visual transformation. Synchronized highlighting is a common addition to text-to-speech intended for sighted users. Because MathML provides the ability to parse the underlying tree structure of expressions, individual elements of the expression can be visually highlighted as they are spoken. This enhances the ability of TTS users to stay engaged with the text reading, which can potentially increase comprehension and learning. Even for people visually reading without TTS, visual highlighting within expressions as one navigates a web page using caret browsing can be a useful accessibility feature which MathML can potentially support.

For individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing but are unable to use braille, mathematical equations rendered in MathML can potentially be turned into visually displayed text. Since research has shown that, especially among school-age children with reading impairments, the ability to understand symbolic notation occurring in mathematical expression is much more difficult than reading literary text, enabling this capability could be a useful access technique for this population.

Another potential accessibility scaffold which MathML could provide for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing would be the ability to provide input to automated signing avatars. Automated signing avatar technology which generates American Sign Language has already been applied to elementary level mathematics add citation. Sign languages vary by county (and sometimes locality) and are not simply "word to sign" translations, as sign language has its own grammar, so being able to access the underlying tree structure of mathematical expressions as can be done with MathML will provide the potential for representing expressions in sign language from a digital document dynamically without having to use static prerecorded videos of human signers.

Graphing an equation is a commonly used means of generating a visual output which can aid in comprehending the effects and implications of the underlying mathematical expressions. This is helpful for all people, but can be especially impactful for those with cognitive or learning impairments. Some dynamic graphing utilities (e.g., Desmos and MathTrax) have extended this concept beyond a simple visual line trace, to auditory tracing (e.g., tones which rise and fall in pitch to provide an audio construct of the visual trace) as well as a dynamically generated text description of the visual graph. Using MathML in digital content will provide the potential for developers to apply such automated accessible graphing utilities to their websites.

C.3 Accessibility Guidance

C.3.1 User Agents

C.3.1.1 Accessibility tree

User agents (e.g., web browsers) should leverage information in the MathML expression tree structure to maximize accessibility. Browsers should process MathML into the DOM tree's internal representation, which contains objects representing all the markup's elements and attributes. In general, user agents will expose accessibility information via a platform accessibility service (e.g., an accessibility API), which is passed on to assistive technology applications via the accessibility tree. The accessibility tree should contain accessibility-related information for most MathML elements. Browsers should ensure the accessibility tree generated from the DOM tree retains this information so that Accessibility APIs can provide a representation that can be understood by assistive technologies. However, in compliance with the W3C User Agent Accessibility Guidelines Success Criterion 4.1.4, "If the user agent accessibility API does not provide sufficient information to one or more platform accessibility services, then Document Object Models (DOM), must be made programmatically available to assistive technologies" [UAAG20].

By ensuring that most MathML elements become nodes in the DOM tree, and the resulting accessibility tree, user agents can expose math nodes for keyboard navigation within expressions. This can support important user needs such as the ability to visually highlight elements of an expression and/or speak individual elements as one navigates with arrow keys. This can further support other forms of synchronous navigation, such as individuals using refreshable braille displays along with synthetic speech.

While it is common practice for the accessibility tree to ignore most DOM node elements that are primarily used for visual display purposes, it is important to point out that math expressions often use what appears as visual styling to convey information which can be important for some types of assistive technology applications. For example, omitting the <mspace> element from the accessibility tree will impact the ability to generate a valid math braille representation of expressions on a braille display. Further, when color is expressed in MathML with the mathcolor and mathbackground attributes, these elements need to be included if they are used to express meaning.

The alttext attribute can be used to override standard speech rule processing (e.g., as is often done in standardized assessments). However, there are numerous limitations to this method. For instance, the entire spoken text of the expression must be given in the tag, even if the author is only concerned about one small portion. Further, alttext is limited to plain text, so speech queues such as pausing and pitch changes cannot be included for passing on to speech engines. Also, the alttext attribute has no direct linkage to the MathML tree, so there will be no way to handle synchronized highlighting of the expression, nor will there be a way for users to navigate through an expression.

An early draft of MathML Accessiblity API Mappings 1.0 is available. This specification is intended for user agent developers responsible for MathML accessibility in their product. The goal of this specification is to maximize the accessibility of MathML content by ensuring each assistive technology receives MathML content with the roles, states, and properties it expects. The placing of ARIA labels and aria-labeledby is not appropriate in MathML because this will override braille generation.

C.4 Content Authors

This section considers how to use WCAG to establish requirements for accessible MathML content on the web, using the same four high-level content principles: that content should be perceivable, operable, understandable, and robust. Therefore, this section defines how to apply the conformance criteria defined in WCAG to address qualities unique to digital content containing MathML.

C.4.1 Overarching guidance

C.4.1.1 Always use markup

It is important that MathML be used for marking up all mathematics and linear chemical equation content. This precludes simply using ASCII characters or expression images in HTML (even if alt text is used). Even a single letter variable ideally should be marked up in MathML because it represents a mathematical expression. This way, audio, braille and visual renderings of the variable will be consistent throughout the page.

C.4.1.2 Use intent and arg attributes

MathML's intent and arg attributes has been developed to reduce notational ambiguity which cannot be reliably resolved by assistive technology. This also includes blanks and units, which are covered by the Intent attribute.

C.4.2 Specific Markup Guidance

C.4.2.1 Invisible Operators

Common use of mathematical notation employs several invisible operators whose symbols are not displayed but function as if the visible operator were present. These operators should be marked up in MathML to preserve their meaning as well as to prevent possible ambiguity for users of assistive technology.

Screen readers will not speak anything enclosed in an <mphantom> element; therefore, do not use <mphantom> in combination with an operator to create invisible operators.

Implicit Multiplication: The invisible times operator (&#x2062;) should be used to indicate multiplication whenever the multiplication operator is used tacitly in traditional notation.

Function Application: The "apply function" operator (&#x2061;) should be used to indicate function application.

Invisible Comma: The invisible comma or invisible separator operator (&#x2063;) should be used to semantically separate arguments or indices when commas are omitted.

Implicit Addition: In mixed fractions the invisible plus character (&#x2064;) should be used as an operator between the whole number and its fraction.

C.4.2.2 Proper Grouping of Sub-expressions

It is good practice to group sub-expressions as they would be interpreted mathematically. Properly grouping sub-expressions using <mrow> can improve display by affecting spacing, allows for more intelligent linebreaking and indentation, it can simplify semantic interpretation of presentation elements by screen readers and text-to-speech applications.

C.4.2.3 Spacing

In general, the spacing elements <mspace>, <mphantom>, and <mpadded> should not be used to convey meaning.

C.4.2.4 Numbers

All numeric quantities should be enclosed in an <mn> element. Digit group separators, such as commas, periods, or spaces, should also be included as part of the number and should not be treated as operators.

C.4.2.5 Superscripts and Subscripts

It is important to apply superscripts and subscripts to the appropriate element or sub-expression. It is not correct to apply a superscript or subscript to a closing parenthesis or any other grouping symbol. Important for navigation

C.4.2.6 Elementary Math Notation

Elementary notations have their own layout elements. For long division and stacked expressions use the proper elements such as <mlongdiv> and <mstack> instead of <mtable>.

C.4.2.7 Fill-in-the-Blanks

Blanks in a fill-in-the-blank style of question are often visualized by underlined spaces, empty circles, squares, or other symbols. To indicate a blank, use the intent and arg attributes.

In an interactive electronic environment where the user should fill the blank on the displayed page, JavaScript would typically be used to invoke an editor when the blank is clicked on. To facilitate this, an id should be added to the element to identify it for editing and eventual processing. Additionally, an onclick or similar event trigger should be added. The details depend upon the type of interaction desired, along with the specific JavaScript being used.

C.4.2.8 Tables and Lists

MathML provides built-in support for tables and equation numbering, which complements HTML functionality with lists and tables. In practice, it is not always clear which structural elements should be used. Ideally, a table (either HTML <table> or MathML <mtable>) should be used when information between aligned rows or columns are semantically related. In other cases, such as ordinary problem numbering or information presented in an ordered sequence, an HTML ordered list <ol>; is more appropriate.

Choosing between <table> and <mtable> may require some forethought in how best to meet the usability needs of the intended audience and purpose of the table content. HTML structural elements are advantageous because screen readers provide more robust table navigation, whereas the user may only "enter" or "exit" an <mtable> in a MathML island. However, the <mtable> element is useful because it can be tweaked easily for visual alignment without creating new table cells, which can improve reading flow for the user. However, <mtable> should still be used for matrices and other table-like math layouts.

C.4.2.9 Natural-language Mathematics

Instructional content for young learners may sometimes use the written form of math symbols. For example, the multiplication sign × might be written as times or multiplied by. Because times and multiplied by are ordinary words, speech engines will not have an issue reading them. However, in some cases, there may be a use-case for including these terms in MathML. For instance, the word times in x = 2 times a could be marked up as an operator by means of <mo>times</mo>.

D. 適合
Conformance

規範でないと記述された節と同様に, この仕様書の公認されたガイドライン, 図, 例, 注意は全て規範ではありません. この仕様書のそれら以外は規範です.

As well as sections marked as non-normative, all authoring guidelines, diagrams, examples, and notes in this specification are non-normative. Everything else in this specification is normative.

この文書の鍵となる用語してもよいです(MAY), しなければなりません(MUST), すべきです(SHOULD), すべきではありません(SHOULD NOT)は, ここで示されているように下線付きで(訳注:原文では"全て大文字で")現れた場合, BCP 14[RFC2119] [RFC8174]で述べられているように解釈されます.

The key words MAY, MUST, SHOULD, and SHOULD NOT in this document are to be interpreted as described in BCP 14 [RFC2119] [RFC8174] when, and only when, they appear in all capitals, as shown here.

情報は最近, 一般にソフトウェアによって生み出され, 処理され, 描画さてれています. インターネットの急成長は, 自動で情報を検索したり, 分類したり, 相互に通信したりする進歩したシステムの開発をたきつけています. 加えて, ウェブサービスの数が増えてきており, 中には資料や活動に技術的に基づくことを提案しているものもあります. したがって, MathMLは, 機械の助けを借りるか, 単にとても深い集中によって, 人の手で書かれたり, 人に読まれたりしてきたとはいえ, MathMLの将来はソフトウェアでそれらを処理することが広く可能になっていきます.

Information nowadays is commonly generated, processed and rendered by software tools. The exponential growth of the Web is fueling the development of advanced systems for automatically searching, categorizing, and interconnecting information. In addition, there are increasing numbers of Web services, some of which offer technically based materials and activities. Thus, although MathML can be written by hand and read by humans, whether machine-aided or just with much concentration, the future of MathML is largely tied to the ability to process it with software tools.

たくさんの別々の種類のMathML処理プログラムがあります. MathMLの式を書く編集ツール, 他のコードへ変換またはコードから変換するソフトウェア, MathMLの式を確認する検証ツール, MathMLの式を評価, 操作, 比較する計算プログラム, 数学表記の視覚的, 聴覚的, 触覚的表現を提供する表現プログラムがあります. MathMLに対応することが何を意味するかは, ソフトウェアによって大きく異なります. 例えば, 検証処理プログラムで挙がった問題は, 数式編集ツールで挙がった問題とは大きく違うでしょう.

There are many different kinds of MathML processors: editors for authoring MathML expressions, translators for converting to and from other encodings, validators for checking MathML expressions, computation engines that evaluate, manipulate, or compare MathML expressions, and rendering engines that produce visual, aural, or tactile representations of mathematical notation. What it means to support MathML varies widely between applications. For example, the issues that arise with a validating parser are very different from those for an equation editor.

この節は, MathMLへの対応のいろいろな種類について説明し, 与えられたソフトウェアでのMathMLへの対応の拡張を明らかにするガイドラインを示しています. 開発者, 利用者, 評価者は, 製品を特徴付けるのにこのガイドラインを利用することを促されます. このガイドラインの背景にある意図は, 数量化できる用語によって正確にMathMLソフトウェアの能力を説明することで, それらのソフトウェアの再利用や使用性を促進することです.

This section gives guidelines that describe different types of MathML support and make clear the extent of MathML support in a given application. Developers, users, and reviewers are encouraged to use these guidelines in characterizing products. The intention behind these guidelines is to facilitate reuse by and interoperability of MathML applications by accurately setting out their capabilities in quantifiable terms.

W3C数学作業部会はMathMLコンプライアンスガイドラインを管理しています. 適合の活動や資料の将来の更新についてはその文書を調べて下さい.

The W3C Math Working Group maintains MathML Compliance Guidelines. Consult this document for future updates on conformance activities and resources.

D.1 MathML適合
MathML Conformance

有効なMathMLの式は, MathML RelaxNGスキーマとこの仕様書で示されている追加の仕様で決められたXMLで構成されています.

A valid MathML expression is an XML construct determined by the MathML RelaxNG Schema together with the additional requirements given in this specification.

“MathML処理プログラム”という言葉を, 有効なMathMLの式を受け入れられるか提供できる何らかのソフトウェアを意味するものとして使用するでしょう. 有効なMathMLの式の受入れと提供の両方を行うMathML処理プログラムは, MathMLを“入出力処理”可能でもよいです. 場合によっては, MathMLを入出力処理するソフトウェアの単純な例は, 修飾なしで新しいファイルにMathMLを書き込む編集ツールでしょう.

We shall use the phrase “a MathML processor” to mean any application that can accept or produce a valid MathML expression. A MathML processor that both accepts and produces valid MathML expressions may be able to “round-trip” MathML. Perhaps the simplest example of an application that might round-trip a MathML expression would be an editor that writes it to a new file without modifications.

MathML適合の3つの形式が指定されています.

Three forms of MathML conformance are specified:

  1. MathML入力適合処理プログラムは, 全ての有効なMathMLの式を受け入れなければなりません. そのプログラムは, 全てのMathMLの式を, ソフトウェアが機能する固有の操作で利用できる, ソフトウェア特有の形式に適切に変換できなければなりません.

    A MathML-input-conformant processor must accept all valid MathML expressions; it should appropriately translate all MathML expressions into application-specific form allowing native application operations to be performed.

  2. MathML出力適合処理プログラムは, 全てのソフトウェア特有のデータを適切に表現する, 有効なMathMLを生成しなければなりません.

    A MathML-output-conformant processor must generate valid MathML, appropriately representing all application-specific data.

  3. MathML入出力処理適合プログラムは, MathMLの等価性を維持しなければなりません. 2つのMathMLの式は, 何らかの関係した状況下で, 何らかのMathML処理プログラムによって, 両方の式が(MathML構文と仕様書で表現されている)同じ解釈を持つ場合に“等価”です. 要素どうしを基にした等価性は, この文書の他のところで論じています.

    A MathML-round-trip-conformant processor must preserve MathML equivalence. Two MathML expressions are “equivalent” if and only if both expressions have the same interpretation (as stated by the MathML Schema and specification) under any relevant circumstances, by any MathML processor. Equivalence on an element-by-element basis is discussed elsewhere in this document.

上の定義の他には, MathML仕様書は個々の処理プログラムに何も要求していません. 開発者の手引きとなるために, MathML仕様書は助言となる資料を含んでいます. 例えば, 3. プレゼンテーションマークアップの至るところに, たくさんの推奨される描画の決まりがあります. しかしながら, 一般に開発者は, 何の種類のMathMLの定義が彼らの特定のソフトウェアに対して有意義であるかについて, 解釈するための広い許容範囲を与えられています.

Beyond the above definitions, the MathML specification makes no demands of individual processors. In order to guide developers, the MathML specification includes advisory material; for example, there are many recommended rendering rules throughout 3. Presentation Markup. However, in general, developers are given wide latitude to interpret what kind of MathML implementation is meaningful for their own particular application.

適合と何が有意義であるかの解釈の間の違いを明確にするために, いくつかの例について考えます.

To clarify the difference between conformance and interpretation of what is meaningful, consider some examples:

  1. MathML入力適合のために, 検証処理プログラムは式を受け入れることのみ必要で, 有効なMathMLである式に対し“true”を返します. 特に, そのプログラムは少しもMathMLの式を描画したり解釈したりする必要はありません.

    In order to be MathML-input-conformant, a validating parser needs only to accept expressions, and return “true” for expressions that are valid MathML. In particular, it need not render or interpret the MathML expressions at all.

  2. MathML数式処理プログラムのコンテントマークアップに基づいた入出力部分は, 全てのプレゼンテーションマークアップを無視することを選ぶかもしれません. その入出力部分が, プレゼンテーションマークアップで構成された式も含め, 全ての有効なMathMLの式を受け入れるならば, そのソフトウェアをMathML入力適合として特徴付けることは技術的に正しいでしょう.

    A MathML computer-algebra interface based on content markup might choose to ignore all presentation markup. Provided the interface accepts all valid MathML expressions including those containing presentation markup, it would be technically correct to characterize the application as MathML-input-conformant.

  3. 数式編集ツールは, 他の形式ではなく, MathMLとして式を出力することを容易にする内部のデータ表現を持っているかもしれません. 編集ツールが有効なMathMLとして単純な式を出力し, 他の形式への変換が失敗したというエラーメッセージを単に表示するならば, その編集ツールはそれでもMathML出力適合です.

    An equation editor might have an internal data representation that makes it easy to export some equations as MathML but not others. If the editor exports the simple equations as valid MathML, and merely displays an error message to the effect that conversion failed for the others, it is still technically MathML-output-conformant.

D.1.1 MathMLのテストツールや検証ツール
MathML Test Suite and Validator

前の例で示したように, 利用しやすいよう, MathML適合の概念は, 言語の部分部分が意味の通るように実装されているかの判断を頻繁に含みます. 単に, 部分部分が適合の定義を尊重する技術的に正しい方法で処理されるということではありません. この概念は, MathMLの部分部分が与えられたソフトウェアによって有意義に定義されるよう, 定量的な説明を示す仕組みを必要としています. この目的に向かって, W3C数学作業部会はテストツールを提供しています.

As the previous examples show, to be useful, the concept of MathML conformance frequently involves a judgment about what parts of the language are meaningfully implemented, as opposed to parts that are merely processed in a technically correct way with respect to the definitions of conformance. This requires some mechanism for giving a quantitative statement about which parts of MathML are meaningfully implemented by a given application. To this end, the W3C Math Working Group has provided a test suite.

テストツールは, マークアップの種類によって特徴付けられた, たくさんの数のMathMLの式や, 検証された主要なMathML要素から成り立っています. テストツールの存在は, 例えば定量的に仮の数式処理システムの入出力部分を特徴付けることができます. その入出力部分は, テストツールのコンテント―マークアップの部分にある全ての式を含めて, 有意義にMathMLコンテントマークアップを実装したMathML入力適合プログラムであると上で述べたものです.

The test suite consists of a large number of MathML expressions categorized by markup category and dominant MathML element being tested. The existence of this test suite makes it possible, for example, to characterize quantitatively the hypothetical computer algebra interface mentioned above by saying that it is a MathML-input-conformant processor which meaningfully implements MathML content markup, including all of the expressions in the content markup section of the test suite.

意義のある理由でMathML仕様書の一部を実装しないことを選んだ開発者は, テストツールの特定の種類の部分を示すことで, 省略した部分を提示することが促されています.

Developers who choose not to implement parts of the MathML specification in a meaningful way are encouraged to itemize the parts they leave out by referring to specific categories in the test suite.

MathML出力適合処理プログラムに対し, MathMLを検証する現在利用可能なソフトウェアの情報は, W3C MathML検証サービスで管理されています. MathML出力適合プログラムの開発者は, 検証サービスを利用してプログラムの出力を確認するよう促されます.

For MathML-output-conformant processors, information about currently available tools to validate MathML is maintained at the W3C MathML Validator. Developers of MathML-output-conformant processors are encouraged to verify their output using this validator.

MathMLソフトウェアの顧客は, MathML仕様書の部分部分がソフトウェアによって実装されているという主張を確認したいと願う場合, その確認の流れの中でテストツールを利用することが促されています.

Customers of MathML applications who wish to verify claims as to which parts of the MathML specification are implemented by an application are encouraged to use the test suites as a part of their decision processes.

D.1.2 非推奨のMathML 1.xとMathML 2.xの機能
Deprecated MathML 1.x and MathML 2.x Features

MathML 3.0は, 現在は非推奨となっている以前のMathMLの機能を含んでいます. 次に示す点で, 非推奨となることが機能として何を意味しているのかを定義し, 非推奨となった機能とMathML適合との間の関係を明らかにします.

MathML 3.0 contains a number of features of earlier MathML which are now deprecated. The following points define what it means for a feature to be deprecated, and clarify the relation between deprecated features and current MathML conformance.

  1. MathML出力適合であるために, MathMLを書き出すソフトウェアは, 非推奨の機能を含むMathMLマークアップを生成しなくてもよいです.

    In order to be MathML-output-conformant, authoring tools may not generate MathML markup containing deprecated features.

  2. MathML入力適合であるために, 描画ソフトウェアや音声読み上げソフトウェアは, ソフトウェアがMathML 1.xまたはMathML 2.xに適合するならば, 非推奨の機能に対応しなければなりません. それらのソフトウェアは, MathML 3.0に適合すると考えられているのなら, 非推奨の機能に対応しなくても良いです. しかしながら, 全てのソフトウェアは可能な限り古い形式に対応するよう促されています.

    In order to be MathML-input-conformant, rendering and reading tools must support deprecated features if they are to be in conformance with MathML 1.x or MathML 2.x. They do not have to support deprecated features to be considered in conformance with MathML 3.0. However, all tools are encouraged to support the old forms as much as possible.

  3. MathML入出力適合であるために, 処理プログラムは, 非推奨の機能を何も含まない式においてMathML等価性を維持することだけが必要です.

    In order to be MathML-round-trip-conformant, a processor need only preserve MathML equivalence on expressions containing no deprecated features.

D.1.3 MathMLの拡張の仕組みと適合
MathML Extension Mechanisms and Conformance

MathML 3.0は3つの基本的な拡張の仕組みを定義しています. まず, mglyph要素は, ユニコード文字でない文字の字形や存在しているユニコード文字の異体字を表示する方法を提供します. また, maction要素は, 実装で指定された変数を利用するのに他の名前空間の属性を利用します. 最後に, コンテントマークアップは, definitionURL属性およびコンテント辞書やcd属性を, 数学の意味の外部定義を指し示すために利用します.

MathML 3.0 defines three basic extension mechanisms: the mglyph element provides a way of displaying glyphs for non-Unicode characters, and glyph variants for existing Unicode characters; the maction element uses attributes from other namespaces to obtain implementation-specific parameters; and content markup makes use of the definitionURL attribute, as well as Content Dictionaries and the cd attribute, to point to external definitions of mathematical semantics.

これらの拡張の仕組みは重要です. なぜなら, これらの仕組みが, 現在明確に指定されたMathML 3.0の範囲を超え, まだ標準化されていない新しい考えを試しに利用するためにMathMLに認められた, 概念をコード化する手法を提供するからです. しかしながら, 新しい考えが定着するにつれ, その考えは将来の標準の一部となってもよいです. 例えば, 現在mglyph要素で表現されなければならないと判明している文字が, 将来ユニコードのコードポイントを割当てられてもよいです. そのときは, 直接ユニコードのコードポイントを用いて文字を表す方が好ましいでしょう. 既にユニコードに移行した文字として, 数学で利用される数百の文字があります.

These extension mechanisms are important because they provide a way of encoding concepts that are beyond the scope of MathML 3.0 as presently explicitly specified, which allows MathML to be used for exploring new ideas not yet susceptible to standardization. However, as new ideas take hold, they may become part of future standards. For example, an emerging character that must be represented by an mglyph element today may be assigned a Unicode code point in the future. At that time, representing the character directly by its Unicode code point would be preferable. This transition into Unicode has already taken place for hundreds of characters used for mathematics.

将来廃れる可能性が, 新しい考えを促進するための, 拡張の仕組みの利用には本質的に伴います. そのため, MathMLは, 代わりの標準的なマークアップが利用可能になったとしても, 拡張の仕組みの利用に影響する適合の必要条件が何も無いように考慮しています. 例えば, mglyph要素を'x'を表現するために利用することは認められています. 同様に, MathML 3.0の拡張の仕組みを利用している文書の管理者は, 関連する標準化の活動(例えば, ユニコード, OpenMath等)を把握し, より標準的なマークアップが利用可能になったときに文書を更新するよう促されています.

Because the possibility of future obsolescence is inherent in the use of extension mechanisms to facilitate the discussion of new ideas, MathML can reasonably make no conformance requirements concerning the use of extension mechanisms, even when alternative standard markup is available. For example, using an mglyph element to represent an 'x' is permitted. However, authors and implementers are strongly encouraged to use standard markup whenever possible. Similarly, maintainers of documents employing MathML 3.0 extension mechanisms are encouraged to monitor relevant standards activity (e.g., Unicode, OpenMath, etc.) and to update documents as more standardized markup becomes available.

D.2 エラーの扱い
Handling of Errors

MathML入力適合ソフトウェアが, 不当な数や種類の, 属性や子要素を持つ1つ以上の要素を含む入力を受け取ったとしても, ソフトウェアは全ての入力を分かりやすい方法で描画しようと試みるべきです. すなわち, 入力のうちの有効な部分は通常どおり描画し, 無効な式の場所に(あたかもmerror要素で囲まれたかのように描画された)エラーメッセージを表示するべきです.

If a MathML-input-conformant application receives input containing one or more elements with an illegal number or type of attributes or child schemata, it should nonetheless attempt to render all the input in an intelligible way, i.e., to render normally those parts of the input that were valid, and to render error messages (rendered as if enclosed in an merror element) in place of invalid expressions.

編集ツールや変換ソフトウェアといったMathML出力適合ソフトウェアは, 入力の中の単独のエラーに対しmerrorの式を出力することを選んでもよいです. この方法は有効であり, おそらく正しくないMathMLを出力するより普通好まれます.

MathML-output-conformant applications such as editors and translators may choose to generate merror expressions to signal errors in their input. This is usually preferable to generating valid, but possibly erroneous, MathML.

D.3 指定されていないデータに対する属性
Attributes for unspecified data

MathML仕様書で述べられているMathML属性は, 良い表現と内容のマークアップをできるようにするためのものです. しかしながら, 全ての利用者が必要としていることをマークアップで対応することは不可能です. 理想を言えば, 利用者が特定の描画ソフトウェアのための特定の属性を加えられるように, MathML属性は制限無しの一覧であるべきです. しかしながら, このことは, 単独のXML DTDや構文では限界があり, 実現できません. このことは標準のDTDの拡張を利用すれば実現できるかもしれませんが, 著者の中には, 標準DTDに厳密な適合を残す限り, 描画ソフトウェア特有の能力の有利な点を持つ, 標準でない属性を利用したいと願う人がいることを言っておきます.

The MathML attributes described in the MathML specification are intended to allow for good presentation and content markup. However it is never possible to cover all users' needs for markup. Ideally, the MathML attributes should be an open-ended list so that users can add specific attributes for specific renderers. However, this cannot be done within the confines of a single XML DTD or in a Schema. Although it can be done using extensions of the standard DTD, say, some authors will wish to use non-standard attributes to take advantage of renderer-specific capabilities while remaining strictly in conformance with the standard DTD.

このことを認めるために, MathML 1.0仕様書数学用マークアップ言語(MathML) 1.0仕様書は, 描画ソフトウェアに特有の情報を渡すためのフック(訳注:処理を割り込ませる仕組み)として利用するための属性otherを全ての要素の中で認めていました. 特に, その属性は, 聴覚表現ソフトウェア, 数式処理システム, 将来のマクロや拡張の仕組みとなる原型の部分に, 情報を渡すフックと考えられていました. この手法への意欲が問題へと向かったのは, 例えば, その言語の一部ではない情報を渡すのに, コメントを広く利用していたポストスクリプトを見てみると, 歴史上の事実です.

To allow this, the MathML 1.0 specification Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) 1.0 Specification allowed the attribute other on all elements, for use as a hook to pass on renderer-specific information. In particular, it was intended as a hook for passing information to audio renderers, computer algebra systems, and for pattern matching in future macro/extension mechanisms. The motivation for this approach to the problem was historical, looking to PostScript, for example, where comments are widely used to pass information that is not part of PostScript.

MathMLの発展の次の期間の間に, 一般的なXML名前空間の仕組みの開発は, other属性の利用を時代遅れのものにしました. MathML 2.0において, MathMLでない属性を特定するのに名前空間の接頭辞の利用が望ましいことから, other属性は非推奨となっています. other属性はMathML 3.0でも非推奨として残っています.

In the next period of evolution of MathML the development of a general XML namespace mechanism seemed to make the use of the other attribute obsolete. In MathML 2.0, the other attribute is deprecated in favor of the use of namespace prefixes to identify non-MathML attributes. The other attribute remains deprecated in MathML 3.0.

例えば, MathML 1.0において, 描画ソフトウェア特有の実装としての追加の情報は, maction要素(3.7.1 式の一部に動作を結び付ける)で利用することが推奨されていました. それらの情報はother属性を利用して渡すべきでした.

For example, in MathML 1.0, it was recommended that if additional information was used in a renderer-specific implementation for the maction element (3.7.1 Bind Action to Sub-Expression), that information should be passed in using the other attribute:

<maction actiontype="highlight" other="color='#ff0000'"> expression </maction>

MathML 2.0 以降は, 他の名前空間のcolor属性を利用すべきでしょう.

From MathML 2.0 onwards, a color attribute from another namespace would be used:

<body xmlns:my="http://www.example.com/MathML/extensions">
  ...
  <maction actiontype="highlight" my:color="#ff0000"> expression </maction>
  ...
</body>

標準でない属性を認めている意図は, ソフトウェア開発者にMathMLの中心となる慣習の裏をかく抜け道として, その属性の利用を進めている訳ではないことに注意して下さい. 著者やソフトウェアは, 標準でない属性を賢明に使用すべきです.

Note that the intent of allowing non-standard attributes is not to encourage software developers to use this as a loophole for circumventing the core conventions for MathML markup. Authors and applications should use non-standard attributes judiciously.

D.4 プライバシーに関する考慮事項
Privacy Considerations

MathMLのウェブプラットフォームでの実装は, [MathMLコア]を実装すべきで, そのため, そこで指定されているプライバシーに関する考慮事項が適用されます.

Web platform implementations of MathML should implement [MathML-Core], and so the Privacy Considerations specified there apply.

D.5 セキュリティに関する考慮事項
Security Considerations

MathMLのウェブプラットフォームでの実装は, [MathMLコア]を実装すべきで, そのため, そこで指定されているセキュリティに関する考慮事項が適用されます.

Web platform implementations of MathML should implement [MathML-Core], and so the Security Considerations specified there apply.

状況によって, MathMLの式はXMLとして処理されることもあります. その場合, [RFC7303]で説明されているように, XML処理のセキュリティに関する考慮事項が適用されます.

In some situations, MathML expressions can be parsed as XML. The security considerations of XML parsing apply then as explained in [RFC7303].

E. コンテントMathML演算子
The Content MathML Operators

The following tables summarize key syntax information about the Content MathML operator elements.

E.1 コンテントMathML構築要素
The Content MathML Constructors

The following table gives the child element syntax for container elements that correspond to constructor symbols. See 4.3.1 Container Markup for details and examples.

The Name of the element is in the first column, and provides a link to the section that describes the constructor.

The Content column gives the child elements that may be contained within the constructor.

Name Content
set ContExp*
list ContExp*
vector ContExp*
matrix ContExp*
matrixrow ContExp*
lambda ContExp
interval ContExp,ContExp
piecewise piece*, otherwise?
piece ContExp,ContExp
otherwise ContExp

E.2 コンテントMathML属性
The Content MathML Attributes

The following table lists the attributes that may be supplied on specific operator elements. In addition, all operator elements allow the CommonAtt and DefEncAtt attributes.

The Name of the element is in the first column, and provides a link to the section that describes the operator.

The Attribute column specifies the name of the attribute that may be supplied on the operator element.

The Values column specifies the values that may be supplied for the attribute specific to the operator element.

Name Attribute Values
tendsto type? string
interval closure? open | closed | open-closed | closed-open
set type? set | multiset | text
list order numeric | lexicographic

E.3 コンテントMathML演算子
The Content MathML Operators

The Name of the element is in the first column, and provides a link to the section that describes the operator.

The Symbol(s) column provides a list of csymbols that may be used to encode the operator, with links to the OpenMath symbols used in the Strict Content MathML Transformation Algorithm.

The Class column specifies the operator class, which indicates how many arguments the operator expects, and may determine the mapping to Strict Content MathML, as described in 4.3.4 Operator Classes.

The Qualifiers column lists the qualifier elements accepted by the operator, either as child elements (for container elements) or as following sibling elements (for empty operator elements).

Name Symbol(s) Class Qualifiers
plus plus nary-arith BvarQ,DomainQ
times times nary-arith BvarQ,DomainQ
gcd gcd nary-arith BvarQ,DomainQ
lcm lcm nary-arith BvarQ,DomainQ
compose left_compose nary-functional BvarQ,DomainQ
and and nary-logical BvarQ,DomainQ
or or nary-logical BvarQ,DomainQ
xor xor nary-logical BvarQ,DomainQ
selector vector_selector, matrix_selector nary-linalg
union union nary-set BvarQ,DomainQ
intersect intersect nary-set BvarQ,DomainQ
cartesianproduct cartesian_product nary-set BvarQ,DomainQ
vector vector nary-constructor BvarQ,DomainQ
matrix matrix nary-constructor BvarQ,DomainQ
matrixrow matrixrow nary-constructor BvarQ,DomainQ
eq eq nary-reln BvarQ,DomainQ
gt gt nary-reln BvarQ,DomainQ
lt lt nary-reln BvarQ,DomainQ
geq geq nary-reln BvarQ,DomainQ
leq leq nary-reln BvarQ,DomainQ
subset subset nary-set-reln
prsubset prsubset nary-set-reln
max max nary-minmax BvarQ,DomainQ
min min nary-minmax BvarQ,DomainQ
mean mean, mean nary-stats BvarQ,DomainQ
median median nary-stats BvarQ,DomainQ
mode mode nary-stats BvarQ,DomainQ
sdev sdev, sdev nary-stats BvarQ,DomainQ
variance variance, variance nary-stats BvarQ,DomainQ
quotient quotient binary-arith
divide divide binary-arith
minus minus unary_minus, minus unary-arith, binary-arith
power power binary-arith
rem remainder binary-arith
root root root unary-arith, binary-arith degree
implies implies binary-logical
equivalent equivalent binary-logical BvarQ,DomainQ
neq neq binary-reln
approx approx binary-reln
factorof factorof binary-reln
tendsto limit binary-reln
vectorproduct vectorproduct binary-linalg
scalarproduct scalarproduct binary-linalg
outerproduct outerproduct binary-linalg
in in binary-set
notin notin binary-set
notsubset notsubset binary-set
notprsubset notprsubset binary-set
setdiff setdiff, setdiff binary-set
not not unary-logical
factorial factorial unary-arith
minus minus unary_minus, minus unary-arith, binary-arith
root root root unary-arith, binary-arith degree
abs abs unary-arith
conjugate conjugate unary-arith
arg argument unary-arith
real real unary-arith
imaginary imaginary unary-arith
floor floor unary-arith
ceiling ceiling unary-arith
exp exp unary-arith
determinant determinant unary-linalg
transpose transpose unary-linalg
inverse inverse unary-functional
ident identity unary-functional
domain domain unary-functional
codomain range unary-functional
image image unary-functional
ln ln unary-functional
card size, size unary-set
sin sin unary-elementary
cos cos unary-elementary
tan tan unary-elementary
sec sec unary-elementary
csc csc unary-elementary
cot cot unary-elementary
arcsin arcsin unary-elementary
arccos arccos unary-elementary
arctan arctan unary-elementary
arcsec arcsec unary-elementary
arccsc arccsc unary-elementary
arccot arccot unary-elementary
sinh sinh unary-elementary
cosh cosh unary-elementary
tanh tanh unary-elementary
sech sech unary-elementary
csch csch unary-elementary
coth coth unary-elementary
arcsinh arcsinh unary-elementary
arccosh arccosh unary-elementary
arctanh arctanh unary-elementary
arcsech arcsech unary-elementary
arccsch arccsch unary-elementary
arccoth arccoth unary-elementary
divergence divergence unary-veccalc
grad grad unary-veccalc
curl curl unary-veccalc
laplacian Laplacian unary-veccalc
moment moment, moment unary-functional degree, momentabout
log log unary-functional logbase
exponentiale e constant-arith
imaginaryi i constant-arith
notanumber NaN constant-arith
true true constant-arith
false false constant-arith
pi pi constant-arith
eulergamma gamma constant-arith
infinity infinity constant-arith
integers Z constant-set
reals R constant-set
rationals Q constant-set
naturalnumbers N constant-set
complexes C constant-set
primes P constant-set
emptyset emptyset, emptyset constant-set
forall forall, implies quantifier BvarQ,DomainQ
exists exists, and quantifier BvarQ,DomainQ
lambda lambda lambda BvarQ,DomainQ
interval interval_cc, interval_oc, interval_co, interval_oo interval
int int defint int
diff diff Differential-Operator
partialdiff partialdiff partialdiffdegree partialdiff
sum sum sum BvarQ,DomainQ
product product product BvarQ,DomainQ
limit limit, both_sides, above, below, null limit lowlimit, condition
piecewise piecewise Constructor
piece piece Constructor
otherwise otherwise Constructor
set set, multiset nary-setlist-constructor BvarQ,DomainQ
list interval_cc, list nary-setlist-constructor BvarQ,DomainQ

F. 厳格なコンテントMathMLへの変換
The Strict Content MathML Transformation

MathML assigns semantics to content markup by defining a mapping to Strict Content MathML. Strict MathML, in turn, is in one-to-one correspondence with OpenMath, and the subset of OpenMath expressions obtained from content MathML expressions in this fashion all have well-defined semantics via the standard OpenMath Content Dictionary set. Consequently, the mapping of arbitrary content MathML expressions to equivalent Strict Content MathML plays a key role in underpinning the meaning of content MathML.

The mapping of arbitrary content MathML into Strict content MathML is defined algorithmically. The algorithm is described below as a collection of rewrite rules applying to specific non-Strict constructions. The individual rewrite transformations are described in the following subsections. The goal of this section is to outline the complete algorithm in one place.

The algorithm is a sequence of nine steps. Each step is applied repeatedly to rewrite the input until no further application is possible. Note that in many programming languages, such as XSLT, the natural implementation is as a recursive algorithm, rather than the multi-pass implementation suggested by the description below. The translation to XSL is straightforward and produces the same eventual Strict Content MathML. However, because the overall structure of the multi-pass algorithm is clearer, that is the formulation given here.

To transform an arbitrary content MathML expression into Strict Content MathML, apply each of the following rules in turn to the input expression until all instances of the target constructs have been eliminated:

  1. Rewrite non-strict bind and eliminate deprecated elements: Change the outer bind tags in binding expressions to apply if they have qualifiers or multiple children. This simplifies the algorithm by allowing the subsequent rules to be applied to non-strict binding expressions without case distinction. Note that the later rules will change the apply elements introduced in this step back to bind elements.

  2. Apply special case rules for idiomatic uses of qualifiers:

    1. Rewrite derivatives with rules Rewrite: diff, Rewrite: nthdiff, and Rewrite: partialdiffdegree to explicate the binding status of the variables involved.

    2. Rewrite integrals with the rules Rewrite: int, Rewrite: defint and Rewrite: defint limits to disambiguate the status of bound and free variables and of the orientation of the range of integration if it is given as a lowlimit/uplimit pair.

    3. Rewrite limits as described in Rewrite: tendsto and Rewrite: limits condition.

    4. Rewrite sums and products as described in 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> and 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/>.

    5. Rewrite roots as described in F.2.5 Roots.

    6. Rewrite logarithms as described in F.2.6 Logarithms.

    7. Rewrite moments as described in F.2.7 Moments.

  3. Rewrite Qualifiers to domainofapplication: These rules rewrite all apply constructions using bvar and qualifiers to those using only the general domainofapplication qualifier.

    1. Intervals: Rewrite qualifiers given as interval and lowlimit/uplimit to intervals of integers via Rewrite: interval qualifier.

    2. Multiple conditions: Rewrite multiple condition qualifiers to a single one by taking their conjunction. The resulting compound condition is then rewritten to domainofapplication according to rule Rewrite: condition.

    3. Multiple domainofapplications: Rewrite multiple domainofapplication qualifiers to a single one by taking the intersection of the specified domains.

  4. Normalize Container Markup:

    1. Rewrite sets and lists by the rule Rewrite: n-ary setlist domainofapplication.

    2. Rewrite interval, vectors, matrices, and matrix rows as described in F.3.1 Intervals, 4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/>. Note any qualifiers will have been rewritten to domainofapplication and will be further rewritten in Step 6.

    3. Rewrite lambda expressions by the rules Rewrite: lambda and Rewrite: lambda domainofapplication.

    4. Rewrite piecewise functions as described in 4.3.10.5 Piecewise declaration <piecewise>, <piece>, <otherwise>.

  5. Apply Special Case Rules for Operators using domainofapplication Qualifiers: This step deals with the special cases for the operators introduced in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures. There are different classes of special cases to be taken into account:

    1. Rewrite min, max, mean and similar n-ary/unary operators by the rules Rewrite: n-ary unary set, Rewrite: n-ary unary domainofapplication and Rewrite: n-ary unary single.

    2. Rewrite the quantifiers forall and exists used with domainofapplication to expressions using implication and conjunction by the rule Rewrite: quantifier.

    3. Rewrite integrals used with a domainofapplication element (with or without a bvar) according to the rules Rewrite: int and Rewrite: defint.

    4. Rewrite sums and products used with a domainofapplication element (with or without a bvar) as described in 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> and 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/>.

  6. Eliminate domainofapplication: At this stage, any apply has at most one domainofapplication child and special cases have been addressed. As domainofapplication is not Strict Content MathML, it is rewritten

    1. into an application of a restricted function via the rule Rewrite: restriction if the apply does not contain a bvar child.

    2. into an application of the predicate_on_list symbol via the rules Rewrite: n-ary relations and Rewrite: n-ary relations bvar if used with a relation.

    3. into a construction with the apply_to_list symbol via the general rule Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication for general n-ary operators.

    4. into a construction using the suchthat symbol from the set1 content dictionary in an apply with bound variables via the Rewrite: apply bvar domainofapplication rule.

  7. Rewrite non-strict token elements:

    1. Rewrite numbers represented as cn elements where the type attribute is one of e-notation, rational, complex-cartesian, complex-polar, constant as strict cn via rules Rewrite: cn sep, Rewrite: cn based_integer and Rewrite: cn constant.

    2. Rewrite any ci, csymbol or cn containing presentation MathML to semantics elements with rules Rewrite: cn presentation mathml and Rewrite: ci presentation mathml and the analogous rule for csymbol.

  8. Rewrite operators: Rewrite any remaining operator defined in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures to a csymbol referencing the symbol identified in the syntax table by the rule Rewrite: element. As noted in the descriptions of each operator element, some require special case rules to determine the proper choice of symbol. Some cases of particular note are:

    1. The order of the arguments for the selector operator must be rewritten, and the symbol depends on the type of the arguments.

    2. The choice of symbol for the minus operator depends on the number of the arguments, minus or minus.

    3. The choice of symbol for some set operators depends on the values of the type of the arguments.

    4. The choice of symbol for some statistical operators depends on the values of the types of the arguments.

  9. Rewrite non-strict attributes:

    1. Rewrite the type attribute: At this point, all elements that accept the type, other than ci and csymbol, should have been rewritten into Strict Content Markup equivalents without type attributes, where type information is reflected in the choice of operator symbol. Now rewrite remaining ci and csymbol elements with a type attribute to a strict expression with semantics according to rules Rewrite: ci type annotation and Rewrite: csymbol type annotation.

    2. Rewrite definitionURL and encoding attributes: If the definitionURL and encoding attributes on a csymbol element can be interpreted as a reference to a content dictionary (see 4.2.3.2 Non-Strict uses of <csymbol> for details), then rewrite to reference the content dictionary by the cd attribute instead.

    3. Rewrite attributes: Rewrite any element with attributes that are not allowed in strict markup to a semantics construction with the element without these attributes as the first child and the attributes in annotation elements by rule Rewrite: attributes.

F.1 厳格でないbindの書き換え
Rewrite non-strict bind

As described in 4.2.6 Bindings and Bound Variables <bind> and <bvar>, the strict form for the bind element does not allow qualifiers, and only allows one non-bvar child element.

Replace the bind tag in each binding expression with apply if it has qualifiers or multiple non-bvar child elements.

This step allows subsequent rules that modify non-strict binding expressions using apply to be used for non-strict binding expressions using bind without the need for a separate case.

Later rules will change these non-strict binding expressions using apply back to strict binding expressions using bind elements.

F.2 慣用的な修飾要素の書き換え
Rewrite idiomatic qualifiers

Apply special case rules for idiomatic uses of qualifiers.

F.2.1 Derivatives

Rewrite derivatives using the rules Rewrite: diff, Rewrite: nthdiff, and Rewrite: partialdiffdegree to make the binding status of the variables explicit.

For a differentiation operator it is crucial to realize that in the expression case, the variable is actually not bound by the differentiation operator.

Rewrite: diff

Translate an expression

<apply><diff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an expression in the variable x to the expression

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">diff</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <ci>E</ci>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

Note that the differentiated function is applied to the variable x making its status as a free variable explicit in strict markup. Thus the strict equivalent of

<apply><diff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>

is

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">diff</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <apply><csymbol cd="transc1">sin</csymbol><ci>x</ci></apply>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

If the bvar element contains a degree element, use the nthdiff symbol.

Rewrite: nthdiff
<apply><diff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci><degree><ci>n</ci></degree></bvar>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an expression in the variable x is translated to the expression

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">nthdiff</csymbol>
    <ci>n</ci>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

For example

<apply><diff/>
  <bvar><degree><cn>2</cn></degree><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><sin/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">nthdiff</csymbol>
    <cn>2</cn>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <apply><csymbol cd="transc1">sin</csymbol><ci>x</ci></apply>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

When applied to a function, the partialdiff element corresponds to the partialdiff symbol from the calculus1 content dictionary. No special rules are necessary as the two arguments of partialdiff translate directly to the two arguments of partialdiff.

Rewrite: partialdiffdegree

If partialdiff is used with an expression and bvar qualifiers it is rewritten to Strict Content MathML using the partialdiffdegree symbol.

<apply><partialdiff/>
  <bvar><ci>x1</ci><degree><ci>n1</ci></degree></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>xk</ci><degree><ci>nk</ci></degree></bvar>
  <degree><ci>total-n1-nk</ci></degree>
  <ci>expression-in-x1-xk</ci>
</apply>

where <ci>expression-in-x1-xk</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variables.

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">partialdiffdegree</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="list1">list</csymbol>
      <ci>n1</ci> <ci>nk</ci>
    </apply>
    <ci>total-n1-nk</ci>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar>
      <bvar><ci>xk</ci></bvar>
      <ci>expression-in-x1-xk</ci>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x1</ci>
  <ci>xk</ci>
</apply>

If any of the bound variables do not use a degree qualifier, <cn>1</cn> should be used in place of the degree. If the original expression did not use the total degree qualifier then the second argument to partialdiffdegree should be the sum of the degrees. For example

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
  <ci>n1</ci> <ci>nk</ci>
</apply>

With this rule, the expression

<apply><partialdiff/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci><degree><ci>n</ci></degree></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci><degree><ci>m</ci></degree></bvar>
  <apply><sin/>
    <apply><times/><ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci></apply>
  </apply>
</apply>

is translated into

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">partialdiffdegree</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="list1">list</csymbol>
      <ci>n</ci><ci>m</ci>
    </apply>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
      <ci>n</ci><ci>m</ci>
    </apply>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
      <apply><csymbol cd="transc1">sin</csymbol>
        <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">times</csymbol>
          <ci>x</ci><ci>y</ci>
        </apply>
      </apply>
    </bind>
    <ci>x</ci>
    <ci>y</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

F.2.2 Integrals

Rewrite integrals using the rules Rewrite: int, Rewrite: defint and Rewrite: defint limits to disambiguate the status of bound and free variables and of the orientation of the range of integration if it is given as a lowlimit/uplimit pair.

As an indefinite integral applied to a function, the int element corresponds to the int symbol from the calculus1 content dictionary. As a definite integral applied to a function, the int element corresponds to the defint symbol from the calculus1 content dictionary.

When no bound variables are present, the translation of an indefinite integral to Strict Content Markup is straight forward. When bound variables are present, the following rule should be used.

Rewrite: int

Translate an indefinite integral, where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s) <ci>x</ci>

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

to the expression

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">int</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

Note that as x is not bound in the original indefinite integral, the integrated function is applied to the variable x making it an explicit free variable in Strict Content Markup expression, even though it is bound in the subterm used as an argument to int.

For instance, the expression

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><cos/><ci>x</ci></apply>
</apply>
has the Strict Content MathML equivalent
<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">int</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <apply><cos/><ci>x</ci></apply>
    </bind>
  </apply>
  <ci>x</ci>
</apply>

For a definite integral without bound variables, the translation is also straightforward.

For instance, the integral of a differential form f over an arbitrary domain C represented as

<apply><int/>
  <domainofapplication><ci>C</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>f</ci>
</apply>

is equivalent to the Strict Content MathML:

<apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">defint</csymbol><ci>C</ci><ci>f</ci></apply>

Note, however, the additional remarks on the translations of other kinds of qualifiers that may be used to specify a domain of integration in the rules for definite integrals following.

When bound variables are present, the situation is more complicated in general, and the following rules are used.

Rewrite: defint

Translate a definite integral, where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s) <ci>x</ci>

<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

to the expression

<apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">defint</csymbol>
  <ci>D</ci>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
  </bind>
</apply>

But the definite integral with a lowlimit/uplimit pair carries the strong intuition that the range of integration is oriented, and thus swapping lower and upper limits will change the sign of the result. To accommodate this, use the following special translation rule:

Rewrite: defint limits
<apply><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><ci>a</ci></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><ci>b</ci></uplimit>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an expression in the variable x is translated to the expression:

<apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">defint</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="interval1">oriented_interval</csymbol>
    <ci>a</ci> <ci>b</ci>
  </apply>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
  </bind>
</apply>

The oriented_interval symbol is also used when translating the interval qualifier, when it is used to specify the domain of integration. Integration is assumed to proceed from the left endpoint to the right endpoint.

The case for multiple integrands is treated analogously.

Note that use of the condition qualifier also requires special treatment. In particular, it extends to multivariate domains by using extra bound variables and a domain corresponding to a cartesian product as in:

<bind><int/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><and/>
      <apply><leq/><cn>0</cn><ci>x</ci></apply>
      <apply><leq/><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
      <apply><leq/><cn>0</cn><ci>y</ci></apply>
      <apply><leq/><ci>y</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><times/>
    <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
    <apply><power/><ci>y</ci><cn>3</cn></apply>
  </apply>
</bind>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="calculus1">defint</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="set1">suchthat</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="set1">cartesianproduct</csymbol>
      <csymbol cd="setname1">R</csymbol>
      <csymbol cd="setname1">R</csymbol>
    </apply>
    <apply><csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol>
      <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">leq</csymbol><cn>0</cn><ci>x</ci></apply>
      <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">leq</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
      <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">leq</csymbol><cn>0</cn><ci>y</ci></apply>
      <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">leq</csymbol><ci>y</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
    </apply>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns11">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <bvar><ci>y</ci></bvar>
      <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">times</csymbol>
        <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">power</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
        <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">power</csymbol><ci>y</ci><cn>3</cn></apply>
      </apply>
    </bind>
  </apply>
</apply>

F.2.3 Limits

Rewrite limits using the rules Rewrite: tendsto and Rewrite: limits condition.

The usage of tendsto to qualify a limit is formally defined by writing the expression in Strict Content MathML via the rule Rewrite: limits condition. The meanings of other more idiomatic uses of tendsto are not formally defined by this specification. When rewriting these cases to Strict Content MathML, tendsto should be rewritten to an annotated identifier as shown below.

Rewrite: tendsto
<tendsto/>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<semantics>
  <ci>tendsto</ci>
  <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Content">
    <tendsto/>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>
Rewrite: limits condition
<apply><limit/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><tendsto/><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </condition>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="limit1">limit</csymbol>
  <cn>0</cn>
  <csymbol cd="limit1">null</csymbol>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
  </bind>
</apply>

where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s), and the choice of symbol, null, depends on the type attribute of the tendsto element as described in 4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/>.

F.2.4 Sums and Products

Rewrite sums and products as described in 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> and 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/>.

When no explicit bound variables are used, no special rules are required to rewrite sums as Strict Content beyond the generic rules for rewriting expressions using qualifiers. However, when bound variables are used, it is necessary to introduce a lambda construction to rewrite the expression in the bound variables as a function.

Content MathML

<apply><sum/>
  <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><cn>100</cn></uplimit>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><ci>i</ci></apply>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">sum</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="interval1">integer_interval</csymbol>
    <cn>0</cn>
    <cn>100</cn>
  </apply>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">power</csymbol><ci>x</ci><ci>i</ci></apply>
  </bind>
</apply>

When no explicit bound variables are used, no special rules are required to rewrite products as Strict Content beyond the generic rules for rewriting expressions using qualifiers. However, when bound variables are used, it is necessary to introduce a lambda construction to rewrite the expression in the bound variables as a function.

Content MathML

<apply><product/>
  <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><cn>0</cn></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><cn>100</cn></uplimit>
  <apply><power/><ci>x</ci><ci>i</ci></apply>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">product</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="interval1">integer_interval</csymbol>
    <cn>0</cn>
    <cn>100</cn>
  </apply>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>i</ci></bvar>
    <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">power</csymbol><ci>x</ci><ci>i</ci></apply>
  </bind>
</apply>

F.2.5 Roots

Rewrite roots as described in F.2.5 Roots.

In Strict Content markup, the root symbol is always used with two arguments, with the second indicating the degree of the root being extracted.

Content MathML

<apply><root/><ci>x</ci></apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">root</csymbol>
  <ci>x</ci>
  <cn type="integer">2</cn>
</apply>

Content MathML

<apply><root/>
  <degree><ci type="integer">n</ci></degree>
  <ci>a</ci>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="arith1">root</csymbol>
  <ci>a</ci>
  <cn type="integer">n</cn>
</apply>

F.2.6 Logarithms

Rewrite logarithms as described in 4.3.7.9 Logarithm <log/> , <logbase>.

When mapping log to Strict Content, one uses the log symbol denoting the function that returns the log of its second argument with respect to the base specified by the first argument. When logbase is present, it determines the base. Otherwise, the default base of 10 must be explicitly provided in Strict markup. See the following example.

<apply><plus/>
  <apply>
    <log/>
    <logbase><cn>2</cn></logbase>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </apply>
  <apply>
    <log/>
    <ci>y</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent:

<apply>
  <csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>
  <apply>
    <csymbol cd="transc1">log</csymbol>
    <cn>2</cn>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </apply>
  <apply>
    <csymbol cd="transc1">log</csymbol>
    <cn>10</cn>
    <ci>y</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

F.2.7 Moments

Rewrite moments as described in 4.3.7.8 Moment <moment/>, <momentabout>.

When rewriting to Strict Markup, the moment symbol from the s_data1 content dictionary is used when the moment element is applied to an explicit list of arguments. When it is applied to a distribution, then the moment symbol from the s_dist1 content dictionary should be used. Both operators take the degree as the first argument, the point as the second, followed by the data set or random variable respectively.

<apply><moment/>
  <degree><cn>3</cn></degree>
  <momentabout><ci>p</ci></momentabout>
  <ci>X</ci>
</apply>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="s_dist1">moment</csymbol>
  <cn>3</cn>
  <ci>p</ci>
  <ci>X</ci>
</apply>

F.3 domainofapplicationへの書き換え
Rewrite to domainofapplication

Rewrite Qualifiers to domainofapplication. These rules rewrite all apply constructions using bvar and qualifiers to those using only the general domainofapplication qualifier.

F.3.1 Intervals

Rewrite qualifiers given as interval and lowlimit/uplimit to intervals of integers via Rewrite: interval qualifier.

Rewrite: interval qualifier
<apply><ci>H</ci>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <lowlimit><ci>a</ci></lowlimit>
  <uplimit><ci>b</ci></uplimit>
  <ci>C</ci>
</apply>
<apply><ci>H</ci>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication>
    <apply><csymbol cd="interval1">interval</csymbol>
      <ci>a</ci>
      <ci>b</ci>
    </apply>
  </domainofapplication>
  <ci>C</ci>
</apply>

The symbol used in this translation depends on the head of the application, denoted by <ci>H</ci> here. By default interval should be used, unless the semantics of the head term can be determined and indicate a more specific interval symbol. In particular, several predefined Content MathML elements should be used with more specific interval symbols. If the head is int then oriented_interval is used. When the head term is sum or product, integer_interval should be used.

The above technique for replacing lowlimit and uplimit qualifiers with a domainofapplication element is also used for replacing the interval qualifier. Note that interval is only interpreted as a qualifier if it immediately follows bvar. In other contexts interval is interpreted as a constructor, F.4.2 Intervals, vectors, matrices.

F.3.2 Multiple conditions

Rewrite multiple condition qualifiers to a single one by taking their conjunction. The resulting compound condition is then rewritten to domainofapplication according to rule Rewrite: condition.

The condition qualifier restricts a bound variable by specifying a Boolean-valued expression on a larger domain, specifying whether a given value is in the restricted domain. The condition element contains a single child that represents the truth condition. Compound conditions are formed by applying Boolean operators such as and in the condition.

Rewrite: condition

To rewrite an expression using the condition qualifier as one using domainofapplication,

<bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar>
<bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
<condition><ci>P</ci></condition>

is rewritten to

<bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar>
<bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
<domainofapplication>
  <apply><csymbol cd="set1">suchthat</csymbol>
    <ci>R</ci>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar>
      <bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
      <ci>P</ci>
    </bind>
  </apply>
</domainofapplication>

If the apply has a domainofapplication (perhaps originally expressed as interval or an uplimit/lowlimit pair) then that is used for <ci>R</ci>. Otherwise <ci>R</ci> is a set determined by the type attribute of the bound variable as specified in 4.2.2.2 Non-Strict uses of <ci>, if that is present. If the type is unspecified, the translation introduces an unspecified domain via content identifier <ci>R</ci>.

F.3.3 Multiple domainofapplications

Rewrite multiple domainofapplication qualifiers to a single one by taking the intersection of the specified domains.

F.4 入れ物マークアップの標準化
Normalize container markup

F.4.1 Sets and Lists

Rewrite sets and lists by the rule Rewrite: n-ary setlist domainofapplication.

The use of set and list follows the same format as other n-ary constructors, however when rewriting to Strict Content MathML a variant of the usual rule is used, since the map symbol implicitly constructs the required set or list, and apply_to_list is not needed in this case.

The elements representing these n-ary operators are specified in the schema pattern nary-setlist-constructor.class.

If the argument list is given explicitly, the Rewrite: element rule applies.

When qualifiers are used to specify the list of arguments, the following rule is used.

Rewrite: n-ary setlist domainofapplication

An expression of the following form, where <set/> is either of the elements set or list and <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s)

<set>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</set>

is rewritten to

<apply><csymbol cd="set1">map</csymbol>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
    <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
  </bind>
  <ci>D</ci>
</apply>

Note that when <ci>D</ci> is already a set or list of the appropriate type for the container element, and the lambda function created from <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is the identity, the entire container element should be rewritten directly as <ci>D</ci>.

In the case of set, the choice of Content Dictionary and symbol depends on the value of the type attribute of the arguments. By default the set symbol is used, but if one of the arguments has type attribute with value multiset, the multiset symbol is used. If there is a type attribute with value other than set or multiset the set symbol should be used, and the arguments should be annotated with their type by rewriting the type attribute using the rule Rewrite: attributes.

F.4.2 Intervals, vectors, matrices

Rewrite interval, vectors, matrices, and matrix rows as described in F.3.1 Intervals, 4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/>. Note any qualifiers will have been rewritten to domainofapplication and will be further rewritten in a later step.

In Strict markup, the interval element corresponds to one of four symbols from the interval1 content dictionary. If closure has the value open then interval corresponds to the interval_oo. With the value closed interval corresponds to the symbol interval_cc, with value open-closed to interval_oc, and with closed-open to interval_co.

F.4.3 Lambda expressions

Rewrite lambda expressions by the rules Rewrite: lambda and Rewrite: lambda domainofapplication.

Rewrite: lambda

If the lambda element does not contain qualifiers, the lambda expression is directly translated into a bind expression.

<lambda>
  <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar><bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
  <ci>expression-in-x1-xn</ci>
</lambda>

rewrites to the Strict Content MathML

<bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar><bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
  <ci>expression-in-x1-xn</ci>
</bind>
Rewrite: lambda domainofapplication

If the lambda element does contain qualifiers, the qualifier may be rewritten to domainofapplication and then the lambda expression is translated to a function term constructed with lambda and restricted to the specified domain using restriction.

<lambda>
  <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar><bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x1-xn</ci>
</lambda>

rewrites to the Strict Content MathML

<apply><csymbol cd="fns1">restriction</csymbol>
  <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
    <bvar><ci>x1</ci></bvar><bvar><ci>xn</ci></bvar>
    <ci>expression-in-x1-xn</ci>
  </bind>
  <ci>D</ci>
</apply>

F.4.4 Piecewise functions

Rewrite piecewise functions as described in 4.3.10.5 Piecewise declaration <piecewise>, <piece>, <otherwise>.

In Strict Content MathML, the container elements piecewise, piece and otherwise are mapped to applications of the constructor symbols of the same names in the piece1 CD. Apart from the fact that these three elements (respectively symbols) are used together, the mapping to Strict markup is straightforward:

Content MathML

<piecewise>
  <piece>
    <cn>0</cn>
    <apply><lt/><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </piece>
  <piece>
    <cn>1</cn>
    <apply><gt/><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
  </piece>
  <otherwise>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </otherwise>
</piecewise>

Strict Content MathML equivalent

<apply><csymbol cd="piece1">piecewise</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="piece1">piece</csymbol>
    <cn>0</cn>
    <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">lt</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>0</cn></apply>
  </apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="piece1">piece</csymbol>
    <cn>1</cn>
    <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">gt</csymbol><ci>x</ci><cn>1</cn></apply>
  </apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="piece1">otherwise</csymbol>
    <ci>x</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

F.5 domainofapplication修飾要素の書き換え
Rewrite domainofapplication qualifiers

Apply Special Case Rules for Operators using domainofapplication Qualifiers. This step deals with the special cases for the operators introduced in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures. There are different classes of special cases to be taken into account.

F.5.1 N-ary/unary operators

Rewrite min, max, mean and similar n-ary/unary operators by the rules Rewrite: n-ary unary set, Rewrite: n-ary unary domainofapplication and Rewrite: n-ary unary single.

Rewrite: n-ary unary set

When an element, <max/>, of class nary-stats or nary-minmax is applied to an explicit list of 0 or 2 or more arguments, <ci>a1</ci><ci>a2</ci><ci>an</ci>

<apply><max/><ci>a1</ci><ci>a2</ci><ci>an</ci></apply>

it is translated to the unary application of the symbol <csymbol cd="minmax1" name="max"/> as specified in the syntax table for the element to the set of arguments, constructed using the <csymbol cd="set1" name="set"/> symbol.

<apply><csymbol cd="minmax1">max</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="set1">set</csymbol>
    <ci>a1</ci><ci>a2</ci><ci>an</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

Like all MathML n-ary operators, the list of arguments may be specified implicitly using qualifier elements. This is expressed in Strict Content MathML using the following rule, which is similar to the rule Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication but differs in that the symbol can be directly applied to the constructed set of arguments and it is not necessary to use apply_to_list.

Rewrite: n-ary unary domainofapplication

An expression of the following form, where <max/> represents any element of the relevant class and <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s)

<apply><max/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

is rewritten to

<apply><csymbol cd="minmax1">max</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="set1">map</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
    </bind>
    <ci>D</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

Note that when <ci>D</ci> is already a set and the lambda function created from <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is the identity, the domainofapplication term should be rewritten directly as <ci>D</ci>.

If the element is applied to a single argument the set symbol is not used and the symbol is applied directly to the argument.

Rewrite: n-ary unary single

When an element, <max/>, of class nary-stats or nary-minmax is applied to a single argument,

<apply><max/><ci>a</ci></apply>

it is translated to the unary application of the symbol in the syntax table for the element.

<apply><csymbol cd="minmax1">max</csymbol> <ci>a</ci> </apply>

Note: Earlier versions of MathML were not explicit about the correct interpretation of elements in this class, and left it undefined as to whether an expression such as max(X) was a trivial application of max to a singleton, or whether it should be interpreted as meaning the maximum of values of the set X. Applications finding that the rule Rewrite: n-ary unary single can not be applied as the supplied argument is a scalar may wish to use the rule Rewrite: n-ary unary set as an error recovery. As a further complication, in the case of the statistical functions the Content Dictionary to use in this case depends on the desired interpretation of the argument as a set of explicit data or a random variable representing a distribution.

F.5.2 Quantifiers

Rewrite the quantifiers forall and exists used with domainofapplication to expressions using implication and conjunction by the rule Rewrite: quantifier.

If used with bind and no qualifiers, then the interpretation in Strict Content MathML is simple. In general if used with apply or qualifiers, the interpretation in Strict Content MathML is via the following rule.

Rewrite: quantifier

An expression of following form where <exists/> denotes an element of class quantifier and <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s)

<apply><exists/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

is rewritten to an expression

<bind><csymbol cd="quant1">exists</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <apply><csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="set1">in</csymbol><ci>x</ci><ci>D</ci></apply>
    <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
  </apply>
</bind>

where the symbols <csymbol cd="quant1">exists</csymbol> and <csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol> are as specified in the syntax table of the element. (The additional symbol being and in the case of exists and implies in the case of forall.) When no domainofapplication is present, no logical conjunction is necessary, and the translation is direct.

When the forall element is used with a condition qualifier the strict equivalent is constructed with the help of logical implication by the rule Rewrite: quantifier. Thus

<bind><forall/>
  <bvar><ci>p</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>q</ci></bvar>
  <condition>
    <apply><and/>
      <apply><in/><ci>p</ci><rationals/></apply>
      <apply><in/><ci>q</ci><rationals/></apply>
      <apply><lt/><ci>p</ci><ci>q</ci></apply>
    </apply>
  </condition>
  <apply><lt/>
    <ci>p</ci>
    <apply><power/><ci>q</ci><cn>2</cn></apply>
  </apply>
</bind>

translates to

<bind><csymbol cd="quant1">forall</csymbol>
  <bvar><ci>p</ci></bvar>
  <bvar><ci>q</ci></bvar>
  <apply><csymbol cd="logic1">implies</csymbol>
    <apply><csymbol cd="logic1">and</csymbol>
      <apply><csymbol cd="set1">in</csymbol>
        <ci>p</ci>
        <csymbol cd="setname1">Q</csymbol>
      </apply>
      <apply><csymbol cd="set1">in</csymbol>
        <ci>q</ci>
        <csymbol cd="setname1">Q</csymbol>
      </apply>
      <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">lt</csymbol><ci>p</ci><ci>q</ci></apply>
    </apply>
    <apply><csymbol cd="relation1">lt</csymbol>
      <ci>p</ci>
      <apply><csymbol cd="arith1">power</csymbol>
        <ci>q</ci>
        <cn>2</cn>
      </apply>
    </apply>
  </apply>
</bind>

F.5.3 Integrals

Rewrite integrals used with a domainofapplication element (with or without a bvar) according to the rules Rewrite: int and Rewrite: defint. See F.2.2 Integrals.

F.5.4 Sums and products

Rewrite sums and products used with a domainofapplication element (with or without a bvar) as described in 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> and 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/>. See F.2.4 Sums and Products.

F.6 domainofapplicationの除去
Eliminate domainofapplication

At this stage, any apply has at most one domainofapplication child and special cases have been addressed. As domainofapplication is not Strict Content MathML, it is rewritten as one of the following cases.

By applying the rules above, expressions using the interval, condition, uplimit and lowlimit can be rewritten using only domainofapplication. Once a domainofapplication has been obtained, the final mapping to Strict markup is accomplished using the following rules:

F.6.1 Restricted function

Into an application of a restricted function via the rule Rewrite: restriction if the apply does not contain a bvar child.

Rewrite: restriction

An application of a function that is qualified by the domainofapplication qualifier (expressed by an apply element without bound variables) is converted to an application of a function term constructed with the restriction symbol.

<apply><ci>F</ci>
  <domainofapplication>
    <ci>C</ci>
  </domainofapplication>
  <ci>a1</ci>
  <ci>an</ci>
</apply>

may be written as:

<apply>
  <apply><csymbol cd="fns1">restriction</csymbol>
    <ci>F</ci>
    <ci>C</ci>
  </apply>
  <ci>a1</ci>
  <ci>an</ci>
</apply>

F.6.2 Predicate on list

Into an application of the predicate_on_list symbol via the rules Rewrite: n-ary relations and Rewrite: n-ary relations bvar if used with a relation.

Rewrite: n-ary relations

An expression of the form

<apply><lt/>
  <ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci><ci>d</ci>
</apply>

rewrites to Strict Content MathML

<apply><csymbol cd="fns2">predicate_on_list</csymbol>
  <csymbol cd="reln1">lt</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="list1">list</csymbol>
    <ci>a</ci><ci>b</ci><ci>c</ci><ci>d</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>
Rewrite: n-ary relations bvar

An expression of the form

<apply><lt/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>R</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

where <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable, rewrites to the Strict Content MathML

<apply><csymbol cd="fns2">predicate_on_list</csymbol>
  <csymbol cd="reln1">lt</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="list1">map</csymbol>
    <ci>R</ci>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
    </bind>
  </apply>
</apply>

The above rules apply to all symbols in classes nary-reln.class and nary-set-reln.class. In the latter case the choice of Content Dictionary to use depends on the type attribute on the symbol, defaulting to set1, but multiset1 should be used if type=multiset.

F.6.3 Apply to list

Into a construction with the apply_to_list symbol via the general rule Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication for general n-ary operators.

If the argument list is given explicitly, the Rewrite: element rule applies.

Any use of qualifier elements is expressed in Strict Content MathML via explicitly applying the function to a list of arguments using the apply_to_list symbol as shown in the following rule. The rule only considers the domainofapplication qualifier as other qualifiers may be rewritten to domainofapplication as described earlier.

Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication

An expression of the following form, where <union/> represents any element of the relevant class and <ci>expression-in-x</ci> is an arbitrary expression involving the bound variable(s)

<apply><union/>
  <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
  <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
  <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
</apply>

is rewritten to

<apply><csymbol cd="fns2">apply_to_list</csymbol>
  <csymbol cd="set1">union</csymbol>
  <apply><csymbol cd="list1">map</csymbol>
    <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
      <bvar><ci>x</ci></bvar>
      <ci>expression-in-x</ci>
    </bind>
    <ci>D</ci>
  </apply>
</apply>

The above rule applies to all symbols in the listed classes. In the case of nary-set.class the choice of Content Dictionary to use depends on the type attribute on the arguments, defaulting to set1, but multiset1 should be used if type=multiset.

Note that the members of the nary-constructor.class, such as vector, use constructor syntax where the arguments and qualifiers are given as children of the element rather than as children of a containing apply. In this case, the above rules apply with the analogous syntactic modifications.

F.6.4 Such that

Into a construction using the suchthat symbol from the set1 content dictionary in an apply with bound variables via the Rewrite: apply bvar domainofapplication rule.

In general, an application involving bound variables and (possibly) domainofapplication is rewritten using the following rule, which makes the domain the first positional argument of the application, and uses the lambda symbol to encode the variable bindings. Certain classes of operator have alternative rules, as described below.

Rewrite: apply bvar domainofapplication

A content MathML expression with bound variables and domainofapplication

        <apply><ci>H</ci>
          <bvar><ci>v1</ci></bvar>
...
          <bvar><ci>vn</ci></bvar>
          <domainofapplication><ci>D</ci></domainofapplication>
          <ci>A1</ci>
...
          <ci>Am</ci>
        </apply>

is rewritten to

        <apply><ci>H</ci>
          <ci>D</ci>
          <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
            <bvar><ci>v1</ci></bvar>
...
            <bvar><ci>vn</ci></bvar>
            <ci>A1</ci>
          </bind>
...
          <bind><csymbol cd="fns1">lambda</csymbol>
            <bvar><ci>v1</ci></bvar>
...
            <bvar><ci>vn</ci></bvar>
            <ci>Am</ci>
          </bind>
        </apply>

If there is no domainofapplication qualifier the <ci>D</ci> child is omitted.

F.7 素子要素の書き換え
Rewrite token elements

Rewrite non-strict token elements

F.7.1 Numbers

Rewrite numbers represented as cn elements where the type attribute is one of e-notation, rational, complex-cartesian, complex-polar, constant as strict cn via rules Rewrite: cn sep, Rewrite: cn based_integer and Rewrite: cn constant.

Rewrite: cn sep

If there are sep children of the cn, then intervening text may be rewritten as cn elements. If the cn element containing sep also has a base attribute, this is copied to each of the cn arguments of the resulting symbol, as shown below.

<cn type="rational" base="b">n<sep/>d</cn>

is rewritten to

<apply><csymbol cd="nums1">rational</csymbol>
  <cn type="integer" base="b">n</cn>
  <cn type="integer" base="b">d</cn>
</apply>

The symbol used in the result depends on the type attribute according to the following table:

type attribute OpenMath Symbol
e-notation bigfloat
rational rational
complex-cartesian complex_cartesian
complex-polar complex_polar

Note: In the case of bigfloat the symbol takes three arguments, <cn type="integer">10</cn> should be inserted as the second argument, denoting the base of the exponent used.

If the type attribute has a different value, or if there is more than one <sep/> element, then the intervening expressions are converted as above, but a system-dependent choice of symbol for the head of the application must be used.

If a base attribute has been used then the resulting expression is not Strict Content MathML, and each of the arguments needs to be recursively processed.

Rewrite: cn based_integer

A cn element with a base attribute other than 10 is rewritten as follows. (A base attribute with value 10 is simply removed.)

<cn type="integer" base="16">FF60</cn>
<apply><csymbol cd="nums1">based_integer</csymbol>
  <cn type="integer">16</cn>
  <cs>FF60</cs>
</apply>

If the original element specified type integer or if there is no type attribute, but the content of the element just consists of the characters [a-zA-Z0-9] and white space then the symbol used as the head in the resulting application should be based_integer as shown. Otherwise it should be based_float.

Rewrite: cn constant

In Strict Content MathML, constants should be represented using csymbol elements. A number of important constants are defined in the nums1 content dictionary. An expression of the form

<cn type="constant">c</cn>

has the Strict Content MathML equivalent

<csymbol cd="nums1">c2</csymbol>

where c2 corresponds to c as specified in the following table.

Content Description OpenMath Symbol
U+03C0 (&pi;) The usual π of trigonometry: approximately 3.141592653... pi
U+2147 (&ExponentialE; or &ee;) The base for natural logarithms: approximately 2.718281828... e
U+2148 (&ImaginaryI; or &ii;) Square root of -1 i
U+03B3 (&gamma;) Euler's constant: approximately 0.5772156649... gamma
U+221E (&infin; or &infty;) Infinity. Proper interpretation varies with context infinity

F.7.2 Token presentation

Rewrite any ci, csymbol or cn containing presentation MathML to semantics elements with rules Rewrite: cn presentation mathml and Rewrite: ci presentation mathml and the analogous rule for csymbol.

Rewrite: cn presentation mathml

If the cn contains Presentation MathML markup, then it may be rewritten to Strict MathML using variants of the rules above where the arguments of the constructor are ci elements annotated with the supplied Presentation MathML.

A cn expression with non-text content of the form

<cn type="rational"><mi>P</mi><sep/><mi>Q</mi></cn>

is transformed to Strict Content MathML by rewriting it to

<apply><csymbol cd="nums1">rational</csymbol>
  <semantics>
    <ci>p</ci>
    <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Presentation">
      <mi>P</mi>
    </annotation-xml>
  </semantics>
  <semantics>
    <ci>q</ci>
    <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Presentation">
      <mi>Q</mi>
    </annotation-xml>
  </semantics>
</apply>

Where the identifier names, p and q, (which have to be a text string) should be determined from the presentation MathML content, in a system defined way, perhaps as in the above example by taking the character data of the element ignoring any element markup. Systems doing such rewriting should ensure that constructs using the same Presentation MathML content are rewritten to semantics elements using the same ci, and that conversely constructs that use different MathML should be rewritten to different identifier names (even if the Presentation MathML has the same character data).

A related special case arises when a cn element contains character data not permitted in Strict Content MathML usage, e.g. non-digit, alphabetic characters. Conceptually, this is analogous to a cn element containing a presentation markup mtext element, and could be rewritten accordingly. However, since the resulting annotation would contain no additional rendering information, such instances should be rewritten directly as ci elements, rather than as a semantics construct.

The ci element can contain mglyph elements to refer to characters not currently available in Unicode, or a general presentation construct (see 3.1.8 Summary of Presentation Elements), which is used for rendering (see 4.1.2 Content Expressions).

Rewrite: ci presentation mathml

A ci expression with non-text content of the form

<ci><mi>P</mi></ci>

is transformed to Strict Content MathML by rewriting it to

<semantics>
  <ci>p</ci>
  <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Presentation">
    <mi>P</mi>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

Where the identifier name, p, (which has to be a text string) should be determined from the presentation MathML content, in a system defined way, perhaps as in the above example by taking the character data of the element ignoring any element markup. Systems doing such rewriting should ensure that constructs using the same Presentation MathML content are rewritten to semantics elements using the same ci, and that conversely constructs that use different MathML should be rewritten to different identifier names (even if the Presentation MathML has the same character data).

The following example encodes an atomic symbol that displays visually as C2 and that, for purposes of content, is treated as a single symbol

<ci>
  <msup><mi>C</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
</ci>

The Strict Content MathML equivalent is

<semantics>
  <ci>C2</ci>
  <annotation-xml encoding="MathML-Presentation">
    <msup><mi>C</mi><mn>2</mn></msup>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

F.8 演算子の書き換え
Rewrite operators

Rewrite any remaining operator defined in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures to a csymbol referencing the symbol identified in the syntax table by the rule Rewrite: element.

Rewrite: element

For example,

<plus/>

is equivalent to the Strict form

<csymbol cd="arith1">plus</csymbol>

As noted in the descriptions of each operator element, some operators require special case rules to determine the proper choice of symbol. Some cases of particular note are:

  1. The order of the arguments for the selector operator must be rewritten, and the symbol depends on the type of the arguments.

  2. The choice of symbol for the minus operator depends on the number of the arguments, minus or minus.

  3. The choice of symbol for some set operators depends on the values of the type of the arguments.

  4. The choice of symbol for some statistical operators depends on the values of the types of the arguments.

  5. The choice of symbol for the emptyset element depends on context.

F.8.1 Rewrite the minus operator

The minus element can be used as a unary arithmetic operator (e.g. to represent - x), or as a binary arithmetic operator (e.g. to represent x- y).

If it is used with one argument, minus corresponds to the unary_minus symbol.

If it is used with two arguments, minus corresponds to the minus symbol

In both cases, the translation to Strict Content markup is direct, as described in Rewrite: element. It is merely a matter of choosing the symbol that reflects the actual usage.

F.8.2 Rewrite the set operators

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the in symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the notin symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the subset symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the prsubset symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the notsubset symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the notprsubset symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the setdiff symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

When translating to Strict Content Markup, if the type has value multiset, then the size symbol from multiset1 should be used instead.

F.8.3 Rewrite the statistical operators

When the mean element is applied to an explicit list of arguments, the translation to Strict Content markup is direct, using the mean symbol from the s_data1 content dictionary, as described in Rewrite: element. When it is applied to a distribution, then the mean symbol from the s_dist1 content dictionary should be used. In the case with qualifiers use Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication with the same caveat.

When the sdev element is applied to an explicit list of arguments, the translation to Strict Content markup is direct, using the sdev symbol from the s_data1 content dictionary, as described in Rewrite: element. When it is applied to a distribution, then the sdev symbol from the s_dist1 content dictionary should be used. In the case with qualifiers use Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication with the same caveat.

When the variance element is applied to an explicit list of arguments, the translation to Strict Content markup is direct, using the variance symbol from the s_data1 content dictionary, as described in Rewrite: element. When it is applied to a distribution, then the variance symbol from the s_dist1 content dictionary should be used. In the case with qualifiers use Rewrite: n-ary domainofapplication with the same caveat.

When the median element is applied to an explicit list of arguments, the translation to Strict Content markup is direct, using the median symbol from the s_data1 content dictionary, as described in Rewrite: element.

When the mode element is applied to an explicit list of arguments, the translation to Strict Content markup is direct, using the mode symbol from the s_data1 content dictionary, as described in Rewrite: element.

F.8.4 Rewrite the emptyset operator

In some situations, it may be clear from context that emptyset corresponds to the emptyset symbol from the multiset1 content dictionary. However, as there is no method other than annotation for an author to explicitly indicate this, it is always acceptable to translate to the emptyset symbol from the set1 content dictionary.

F.9 属性の書き換え
Rewrite attributes

F.9.1 Rewrite the type attribute

At this point, all elements that accept the type, other than ci and csymbol, should have been rewritten into Strict Content Markup equivalents without type attributes, where type information is reflected in the choice of operator symbol. Now rewrite remaining ci and csymbol elements with a type attribute to a strict expression with semantics according to rules Rewrite: ci type annotation and Rewrite: csymbol type annotation.

Rewrite: ci type annotation

In Strict Content, type attributes are represented via semantic attribution. An expression of the form

<ci type="T">n</ci>

is rewritten to

<semantics>
  <ci>n</ci>
  <annotation-xml cd="mathmltypes" name="type" encoding="MathML-Content">
    <ci>T</ci>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

In non-Strict usage csymbol allows the use of a type attribute.

Rewrite: csymbol type annotation

In Strict Content, type attributes are represented via semantic attribution. An expression of the form

<csymbol type="T">symbolname</csymbol>

is rewritten to

<semantics>
  <csymbol>symbolname</csymbol>
  <annotation-xml cd="mathmltypes" name="type" encoding="MathML-Content">
    <ci>T</ci>
  </annotation-xml>
</semantics>

F.9.2 Rewrite definitionURL and encoding attributes

If the definitionURL and encoding attributes on a csymbol element can be interpreted as a reference to a content dictionary (see 4.2.3.2 Non-Strict uses of <csymbol> for details), then rewrite to reference the content dictionary by the cd attribute instead.

F.9.3 Rewrite attributes

Rewrite any element with attributes that are not allowed in strict markup to a semantics construction with the element without these attributes as the first child and the attributes in annotation elements by rule Rewrite: attributes.

A number of content MathML elements such as cn and interval allow attributes to specialize the semantics of the objects they represent. For these cases, special rewrite rules are given on a case-by-case basis in 4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures. However, content MathML elements also accept attributes shared by all MathML elements, and depending on the context, may also contain attributes from other XML namespaces. Such attributes must be rewritten in alternative form in Strict Content Markup.

Rewrite: attributes

For instance,

<ci class="foo" xmlns:other="http://example.com" other:att="bla">x</ci>

is rewritten to

 <semantics>
   <ci>x</ci>
   <annotation cd="mathmlattr"
name="class" encoding="text/plain">foo</annotation>
     <annotation-xml cd="mathmlattr" name="foreign" encoding="MathML-Content">
       <apply><csymbol cd="mathmlattr">foreign_attribute</csymbol>
         <cs>http://example.com</cs>
         <cs>other</cs>
         <cs>att</cs>
         <cs>bla</cs>
       </apply>
     </annotation-xml>
   </semantics>

For MathML attributes not allowed in Strict Content MathML the content dictionary mathmlattr is referenced, which provides symbols for all attributes allowed on content MathML elements.

G. MathML索引
MathML Index

G.1 要素の索引
Index of elements

a (xhtml)
6.4.4 Linking
abs
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
and
4.3.5.5 N-ary Logical Operators: <and/>, <or/>, <xor/> F.3.2 Multiple conditions
annotation
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 2.2.1 Attributes 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.3.1 Strict uses of <csymbol> 4.2.8 Attribution via semantics 5.2 Annotation Elements 5.2.1 Annotation keys 5.2.4 Annotation references 5.2.5.1 Description 5.2.6.1 Description 5.2.6.2 Attributes 5.2.7.3 Using annotation-xml in HTML documents 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup 6.1 Introduction 6.3 Transferring MathML 6.3.2 Recommended Behaviors when Transferring 6.3.3 Discussion F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.9.3 Rewrite attributes
annotation-xml
2.2.1 Attributes 3.8 Semantics and Presentation 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.3.1 Strict uses of <csymbol> 4.2.8 Attribution via semantics 4.2.10 Encoded Bytes <cbytes> 5.2 Annotation Elements 5.2.1 Annotation keys 5.2.2 Alternate representations 5.2.4 Annotation references 5.2.5.1 Description 5.2.7.1 Description 5.2.7.2 Attributes 5.2.7.3 Using annotation-xml in HTML documents 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup 5.2.9.1 Top-level Parallel Markup 5.2.9.2 Parallel Markup via Cross-References 6.1 Introduction 6.2.4 Names of MathML Encodings 6.3 Transferring MathML 6.3.2 Recommended Behaviors when Transferring 6.3.3 Discussion 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats 6.4.3 Mixing MathML and HTML 6.4.5 MathML and Graphical Markup
apply
4.1.3 Expression Concepts 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.1 Numbers <cn> 4.2.5.1 Strict Content MathML 4.2.7.2 An Acyclicity Constraint 4.3.1 Container Markup 4.3.2 Bindings with <apply> 4.3.5 N-ary Operators 4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/> 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/> 4.3.5.5 N-ary Logical Operators: <and/>, <or/>, <xor/> 4.3.5.7 N-ary Set Operators: <union/>, <intersect/>, <cartesianproduct/> 4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/> 4.3.8.3 Partial Differentiation <partialdiff/> 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.1 Rewrite non-strict bind F.3 Rewrite to domainofapplication F.3.2 Multiple conditions F.5.2 Quantifiers F.6 Eliminate domainofapplication F.6.1 Restricted function F.6.3 Apply to list F.6.4 Such that
approx
4.3.6.3 Binary Relations: <neq/>, <approx/>, <factorof/>, <tendsto/>
arg
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
bind
4.1.4 Variable Binding 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.6.1 Bindings 4.2.6.3 Renaming Bound Variables 4.2.7.3 Structure Sharing and Binding 4.3.1.2 Container Markup for Binding Constructors 4.3.2 Bindings with <apply> 4.3.5 N-ary Operators F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.1 Rewrite non-strict bind F.4.3 Lambda expressions F.5.2 Quantifiers
bvar
4.1.4 Variable Binding 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.6.1 Bindings 4.2.6.2 Bound Variables 4.2.6.3 Renaming Bound Variables 4.2.7.3 Structure Sharing and Binding 4.3.1.2 Container Markup for Binding Constructors 4.3.2 Bindings with <apply> 4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit> 4.3.3.2 Uses of <degree> 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/> 4.3.8.2 Differentiation <diff/> 4.3.8.3 Partial Differentiation <partialdiff/> 4.3.10.2 Lambda <lambda> 4.3.10.3 Interval <interval> 4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/> 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.1 Rewrite non-strict bind F.2.1 Derivatives F.3 Rewrite to domainofapplication F.3.1 Intervals F.5.3 Integrals F.5.4 Sums and products F.6.1 Restricted function
card
4.3.7.5 Unary Set Operators: <card/>
cartesianproduct
4.3.5.7 N-ary Set Operators: <union/>, <intersect/>, <cartesianproduct/>
cbytes
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.10 Encoded Bytes <cbytes>
ceiling
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
cerror
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.9 Error Markup <cerror>
ci
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.2.3.1 Description 4.1.3 Expression Concepts 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.2 Content Identifiers <ci> 4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci> 4.2.2.2 Non-Strict uses of <ci> 4.2.2.3 Rendering Content Identifiers 4.2.3.2 Non-Strict uses of <csymbol> 4.2.6.2 Bound Variables 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.7.2 Token presentation F.9.1 Rewrite the type attribute
cn
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.2.4.1 Description 4.1.3 Expression Concepts 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.1 Numbers <cn> 4.2.1.1 Rendering <cn>,<sep/>-Represented Numbers 4.2.1.2 Strict uses of <cn> 4.2.1.3 Non-Strict uses of <cn> 4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci> 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.7.1 Numbers F.7.2 Token presentation F.9.3 Rewrite attributes
codomain
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,
compose
4.3.5.4 N-ary Functional Operators: <compose/>
condition
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit> 4.3.10.1 Quantifiers: <forall/>, <exists/> 4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/> 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.2.2 Integrals F.3.2 Multiple conditions F.5.2 Quantifiers F.6 Eliminate domainofapplication
conjugate
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
cs
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.4 String Literals <cs>
csymbol
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 2.2.1 Attributes 4.1.3 Expression Concepts 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.1.6 Content Dictionaries 4.2.3 Content Symbols <csymbol> 4.2.3.1 Strict uses of <csymbol> 4.2.3.2 Non-Strict uses of <csymbol> 4.2.3.3 Rendering Symbols 4.2.9 Error Markup <cerror> 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup E.3 The Content MathML Operators F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.7.1 Numbers F.7.2 Token presentation F.8 Rewrite operators F.9.1 Rewrite the type attribute F.9.2 Rewrite definitionURL and encoding attributes
curl
4.3.7.7 Unary Vector Calculus Operators: <divergence/>, <grad/>, <curl/>, <laplacian/>
declare
Changes to 4. Content Markup
degree
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.2 Uses of <degree> 4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/> 4.3.7.8 Moment <moment/>, <momentabout> 4.3.8.2 Differentiation <diff/> 4.3.8.3 Partial Differentiation <partialdiff/> 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup F.2.1 Derivatives
determinant
4.3.7.3 Unary Linear Algebra Operators: <determinant/>, <transpose/>
diff
4.3.2 Bindings with <apply> 4.3.8.2 Differentiation <diff/>
divergence
4.3.7.7 Unary Vector Calculus Operators: <divergence/>, <grad/>, <curl/>, <laplacian/>
divide
4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>
domain
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,
domainofapplication
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit> 4.3.10.2 Lambda <lambda> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.3 Rewrite to domainofapplication F.3.1 Intervals F.3.2 Multiple conditions F.3.3 Multiple domainofapplications F.4.2 Intervals, vectors, matrices F.4.3 Lambda expressions F.5 Rewrite domainofapplication qualifiers F.5.1 N-ary/unary operators F.5.2 Quantifiers F.5.3 Integrals F.5.4 Sums and products F.6 Eliminate domainofapplication F.6.1 Restricted function F.6.3 Apply to list F.6.4 Such that
emptyset
F.8 Rewrite operators F.8.4 Rewrite the emptyset operator
eq
4.3.5.10 N-ary Arithmetic Relations: <eq/>, <gt/>, <lt/>, <geq/>, <leq/>
equivalent
4.3.6.2 Binary Logical Operators: <implies/>, <equivalent/>
exists
F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.5.2 Quantifiers
exp
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
factorial
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
factorof
4.3.6.3 Binary Relations: <neq/>, <approx/>, <factorof/>, <tendsto/>
floor
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
fn
Changes to 4. Content Markup
forall
4.3.10.1 Quantifiers: <forall/>, <exists/> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.5.2 Quantifiers
gcd
4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/>
geq
4.3.5.10 N-ary Arithmetic Relations: <eq/>, <gt/>, <lt/>, <geq/>, <leq/>
grad
4.3.7.7 Unary Vector Calculus Operators: <divergence/>, <grad/>, <curl/>, <laplacian/>
gt
4.3.5.10 N-ary Arithmetic Relations: <eq/>, <gt/>, <lt/>, <geq/>, <leq/>
ident
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,
image
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,
imaginary
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
img (xhtml)
6.4.5 MathML and Graphical Markup
implies
4.3.6.2 Binary Logical Operators: <implies/>, <equivalent/>
in
4.3.6.5 Binary Set Operators: <in/>, <notin/>, <notsubset/>, <notprsubset/>, <setdiff/>
int
4.3.8.1 Integral <int/> F.2.2 Integrals F.3.1 Intervals
intersect
4.3.5.7 N-ary Set Operators: <union/>, <intersect/>, <cartesianproduct/>
interval
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols 4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit> 4.3.6 Binary Operators 4.3.10.3 Interval <interval> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.2.2 Integrals F.3.1 Intervals F.3.2 Multiple conditions F.4.2 Intervals, vectors, matrices F.6 Eliminate domainofapplication F.9.3 Rewrite attributes
inverse
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,
lambda
4.3.1.2 Container Markup for Binding Constructors 4.3.2 Bindings with <apply> 4.3.10.2 Lambda <lambda> F.2.4 Sums and Products F.4.3 Lambda expressions
laplacian
4.3.7.7 Unary Vector Calculus Operators: <divergence/>, <grad/>, <curl/>, <laplacian/>
lcm
4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/>
leq
4.3.5.10 N-ary Arithmetic Relations: <eq/>, <gt/>, <lt/>, <geq/>, <leq/>
limit
4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/>
list
4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci> 4.3.5.9 N-ary Set Theoretic Constructors: <set>, <list> F.4.1 Sets and Lists
ln
4.3.7.4 Unary Functional Operators: <inverse/>, <ident/>, <domain/>, <codomain/>, <image/>, <ln/>,
log
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.3.3.3 Uses of <momentabout> and <logbase> 4.3.7.9 Logarithm <log/> , <logbase> F.2.6 Logarithms
logbase
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.3 Uses of <momentabout> and <logbase> 4.3.7.9 Logarithm <log/> , <logbase> 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup F.2.6 Logarithms
lowlimit
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit> 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/> 4.3.8.1 Integral <int/> 4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/> 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.2.2 Integrals F.3.1 Intervals F.3.2 Multiple conditions F.6 Eliminate domainofapplication
lt
4.3.5.10 N-ary Arithmetic Relations: <eq/>, <gt/>, <lt/>, <geq/>, <leq/>
maction
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.6 Enlivening Expressions 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.3.4.1 Description 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.7.1 Bind Action to Sub-Expression 3.7.1.1 Attributes 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats D.1.3 MathML Extension Mechanisms and Conformance D.3 Attributes for unspecified data
maligngroup
3.1.8.4 Tables and Matrices 3.2.7.1 Description 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.3.4.1 Description 3.5.1.2 Attributes 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.5.5.4 Table cells that are not divided into alignment groups 3.5.5.5 Specifying alignment points using <malignmark/> 3.5.5.7 A simple alignment algorithm 6.4.4 Linking
malignmark
3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.8.4 Tables and Matrices 3.2.1 Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/> 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.2.8.1 Description 3.5.1.2 Attributes 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.5.5.5 Specifying alignment points using <malignmark/> 3.5.5.7 A simple alignment algorithm 6.4.4 Linking Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
math
2.2 The Top-Level <math> Element 2.2.1 Attributes 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements 3.2.5.2 Attributes 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes 3.7.1 Bind Action to Sub-Expression 4.2.3.1 Strict uses of <csymbol> 5.2.7.3 Using annotation-xml in HTML documents 6.2.1 Recognizing MathML in XML 6.2.2 Recognizing MathML in HTML 6.3.1 Basic Transfer Flavor Names and Contents 6.3.2 Recommended Behaviors when Transferring 6.3.3 Discussion 6.4.3 Mixing MathML and HTML 6.5 Using CSS with MathML Changes to 2. MathML Fundamentals
matrix
4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci> 4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/>
matrixrow
4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/>
max
4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.5.1 N-ary/unary operators
mean
4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/> 4.3.5.13 N-ary/Unary Statistical Operators: <mean/>, <median/>, <mode/>, <sdev/>, <variance/> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.5.1 N-ary/unary operators F.8.3 Rewrite the statistical operators
median
4.3.5.13 N-ary/Unary Statistical Operators: <mean/>, <median/>, <mode/>, <sdev/>, <variance/> F.8.3 Rewrite the statistical operators
menclose
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.3.9.1 Description 3.3.9.2 Attributes 3.3.9.3 Examples 3.6.8.1 Addition and Subtraction
merror
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.3.5.1 Description 3.3.5.2 Attributes 4.2.9 Error Markup <cerror> D.2 Handling of Errors
mfenced
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.2.5.4 Examples with fences and separators 3.3.1.1 Description 3.3.8.1 Description 3.3.8.2 Attributes 3.3.8.3 Examples 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups
mfrac
2.1.5.2.1 Additional notes about units 3.1 Introduction 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.3.2.1 Description 3.3.2.2 Attributes 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.4.3 Examples 3.3.5.3 Example 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats
mfraction (mathml-error)
3.3.5.3 Example
mglyph
3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1 Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/> 3.2.1.1.1 Description 3.2.1.1.2 Attributes 3.2.1.1.3 Example 3.2.8.1 Description 3.3.4.1 Description 4.2.1.3 Non-Strict uses of <cn> 4.2.3.2 Non-Strict uses of <csymbol> 4.2.4 String Literals <cs> D.1.3 MathML Extension Mechanisms and Conformance F.7.2 Token presentation Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
mi
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1.1.1 Description 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements 3.2.3.1 Description 3.2.3.2 Attributes 3.2.3.3 Examples 3.2.8.1 Description 4.2.2.3 Rendering Content Identifiers 4.2.3.3 Rendering Symbols 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup 7.2 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
min
4.3.5.12 N-ary/Unary Arithmetic Operators: <min/>, <max/> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.5.1 N-ary/unary operators
minus
4.2.5.1 Strict Content MathML 4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/> 4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.8 Rewrite operators F.8.1 Rewrite the minus operator
mlabeledtr
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.4 Tables and Matrices 3.3.4.1 Description 3.5 Tabular Math 3.5.1.1 Description 3.5.1.2 Attributes 3.5.3.1 Description 3.5.3.2 Attributes 3.5.3.3 Equation Numbering 3.5.4.1 Description 3.5.4.2 Attributes
mlongdiv
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.3.9.2 Attributes 3.5 Tabular Math 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.2.1 Description 3.6.2.2 Attributes 3.6.3.1 Description 3.6.3.2 Attributes 3.6.4.2 Attributes 3.6.5.1 Description 3.6.5.2 Attributes 3.6.7.2 Attributes C.4.2.6 Elementary Math Notation
mmultiscripts
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.4.7.1 Description 3.4.7.2 Attributes 3.4.7.3 Examples
mn
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1.1.1 Description 3.2.4.1 Description 3.2.4.2 Attributes 3.2.4.4 Numbers that should not be written using <mn> alone 3.6.4.1 Description 3.6.8.1 Addition and Subtraction 4.2.1.1 Rendering <cn>,<sep/>-Represented Numbers 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup C.4.2.4 Numbers
mo
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.1.4 Elements with Special Behaviors 3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1.1.1 Description 3.2.4.1 Description 3.2.5.1 Description 3.2.5.2 Attributes 3.2.5.2.2 Linebreaking attributes 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes 3.2.5.4 Examples with fences and separators 3.2.5.5 Invisible operators 3.2.5.6 Detailed rendering rules for <mo> elements 3.2.5.6.1 The operator dictionary 3.2.5.6.2 Default value of the form attribute 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.5.7 Stretching of operators, fences and accents 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules 3.2.7.2 Attributes 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.2.8.1 Description 3.3.1.1 Description 3.3.1.3.1 <mrow> of one argument 3.3.2.2 Attributes 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.7.3 Examples 3.3.8.1 Description 3.3.8.2 Attributes 3.4.4.1 Description 3.4.4.2 Attributes 3.4.5.1 Description 3.4.5.2 Attributes 3.4.6.1 Description 3.5.5.2 Description 7.3 Non-Marking Characters Minus B. Operator Dictionary Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
mode
4.3.5.13 N-ary/Unary Statistical Operators: <mean/>, <median/>, <mode/>, <sdev/>, <variance/> F.8.3 Rewrite the statistical operators
moment
4.3.3.2 Uses of <degree> 4.3.3.3 Uses of <momentabout> and <logbase> 4.3.7.8 Moment <moment/>, <momentabout> F.2.7 Moments
momentabout
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.3 Uses of <momentabout> and <logbase> 4.3.7.8 Moment <moment/>, <momentabout>
mover
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.5.2.1 Dictionary-based attributes 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules 3.3.4.1 Description 3.4.5.1 Description 3.4.5.2 Attributes 3.4.6.2 Attributes 3.4.6.3 Examples
mpadded
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.6.1 Description 3.3.6.2 Attributes 3.3.6.3 Meanings of size and position attributes 3.3.6.4 Examples 3.3.7.1 Description C.4.2.3 Spacing
mphantom
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.7.1 Description 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.2.7.5 Legal grouping of space-like elements 3.3.7.1 Description 3.3.7.2 Attributes 3.3.7.3 Examples 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups C.4.2.1 Invisible Operators C.4.2.3 Spacing
mprescripts
3.4.7.1 Description 6.4.4 Linking
mroot
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.3.3.1 Description 3.3.3.2 Attributes
mrow
2.1.3 Children versus Arguments 2.2 The Top-Level <math> Element 3.1.1 Presentation MathML Structure 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements 3.2.5.2.1 Dictionary-based attributes 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes 3.2.5.6.2 Default value of the form attribute 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.5.6.4 Spacing around an operator 3.2.5.7.2 Vertical Stretching Rules 3.2.5.7.4 Rules Common to both Vertical and Horizontal Stretching 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.2.7.5 Legal grouping of space-like elements 3.3.1.1 Description 3.3.1.2 Attributes 3.3.1.3 Proper grouping of sub-expressions using <mrow> 3.3.1.3.1 <mrow> of one argument 3.3.1.3.2 Precise rule for proper grouping 3.3.1.4 Examples 3.3.2.2 Attributes 3.3.3.1 Description 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.5.1 Description 3.3.6.1 Description 3.3.6.3 Meanings of size and position attributes 3.3.7.1 Description 3.3.7.3 Examples 3.3.8.1 Description 3.3.8.2 Attributes 3.3.8.3 Examples 3.3.9.1 Description 3.3.9.2 Attributes 3.5.4.1 Description 3.5.4.2 Attributes 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 4.2.10 Encoded Bytes <cbytes> 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup C.4.2.2 Proper Grouping of Sub-expressions
ms
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1.1.1 Description 3.2.8.1 Description 3.2.8.2 Attributes
mscarries
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.1.1 Description 3.6.5.1 Description 3.6.5.2 Attributes 3.6.6.1 Description 3.6.8.1 Addition and Subtraction
mscarry
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.5.1 Description 3.6.5.2 Attributes 3.6.6.1 Description 3.6.6.2 Attributes 3.6.8.1 Addition and Subtraction
msgroup
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.1.1 Description 3.6.2.1 Description 3.6.3.1 Description 3.6.3.2 Attributes 3.6.4.2 Attributes 3.6.5.2 Attributes 3.6.7.2 Attributes 3.6.8.2 Multiplication
msline
3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.1.1 Description 3.6.2.1 Description 3.6.7.1 Description 3.6.7.2 Attributes 3.6.8.1 Addition and Subtraction 3.6.8.4 Repeating decimal
mspace
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1 Token Element Content Characters, <mglyph/> 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements 3.2.5.2.2 Linebreaking attributes 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes 3.2.7.1 Description 3.2.7.2 Attributes 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.3.4.1 Description 7.3 Non-Marking Characters C.3.1.1 Accessibility tree C.4.2.3 Spacing Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
msqrt
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.3.3.1 Description 3.3.3.2 Attributes 3.3.9.2 Attributes
msrow
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.1.1 Description 3.6.4.1 Description 3.6.4.2 Attributes 3.6.5.2 Attributes 3.6.8.2 Multiplication 3.6.8.4 Repeating decimal
mstack
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.5 Elementary Math Layout 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.4.2 Attributes 3.5 Tabular Math 3.6 Elementary Math 3.6.1.1 Description 3.6.1.2 Attributes 3.6.2.1 Description 3.6.2.2 Attributes 3.6.3.1 Description 3.6.3.2 Attributes 3.6.4.1 Description 3.6.4.2 Attributes 3.6.5.1 Description 3.6.5.2 Attributes 3.6.7.1 Description 3.6.7.2 Attributes 3.6.8.4 Repeating decimal C.4.2.6 Elementary Math Notation
mstyle
2.1.5.2.1 Additional notes about units 2.1.5.3 Default values of attributes 2.2.1 Attributes 3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.5.1 Overall Directionality of Mathematics Formulas 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.2 General Layout Schemata 3.2.2 Mathematics style attributes common to token elements 3.2.5.2 Attributes 3.2.5.2.2 Linebreaking attributes 3.2.5.2.3 Indentation attributes 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.4.2 Attributes 3.3.4.3 Examples 3.3.8.2 Attributes 3.4 Script and Limit Schemata 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.6.1.2 Attributes 3.6.4.1 Description Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
msub
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.3.1 Description 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.4.1.1 Description 3.4.1.2 Attributes 3.4.3.1 Description
msubsup
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.4.3.1 Description 3.4.3.2 Attributes 3.4.3.3 Examples 3.4.6.3 Examples 3.4.7.2 Attributes
msup
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.4 Elements with Special Behaviors 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.3.1 Description 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.7.5 Legal grouping of space-like elements 3.4.2.1 Description 3.4.2.2 Attributes 3.4.3.1 Description 5.1.3 Intent Examples
mtable
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.6 Displaystyle and Scriptlevel 3.1.7.1 Control of Linebreaks 3.1.8.4 Tables and Matrices 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules 3.3.4.1 Description 3.3.4.2 Attributes 3.5 Tabular Math 3.5.1.1 Description 3.5.1.2 Attributes 3.5.1.3 Examples 3.5.2.1 Description 3.5.2.2 Attributes 3.5.3.1 Description 3.5.3.2 Attributes 3.5.3.3 Equation Numbering 3.5.4.2 Attributes 3.5.5.1 Removal Notice 3.5.5.2 Description 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.5.5.7 A simple alignment algorithm 3.6.1.2 Attributes 4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/> 5.1.5 Tables C.4.2.6 Elementary Math Notation C.4.2.8 Tables and Lists
mtd
3.1.3.1 Inferred <mrow>s 3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.4 Tables and Matrices 3.2.5.7.2 Vertical Stretching Rules 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules 3.3.4.1 Description 3.5 Tabular Math 3.5.1.1 Description 3.5.2.1 Description 3.5.3.1 Description 3.5.3.2 Attributes 3.5.3.3 Equation Numbering 3.5.4.1 Description 3.5.4.2 Attributes 3.5.5.2 Description 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.5.5.7 A simple alignment algorithm Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
mtext
2.1.7 Collapsing Whitespace in Input 3.1.5.2 Bidirectional Layout in Token Elements 3.1.8.1 Token Elements 3.2 Token Elements 3.2.1.1.1 Description 3.2.2.1 Embedding HTML in MathML 3.2.6.1 Description 3.2.6.2 Attributes 3.2.7.1 Description 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.2.8.1 Description 3.5.5.4 Table cells that are not divided into alignment groups 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats 6.4.1 Mixing MathML and XHTML 6.4.3 Mixing MathML and HTML Minus 7.4.2 Pseudo-scripts F.7.2 Token presentation
mtr
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.4 Tables and Matrices 3.2.5.7.2 Vertical Stretching Rules 3.3.4.1 Description 3.5 Tabular Math 3.5.1.1 Description 3.5.2.1 Description 3.5.2.2 Attributes 3.5.3.1 Description 3.5.3.2 Attributes 3.5.4.1 Description 3.5.5.1 Removal Notice 3.5.5.7 A simple alignment algorithm 4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/> Changes to 3. Presentation Markup
munder
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.5.2.1 Dictionary-based attributes 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules 3.3.4.1 Description 3.4.4.1 Description 3.4.4.2 Attributes 3.4.5.2 Attributes 3.4.6.2 Attributes 3.4.6.3 Examples
munderover
3.1.3.2 Table of argument requirements 3.1.8.3 Script and Limit Schemata 3.2.5.2.1 Dictionary-based attributes 3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.5.7.3 Horizontal Stretching Rules 3.3.4.1 Description 3.4.6.1 Description 3.4.6.2 Attributes 3.4.6.3 Examples
neq
4.3.6.3 Binary Relations: <neq/>, <approx/>, <factorof/>, <tendsto/>
none
3.4.7.1 Description 3.6.2.1 Description 3.6.4.1 Description 3.6.5.1 Description 3.6.6.1 Description 3.6.8.1 Addition and Subtraction 3.6.8.2 Multiplication 6.4.4 Linking
not
4.3.7.1 Unary Logical Operators: <not/>
notin
4.3.6.5 Binary Set Operators: <in/>, <notin/>, <notsubset/>, <notprsubset/>, <setdiff/>
notprsubset
4.3.6.5 Binary Set Operators: <in/>, <notin/>, <notsubset/>, <notprsubset/>, <setdiff/>
notsubset
4.3.6.5 Binary Set Operators: <in/>, <notin/>, <notsubset/>, <notprsubset/>, <setdiff/>
ol>
C.4.2.8 Tables and Lists
OMA (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMATP (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMATTR (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMB (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMBIND (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMBVAR (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OME (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMF (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMFOREIGN (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMI (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMR (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMS (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMSTR (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
OMV (openmath)
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
or
4.3.5.5 N-ary Logical Operators: <and/>, <or/>, <xor/>
otherwise
4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols 4.3.10.5 Piecewise declaration <piecewise>, <piece>, <otherwise> F.4.4 Piecewise functions
outerproduct
4.3.6.4 Binary Linear Algebra Operators: <vectorproduct/>, <scalarproduct/>, <outerproduct/>
partialdiff
4.3 Content MathML for Specific Structures 4.3.8.3 Partial Differentiation <partialdiff/> F.2.1 Derivatives
piece
4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols 4.3.10.5 Piecewise declaration <piecewise>, <piece>, <otherwise> F.4.4 Piecewise functions
piecewise
4.3.1.1 Container Markup for Constructor Symbols 4.3.10.5 Piecewise declaration <piecewise>, <piece>, <otherwise> F.4.4 Piecewise functions
plus
4.2.5.1 Strict Content MathML 4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/> 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/>
power
4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>
product
4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/> 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/> F.3.1 Intervals
prsubset
4.3.5.11 N-ary Set Theoretic Relations: <subset/>, <prsubset/>
quotient
4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>
real
4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
reln
Changes to 4. Content Markup
rem
4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/>
root
4.3.3.2 Uses of <degree> 4.3.6.1 Binary Arithmetic Operators: <quotient/>, <divide/>, <minus/>, <power/>, <rem/>, <root/> 4.3.7.2 Unary Arithmetic Operators: <factorial/>, <abs/>, <conjugate/>, <arg/>, <real/>, <imaginary/>, <floor/>, <ceiling/>, <exp/>, <minus/>, <root/>
scalarproduct
4.3.6.4 Binary Linear Algebra Operators: <vectorproduct/>, <scalarproduct/>, <outerproduct/>
sdev
4.3.5.13 N-ary/Unary Statistical Operators: <mean/>, <median/>, <mode/>, <sdev/>, <variance/> F.8.3 Rewrite the statistical operators
selector
4.3.5.6 N-ary Linear Algebra Operators: <selector/> F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.8 Rewrite operators
semantics
3.2.5.6.3 Exception for embellished operators 3.2.7.4 Definition of space-like elements 3.5.5.3 Specifying alignment groups 3.8 Semantics and Presentation 4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.2.2 Non-Strict uses of <ci> 4.2.6.2 Bound Variables 4.2.8 Attribution via semantics 5. Annotating MathML 5.2 Annotation Elements 5.2.2 Alternate representations 5.2.4 Annotation references 5.2.5.1 Description 5.2.6.2 Attributes 5.2.7.2 Attributes 5.2.8.1 Presentation Markup in Content Markup 5.2.9 Parallel Markup 5.2.9.1 Top-level Parallel Markup 5.2.9.2 Parallel Markup via Cross-References 6.1 Introduction 6.3 Transferring MathML 6.3.2 Recommended Behaviors when Transferring 6.3.3 Discussion 6.4 Combining MathML and Other Formats 6.4.5 MathML and Graphical Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.7.2 Token presentation F.9.1 Rewrite the type attribute F.9.3 Rewrite attributes Changes to 5. Annotating MathML
sep
4.2.1 Numbers <cn> 4.2.1.1 Rendering <cn>,<sep/>-Represented Numbers 4.2.1.3 Non-Strict uses of <cn> F.7.1 Numbers
set
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci> 4.3.5.9 N-ary Set Theoretic Constructors: <set>, <list> F.4.1 Sets and Lists
setdiff
4.3.6.5 Binary Set Operators: <in/>, <notin/>, <notsubset/>, <notprsubset/>, <setdiff/>
share
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML 4.2.7.1 The share element 4.2.7.2 An Acyclicity Constraint 4.2.7.3 Structure Sharing and Binding 4.2.7.4 Rendering Expressions with Structure Sharing Changes to 4. Content Markup
sin
4.1.5 Strict Content MathML
span (xhtml)
5.2.7.3 Using annotation-xml in HTML documents
subset
4.3.5.11 N-ary Set Theoretic Relations: <subset/>, <prsubset/>
sum
4.2.5.2 Rendering Applications 4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/> 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> F.3.1 Intervals
svg (svg)
6.4.1 Mixing MathML and XHTML
table (xhtml)
3.5 Tabular Math C.4.2.8 Tables and Lists
td (xhtml)
3.5 Tabular Math
tendsto
4.3.6.3 Binary Relations: <neq/>, <approx/>, <factorof/>, <tendsto/> 4.3.10.4 Limits <limit/> F.2.3 Limits
times
4.3.5.1 N-ary Arithmetic Operators: <plus/>, <times/>, <gcd/>, <lcm/> 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/>
tr (xhtml)
3.5 Tabular Math
transpose
4.3.7.3 Unary Linear Algebra Operators: <determinant/>, <transpose/>
union
4.3.5.7 N-ary Set Operators: <union/>, <intersect/>, <cartesianproduct/>
uplimit
4.3.3 Qualifiers 4.3.3.1 Uses of <domainofapplication>, <interval>, <condition>, <lowlimit> and <uplimit> 4.3.5.2 N-ary Sum <sum/> 4.3.5.3 N-ary Product <product/> 4.3.8.1 Integral <int/> 5.2.8.2 Content Markup in Presentation Markup F. The Strict Content MathML Transformation F.2.2 Integrals F.3.1 Intervals F.3.2 Multiple conditions F.6 Eliminate domainofapplication
variance
4.3.5.13 N-ary/Unary Statistical Operators: <mean/>, <median/>, <mode/>, <sdev/>, <variance/> F.8.3 Rewrite the statistical operators
vector
4.2.2.1 Strict uses of <ci> 4.3.5.8 N-ary Matrix Constructors: <vector/>, <matrix/>, <matrixrow/> F.6.3 Apply to list
vectorproduct
4.3.6.4 Binary Linear Algebra Operators: <vectorproduct/>, <scalarproduct/>, <outerproduct/>
xor
4.3.5.5 N-ary Logical Operators: <and/>, <or/>, <xor/>

H. 作業部会メンバーおよび謝辞
Working Group Membership and Acknowledgments

この節は規範ではありません.

This section is non-normative.

H.1 数学作業部会メンバー
The Math Working Group Membership

The current Math Working Group is chartered from April 2021, until May 2023 and is co-chaired by Neil Soiffer and Brian Kardell (Igalia).

Between 2019 and 2021 the W3C MathML-Refresh Community Group was chaired by Neil Soiffer and developed the initial proposal for MathML Core and requirements for MathML 4.

The W3C Math Working Group responsible for MathML 3 (2012–2013) was co-chaired by David Carlisle of NAG and Patrick Ion of the AMS; Patrick Ion and Robert Miner of Design Science were co-chairs 2006-2011. Contact the co-chairs about membership in the Working Group. For the current membership see the W3C Math home page.

Robert Miner, whose leadership and contributions were essential to the development of the Math Working Group and MathML from their beginnings, died tragically young in December 2011.

Participants in the Working Group responsible for MathML 3.0 have been:

Ron Ausbrooks, Laurent Bernardin, Pierre-Yves Bertholet, Bert Bos, Mike Brenner, Olga Caprotti, David Carlisle, Giorgi Chavchanidze, Ananth Coorg, Stéphane Dalmas, Stan Devitt, Sam Dooley, Margaret Hinchcliffe, Patrick Ion, Michael Kohlhase, Azzeddine Lazrek, Dennis Leas, Paul Libbrecht, Manolis Mavrikis, Bruce Miller, Robert Miner, Chris Rowley, Murray Sargent III, Kyle Siegrist, Andrew Smith, Neil Soiffer, Stephen Watt, Mohamed Zergaoui

All the above persons have been members of the Math Working Group, but some not for the whole life of the Working Group. The 22 authors listed for MathML3 at the start of that specification are those who contributed reworkings and reformulations used in the actual text of the specification. Thus the list includes the principal authors of MathML2 much of whose text was repurposed here. They were, of course, supported and encouraged by the activity and discussions of the whole Math Working Group, and by helpful commentary from outside it, both within the W3C and further afield.

For 2003 to 2006 W3C Math Activity comprised a Math Interest Group, chaired by David Carlisle of NAG and Robert Miner of Design Science.

The W3C Math Working Group (2001–2003) was co-chaired by Patrick Ion of the AMS, and Angel Diaz of IBM from June 2001 to May 2002; afterwards Patrick Ion continued as chair until the end of the WG's extended charter.

Participants in the Working Group responsible for MathML 2.0, second edition were:

Ron Ausbrooks, Laurent Bernardin, Stephen Buswell, David Carlisle, Stéphane Dalmas, Stan Devitt, Max Froumentin, Patrick Ion, Michael Kohlhase, Robert Miner, Luca Padovani, Ivor Philips, Murray Sargent III, Neil Soiffer, Paul Topping, Stephen Watt

Earlier active participants of the W3C Math Working Group (2001 – 2003) have included:

Angel Diaz, Sam Dooley, Barry MacKichan

The W3C Math Working Group was co-chaired by Patrick Ion of the AMS, and Angel Diaz of IBM from July 1998 to December 2000.

Participants in the Working Group responsible for MathML 2.0 were:

Ron Ausbrooks, Laurent Bernardin, Stephen Buswell, David Carlisle, Stéphane Dalmas, Stan Devitt, Angel Diaz, Ben Hinkle, Stephen Hunt, Douglas Lovell, Patrick Ion, Robert Miner, Ivor Philips, Nico Poppelier, Dave Raggett, T.V. Raman, Murray Sargent III, Neil Soiffer, Irene Schena, Paul Topping, Stephen Watt

Earlier active participants of this second W3C Math Working Group have included:

Sam Dooley, Robert Sutor, Barry MacKichan

At the time of release of MathML 1.0 [MathML1] the Math Working Group was co-chaired by Patrick Ion and Robert Miner, then of the Geometry Center. Since that time several changes in membership have taken place. In the course of the update to MathML 1.01, in addition to people listed in the original membership below, corrections were offered by David Carlisle, Don Gignac, Kostya Serebriany, Ben Hinkle, Sebastian Rahtz, Sam Dooley and others.

Participants in the Math Working Group responsible for the finished MathML 1.0 specification were:

Stephen Buswell, Stéphane Dalmas, Stan Devitt, Angel Diaz, Brenda Hunt, Stephen Hunt, Patrick Ion, Robert Miner, Nico Poppelier, Dave Raggett, T.V. Raman, Bruce Smith, Neil Soiffer, Robert Sutor, Paul Topping, Stephen Watt, Ralph Youngen

Others who had been members of the W3C Math WG for periods at earlier stages were:

Stephen Glim, Arnaud Le Hors, Ron Whitney, Lauren Wood, Ka-Ping Yee

H.2 謝辞
Acknowledgments

The Working Group benefited from the help of many other people in developing the specification for MathML 1.0. We would like to particularly name Barbara Beeton, Chris Hamlin, John Jenkins, Ira Polans, Arthur Smith, Robby Villegas and Joe Yurvati for help and information in assembling the character tables in 7. Characters, Entities and Fonts, as well as Peter Flynn, Russell S.S. O'Connor, Andreas Strotmann, and other contributors to the www-math mailing list for their careful proofreading and constructive criticisms.

As the Math Working Group went on to MathML 2.0, it again was helped by many from the W3C family of Working Groups with whom we necessarily had a great deal of interaction. Outside the W3C, a particularly active relevant front was the interface with the Unicode Technical Committee (UTC) and the NTSC WG2 dealing with ISO 10646. There the STIX project put together a proposal for the addition of characters for mathematical notation to Unicode, and this work was again spearheaded by Barbara Beeton of the AMS. The whole problem ended split into three proposals, two of which were advanced by Murray Sargent of Microsoft, a Math WG member and member of the UTC. But the mathematical community should be grateful for essential help and guidance over a couple of years of refinement of the proposals to help mathematics provided by Kenneth Whistler of Sybase, and a UTC and WG2 member, and by Asmus Freytag, also involved in the UTC and WG2 deliberations, and always a stalwart and knowledgeable supporter of the needs of scientific notation.

I. 変更点
Changes

I.1 MathML3.0第2版とMathML4.0の間の変更点
Changes between MathML 3.0 Second Edition and MathML 4.0

前付けの変更
Changes to the Frontmatter

  • 新しいW3C仕様書の決まりに合致し, 特に目次の書式に影響する新しいW3CCSS書式を使用するよう, 参照を変更.
    Changes to the references to match new W3C specification rules, and to use the new W3C CSS formatting style, most notably affecting the table of contents styling.
  • 最新のW3C発行物で要求されている, 特にhttpsを使用し, GitHub Issuesページを参照するよう, この文章の位置付けを更新.
    Update the Status of This Document, in particular using https and referencing the GitHub Issues page as required for current W3C publications.
  • MathMLの色や長さを表す属性値を, CSS3で提供された定義を利用するのと同様の, [MathMLコア]で使用される構文に明確に基づくように修正.
    Modified the definition of MathML color and length valued attributes to be explicitly based on the syntax used in [MathML-Core] which in turn uses definitions provided by CSS3.
  • <math>からmode属性とmacros属性を削除しました. これらの属性は, MathML 2から非推奨となっていました. macrosは挙動が何も定義されておらず, modedisplayを使用したより適切な形に置き換えることができます. mathml4-legacy構文は, 従来のアプリケーションソフトウェアで必要ならば, それらの属性を有効にします.
    Remove the mode and macros attributes from <math>. These have been deprecated since MathML 2. macros had no defined behaviour, and mode can be replaced by suitable use of display. The mathml4-legacy schema makes these valid if needed for legacy applications.
  • 3.2.3.3 3.2.4.3 の例を, 描画されるごとに現れるように分割.
    Separate the examples in 3.2.3.3 Examples and 3.2.4.3 Examples to improve their appearance when rendered.
  • 負の数がはっきりとmo演算子と一緒に記述されるべきであることを, 3.2.4.4 <mn>単独で書かれるべきではない数字の中で明確化.
    Clarify that negative numbers should be marked up with an explicit mo operator in 3.2.4.4 Numbers that should not be written using <mn> alone.
  • 3.6.2.2 属性の割り算の名称の訂正.
    Correct the long division notation names in 3.6.2.2 Attributes.
  • 3.4.7 前置の添え字とテンソル添え字 <mmultiscripts>, <mprescripts/>, <none/> <munder>の中で, 添え字の水平方向の位置揃えを基となる式の方向であることを明確化, 新しい例の追加.
    Clarify that the horizontal alignment of scripts in 3.4.7 Prescripts and Tensor Indices <mmultiscripts>, <mprescripts/>, <none/> <munder> is towards the base, and add a new example.
  • 素子要素の非推奨のMathML 1属性fontfamily, fontweight, fontstyle, fontsize, color, backgroundを削除し, mathvariant, mathsize, mathcolor, mathbackgroundを利用するようにしました. これらの属性は, mstyleでもはや有効ではありません. mathml4-legacy構文は, 従来のアプリケーションソフトウェアで必要ならば, それらの属性を有効にします.
    The deprecated MathML 1 attributes on token elements: fontfamily, fontweight, fontstyle, fontsize, color and background are removed in favor of mathvariant, mathsize, mathcolor and mathbackground. These attributes are also no longer valid on mstyle. The mathml4-legacy schema makes these valid if needed for legacy applications.
  • MathMLで画像を含むためにまだ残されているmglyphから, 全ての非推奨のフォントに関連する属性が削除されました.
    All the deprecated font related attributes have been dropped from mglyph which is still retained to include images in MathML.
  • (newlineと等価だった)indentingnewlineの値は, mspaceではもはや有効ではありません.
    The value indentingnewline is no longer valid for mspace (it was equivalent to newline).
  • MathMLの表では, 行や要素はmtrmtdではっきり記述しなければなりません. [MathML1]は, 行の記述が省略された場合に, その記述を推測する実装を必要としていました.
    In MathML table rows and cells must be explicitly marked wih mtr and mtd. The [MathML1] required that an implementation infer the row markup if it was omitted.
  • malignmarkの利用が, 既存の実装で実装された機能に合致する場合に限定され, 単純化されました. 表におけるgroupalign属性には, もはや対応していません.
    The use of malignmark has been restricted and simplified, matching the features implemented in existing implementations. The groupalign attribute on table elements is no longer supported.
  • 数式に対するマークアップ言語の混在から名前が変わった章.
    Renamed Chapter from Mixing Markup Languages for Mathematical Expressions
  • intent属性について説明する新しい節5.1 intent属性の導入.
    Introduced new section 5.1 The intent attribute describing the intent attribute.
  • プレゼンテーションMathMLとコンテントMathMLを混在させるために<semantics>要素を利用する場合についての既存の文章は, 2番目の節で維持管理されている一方, 規範的でない文章と例を[MathMLメモ]に移動させることで減らされました.
    The existing text on using the <semantics> element to mix Presentation and Content MathML is maintained in the second section, although reduced with some non normative text and examples moved to [MathML-Notes].
  • MathML 3は, <semantics>におけるencodingdefinitionURLの利用を非推奨にしていました. それらの属性は, この仕様書では無効です. mathml4-legacy構文は, 従来のアプリケーションソフトウェアで必要ならば, それらの属性を有効にします.
    MathML 3 deprecated the use of encoding and definitionURL on <semantics>. They are invalid in this specification. The mathml4-legacy schema may be used if these attributes need to be validated for a legacy application.
  • メディアタイプ登録がこの仕様書の付録から, 分割された文書[MathMLメディアタイプ]に移行されたことから, 一部文書を書き直したり, 参照を調整したりしました.
    Some rewriting of the text and adjusting references as the Media type registrations have been moved from an Appendix of this specification to a separate document, [MathML-Media-Types].

メディアタイプの変更
Changes to Media Types

  • メディアタイプ登録は, この仕様書の付録から, 分割された文書[MathMLメディアタイプ]に移行しました.
    Media type registrations have been moved from an Appendix of this specification to a separate document, [MathML-Media-Types].
  • 構文は, MathML4に合致するよう更新されました.
    The schema was updated to match MathML4
  • 構文は, mathml4-presentationの基礎として使用され, [MathMLコア]に合致する新しいmathml4-core構文や, [MathML3]に合致する文書の既存の主要部分を有効とするのに使用される新しいmathml4-legacy構文に再整理されました.
    The schema was refactored with a new mathml4-core schema matching [MathML-Core] being used as the basis for mathml4-presentation, and a new mathml4-legacy schema that can be used to validate an existing corpus of documents matching [MathML3].
  • 要素の優先度や周囲の空白の大きさが, 再検討され, 調整されました.
    The spacing values and priorities of the elements were reviewed and adjusted.
  • 新しいcompact表現が, 以前から使われていた表の表現と同様に提供されました.
    A new compact presentation is provided as well as the tabular presentation used previously.
  • 基礎となるデータのファイルがユニコード14/15に更新されました.
    The underlying data files were updated to Unicode 14/15.
  • この新しい節は, アクセシビリティに関連する要件や課題を1箇所にまとめました.
    This new appendix collects together requirements and issues related to accessibility.
  • この新しい節は, OpenMathの構文の表やOpenMathとの対応, また, 以前4. コンテントマークアップの至る所で説明されていた書き換えの決まりを1箇所にまとめました.
    These new appendices collect together the syntax tables, mappings to OpenMath and rewrite rules that were previously distributed throughout 4. Content Markup.

J. 参考文献
References

J.1 規範となる参考文献
Normative references

[Bidi]
[Bidi]
ユニコード双方向アルゴリズム. Mark Davis, Aharon Lanin, Andrew Glass 著. ユニコードコンソーシアム. 2021年8月27日. Unicode Standard Annex #9(訳注:"ユニコード標準付録#9"という意味). URL: https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/tr9-44.html
Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm. Mark Davis; Aharon Lanin; Andrew Glass. Unicode Consortium. 27 August 2021. Unicode Standard Annex #9. URL: https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/tr9-44.html
[CSS-Color-3]
[CSS-COLOR-3]
CSS Color Module Level 3(訳注:"CSS色モジュール"の意味). Tantek Çelik; Chris Lilley, David Baron 著. W3C. 2022年1月18日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-3/
CSS Color Module Level 3. Tantek Çelik; Chris Lilley; David Baron. W3C. 18 January 2022. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-3/
[CSS-VALUES-3]
[CSS-VALUES-3]
CSS Values and Units Module Level 3(訳注:"CSS値と単位モジュール"の意味). Tab Atkins Jr., Elika Etemad 著. W3C. 2019年6月6日. W3C勧告候補. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-3/
(訳注:日本語訳https://momdo.github.io/css3-values/)
CSS Values and Units Module Level 3. Tab Atkins Jr.; Elika Etemad. W3C. 6 June 2019. W3C Candidate Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-3/
[CSS21]
[CSS21]
Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 1 (CSS 2.1) Specification. Bert Bos, Tantek Çelik, Ian Hickson, Håkon Wium Lie 著. W3C. 2011年6月7日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/
(訳注:日本語訳https://ss1.xrea.com/momdo.s35.xrea.com/web-html-test/spec/CSS21/cover.html)
Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 1 (CSS 2.1) Specification. Bert Bos; Tantek Çelik; Ian Hickson; Håkon Wium Lie. W3C. 7 June 2011. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/
[DLMF]
[DLMF]
NIST Digital Library of Mathematical Functions, Release 1.1.5(訳注:"NIST 数学関数の電子辞書 1.1.5版"の意味). F. W. J. Olver, A. B. Olde Daalhuis, D. W. Lozier, B. I. Schneider, R. F. Boisvert, C. W. Clark, B. R. Miller, B. V. Saunders; H. S. Cohl, M. A. McClain 著. 2022年03月15日. URL: http://dlmf.nist.gov/
NIST Digital Library of Mathematical Functions, Release 1.1.5. F. W. J. Olver; A. B. Olde Daalhuis; D. W. Lozier; B. I. Schneider; R. F. Boisvert; C. W. Clark; B. R. Miller; B. V. Saunders; H. S. Cohl; M. A. McClain. 2022-03-15. URL: http://dlmf.nist.gov/
[実体]
[Entities]
文字に対するXML実体の定義(第2版). David Carlisle, Patrick D F Ion 著. W3C. 2014年4月10日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-entity-names/
(訳注:日本語訳https://takamu.sakura.ne.jp/xml-entity-names-20140410-ja/)
XML Entity Definitions for Characters (2nd Edition). David Carlisle; Patrick D F Ion. W3C. 10 April 2014. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-entity-names/
[HTML]
[HTML]
HTML Standard(訳注:"HTML標準"の意味). Anne van Kesteren, Domenic Denicola, Ian Hickson, Philip Jagenstedt, Simon Pieters 著. WHATWG. Living Standard(訳注:"日々更新される基準"の意味). URL: https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/
(訳注:日本語訳https://triple-underscore.github.io/RFC7230-ja.html)
HTML Standard. Anne van Kesteren; Domenic Denicola; Ian Hickson; Philip Jägenstedt; Simon Pieters. WHATWG. Living Standard. URL: https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/
[HTTP11]
[HTTP11]
ハイパーテキスト転送プロトコル (HTTP/1.1): メッセージの構文と経路制御. R. Fielding, Ed., J. Reschke, Ed.著. IETF. 2014年7月. 標準化への提唱. URL: https://httpwg.org/specs/rfc7230.html
Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing. R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. IETF. June 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://httpwg.org/specs/rfc7230.html
[IEEE754]
[IEEE754]
IEEE754.
IEEE754.
[INFRA]
[INFRA]
Infra Standard(訳注:"基盤標準"の意味). Anne van Kesteren, Domenic Denicola 著. WHATWG. Living Standard(訳注:"日々更新される基準"の意味). URL: https://infra.spec.whatwg.org/
(訳注:日本語訳https://triple-underscore.github.io/infra-ja.html)
Infra Standard. Anne van Kesteren; Domenic Denicola. WHATWG. Living Standard. URL: https://infra.spec.whatwg.org/
[IRI]
[IRI]
国際化資源識別子(IRIs). M. Duerst, M. Suignard 著. IETF. 2005年1月. 標準化への提唱. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3987
Internationalized Resource Identifiers (IRIs). M. Duerst; M. Suignard. IETF. January 2005. Proposed Standard. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3987
[MathML-AAM]
[MathML-AAM]
MathMLアクセシビリティAPIの対応付け 1.0. W3C. W3C編集者草案. URL: https://w3c.github.io/mathml-aam/
MathML Accessiblity API Mappings 1.0. W3C. W3C Editor's Draft. URL: https://w3c.github.io/mathml-aam/
[MathMLコア]
[MathML-Core]
MathMLコア. David Carlisle, Frédéric Wang 著. W3C. 2022年5月4日. W3C草案. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mathml-core/
(訳注:日本語訳https://takamu.sakura.ne.jp/mathml-core-ja/index.html)
MathML Core. David Carlisle; Frédéric Wang. W3C. 4 May 2022. W3C Working Draft. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mathml-core/
[MathMLメディアタイプ]
[MathML-Media-Types]
MathMLメディアタイプ宣言. W3C. W3C編集者草案. URL: https://w3c.github.io/mathml-docs/mathml-media-types/
MathML Media-type Declarations. W3C. W3C Editor's Draft. URL: https://w3c.github.io/mathml-docs/mathml-media-types/
[名前空間]
[Namespaces]
XML名前空間(第3版). Tim Bray, Dave Hollander, Andrew Layman, Richard Tobin, Henry Thompson, 他 著. W3C. 2009年12月8日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-names/
(訳注:日本語訳https://triple-underscore.github.io/xml-names-ja.html)
Namespaces in XML 1.0 (Third Edition). Tim Bray; Dave Hollander; Andrew Layman; Richard Tobin; Henry Thompson et al. W3C. 8 December 2009. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-names/
[OpenMath]
[OpenMath]
The OpenMath Standard(訳注:"OpenMath標準 "という意味). S. Buswell, O. Caprotti, D. P. Carlisle, M. C. Dewar, M. Gaëtano, M. Kohlhase, J. H. Davenport, P. D. F. Ion, T. Wiesing 著. OpenMath協会. 2019年7月. URL: https://openmath.org/standard/om20-2019-07-01/omstd20.html
The OpenMath Standard. S. Buswell; O. Caprotti; D. P. Carlisle; M. C. Dewar; M. Gaëtano; M. Kohlhase; J. H. Davenport; P. D. F. Ion; T. Wiesing. The OpenMath Society. July 2019. URL: https://openmath.org/standard/om20-2019-07-01/omstd20.html
[RELAXNGスキーマ]
[RELAXNG-SCHEMA]
情報技術 -- 文書スキーマ定義言語(DSDL) -- 第2部: 正規文法に基づく妥当性検証 -- RELAX NG. ISO/IEC. 2008年. URL: http://standards.iso.org/ittf/PubliclyAvailableStandards/c052348_ISO_IEC_19757-2_2008(E).zip
Information technology -- Document Schema Definition Language (DSDL) -- Part 2: Regular-grammar-based validation -- RELAX NG. ISO/IEC. 2008. URL: http://standards.iso.org/ittf/PubliclyAvailableStandards/c052348_ISO_IEC_19757-2_2008(E).zip
[RFC2045]
[RFC2045]
多目的インターネットメール拡張(MIME)第1部: インターネットメッセージ本体のフォーマット. N. Freed, N. Borenstein 著. IETF. 1996年11月. 標準化への草稿. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2045
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies. N. Freed; N. Borenstein. IETF. November 1996. Draft Standard. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2045
[RFC2046]
[RFC2046]
多目的インターネットメール拡張(MIME)第1部: メディア型. N. Freed, N. Borenstein 著. IETF. 1996年11月. 標準化への草稿. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2046
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types. N. Freed; N. Borenstein. IETF. November 1996. Draft Standard. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2046
[RFC2119]
[RFC2119]
要求レベル指示のためのRFC用キーワード. S. Bradner著. IETF. 1997年3月. 現時点における最善の実践(ベストカレントプラクティス). URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2119
(訳注:日本語訳http://www.cam.hi-ho.ne.jp/mendoxi/rfc/rfc2119j.html)
Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels. S. Bradner. IETF. March 1997. Best Current Practice. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2119
[RFC3986]
[RFC3986]
統一資源識別子(URI): 一般的構文. T. Berners-Lee, R. Fielding, L. Masinter著. IETF. 2005年1月. インターネット標準. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3986
(訳注:日本語訳https://triple-underscore.github.io/rfc-others/RFC3986-ja.html)
Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax. T. Berners-Lee; R. Fielding; L. Masinter. IETF. January 2005. Internet Standard. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3986
[RFC7303]
[RFC7303]
XMLメディアタイプ. H. Thompson, C. Lilley著. IETF. 2014年7月. 標準化への提唱. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7303
XML Media Types. H. Thompson; C. Lilley. IETF. July 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7303
[RFC8174]
[RFC8174]
RFC 2119キーワードの大文字と小文字のあいまいさ. B. Leiba 著. IETF. 2017年5月. 現時点における最善の実践(ベストカレントプラクティス). URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8174
(訳注:日本語訳http://www5d.biglobe.ne.jp/stssk/rfc/rfc8174j.html)
Ambiguity of Uppercase vs Lowercase in RFC 2119 Key Words. B. Leiba. IETF. May 2017. Best Current Practice. URL: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8174
[SVG]
[SVG]
Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 1.1 (第2版). Erik Dahlström, Patrick Dengler, Anthony Grasso, Chris Lilley, Cameron McCormack, Doug Schepers, Jonathan Watt, Jon Ferraiolo, Jun Fujisawa, Dean Jackson 他 著. W3C. 2011年8月16日. W3C 勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/
(訳注:日本語訳https://triple-underscore.github.io/SVG11/index.html)
Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 1.1 (Second Edition). Erik Dahlström; Patrick Dengler; Anthony Grasso; Chris Lilley; Cameron McCormack; Doug Schepers; Jonathan Watt; Jon Ferraiolo; Jun Fujisawa; Dean Jackson et al. W3C. 16 August 2011. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/
[UAAG20]
[UAAG20]
ユーザーエージェントアクセシビリティガイドライン(UAAG) 2.0. James Allan, Greg Lowney, Kimberly Patch, Jeanne F Spellman 著. W3C. 2015年12月15日. W3C作業部会メモ. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/UAAG20/
User Agent Accessibility Guidelines (UAAG) 2.0. James Allan; Greg Lowney; Kimberly Patch; Jeanne F Spellman. W3C. 15 December 2015. W3C Working Group Note. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/UAAG20/
[ユニコード]
[Unicode]
ユニコード標準. ユニコードコンソーシアム. URL: https://www.unicode.org/versions/latest/
The Unicode Standard. Unicode Consortium. URL: https://www.unicode.org/versions/latest/
[WCAG21]
[WCAG21]
ウェブコンテンツアクセシビリティガイドライン(WCAG) 2.1. Andrew Kirkpatrick, Joshue O'Connor, Alastair Campbell, Michael Cooper 著. W3C. 2018年6月5日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG21/
Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1. Andrew Kirkpatrick; Joshue O'Connor; Alastair Campbell; Michael Cooper. W3C. 5 June 2018. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG21/
[XML]
[XML]
拡張可能なマーク付け言語(XML)1.0(第5版). Tim Bray, Jean Paoli, Michael Sperberg-McQueen, Eve Maler, François Yergeau 他 著. W3C. 2008年11月26日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml/
(訳注:日本語訳http://w4ard.eplusx.net/translation/W3C/REC-xml-20081126/)
Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth Edition). Tim Bray; Jean Paoli; Michael Sperberg-McQueen; Eve Maler; François Yergeau et al. W3C. 26 November 2008. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml/
[XMLスキーマデータ型]
[XMLSchemaDatatypes]
XMLスキーマ 第2部: データ型 第2版. Paul V. Biron, Ashok Malhotra 著. W3C. 2004年10月28日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/
XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition. Paul V. Biron; Ashok Malhotra. W3C. 28 October 2004. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/
[XMLスキーマ]
[XMLSchemas]
XML スキーマ 第1部: 構造 第2版. Henry Thompson, David Beech, Murray Maloney, Noah Mendelsohn 他 著. W3C. 2004年10月28日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-1/
XML Schema Part 1: Structures Second Edition. Henry Thompson; David Beech; Murray Maloney; Noah Mendelsohn et al. W3C. 28 October 2004. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-1/

J.2 有益な参考文献
Informative references

[MathMLメモ]
[MathML-Notes]
MathMLにおけるメモ. W3C. メモ. URL: https://w3c.github.io/mathml-docs/notes-on-mathml/
Notes on MathML. W3C. note. URL: https://w3c.github.io/mathml-docs/notes-on-mathml/
[MathML-Types]
[MathML-Types]
MathML 2.0における構造化された型. Stan Devitt, Michael Kohlhase, Max Froumentin 著. W3C. 2003年11月10日. W3C作業部会メモ. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mathml-types/
Structured Types in MathML 2.0. Stan Devitt; Michael Kohlhase; Max Froumentin. W3C. 10 November 2003. W3C Working Group Note. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mathml-types/
[MathML1]
[MathML1]
数学用マークアップ言語(MathML)1.0仕様書. Patrick D F Ion, Robert R Miner 著. W3C. 1998年4月7日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/1998/REC-MathML-19980407/
Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) 1.0 Specification. Patrick D F Ion; Robert R Miner. W3C. 7 April 1998. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/1998/REC-MathML-19980407/
[MathML3]
[MATHML3]
数学用マークアップ言語 (MathML) ヴァージョン 3.0 第2版. David Carlisle, Patrick D F Ion, Robert R Miner 著. W3C. 2014年4月10日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/MathML3/
(訳注:日本語訳https://takamu.sakura.ne.jp/mathml3-ja/index.html)
Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) Version 3.0 2nd Edition. David Carlisle; Patrick D F Ion; Robert R Miner. W3C. 10 April 2014. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/MathML3/
[MathMLforCSS]
[MathMLforCSS]
MathMLforCSS.
MathMLforCSS.
[モジュール化]
[Modularization]
XHTML™ モジュール化 1.1. Daniel Austin, Subramanian Peruvemba, Shane McCarron, Masayasu Ishikawa, Mark Birbeck 他 著. W3C. 2008年8月8日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/2008/REC-xhtml-modularization-20081008/
XHTML™ Modularization 1.1. Daniel Austin; Subramanian Peruvemba; Shane McCarron; Masayasu Ishikawa; Mark Birbeck et al. W3C. 8 October 2008. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/2008/REC-xhtml-modularization-20081008/
[OMDoc1.2]
[OMDoc1.2]
OMDoc1.2.
OMDoc1.2.
[RDF]
[RDF]
Resource Description Framework (RDF): 概念および抽象構文. Graham Klyne, Jeremy Carroll 著. W3C. 2004年2月10日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/rdf-concepts/
Resource Description Framework (RDF): Concepts and Abstract Syntax. Graham Klyne; Jeremy Carroll. W3C. 10 February 2004. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/rdf-concepts/
[XHTML]
[XHTML]
XHTML™ 1.0 拡張可能ハイパーテキストマークアップ言語(第2版). Steven Pemberton 著. W3C. 2018年3月27日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/
XHTML™ 1.0 The Extensible HyperText Markup Language (Second Edition). Steven Pemberton. W3C. 27 March 2018. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/
[XHTML-MathML-SVG]
[XHTML-MathML-SVG]
An XHTML + MathML + SVG Profile. Masayasu Ishikawa 著. W3C. 2002年8月9日. W3C草案. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/XHTMLplusMathMLplusSVG/
An XHTML + MathML + SVG Profile. Masayasu Ishikawa. W3C. 9 August 2002. W3C Working Draft. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/XHTMLplusMathMLplusSVG/
XML リンク言語 (XLink) ヴァージョン 1.0. Steven DeRose, Eve Maler, David Orchard 著. W3C. 2001年6月27日. W3C勧告. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xlink/
XML Linking Language (XLink) Version 1.0. Steven DeRose; Eve Maler; David Orchard. W3C. 27 June 2001. W3C Recommendation. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xlink/